Ts 13652101v090700p

ETSI TS 136 521-1 V9.7.
0 (2012-02)
Technical Specification
LTE;
Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA);
User Equipment (UE) conformance specification;
Radio transmission and reception;
Part 1: Conformance testing
(3GPP TS 36.521-1 version 9.7.0 Release 9)
3GPP TS 36.521-1 version 9.7.0 Release 9 1 ETSI TS 136 521-1 V9.7.0 (2012-02)
Reference
RTS/TSGR-0536521-1v970
Keywords
LTE
ETSI
650 Route des Lucioles

F-06921 Sophia Antipolis Cedex - FRANCE
Tel.: +33 4 92 94 42 00 Fax: +33 4 93 65 47 16
Siret N° 348 623 562 00017 - NAF 742 C

Association à but non lucratif enregistrée à la
Sous-Préfecture de Grasse (06) N° 7803/88
Important notice
Individual copies of the present document can be downloaded from:

http://www.etsi.org
The present document may be made available in more than one electronic version or in print. In any case of existing or
perceived difference in contents between such versions, the reference version is the Portable Document Format (PDF).
In case of dispute, the reference shall be the printing on ETSI printers of the PDF version kept on a specific network drive
within ETSI Secretariat.
Users of the present document should be aware that the document may be subject to revision or change of status.
Information on the current status of this and other ETSI documents is available at http://portal.etsi.org/tb/status/status.asp
If you find errors in the present document, please send your comment to one of the following services:
http://portal.etsi.org/chaircor/ETSI_support.asp
Copyright Notification
No part may be reproduced except as authorized by written permission.

The copyright and the foregoing restriction extend to reproduction in all media.
© European Telecommunications Standards Institute 2012.

All rights reserved.
TM TM TM
DECT , PLUGTESTS , UMTS and the ETSI logo are Trade Marks of ETSI registered for the benefit of its Members.
TM
3GPP and LTE™ are Trade Marks of ETSI registered for the benefit of its Members and
of the 3GPP Organizational Partners.
GSM® and the GSM logo are Trade Marks registered and owned by the GSM Association.
ETSI
Intellectual Property Rights

IPRs essential or potentially essential to the present document may have been declared to ETSI. The information
pertaining to these essential IPRs, if any, is publicly available for ETSI members and non-members, and can be found
in ETSI SR 000 314: "Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs); Essential, or potentially Essential, IPRs notified to ETSI in
respect of ETSI standards", which is available from the ETSI Secretariat. Latest updates are available on the ETSI Web
server (http://ipr.etsi.org).
Pursuant to the ETSI IPR Policy, no investigation, including IPR searches, has been carried out by ETSI. No guarantee
can be given as to the existence of other IPRs not referenced in ETSI SR 000 314 (or the updates on the ETSI Web
server) which are, or may be, or may become, essential to the present document.
Foreword
This Technical Specification (TS) has been produced by ETSI 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP).
The present document may refer to technical specifications or reports using their 3GPP identities, UMTS identities or
GSM identities. These should be interpreted as being references to the corresponding ETSI deliverables.
The cross reference between GSM, UMTS, 3GPP and ETSI identities can be found under
http://webapp.etsi.org/key/queryform.asp.
ETSI
Contents
Intellectual Property Rights ................................................................................................................................2
Foreword.............................................................................................................................................................2
Foreword...........................................................................................................................................................17
Introduction ......................................................................................................................................................17
1 Scope ......................................................................................................................................................18
2 References ..............................................................................................................................................19
3 Definitions, symbols and abbreviations .................................................................................................20
3.1 Definitions ........................................................................................................................................................ 20
3.2 Symbols ............................................................................................................................................................ 20
3.3 Abbreviations ................................................................................................................................................... 21
4 General ...................................................................................................................................................24
5 Frequency bands and channel arrangement ............................................................................................25
5.1 General ............................................................................................................................................................. 25
5.2 Operating bands................................................................................................................................................ 25
5.3 TX–RX frequency separation ........................................................................................................................... 26
5.4 Channel arrangement ........................................................................................................................................ 26
5.4.1 Channel spacing .......................................................................................................................................... 26
5.4.2 Channel bandwidth ..................................................................................................................................... 27
5.4.2.1 Channel bandwidths per operating band ............................................................................................... 27
5.4.3 Channel raster ............................................................................................................................................. 28
5.4.4 Carrier frequency and EARFCN ................................................................................................................. 28
6 Transmitter Characteristics.....................................................................................................................30
6.1 General ............................................................................................................................................................. 30
6.2 Transmit power ................................................................................................................................................ 30
6.2.1 Void ............................................................................................................................................................ 30
6.2.2 UE Maximum Output Power ...................................................................................................................... 30
6.2.2.1 Test purpose .......................................................................................................................................... 30
6.2.2.2 Test applicability ................................................................................................................................... 30
6.2.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements ................................................................................................... 30
6.2.2.4 Test description ..................................................................................................................................... 31
6.2.2.4.1 Initial condition ............................................................................................................................... 31
6.2.2.4.2 Test procedure ................................................................................................................................. 33
6.2.2.4.3 Message contents ............................................................................................................................. 33
6.2.2.5 Test requirements .................................................................................................................................. 33
6.2.3 Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) ........................................................................................................... 34
6.2.3.1 Test purpose .......................................................................................................................................... 34
6.2.3.4.2 Test procedure ................................................................................................................................. 36
6.2.4 Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) ..................................................................................... 39
6.2.4.1 Test purpose .......................................................................................................................................... 39
6.2.4.4.2 Test procedure ................................................................................................................................. 50
ETSI

6.2.5 Configured UE transmitted Output Power .................................................................................................. 63
6.2.5.1 Test purpose .......................................................................................................................................... 63
6.2.5.4.1 Initial conditions .............................................................................................................................. 64
6.2.5.4.2 Test procedure ................................................................................................................................. 65
6.2.5.5 Test requirement ................................................................................................................................... 65
6.3 Output Power Dynamics .................................................................................................................................. 66
6.3.1 Void ............................................................................................................................................................ 66
6.3.2 Minimum Output Power ............................................................................................................................. 66
6.3.2.1 Test purpose .......................................................................................................................................... 66
6.3.2.4.1 Initial conditions .............................................................................................................................. 67
6.3.2.4.2 Test procedure ................................................................................................................................. 67
6.3.3 Transmit OFF power ................................................................................................................................... 68
6.3.3.1 Test purpose .......................................................................................................................................... 68
6.3.3.3 Minimum conformance requirement ..................................................................................................... 68
6.3.4 ON/OFF time mask ..................................................................................................................................... 69
6.3.4.1 General ON/OFF time mask ................................................................................................................. 69
6.3.4.1.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................... 69
6.3.4.1.2 Test applicability ............................................................................................................................. 69
6.3.4.1.3 Minimum conformance requirement ............................................................................................... 69
6.3.4.1.4 Test description ............................................................................................................................... 70
6.3.4.1.4.1 Initial conditions ........................................................................................................................ 70
6.3.4.1.4.2 Test procedure............................................................................................................................ 71
6.3.4.1.4.3 Message contents ....................................................................................................................... 71
6.3.4.1.5 Test requirement .............................................................................................................................. 72
6.3.4.2 PRACH and SRS time mask ................................................................................................................. 72
6.3.4.2.1 PRACH time mask .......................................................................................................................... 72
6.3.4.2.2 SRS time mask ................................................................................................................................ 75
6.3.5 Power Control ............................................................................................................................................. 80
6.3.5.1 Power Control Absolute power tolerance ............................................................................................. 80
6.3.5.1.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................... 80
6.3.5.2 Power Control Relative power tolerance............................................................................................... 84
6.3.5.2.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................... 84
6.3.5.3 Aggregate power control tolerance ..................................................................................................... 102
6.3.5.3.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 102
6.3.5.3.2 Test applicability ........................................................................................................................... 102
6.3.5.3.3 Minimum conformance requirement ............................................................................................. 102
6.3.5.3.4 Test description ............................................................................................................................. 102
6.3.5.3.5 Test requirement ............................................................................................................................ 104
6.4 Void ................................................................................................................................................................ 105
6.5 Transmit signal quality ................................................................................................................................... 105
6.5.1 Frequency Error ........................................................................................................................................ 105
ETSI
6.5.1.1 Test purpose ........................................................................................................................................ 105

6.5.1.2 Test applicability ................................................................................................................................. 105
6.5.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements ................................................................................................. 105
6.5.1.4 Test description ................................................................................................................................... 105
6.5.1.4.1 Initial condition ............................................................................................................................. 105
6.5.1.4.2 Test procedure ............................................................................................................................... 106
6.5.1.4.3 Message contents ........................................................................................................................... 107
6.5.1.5 Test requirement ................................................................................................................................. 107
6.5.2 Transmit modulation ................................................................................................................................. 107
6.5.2.1 Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) .......................................................................................................... 107
6.5.2.1.1 Test Purpose .................................................................................................................................. 107
6.5.2.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements............................................................................................ 108
6.5.2.1A PUSCH-EVM with exclusion period .................................................................................................. 112
6.5.2.1A.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 112
6.5.2.1A.2 Test applicability ........................................................................................................................... 112
6.5.2.1A.3 Minimum conformance requirement ............................................................................................. 113
6.5.2.1A.4 Test description ............................................................................................................................. 113
6.5.2.1A.5 Test requirement ............................................................................................................................ 114
6.5.2.2 Carrier leakage .................................................................................................................................... 115
6.5.2.2.1 Test Purpose .................................................................................................................................. 115
6.5.2.3 In-band emissions for non allocated RB ............................................................................................. 117
6.5.2.3.1 Test Purpose .................................................................................................................................. 117
6.5.2.4 EVM equalizer spectrum flatness ....................................................................................................... 121
6.5.2.4.1 Test Purpose .................................................................................................................................. 121
6.6 Output RF spectrum emissions ....................................................................................................................... 125
6.6.1 Occupied bandwidth ................................................................................................................................. 125
6.6.1.1 Test purpose ........................................................................................................................................ 125
6.6.1.4.1 Initial conditions ............................................................................................................................ 126
6.6.1.4.2 Test procedure ............................................................................................................................... 127
6.6.1.5 Test requirement ................................................................................................................................. 127
6.6.2 Out of band emission ................................................................................................................................ 127
6.6.2.1 Spectrum Emission Mask .................................................................................................................... 127
6.6.2.1.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 127
6.6.2.1.5 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 130
6.6.2.2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask .................................................................................................. 131
6.6.2.2.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 131
6.6.2.2.5 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 139
ETSI
6.6.2.3 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio ............................................................................................. 143

6.6.2.3.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 143
6.6.2.4 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 148
6.6.3 Spurious emissions ................................................................................................................................... 148
6.6.3.1 Transmitter Spurious emissions .......................................................................................................... 148
6.6.3.1.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 148
6.6.3.2 Spurious emission band UE co-existence ........................................................................................... 151
6.6.3.2.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 151
6.6.3.2_1 Spurious emission band UE co-existence (Release 9 and forward) .................................................... 159
6.6.3.2_1.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 159
6.6.3.2_1.2 Test applicability ........................................................................................................................... 159
6.6.3.2_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements............................................................................................ 159
6.6.3.2_1.4 Test description ............................................................................................................................. 160
6.6.3.2_1.5 Test requirement ............................................................................................................................ 160
6.6.3.3 Additional spurious emissions ............................................................................................................ 161
6.6.3.3.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 161
6.6.3.3.3.4 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_09”) .......................................................... 163
6.7 Transmit intermodulation ............................................................................................................................... 171
6.7.1 Test purpose .............................................................................................................................................. 171
6.7.2 Test applicability ...................................................................................................................................... 172
6.7.3 Minimum conformance requirements ....................................................................................................... 172
6.7.4 Test description ......................................................................................................................................... 172
6.7.4.1 Initial conditions ................................................................................................................................. 172
6.7.4.3 Test procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 173
6.7.4.3 Message contents ................................................................................................................................ 173
6.7.5 Test requirement ....................................................................................................................................... 174
7 Receiver Characteristics .......................................................................................................................175
7.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................... 175
7.2 Diversity characteristics ................................................................................................................................. 175
7.3 Reference sensitivity level .............................................................................................................................. 175
7.3.1 Test purpose .............................................................................................................................................. 175
7.3.4.2 Test procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 179
7.4 Maximum input level ..................................................................................................................................... 183
7.4.1 Test purpose .............................................................................................................................................. 183
7.4.4.2 Test procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 184
ETSI

7.5 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) .............................................................................................................. 185
7.5.1 Test purpose .............................................................................................................................................. 185
7.5.4.2 Test procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 187
7.6 Blocking characteristics ................................................................................................................................. 189
7.6.1 In-band blocking ....................................................................................................................................... 189
7.6.1.1 Test Purpose ........................................................................................................................................ 189
7.6.1.2 Test Applicability ................................................................................................................................ 189
7.6.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements ............................................................................................... 190
7.6.1.4 Test Description .................................................................................................................................. 190
7.6.1.4.1 Initial Conditions ........................................................................................................................... 190
7.6.1.4.2 Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 191
7.6.1.4.3 Message Contents .......................................................................................................................... 192
7.6.1.5 Test Requirement ................................................................................................................................ 192
7.6.2 Out-of-band blocking ................................................................................................................................ 193
7.6.2.1 Test Purpose ........................................................................................................................................ 193
7.6.2.4.2 Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 196
7.6.3 Narrow band blocking .............................................................................................................................. 197
7.6.3.1 Test Purpose ........................................................................................................................................ 197
7.6.3.4.2 Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 199
7.7 Spurious response ........................................................................................................................................... 200
7.7.1 Test Purpose.............................................................................................................................................. 200
7.7.2 Test Applicability ..................................................................................................................................... 200
7.7.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements ..................................................................................................... 201
7.7.4 Test Description ........................................................................................................................................ 201
7.7.4.1 Initial Conditions................................................................................................................................. 201
7.7.4.2 Test Procedure..................................................................................................................................... 201
7.7.4.3 Message Contents ............................................................................................................................... 201
7.7.5 Test Requirement ...................................................................................................................................... 202
7.8 Intermodulation characteristics ...................................................................................................................... 202
7.8.1 Wide band Intermodulation ...................................................................................................................... 202
7.8.1.1 Test purpose ........................................................................................................................................ 202
7.8.1.4.1 Initial condition ............................................................................................................................. 203
7.8.1.4.2 Test procedure ............................................................................................................................... 204
7.8.1.5 Test requirements ................................................................................................................................ 205
7.8.2 Void .......................................................................................................................................................... 206
7.9 Spurious emissions ......................................................................................................................................... 206
7.9.1 Test Purpose.............................................................................................................................................. 206
7.9.2 Test Applicability ..................................................................................................................................... 206
ETSI
7.9.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements ..................................................................................................... 206

7.9.4 Test Description ........................................................................................................................................ 206
7.9.4.1 Initial Conditions................................................................................................................................. 206
7.9.4.2 Test Procedure..................................................................................................................................... 207
7.9.4.3 Message Contents ............................................................................................................................... 207
7.9.5 Test Requirement ...................................................................................................................................... 207
8 Performance Requirement ....................................................................................................................208
8.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................... 208
8.1.1 Dual-antenna receiver capability .............................................................................................................. 208
8.1.1.1 Simultaneous unicast and MBMS operations...................................................................................... 208
8.1.1.2 Dual-antenna receiver capability in idle mode .................................................................................... 208
8.2 Demodulation of PDSCH (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) ...................................................................... 208
8.2.1 FDD (Fixed Reference Channel) .............................................................................................................. 208
8.2.1.1 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) ........................ 209
8.2.1.1.1 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance ........................................................................... 209
8.2.1.1.1_1 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance (Release 9 and forward) ................................... 212
8.2.1.1.2 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance with 1 PRB in presence of MBSFN ................. 214
8.2.1.2 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) .......................... 217
8.2.1.2.1_1 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2x2 (Release 9 and forward) .................................................... 218
8.2.1.2.2 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 4x2 ........................................................................................... 220
8.2.1.2.2_1 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 4x2 (Release 9 and forward) .................................................... 221
8.2.1.3 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) .... 223
8.2.1.3.1 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2x2...................................................................... 223
8.2.1.3.2 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 4x2...................................................................... 225
8.2.1.4 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) .. 227
8.2.1.4.1 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2x2 .................................... 227
8.2.1.4.1_1 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2x2 (Release 9 and forward) ........ 231
8.2.1.4.2 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4x2 .................................... 233
8.2.1.4.2_1 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4x2 (Release 9 and forward) ........ 237
8.2.2 TDD (Fixed Reference Channel) .............................................................................................................. 238
8.2.2.1 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)........................ 240
8.2.2.1.1 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance .......................................................................... 240
8.2.2.1.1_1 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance (Release 9 and forward) ................................... 243
8.2.2.1.2 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance with 1 PRB in the presence of MBSFN ........... 245
8.2.2.2 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) .......................... 248
8.2.2.2.1 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2x2 ........................................................................................... 248
8.2.2.2.1_1 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2x2 (Release 9 and forward).................................................... 249
8.2.2.2.2 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 4x2 ........................................................................................... 251
8.2.2.2.2_1 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 4x2 (Release 9 and forward).................................................... 252
8.2.2.3 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) .... 254
8.2.2.3.1 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2x2 ..................................................................... 254
8.2.2.3.2 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 4x2 ..................................................................... 256
8.2.2.4 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific Reference
Symbols) ............................................................................................................................................. 258
8.2.2.4.1 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2x2 .................................... 258
8.2.2.4.1_1 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2x2 (Release 9 and forward)........ 262
8.2.2.4.1_1.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 262
8.2.2.4.1_1.2 Test applicability ........................................................................................................................... 262
8.2.2.4.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements............................................................................................ 262
8.2.2.4.1_1.4 Test description ............................................................................................................................. 263
8.2.2.4.2 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4x2 .................................... 264
8.2.2.4.2_1 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4x2 (Release 9 and forward)........ 268
8.3 Demodulation of PDSCH (User-Specific Reference Symbols)...................................................................... 269
8.3.1 FDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 269
8.3.2 TDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 269
8.3.2.1 TDD PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing Performance (UE-Specific Reference Symbols) .... 270
8.3.2.1.1 TDD PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 5 (Release 8 and forward) ....... 270
8.3.2.1.1.1 Test purpose ............................................................................................................................. 270
8.3.2.1.1.2 Test applicability...................................................................................................................... 270
8.3.2.1.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements ...................................................................................... 271
8.3.2.1.1.4 Test description ........................................................................................................................ 271
ETSI
8.3.2.1.1.4.2 Test procedure .................................................................................................................... 272

8.3.2.1.1.4.3 Message contents................................................................................................................ 272
8.3.2.1.1.5 Test requirement ................................................................................................................. 272
8.3.2.1.1_1 TDD PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 5 (Release 9 and forward) ....... 273
8.3.2.1.1_1.1 Test purpose ............................................................................................................................. 273
8.3.2.1.1_1.2 Test applicability...................................................................................................................... 273
8.3.2.1.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements ...................................................................................... 273
8.3.2.1.1_1.4 Test description ........................................................................................................................ 274
8.3.2.1.1_1.5 Test requirement ...................................................................................................................... 274
8.3.2.1.2 TDD PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 7 or 8 without a
simultaneous transmission ............................................................................................................. 275
8.3.2.1.2.1 Test purpose ............................................................................................................................. 275
8.3.2.1.2.4.1 Initial conditions ................................................................................................................. 276
8.3.2.1.2.4.2 Test procedure .................................................................................................................... 276
8.3.2.1.2.5 Test requirement ...................................................................................................................... 277
8.3.2.1.3 TDD PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 7 or 8 with a simultaneous
transmission ................................................................................................................................... 277
8.3.2.1.3.1 Test purpose ............................................................................................................................. 277
8.3.2.1.3.4.2 Test procedure .................................................................................................................... 279
8.3.2.2 TDD PDSCH Dual-layer Spatial Multiplexing Performance (UE-Specific Reference Symbols) ...... 280
8.3.2.2.1 TDD PDSCH Dual-layer Spatial Multiplexing ............................................................................. 280
8.3.2.2.1.1 Test purpose ............................................................................................................................. 280
8.3.2.2.1.4.2 Test procedure .................................................................................................................... 281
8.4 Demodulation of PCFICH/PDCCH................................................................................................................ 282
8.4.1 FDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 282
8.4.1.1 FDD PCFICH/PDCCH Single-antenna Port Performance .................................................................. 282
8.4.1.1.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 282
8.4.1.2 FDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity Performance ................................................................... 284
8.4.1.2.1 FDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 2x2 ............................................................................ 284
8.4.1.2.1_1 FDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 2x2 (Release 9 and forward) .................................... 286
8.4.1.2.2 FDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 4x2 ............................................................................ 289
8.4.1.2.2.1 Test purpose ............................................................................................................................. 289
8.4.1.2.2_1 FDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 4x2 (Release 9 and forward) .................................... 291
8.4.1.2.2_1.1 Test purpose ............................................................................................................................. 291
ETSI
8.4.2 TDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 294

8.4.2.1 TDD PCFICH/PDCCH Single-antenna Port Performance ................................................................. 294
8.4.2.1.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 294
8.4.2.2 TDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity Performance ................................................................... 296
8.4.2.2.1 TDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 2x2 ........................................................................... 296
8.4.2.2.1_1 TDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 2x2 (Release 9 and forward) .................................... 299
8.4.2.2.1_1.2 Test applicability ........................................................................................................................... 299
8.4.2.2.2 TDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 4x2 ........................................................................... 301
8.4.2.2.2.1 Test purpose ............................................................................................................................. 301
8.4.2.2.2.4.2 Test procedure .................................................................................................................... 303
8.4.2.2.2_1 TDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 4x2 (Release 9 and forward) .................................... 304
8.4.2.2.2_1.1 Test purpose ............................................................................................................................. 304
8.4.2.2.2_1.4.1 Initial conditions ................................................................................................................. 305
8.4.2.2.2_1.4.2 Test procedure .................................................................................................................... 305
8.4.2.2.2_1.4.3 Message contents................................................................................................................ 305
8.5 Demodulation of PHICH ................................................................................................................................ 306
8.5.1 FDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 306
8.5.1.1 FDD PHICH Single-antenna Port Performance .................................................................................. 306
8.5.1.1.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 306
8.5.1.2 FDD PHICH Transmit Diversity Performance ................................................................................... 309
8.5.1.2.1 FDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 2x2 ............................................................................................ 309
8.5.1.2.1_1 FDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 2x2 (Release 9 and forward) ..................................................... 312
8.5.1.2.2 FDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 4x2 ............................................................................................ 314
8.5.1.2.2.1 Test purpose ............................................................................................................................. 314
8.5.1.2.2_1 FDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 4x2 (Release 9 and forward) ..................................................... 317
8.5.1.2.2_1.1 Test purpose ............................................................................................................................. 317
8.5.2 TDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 319
8.5.2.1 TDD PHICH Single-antenna Port Performance .................................................................................. 319
8.5.2.1.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 319
8.5.2.2 TDD PHICH Transmit Diversity Performance ................................................................................... 322
8.5.2.2.1 TDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 2x2 ............................................................................................ 322
8.5.2.2.1_1 TDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 2x2 (Release 9 and forward)..................................................... 325
8.5.2.2.2 TDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 4x2 ............................................................................................ 328
ETSI
8.5.2.2.2_1 TDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 4x2 (Release 9 and forward)..................................................... 331
8.6 Demodulation of PBCH ................................................................................................................................. 334
8.7 Sustained downlink data rate provided by lower layers ................................................................................. 334
8.7.1 FDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 334
8.7.1.1 FDD sustained data rate performance ................................................................................................. 334
8.7.1.1.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 334
8.7.1.1.3 Minimum requirements ................................................................................................................. 334
8.7.2 TDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 339
8.7.2.1 TDD sustained data rate performance ................................................................................................. 339
8.7.2.1.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 339
8.7.2.1.3 Minimum requirements ................................................................................................................. 339
9 Reporting of Channel State Information ..............................................................................................345
9.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................... 345
9.2 CQI Reporting under AWGN conditions ....................................................................................................... 345
9.2.1 CQI Reporting under AWGN conditions - PUCCH 1-0 ........................................................................... 345
9.2.1.1 FDD CQI Reporting under AWGN conditions – PUCCH 1-0 ........................................................... 345
9.2.1.1.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 345
9.2.1.2 TDD CQI Reporting under AWGN conditions – PUCCH 1-0 ........................................................... 348
9.2.1.2.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 348
9.2.2 CQI Reporting under AWGN conditions - PUCCH 1-1 ........................................................................... 351
9.2.2.1 FDD CQI Reporting under AWGN conditions – PUCCH 1-1 ........................................................... 351
9.2.2.1.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 351
9.2.2.2 TDD CQI Reporting under AWGN conditions – PUCCH 1-1 ........................................................... 355
9.2.2.2.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 355
9.3 CQI Reporting under fading conditions ......................................................................................................... 359
9.3.1 Frequency-selective scheduling mode ...................................................................................................... 359
9.3.1.1 CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUSCH 3-0 ....................................................................... 359
9.3.1.1.1 FDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUSCH 3-0......................................................... 359
9.3.1.1.2 TDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUSCH 3-0 ........................................................ 362
9.3.2 Frequency non-selective scheduling mode ............................................................................................... 365
9.3.2.1 CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUCCH 1-0....................................................................... 366
9.3.2.1.1 FDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUCCH 1-0 ........................................................ 366
9.3.2.1.2 TDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUCCH 1-0 ........................................................ 369
9.3.3 Frequency-selective interference .............................................................................................................. 373
9.3.3.1 CQI Reporting under fading conditions and frequency-selective interference – PUSCH 3-0 ............ 373
9.3.3.1.1 FDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions and frequency-selective interference – PUSCH
3-0.................................................................................................................................................. 373
9.3.3.1.2 TDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions and frequency-selective interference –
PUSCH 3-0 .................................................................................................................................... 376
ETSI
9.3.4 UE-selected subband CQI ......................................................................................................................... 379

9.3.4.1 CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUSCH 2-0 ....................................................................... 379
9.3.4.1.1 FDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUSCH 2-0......................................................... 379
9.3.4.1.2 TDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUSCH 2-0 ........................................................ 382
9.3.4.2 CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUCCH 2-0....................................................................... 385
9.3.4.2.1 FDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUCCH 2-0 ........................................................ 385
9.3.4.2.2 TDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUCCH 2-0 ........................................................ 388
9.4 Reporting of Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI)............................................................................................. 393
9.4.1 Single PMI ................................................................................................................................................ 393
9.4.1.1 PMI Reporting – PUSCH 3-1 (Single PMI) ........................................................................................ 393
9.4.1.1.1 FDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 3-1 (Single PMI) ......................................................................... 393
9.4.1.1.2 TDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 3-1 (Single PMI) ......................................................................... 396
9.4.1.2 PMI Reporting – PUCCH 2-1 (Single PMI) ....................................................................................... 399
9.4.1.2.1 FDD PMI Reporting – PUCCH 2-1 (Single PMI) ......................................................................... 399
9.4.1.2.2 TDD PMI Reporting – PUCCH 2-1 (Single PMI) ........................................................................ 403
9.4.2 Multiple PMI ............................................................................................................................................ 407
9.4.2.1 PMI Reporting – PUSCH 1-2 (Multiple PMI) .................................................................................... 407
9.4.2.1.1 FDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 1-2 (Multiple PMI)...................................................................... 407
9.4.2.1.1_1 FDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 1-2 (Multiple PMI) (Release 9 and forward) .............................. 409
9.4.2.1.2 TDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 1-2 (Multiple PMI) ..................................................................... 412
9.4.2.1.2_1 TDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 1-2 (Multiple PMI) (Release 9 and forward) .............................. 415
9.4.2.2 PMI Reporting – PUSCH 2-2 (Multiple PMI) .................................................................................... 418
9.4.2.2.1 FDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 2-2 (Multiple PMI)...................................................................... 418
9.4.2.2.2 TDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 2-2 (Multiple PMI) ..................................................................... 421
9.5 Reporting of Rank Indicator (RI) ................................................................................................................... 424
9.5.1 RI Reporting ............................................................................................................................................. 424
9.5.1.1 FDD RI Reporting– PUCCH 1-1 ........................................................................................................ 424
9.5.1.1.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 424
9.5.1.2 TDD RI Reporting – PUSCH 3-1 ....................................................................................................... 428
9.5.1.2.1 Test purpose .................................................................................................................................. 428
10 MBMS Performance....................................................................................................................................... 432
10.1 FDD MBMS performance (Fixed Reference Channel) ....................................................................... 432
10.1.1 Test purpose ........................................................................................................................................ 432
10.1.2 Test applicability ........................................................................................................................... 432
10.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements............................................................................................ 432
10.1.4 Test description ............................................................................................................................. 433
10.1.5 Test requirement ............................................................................................................................ 434
10.2 TDD MBMS performance (Fixed Reference Channel) ...................................................................... 434
10.2.1 Test purpose ........................................................................................................................................ 434
10.2.2 Test applicability ........................................................................................................................... 434
10.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements............................................................................................ 435
10.2.4 Test description ............................................................................................................................. 436
10.2.5 Test requirement ............................................................................................................................ 437
Annex A (normative): Measurement Channels ...............................................................................438

A.1 General .................................................................................................................................................438
A.2 UL reference measurement channels ...................................................................................................439
A.2.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................... 439
A.2.1.1 Applicability and common parameters ..................................................................................................... 439
A.2.1.2 Determination of payload size .................................................................................................................. 439
A.2.1.3 Overview of UL reference measurement channels ................................................................................... 440
A.2.2 Reference measurement channels for FDD .................................................................................................... 446
A.2.2.1 Full RB allocation ..................................................................................................................................... 446
ETSI
A.2.2.1.1 QPSK .................................................................................................................................................. 446

A.2.2.1.2 16-QAM .............................................................................................................................................. 446
A.2.2.2 Partial RB allocation ................................................................................................................................. 446
A.2.2.2.1 QPSK .................................................................................................................................................. 447
A.2.2.2.2 16-QAM .............................................................................................................................................. 451
A.2.2.3 Reference measurement channels for sustained downlink data rate provided by lower layers................. 453
A.2.3 Reference measurement channels for TDD .................................................................................................... 453
A.2.3.1 Full RB allocation ..................................................................................................................................... 453
A.2.3.1.1 QPSK .................................................................................................................................................. 453
A.2.3.1.2 16-QAM .............................................................................................................................................. 454
A.2.3.2 Partial RB allocation ................................................................................................................................. 454
A.2.3.2.1 QPSK .................................................................................................................................................. 454
A.2.3.2.2 16-QAM .............................................................................................................................................. 460
A.2.3.3 Reference measurement channels for sustained downlink data rate provided by lower layers................. 463
A.3 DL reference measurement channels ...................................................................................................464
A.3.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................... 464
A.3.1.1 Overview of DL reference measurement channels ................................................................................... 464
A.3.2 Reference measurement channel for receiver characteristics ......................................................................... 469
A.3.2A Downlink Reference measurement channel for TX characteristics ................................................................ 476
A.3.3 Reference measurement channel for PDSCH performance requirements (FDD) .......................................... 479
A.3.3.1 Single-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols) ................................................................... 479
A.3.3.2 Multi-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols) .................................................................... 483
A.3.3.2.1 Two antenna ports ............................................................................................................................... 483
A.3.3.2.2 Four antenna ports ............................................................................................................................... 484
A.3.4 Reference measurement channel for PDSCH performance requirements (TDD) .......................................... 485
A.3.4.1 Single-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols) ................................................................... 485
A.3.4.2 Multi-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols) .................................................................... 491
A.3.4.2.1 Two antenna ports ............................................................................................................................... 491
A.3.4.2.2 Four antenna ports ............................................................................................................................... 492
A.3.4.3 Reference Measurement Channels for UE-Specific Reference Symbols ................................................. 492
A.3.5 Reference measurement channels for PDCCH/PCFICH performance requirements ..................................... 494
A.3.5.1 FDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 494
A.3.5.2 TDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 495
A.3.6 Reference measurement channels for PHICH performance requirements ..................................................... 496
A.3.7 [FFS] .............................................................................................................................................................. 497
A.3.8 Reference measurement channels for MBMS performance requirements ..................................................... 497
A.3.8.1 FDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 497
A.3.8.2 TDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 498
A.3.9 Reference measurement channels for sustained downlink data rate provided by lower layers ...................... 501
A.3.9.1 FDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 501
A.3.9.2 TDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 502
A.4 CQI reference measurement channels ..................................................................................................502
A.5 OFDMA Channel Noise Generator (OCNG) .......................................................................................510
A.5.1 OCNG Patterns for FDD ................................................................................................................................ 510
A.5.1.1 OCNG FDD pattern 1: One sided dynamic OCNG FDD pattern ............................................................. 510
A.5.1.2 OCNG FDD pattern 2: Two sided dynamic OCNG FDD pattern ............................................................ 511
A.5.1.3 OCNG FDD pattern 3: 49 RB OCNG allocation with MBSFN in 10 MHz ............................................. 511
A.5.2 OCNG Patterns for TDD ................................................................................................................................ 512
A.5.2.1 OCNG TDD pattern 1: One sided dynamic OCNG TDD pattern ............................................................. 512
A.5.2.2 OCNG TDD pattern 2: Two sided dynamic OCNG TDD pattern ............................................................ 513
A.5.2.3 OCNG TDD pattern 3: 49 RB OCNG allocation with MBSFN in 10 MHz ............................................. 514
Annex B (normative): Propagation Conditions...............................................................................515

B.0 No interference .....................................................................................................................................515
B.1 Static propagation condition .................................................................................................................515
B.1.1 Definition of Additive White Gaussian Noise (AWGN) Interferer ................................................................ 515
B.2 Multi-path fading Propagation Conditions ...........................................................................................515
B.2.1 Delay profiles ................................................................................................................................................. 515
ETSI
B.2.2 Combinations of channel model parameters .................................................................................................. 516

B.2.3 MIMO Channel Correlation Matrices ............................................................................................................ 517
B.2.3.1 Definition of MIMO Correlation Matrices ............................................................................................... 517
B.2.3.2 MIMO Correlation Matrices at High, Medium and Low Level ................................................................ 518
B.2.4 Propagation conditions for CQI tests.............................................................................................................. 520
B.2.5 FFS ................................................................................................................................................................. 521
B.2.6 MBSFN Propagation Channel Profile ............................................................................................................ 521
B.3 High speed train scenario .....................................................................................................................521
B.4 Beamforming Model ............................................................................................................................522
B.4.1 Single-layer beamforming (Antenna port 5, 7 or 8) ....................................................................................... 522
Annex C (normative): Downlink Physical Channels.......................................................................524

C.0 Downlink signal levels .........................................................................................................................524
C.1 General .................................................................................................................................................524
C.2 Set-up ...................................................................................................................................................527
C.3 Connection ...........................................................................................................................................528
C.3.0 Measurement of Transmitter Characteristics .................................................................................................. 528
C.3.1 Measurement of Receiver Characteristics ...................................................................................................... 529
C.3.2 Measurement of Performance requirements ................................................................................................... 530
Annex D (normative): Characteristics of the Interfering Signal ..............................................................532

D.1 General .................................................................................................................................................532
D.2 Interference signals...............................................................................................................................532
Annex E (normative): Global In-Channel TX-Test ........................................................................533
E.1 General .................................................................................................................................................533
E.2 Signals and results ................................................................................................................................533
E.2.1 Basic principle ................................................................................................................................................ 533
E.2.2 Output signal of the TX under test ................................................................................................................. 533
E.2.3 Reference signal ............................................................................................................................................. 534
E.2.4 Measurement results ....................................................................................................................................... 534
E.2.5 Measurement points ....................................................................................................................................... 534
E.3 Signal processing..................................................................................................................................535
E.3.1 Pre FFT minimization process........................................................................................................................ 535
E.3.2 Timing of the FFT window ............................................................................................................................ 535
E.3.3 Post FFT equalisation ..................................................................................................................................... 536
E.4 Derivation of the results .......................................................................................................................537
E.4.1 EVM ............................................................................................................................................................... 537
E.4.2 Averaged EVM .............................................................................................................................................. 538
E.4.3 In-band emissions measurement..................................................................................................................... 538
E.4.4 EVM equalizer spectrum flatness ................................................................................................................... 540
E.4.5 Frequency error and Carrier leakage .............................................................................................................. 540
E.4.6 EVM of Demodulation reference symbols (EVMDMRS) ................................................................................. 541
E.4.6.1 1st average for EVM DMRS ......................................................................................................................... 541
E.4.6.2 Final average for EVM DMRS ..................................................................................................................... 542
E.5 EVM and inband emissions for PUCCH ..............................................................................................542
ETSI
E.5.9 Derivation of the results ................................................................................................................................. 544

E.5.9.1 EVMPUCCH ................................................................................................................................................. 544
E.5.9.2 Averaged EVMPUCCH ................................................................................................................................ 544
E.5.9.3 In-band emissions measurement ............................................................................................................... 545
E.6 EVM for PRACH .................................................................................................................................546
E.6.9 Derivation of the results ................................................................................................................................. 548
E.6.9.1 EVMPRACH ................................................................................................................................................. 548
E.6.9.2 Averaged EVMPRACH ................................................................................................................................ 549
E.7 EVM with exclusion period .................................................................................................................549
E.7.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................... 549
E.7.2 The model ....................................................................................................................................................... 549
E.7.3 Illustration ...................................................................................................................................................... 550
E.7.4 Formula .......................................................................................................................................................... 553
Annex F (normative): Measurement uncertainties and Test Tolerances .....................................555

F.1 Acceptable uncertainty of Test System (normative) ............................................................................555
F.1.1 Measurement of test environments ................................................................................................................. 555
F.1.2 Measurement of transmitter ............................................................................................................................ 556
F.1.3 Measurement of receiver ................................................................................................................................ 559
F.1.4 Measurement of performance requirements ................................................................................................... 562
F.1.5 Measurement of Channel State Information reporting ................................................................................... 575
F.2 Interpretation of measurement results (normative) ..............................................................................578
F.3 Test Tolerance and Derivation of Test Requirements (informative) ....................................................579
F.3.1 Measurement of test environments ................................................................................................................. 579
F.3.2 Measurement of transmitter ............................................................................................................................ 580
F.3.3 Measurement of receiver ................................................................................................................................ 589
F.3.4 Measurement of performance requirements ................................................................................................... 592
F.3.5 Measurement of Channel State Information reporting ................................................................................... 595
Annex G (normative): Statistical Testing .........................................................................................598

G.1 General .................................................................................................................................................598
G.2 Statistical testing of receiver characteristics.........................................................................................598
G.2.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................... 598
G.2.2 Mapping throughput to error ratio .................................................................................................................. 598
G.2.3 Design of the test ............................................................................................................................................ 599
G.2.4 Numerical definition of the pass fail limits .................................................................................................... 599
G.2.5 Pass fail decision rules ................................................................................................................................... 600
G.2.6 Test conditions for receiver tests .................................................................................................................... 601
G.3 Statistical testing of Performance Requirements with throughput .......................................................601
G.3.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................... 601
G.3.2 Mapping throughput to error ratio .................................................................................................................. 602
G.3.4 Pass Fail limit ................................................................................................................................................. 602
G.3.5 Minimum Test time ........................................................................................................................................ 603
G.3.6 Test conditions for receiver performance tests ............................................................................................... 609
G.4 Statistical testing of Performance Requirements with probability of misdetection .............................614
G.4.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................... 614
G.4.2 Mapping the UE reaction to error ratio .......................................................................................................... 614
ETSI

G.4.4 Numerical definition of the pass fail limits .................................................................................................... 615
G.4.5 Pass fail decision rules ................................................................................................................................... 616
G.4.6 Minimum Test time ........................................................................................................................................ 617
G.4.7 Test conditions for receiver performance tests ............................................................................................... 619
G.5 Measuring throughput ratio ..................................................................................................................620
G.5.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................... 620
G.5.2 Establishing t rnd ........................................................................................................................................... 620
G.5.3 Measuring T-put ............................................................................................................................................. 620
G.5.4 Number of samples for throughput ratios ....................................................................................................... 620
G.X Theory to derive the numbers in Table G.2.1.3-1 (Informative) ..........................................................622
G.X.1 Error Ratio (ER) ............................................................................................................................................. 622
G.X.2 Test Design ..................................................................................................................................................... 622
G.X.3 Confidence level ............................................................................................................................................. 622
G.X.4 Introduction: Supplier Risk versus Customer Risk ........................................................................................ 623
G.X.5 Supplier Risk versus Customer Risk .............................................................................................................. 623
G.X.6 Introduction: Standard test versus early decision concept .............................................................................. 624
G.X.7 Standard test versus early decision concept ................................................................................................... 624
G.X.8 Selectivity ....................................................................................................................................................... 624
G.X.9 Design of the test ............................................................................................................................................ 625
G.X.10 Simulation to derive the pass fail limits in Table G.2.1.3-1 ......................................................................... 626
Annex H (normative): Uplink Physical Channels ...........................................................................628

H.0 Uplink Signal Levels ............................................................................................................................628
H.1 General .................................................................................................................................................628
H.2 Set-up ...................................................................................................................................................629
H.3 Connection ...........................................................................................................................................629
H.3.0 Measurement of Transmitter Characteristics .................................................................................................. 629
H.3.1 Measurement of Receiver Characteristics ...................................................................................................... 630
H.3.2 Measurement of Performance Requirements.................................................................................................. 630
Annex I (informative): Handling of different releases .....................................................................631

I.1 Mapping of minimum requirements to conformance tests ...................................................................631
I.2 Structure and numbering of subclauses ................................................................................................632
I.3 Specification of the additional tests......................................................................................................633
Annex J (informative): Change history .............................................................................................634
History ............................................................................................................................................................647
ETSI
Foreword
This Technical Specification has been produced by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP).
The contents of the present document are subject to continuing work within the TSG and may change following formal
TSG approval. Should the TSG modify the contents of the present document, it will be re-released by the TSG with an
identifying change of release date and an increase in version number as follows:
Version x.y.z
where:
x the first digit:
1 presented to TSG for information;
2 presented to TSG for approval;
3 or greater indicates TSG approved document under change control.
y the second digit is incremented for all changes of substance, i.e. technical enhancements, corrections,
updates, etc.
z the third digit is incremented when editorial only changes have been incorporated in the document.
Introduction
The present document is part 1 of a multi-parts TS:
3GPP TS 36.521-1: Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); User Equipment (UE)
conformance specification Radio transmission and reception; Part 1: Conformance Testing.
3GPP TS 36.521-2 [11]: Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); User Equipment (UE)
conformance specification Radio transmission and reception; Part 2: Implementation Conformance Statement
(ICS).
• 3GPP TS 36.521-3 [12]: Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); User Equipment
(UE) conformance specification Radio transmission and reception; Part 3: Radio Resource
Management (RRM) conformance testing.
ETSI
1 Scope
The present document specifies the measurement procedures for the conformance test of the user equipment (UE) that
contain transmitting characteristics, receiving characteristics and performance requirements as part of the 3G Long
Term Evolution (3G LTE). Conformance test for the support of RRM (Radio Resource Management) are specified in
TS 36.521-3 [12].
The requirements are listed in different clauses only if the corresponding parameters deviate. More generally, tests are
only applicable to those mobiles that are intended to support the appropriate functionality. To indicate the circumstances
in which tests apply, this is noted in the “definition and applicability” part of the test.
For example only Release 8 and later UE declared to support LTE shall be tested for this functionality. In the event that
for some tests different conditions apply for different releases, this is indicated within the text of the test itself.
ETSI
2 References
The following documents contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute provisions of the present
document.
• References are either specific (identified by date of publication, edition number, version number, etc.) or
non-specific.
• For a specific reference, subsequent revisions do not apply.
• For a non-specific reference, the latest version applies. In the case of a reference to a 3GPP document (including
a GSM document), a non-specific reference implicitly refers to the latest version of that document in the same
Release as the present document.
[1] 3GPP TR 21.905: "Vocabulary for 3GPP Specifications".
[2] 3GPP TS 36.101: "E-UTRA UE radio transmission and reception".
[3] ITU-R Recommendation SM.329-10, "Unwanted emissions in the spurious domain"
[4] 3GPP TS 36.133: "E-UTRA requirements for support of radio resource management".
[5] 3GPP TS 36.331: "E-UTRA Radio Resource Control (RRC): protocol specification".
[6] 3GPP TS 36.304: "E-UTRA UE procedures in idle mode".
[7] 3GPP TS 36.508: “Common test environments for User Equipment (UE)".
[8] 3GPP TS 36.211: "Physical Channels and Modulation".
[9] 3GPP TS 36.212: "E-UTRA Multiplexing and channel coding".
[10] 3GPP TS 36.213: "E-UTRA Physical layer procedures".
[11] 3GPP TS 36.521-2: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); User Equipment
(UE) conformance specification; Radio transmission and reception; Part 2: Implementation
Conformance Statement (ICS)".
[12] 3GPP TS 36.521-3: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); User Equipment
(UE) conformance specification; Radio transmission and reception; Part 3: Radio Resource
Management (RRM) conformance testing".
ETSI
3 Definitions, symbols and abbreviations
3.1 Definitions
For the purposes of the present document, the terms and definitions given in TR 21.905 [1] and the following apply. A
term defined in the present document takes precedence over the definition of the same term, if any, in TR 21.905 [1].
Channel edge: The lowest and highest frequency of the carrier, separated by the channel bandwidth.
Channel bandwidth: The RF bandwidth supporting a single E-UTRA RF carrier with the transmission bandwidth
configured in the uplink or downlink of a cell. The channel bandwidth is measured in MHz and is used as a reference
for transmitter and receiver RF requirements.
Maximum Output Power: The mean power level per carrier of UE measured at the antenna connector in a specified
reference condition.
Mean power: When applied to E-UTRA transmission this is the power measured in the operating system bandwidth of
the carrier. The period of measurement shall be at least one subframe (1ms) unless otherwise stated.
Occupied bandwidth: The width of a frequency band such that, below the lower and above the upper frequency limits,
the mean powers emitted are each equal to a specified percentage β/2 of the total mean power of a given emission.
Output power: The mean power of one carrier of the UE, delivered to a load with resistance equal to the nominal load
impedance of the transmitter.
PMI delay: The rate in basic time unit at which PMI is updated.
Reference bandwidth: The bandwidth in which an emission level is specified.
Transmission bandwidth: Bandwidth of an instantaneous transmission from a UE or BS, measured in Resource Block
units.
Transmission bandwidth configuration: The highest transmission bandwidth allowed for uplink or downlink in a
given channel bandwidth, measured in Resource Block units.
Transmit Diversity: Transmit diversity is based on space-frequency block coding techniques complemented with
frequency-shift time diversity when four transmit antennas is used.
3.2 Symbols
For the purposes of the present document, the following symbols apply:
BWChannel Channel bandwidth

ERS Transmitted energy per RE for reference symbols during the useful part of the symbol, i.e.
excluding the cyclic prefix, (average power normalized to the subcarrier spacing) at the eNode B
transmit antenna connector
Ês The received energy per RE of the wanted signal during the useful part of the symbol, i.e.
excluding the cyclic prefix, averaged across the allocated RB(s) (average power within the
allocated RB(s), divided by the number of RE within this allocation, and normalized to the
subcarrier spacing) at the UE antenna connector
F Frequency
FInterferer (offset) Frequency offset of the interferer
FInterferer Frequency of the interferer
FC Frequency of the carrier centre frequency
FDL_low The lowest frequency of the downlink operating band
FDL_high The highest frequency of the downlink operating band
FUL_low The lowest frequency of the uplink operating band
FUL_high The highest frequency of the uplink operating band
ETSI
Editor’s note: one of the two following definitions for Io will be used (TBD in RAN4)
Io The power spectral density of the total input signal (power averaged over the useful part of the
symbols within the transmission bandwidth configuration, divided by the total number of RE for
this configuration and normalised to the subcarrier spacing) at the UE antenna connector,
including the own-cell downlink signal
Io The power spectral density of the total input signal at the UE antenna connector (power averaged
over the useful part of the symbols within a given bandwidth and normalised to the said
bandwidth), including the own-cell downlink signal
I or The total transmitted power spectral density of the own-cell downlink signal (power averaged over
the useful part of the symbols within the transmission bandwidth configuration, divided by the
total number of RE for this configuration and normalised to the subcarrier spacing) at the eNode B
transmit antenna connector
Iôr The total received power spectral density of the own-cell downlink signal (power averaged over
the useful part of the symbols within the transmission bandwidth configuration, divided by the
total number of RE for this configuration and normalised to the subcarrier spacing) at the UE
antenna connector
I ot The received power spectral density of the total noise and interference for a certain RE (average
power obtained within the RE and normalized to the subcarrier spacing) as measured at the UE
antenna connector
LCRBs The number of resource blocks allocated in the uplink transmission bandwidth.
Ncp Cyclic prefix length
NDL Downlink EARFCN
N oc The power spectral density of a white noise source (average power per RE normalised to the
subcarrier spacing), simulating interference from cells that are not defined in a test procedure, as
measured at the UE antenna connector
NOffs-DL Offset used for calculating downlink EARFCN
NOffs-UL Offset used for calculating uplink EARFCN
N otx The power spectral density of a white noise source (average power per RE normalised to the
subcarrier spacing) simulating eNode B transmitter impairments as at the eNode B transmit
antenna connector
NRB Transmission bandwidth configuration, expressed in units of resource blocks
NUL Uplink EARFCN
P Number of cell-specific antenna ports
p Antenna port number
PCMAX The measured configured maximum UE output power..
PEMAX Maximum allowed UE output power signalled by higher layers. Same as IE P-Max, defined in [5].
PPowerClass PPowerClass is the nominal UE power (i.e., no tolerance).
PUMAX Maximum UE Power with possible power reduction due to modulation type, network signalling
values and location near the edge of the band; it equals PCMAX when the IE P-Max, defined in [5],
is not signalled.
Rav Minimum average throughput per RB
PInterferer Modulated mean power of the interferer
ΔFOOB Δ Frequency of Out Of Band emission
RB # Position of the RB in the channel bandwidth.
3.3 Abbreviations
For the purposes of the present document, the abbreviations given in TR 21.905 [1] and the following apply. An
abbreviation defined in the present document takes precedence over the definition of the same abbreviation, if any, in
TR 21.905 [1].
ACLR Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio

ACS Adjacent Channel Selectivity
A-MPR Additional Maximum Power Reduction
AWGN Additive White Gaussian Noise
BCCH Broadcast Control Channel
BCH Broadcast ChannelBS Base Station
ETSI
CP Cyclic Prefix
CQI Channel Quality Indicator
CW Continuous Wave
DCI Downlink Control Information
DL Downlink
DTX Discontinuous Transmission
DwPTS Downlink Pilot Time-Slot
EARFCN E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number
EPRE Energy Per Resource Element
E-UTRA Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access
EUTRAN Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network
EVM Error Vector Magnitude
FDD Frequency Division Duplex
FRC Fixed Reference Channel
FSTD Frequency-Shift Time Diversity
HARQ Hybrid ARQ
HD-FDD Half- Duplex FDD
MAC Medium Access Control
MBMS Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service
MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
MOP Maximum Output Power
MPR Maximum Power Reduction
MSR Maximum Sensitivity Reduction
OCNG OFDMA Channel Noise Generator
OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
OOB Out-of-band
PA Power Amplifier
PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
PCCH Paging Control Channel
PCFICH Physical Control Format Indicator Channel
PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
PDU Packet Data Unit
PHICH Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel
Pm-dsg Probability of miss-detection of the Downlink Scheduling Grant
PMI Precoding Matrix Indicator
PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
PRB Physical Resource Block
PSS Primary Synchronization Signal
PSS_RA PSS-to-EPRE ratio for the channel PSS
PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared ChannelRE Resource Element
REFSENS Reference Sensitivity power level
RI Rank Indicator
RLC Radio Link Control
RMC Reference Measurement Channel
r.m.s Root Mean Square
RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identifier
RRC Radio Resource Control
RS Reference Signal
RSRP Reference Signal Received Power
SCH Synchronization Channel
SDU Service Data Unit
SFBC Space-Frequency Block Coding
SNR Signal-to-Noise Ratio
SRS Sounding Reference Signal
SSS Secondary Synchronization Signal
SSS_RA SSS-to-RS EPRE ratio for the channel SSS
TDD Time Division Duplex
TPC Transmit Power Control
TPMI Transmitted Precoding Matrix Indicator
TTI Transmission Time Interval
ETSI
UE User Equipment
UL Uplink
UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
UpPTS Uplink Pilot Time-Slot
UTRA UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access
UTRAN UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network
xCH_RA xCH-to-RS EPRE ratio for the channel xCH in all transmitted OFDM symbols not containing RS
xCH_RB xCH-to-RS EPRE ratio for the channel xCH in all transmitted OFDM symbols containing RS
ETSI
4 General
Unless otherwise stated, the following reference conditions used by all test cases in this document are specified in TS
36.508 [7]:
• Connection Diagrams,
• Test Frequencies,
• Cell Settings,
• Reference Environments,
• Environmental Conditions,
• Generic Connection Setup Procedures,
• System Information (SI),
• Message Contents.
Where a test requires one of the above reference conditions that are different, this will be specified within the test itself.
The Minimum Requirements defined in each test make no allowance for Measurement Uncertainty. Therefore, Test
Tolerances are used to relax the Minimum Requirements. If the Test Requirement differs from the Minimum
Requirement then the Test Tolerance applied for that test is non-zero. For each test the Test Tolerances are individually
calculated to create the Test Requirements. The Test Tolerance for each test and the explanation of how the Minimum
Requirement has been relaxed by the Test Tolerance is given in Annex F.3.
Downlink and Uplink transmissions are organized into radio frames with Tf = 307200 × Ts = 10 ms duration. Two
radio frame structures are supported in this document:
• Type 1, applicable to FDD,
• Type 2, applicable to TDD.
In clauses 6 and 7 TX and RX test cases for FDD/TDD test cases are defined. FDD and TDD test scenarios/
requirements are included within the same test case. For test cases with any difference between the FDD and TDD
branches the test description part of the test case has been separated in two sections to cover the two technologies. The
applicability for the FDD and TDD branches are specified in TS 36-521-2.
In clause 8 the performance requirement test cases are defined. FDD and TDD performance requirement test cases are
defined in different clauses accordingly to the requirements specified in TS 36.101.
Unless otherwise stated, each test case is tested for every operating band supported by the UE and repeated with the
applicable test configurations (i.e. test environment, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths, channel bandwidth
parameters) indicated in each test case. For test cases in clauses 6, 7, 8 the initial conditions of the downlink physical
channels signal levels and downlink physical channels required are specified in Annex C.0, Annex C.1 and Annex C.2.
For test cases in clauses 6 and 7 that require measurements with maximum output power, the UE shall transmit at its
maximum output power state with output power level of PUMAX level. This range of maximum output power shall not be
modified for any further additional relaxation.
For test cases in clauses 6 and 7, the partial RB allocations refer to any RB allocation less than full RB allocation except
1 RB allocation.
ETSI
5 Frequency bands and channel arrangement
5.1 General
The channel arrangements presented in this clause are based on the frequency bands and channel bandwidths defined in
the present release of specifications.
NOTE: Other operating bands and channel bandwidths may be considered in future releases.
5.2 Operating bands

E-UTRA is designed to operate in the operating bands defined in Table 5.2-1.
Table 5.2-1: E-UTRA operating bands
E-UTRA Uplink (UL) Downlink (DL) Duplex

Operating eNode B receive eNode B transmit Mode
Band UE transmit UE receive
FUL_low – FUL_high FDL_low – FDL_high
1 1920 MHz – 1980 MHz 2110 MHz – 2170 MHz FDD
5 824 MHz – 849 MHz 869 MHz – 894MHz FDD
9 1749.9 MHz – 1784.9 MHz 1844.9 MHz – 1879.9 MHz FDD
15 Reserved Reserved FDD
16 Reserved Reserved FDD
24 1626.5 MHz – 1660.5 MHz 1525 MHz – 1559 MHz FDD
...
33 1900 MHz – 1920 MHz 1900 MHz – 1920 MHz TDD
41 2496 MHz - 2690 MHz 2496 MHz - 2690 MHz TDD
Note: Band 6 is not applicable.
ETSI
5.3 TX–RX frequency separation

a) The default EUTRA TX channel (carrier centre frequency) to RX channel (carrier centre frequency) separation is
specified in Table 5.3-1 for the TX and RX channel bandwidths defined in Table 5.4.2.1-1
Table 5.3-1: Default UE TX-RX frequency separation
E-UTRA Operating Band TX - RX

carrier centre frequency
separation
1 190 MHz
2 80 MHz.
3 95 MHz.
4 400 MHz
5 45 MHz
6 45 MHz
7 120 MHz
8 45 MHz
9 95 MHz
10 400 MHz
11 48 MHz
12 30 MHz
13 -31 MHz
14 -30 MHz
17 30 MHz
18 45 MHz
19 45 MHz
20 -41 MHz
21 48 MHz
22 100 MHz
23 180 MHz
24 -101.5 MHz
25 80 MHz
b) The use of other TX channel to RX channel carrier centre frequency separation is not precluded and is intended
to form part of a later release.
c) The range E-UTRA TX channel (carrier centre frequency) to RX channel (carrier centre frequency) separations
for operating bands supporting variable duplex FDD is specified in Table 5.3.
Table 5.3-2: TX-RX frequency separation for operating bands supporting variable duplex FDD
E-UTRA Operating Band TX - RX

carrier centre frequency
separation
Allowed offset Separation
23 -10 MHz 170 MHz
+10 MHz 190 MHz
5.4 Channel arrangement

5.4.1 Channel spacing
The spacing between carriers will depend on the deployment scenario, the size of the frequency block available and the
channel bandwidths. The nominal channel spacing between two adjacent E-UTRA carriers is defined as following:
Nominal Channel spacing = (BWChannel(1) + BWChannel(2))/2
where BWChannel(1) and BWChannel(2) are the channel bandwidths of the two respective E-UTRA carriers. The channel
spacing can be adjusted to optimize performance in a particular deployment scenario.
ETSI
5.4.2 Channel bandwidth

Requirements in present document are specified for the channel bandwidths listed in Table 5.4.2-1
Table 5.4.2-1 Transmission bandwidth configuration NRB in E-UTRA channel bandwidths
Channel bandwidth
1.4 3 5 10 15 20
BWChannel [MHz]
Transmission bandwidth
6 15 25 50 75 100
configuration NRB
Figure 5.4.2-1 shows the relation between the Channel bandwidth (BWChannel) and the Transmission bandwidth
configuration (NRB). The channel edges are defined as the lowest and highest frequencies of the carrier separated by the
channel bandwidth, i.e. at FC +/- BWChannel /2.
Channel Bandwidth [MHz]
Transmission Bandwidth Configuration [RB]
Transmission
Bandwidth [RB]
Channel edge Channel edge

Resource block
Center subcarrier (corresponds to

DC in baseband) is not transmitted
Active Resource Blocks
In downlink
Figure 5.4.2-1 Definition of Channel Bandwidth and Transmission Bandwidth Configuration for one
E-UTRA carrier.
5.4.2.1 Channel bandwidths per operating band

a) The requirements in this specification apply to the combination of channel bandwidths and operating bands
shown in Table 5.4.2.1-1. The transmission bandwidth configuration in Table 5.4.2-1 shall be supported for each
of the specified supported channel bandwidths. The same (symmetrical) channel bandwidth is specified for both
the TX and RX path.
ETSI
Table 5.4.2.1-1: E-UTRA channel bandwidth
E-UTRA band / channel bandwidth

E-UTRA 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Band
1 Yes Yes Yes Yes
[1] [1]
2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
[1] [1]
[1]
5 Yes Yes Yes Yes
[1]
6 Yes Yes
[2] [1, 2]
7 Yes Yes Yes Yes
[1]
8 Yes Yes Yes Yes
[1] [1]
9 Yes Yes Yes Yes
10 Yes Yes Yes Yes
[1]
11 Yes Yes
[1] [1]
12 Yes Yes Yes Yes
[1] [1]
13 Yes Yes
[1] [1]
14 Yes Yes
...
[1] [1]
17 Yes Yes
[1] [1]
18 Yes Yes Yes
[1] [1]
19 Yes Yes Yes
[1] [1] [1]
20 Yes Yes Yes Yes
[1] [1]
21 Yes Yes Yes
[1] [1]
22 Yes Yes Yes Yes
23 Yes Yes Yes Yes
24 Yes Yes
[1] [1]
...
33 Yes Yes Yes Yes
34 Yes Yes Yes
37 Yes Yes Yes Yes
[2] [2]
38 Yes Yes Yes Yes
39 Yes Yes Yes Yes
40 Yes Yes Yes Yes
41 Yes Yes Yes Yes
42 Yes Yes Yes Yes
43 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Note 1: bandwidth for which a relaxation of the specified UE receiver sensitivity
requirement (Clause 7.3) is allowed.
Note 2: bandwidth for which the uplink transmission bandwidth can be restricted by
the network for some channel assignments in FDD/TDD co-existence
scenarios in order to meet unwanted emissions requirements (Clause
6.6.3.2).
b) The use of different (asymmetrical)) channel bandwidth for the TX and RX is not precluded and is intended to
form part of a later release.
5.4.3 Channel raster

The channel raster is 100 kHz for all bands, which means that the carrier centre frequency must be an integer multiple
of 100 kHz.
5.4.4 Carrier frequency and EARFCN

The carrier frequency in the uplink and downlink is designated by the E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel
Number (EARFCN) in the range 0 - 65535. The relation between EARFCN and the carrier frequency in MHz for the
downlink is given by the following equation, where FDL_low and NOffs-DL are given in table 5.4.4-1 and NDL is the
downlink EARFCN.
ETSI
FDL = FDL_low + 0.1(NDL – NOffs-DL)
The relation between EARFCN and the carrier frequency in MHz for the uplink is given by the following equation
where FUL_low and NOffs-UL are given in table 5.4.4-1 and NUL is the uplink EARFCN.
FUL = FUL_low + 0.1(NUL – NOffs-UL)
Table 5.4.4-1 E-UTRA channel numbers
Downlink Uplink
Band FDL_low (MHz) NOffs-DL Range of NDL FUL_low (MHz) NOffs-UL Range of NUL
1 2110 0 0 – 599 1920 18000 18000 – 18599
2 1930 600 600 − 1199 1850 18600 18600 – 19199
3 1805 1200 1200 – 1949 1710 19200 19200 – 19949
4 2110 1950 1950 – 2399 1710 19950 19950 – 20399
5 869 2400 2400 – 2649 824 20400 20400 – 20649
6 875 2650 2650 – 2749 830 20650 20650 – 20749
7 2620 2750 2750 – 3449 2500 20750 20750 – 20449
8 925 3450 3450 – 3799 880 21450 21450 – 21799
9 1844.9 3800 3800 – 4149 1749.9 21800 21800 – 22149
10 2110 4150 4150 – 4749 1710 22150 22150 – 22749
11 1475.9 4750 4750 – 4949 1427.9 22750 22750 – 22949
12 729 5010 5010 – 5179 699 23010 23010 – 23179
13 746 5180 5180 – 5279 777 23180 23180 – 23279
14 758 5280 5280 – 5379 788 23280 23280 – 23379
…
17 734 5730 5730 – 5849 704 23730 23730 – 23849
18 860 5850 5850 – 5999 815 23850 23850 – 23999
19 875 6000 6000 – 6149 830 24000 24000 –
24149
20 791 6150 6150 – 6449 832 24150 24150 – 24449
21 1495.9 6450 6450 – 6599 1447.9 24450 24450 – 24599
22 3510 6600 6600 – 7399 3410 24600 24600 – 25399
23 2180 7500 7500 – 7699 2000 25500 25500 – 25699
24 1525 7700 7700 - 8039 1626.5 25700 25700 – 26039
25 1930 8040 8040 - 8689 1850 26040 26040 - 26689
...
33 1900 36000 36000 –36199 1900 36000 36000 – 36199
34 2010 36200 36200 –36349 2010 36200 36200 – 36349
35 1850 36350 36350 –36949 1850 36350 36350 – 36949
36 1930 36950 36950 –37549 1930 36950 36950 – 37549
37 1910 37550 37550 –37749 1910 37550 37550 – 37749
38 2570 37750 37750 –38249 2570 37750 37750 – 38249
39 1880 38250 38250 –38649 1880 38250 38250 – 38649
40 2300 38650 38650 –39649 2300 38650 38650 – 39649
41 2496 39650 39650 - 41589 2496 39650 39650 - 41589
42 3400 41590 41590 – 43589 3400 41590 41590 – 43589
43 3600 43590 43590 – 45589 3600 43590 43590 – 45589
Note: The channel numbers that designate carrier frequencies so close to the operating band edges that the
carrier extends beyond the operating band edge shall not be used. This implies that the first 7, 15, 25,
50, 75 and 100 channel numbers at the lower operating band edge and the last 6, 14, 24, 49, 74 and 99
channel numbers at the upper operating band edge shall not be used for channel bandwidths of 1.4, 3,
5, 10, 15 and 20 MHz respectively.
ETSI
6 Transmitter Characteristics
6.1 General
Unless otherwise stated, the transmitter characteristics are specified at the antenna connector of the UE with a single
transmit antenna. For UE with integral antenna only, a reference antenna with a gain of 0 dBi is assumed.
The transient periods due to power steps, OFF/ON and ON/OFF transitions could occur at slot or symbol boundary with
transients, on one or both sides of the boundary. The measurement period and whether to exclude the transient periods
are specified in the respective sections below.
Unless otherwise stated, the Test Equipment shall be synchronised to the Uplink signal for measurement of TDD
transmitter characteristics.
6.2 Transmit power

6.2.1 Void
Editor’s note: this “void” section was introduced because TS 36.101 v8.1.0 also contains a “void” sub-clause with
in the transmit power clause 6.2, and there is a strong desire in RAN5 to keep the test cases clauses
numbering matching their specific core requirements as much as possible.
6.2.2 UE Maximum Output Power
6.2.2.1 Test purpose

To verify that the error of the UE maximum output power does not exceed the range prescribed by the specified
nominal maximum output power and tolerance.
An excess maximum output power has the possibility to interfere to other channels or other systems. A small maximum
output power decreases the coverage area.
6.2.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.
6.2.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The following UE Power Classes defines the maximum output power for any transmission bandwidth within the
channel bandwidth. The period of measurement shall be at least one sub frame (1ms).
ETSI
Table 6.2.2.3-1: UE Power Class
EUTRA Class 1 Tolerance Class 2 Tolerance Class 3 Tolerance Class 4 Tolerance

band (dBm) (dB) (dBm) (dB) (dBm) (dB) (dBm) (dB)
1 23 ±2
2
2 23 ±2
2
3 23 ±2
4 23 ±2
5 23 ±2
6 23 ±2
2
7 23 ±2
2
8 23 ±2
9 23 ±2
10 23 ±2
11 23 ±2
2
12 23 ±2
13 23 ±2
14 23 ±2
…
17 23 ±2
18 23 ±2
19 23 ±2
2
20 23 ±2
21 23 ±2
2
22 23 +2/-3.5
23 23 ±2
24 23 ±2
2
25 23 ±2
...
33 23 ±2
34 23 ±2
35 23 ±2
36 23 ±2
37 23 ±2
38 23 ±2
39 23 ±2
40 23 ±2
41 23 ±2
42 23 +2/-3
43 23 +2/-3
…
Note 1: The above tolerances are applicable for UE(s) that support up to 4 E-UTRA operating bands. For UE(s)
that support 5 or more E-UTRA bands the maximum output power is expected to decrease with each
additional band and is FFS
Note 2: For transmission bandwidths (Figure 5.4.2-1) confined within FUL_low and FUL_low + 4 MHz or FUL_high – 4
MHz and FUL_high, the maximum output power requirement is relaxed by reducing the lower tolerance limit
by 1.5 dB
Note 3: PPowerClass is the maximum UE power specified without taking into account the tolerance
Note 4: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 operating frequencies, the tolerance is FFS.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.2.2.
6.2.2.4 Test description
6.2.2.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA operating bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.2.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference
ETSI
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before
measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.2.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Low range, Mid range, High range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW N/A for Max UE output power testing Mod’n RB allocation
FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 1 1
1.4MHz QPSK 5 5
3MHz QPSK 1 1
3MHz QPSK 4 4
5MHz QPSK 1 1
5MHz QPSK 8 8
10MHz QPSK 1 1
10MHz QPSK 12 12
15MHz QPSK 1 1
15MHz QPSK 16 16
20MHz QPSK 1 1
20MHz QPSK 18 18
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable
channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: For E-UTRA bands not applied with Note 2 in Table 6.2.2.3-1:
- The 1 RB allocation shall be tested at RB#0 for low and mid range, RB #max for high
range test frequency.
- The starting resource block of non-1RB allocation shall be RB #0 for low and mid range,
RB# (max +1 - RB allocation) for high range test frequency.
Note 3: For E-UTRA bands applied with Note 2 in Table 6.2.2.3-1:
- If the test channel bandwidth is larger than 4MHz, then the 1 RB allocation shall be tested
at both RB #0 and RB #max.
- If the test channel bandwidth is smaller or equal to 4MHz, then the 1 RB allocation shall
be tested at RB #0.
- If the test channel bandwidth = (FUL_high - FUL_low) specified by the operating band, then
only one frequency range shall be tested and the 1 RB allocation shall be tested at RB #0,
RB # ⎡N RB
UL
/ 2⎤ and RB #max.
- For non-1RB allocation, test frequency is middle range, and the starting resource block
shall be RB #0.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to Table 6.2.2.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RFaccording to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 6.2.2.4.3.
ETSI
6.2.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.2.2.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to
send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE;
allow at least 200ms for the UE to reach PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode. The period of
measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods
are not under test.
6.2.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
6.2.2.5 Test requirements

The maximum output power, derived in step 3 shall be within the range prescribed by the nominal maximum output
power and tolerance in Table 6.2.2.5-1.
ETSI
Table 6.2.2.5-1: UE Power Class test requirements
EUTRA Class 1 Tolerance Class 2 Tolerance Class 3 Tolerance Class 4 Tolerance

band (dBm) (dB) (dBm) (dB) (dBm) (dB) (dBm) (dB)
1 23 ±2.7
2
2 23 ±2.7
2
3 23 ±2.7
4 23 ±2.7
5 23 ±2.7
6 23 ±2.7
2
7 23 ±2.7
2
8 23 ±2.7
9 23 ±2.7
10 23 ±2.7
11 23 ±2.7
2
12 23 ±2.7
13 23 ±2.7
14 23 ±2.7
…
17 23 ±2.7
18 23 ±2.7
19 23 ±2.7
2
20 23 ±2.7
21 23 ±2.7
22 23 +3.0/-4.5
23 23 ±2.7
24 23 ±2.7
2
25 23 ±2.7
...
33 23 ±2.7
34 23 ±2.7
35 23 ±2.7
36 23 ±2.7
37 23 ±2.7
38 23 ±2.7
39 23 ±2.7
40 23 ±2.7
41 23 ±2.7
42 23 +3.0/-4.0
43 23 +3.0/-4.0
…
Note 1: The above tolerances are applicable for UE(s) that support up to 4 E-UTRA operating bands. For UE(s)
that support 5 or more E-UTRA bands the maximum output power is expected to decrease with each
additional band and is FFS
Note 2: For transmission bandwidths (Figure 5.4.2-1, Table 5.4.4-1) confined within FUL_low and FUL_low + 4 MHz or
FUL_high – 4 MHz and FUL_high, the maximum output power requirement is relaxed by reducing the lower
tolerance limit by 1.5 dB
Note 3: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 operating frequencies, the tolerance is FFS.
6.2.3 Maximum Power Reduction (MPR)

The number of RB identified in Table 6.2.2.3-1 is based on meeting the requirements for adjacent channel leakage ratio
and the maximum power reduction (MPR) due to Cubic Metric (CM).
Simple scaling can be used to derive the requirement for other bandwidth based on the previously agreed value for
5MHz channel bandwidth.
ETSI

The requirements of this test apply in test cases 6.6.2.3 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio to all types of E-UTRA
UE release 8 and forward.

For UE Power Class 3, the allowed Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) for the maximum output power in Table
6.2.2.3-1 due to higher order modulation and transmit bandwidth configuration (resource blocks) is specified in Table
6.2.3.3-1.
Table 6.2.3.3-1: Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) for Power Class 3
Modulation Channel bandwidth / Transmission bandwidth configuration MPR (dB)

[RB]
1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
QPSK >5 >4 >8 > 12 > 16 > 18 ≤1
16 QAM ≤5 ≤4 ≤8 ≤ 12 ≤ 16 ≤ 18 ≤1
16 QAM >5 >4 >8 > 12 > 16 > 18 ≤2
For the UE maximum output power modified by MPR, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5.3 apply.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.2.3.

measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before
ETSI
Initial Conditions
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Ch BW N/A for Maximum Power Reduction Mod’n RB allocation
(MPR) test case FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 5 5
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6
1.4MHz 16QAM 5 5
1.4MHz 16QAM 6 6
3.0MHz QPSK 4 4
3.0MHz QPSK 15 15
3.0MHz 16QAM 4 4
3.0MHz 16QAM 15 15
5MHz QPSK 8 8
5MHz QPSK 25 25
5MHz 16QAM 8 8
5MHz 16QAM 25 25
10MHz QPSK 12 12
10MHz QPSK 50 50
10MHz 16QAM 12 12
10MHz 16QAM 50 50
(Note 3) (Note 3)
15MHz QPSK 16 16
15MHz QPSK 75 75
15MHz 16QAM 16 16
15MHz 16QAM 75 75
(Note 3) (Note 3)
20MHz QPSK 18 18
20MHz QPSK 100 100
20MHz 16QAM 18 18
20MHz 16QAM 100 100
(Note 3) (Note 3)
Note 2: The starting resource block of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max + 1 -
RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.
Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories 2-5
1. Connect the SS and interfering sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure
A.3.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.2.3.4.1-1.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 6.2.2.4.3.

schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.2.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send
the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC
ETSI
2. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to
ensure that the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
measurement shall be at least the continuous duration one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods
are not under test.


power and tolerance in Table 6.2.3.5-1.
ETSI
Table 6.2.3.5-1: UE Power Class test requirements
E- Class Tol. Class Tol. Class QPSK QPSK full 16QAM 16QAM
UTRA 1 (Db) 2 (dB) 3 partial RB partial full RB
Band (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) RB allocation RB allocation
allocation Tol. (dB)) allocation Tol. (dB)
Tol. Tol. (dB)
(dB))
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
1 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
1 1,2 1,2 1,2
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
2 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
1 1,2 1,2 1,2
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
3 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
4 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
5 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
6 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
1 1,2 1,2 1,2
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
7 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
1 1,2 1,2 1,2
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
8 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
9 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
10 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
11 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
1 1,2 1,2 1,2
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
12 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
13 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
14 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
…
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
17 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
+2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
18 23 ±2.7
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
+2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
19 23 ±2.7
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
1 1,2 1,2 1,2
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
20 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
+2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
21 23 ±2.7
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
22 23 +3.0/-4.5 +3.0/-5.5 +3.0/-5.5 +3.0/-6.5
+2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
23 23 ±2.7
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
+2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
24 23 ±2.7
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
1,2 1,2 1,2
1 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
25 23 ±2.7
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
...
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
33 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
34 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
35 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
36 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
37 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
38 23
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
ETSI
39 23 ±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /

-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
40 23 ±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
41 23 ±2.7 +2.7 / +2.7 / +2.7 /
-3.7 -3.7 -4.7
42 23 +3.0 / +3.0 / +3.0 / +3.0 /
-4.0 -5.0 -5.0 -6.0
43 23 +3.0 / +3.0 / +3.0 / +3.0 /
-4.0 -5.0 -5.0 -6.0
Note 1: For transmission configurations (Figure 5.4.2-1) confined within FUL_low and FUL_low + 4
MHz or FUL_high – 4 MHz and FUL_high, the maximum output power requirement is relaxed
by reducing the lower tolerance limit by 1.5 dB.
Note 2: For the UE maximum output power modified by MPR, the power limits specified in Table
6.2.5.3-1 apply
6.2.4 Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR)

Additional ACLR and spectrum emission requirements can be signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall
also meet additional requirements in a specific deployment scenario. To meet these additional requirements, Additional
Maximum Power Reduction A-MPR is allowed for the output power as specified in Table 6.2.2.3-1. Unless stated
otherwise, an A-MPR of 0 dB shall be used.

The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.2.2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for network signalled
values NS_03, NS_04, NS_06 and NS_07 to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.
The requirements of this test apply in test case 6.6.3.3 Additional Spurious Emissions for network signalled values
NS_05, NS_07 and NS_08, NS_09 to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

For UE Power Class 3 the specific requirements and identified sub-clauses are specified in Table 6.2.4.3-1 along with
the allowed A-MPR values that may be used to meet these requirements. The allowed A-MPR values specified below in
Table 6.2.4.3.-1 and 6.2.4.3-2 are in addition to the allowed MPR requirements specified in clause 6.2.3. For the UE
maximum output power modified by A-MPR, the power limits specified in clause 6.2.5 apply.
ETSI
Table 6.2.4.3-1: Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) / Spectrum Emission requirements
Network Requirements E-UTRA Band Channel Resources A-MPR (dB)

Signalling (sub-clause) bandwidth Blocks
value (MHz) (NRB)
1.4,3,5,10,1 Table 5.4.2-
NS_01 6.6.2.1.1 Table 5.2-1 NA
5,20 1
3 >5 ≤1
5 >6 ≤1
2,4,10, 23,
NS_03 6.6.2.2.3.1 10 >6 ≤1
25,35,36
15 >8 ≤1
20 >10 ≤1
5 >6 ≤1
NS_04 6.6.2.2.3.2 41
10, 15, 20 See Table 6.2.4.3-4
NS_05 6.6.3.3.3.1 1 10,15,20 ≥ 50 ≤1
Table 5.4.2-
NS_06 6.6.2.2.3.3 12, 13, 14, 17 1.4, 3, 5, 10 n/a
1
6.6.2.2.3.3 Table Table
NS_07 13 10
6.6.3.3.3.2 6.2.4.3-2 6.2.4.3-2
NS_08 6.6.3.3.3.3 19 10, 15 > 44 ≤3
> 40 ≤1
NS_09 6.6.3.3.3.4 21 10, 15
> 55 ≤2
Table Table
NS_10 20 15, 20
6.2.4.3-3 6.2.4.3-3
1 Table Table
NS_11 6.6.2.2.1 23 1.4, 3, 5, 10
6.2.4.3-5 6.2.4.3-5
..
NS_32 - - - - -
Note 1: Applies to the lower block of Band 23, i.e. a carrier placed in the 2000-2010 MHz region.
Table 6.2.4.3-2: A-MPR for “NS_07”
Parameters Region A Region B Region C

1
RB_start 0 – 12 13 –18 19 – 42 43 – 49
2 1 to 5 and <8 ≥8 <18 ≥18 ≤2 >2
L_CRB [RBs] 6–8
9-50
A-MPR [dB] ≤8 ≤12 0 ≤12 0 ≤6 ≤3 0
Note 1: RB_start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks
Note 2: L_CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation
Note 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping between two regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a
per slot basis.
Note 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping between two regions, the larger A-MPR value of
the two regions may be applied for both slots in the subframe.
Table 6.2.4.3-3: A-MPR for “NS_10”
Channel BW Parameters Region A

1
RB_start 0 – 10
15 L_CRB [RBs] 1 -20
A-MPR [dB] ≤2
1
RB_start 0 – 15
20 L_CRB [RBs] 1 -20
A-MPR [dB] ≤5
Note 1: RB_start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks.
Note 2: L_CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation.
Note 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects Region A, notes 1 and 2 apply on a
per slot basis.
Note 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersect Region A, the larger A-MPR value
may be applied for both slots in the subframe.
ETSI
Table 6.2.4.3-4: A-MPR for NS_04 for bandwidths > 5MHz
Channel BW Parameters Region A Region B Region C

1
10 RB_start 0 – 12 13 – 36 37 – 49
1 2
RB_start + L_CRB NA 14 - 37 >37 NA
[RBs] (Note 3) (Note 3)
A-MPR [dB] ≤3dB 0 ≤2dB ≤3dB
1
15 RB_start 0 – 18 19 – 55 56 – 74
1 2
1
20 RB_start 0 – 24 25 – 74 75 – 99
1 2
Note 1: RB_start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks
Note 2: L_CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation
Note 3: Any RB allocation that starts in Region A or C is allowed the specified A-MPR
Note 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis
Note 5: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for
both slots in the subframe
Table 6.2.4.3-5: A-MPR for NS_11
Channel Parameters
Bandwidth
Fc (MHz) <2004 ≥2004
3 L_CRB (RBs) 1-15 >5
A-MPR ≤5 ≤1
Fc (MHz) <2004 2004 ≤ Fc <2007 ≥2007
L_CRB (RBs) 1-25 1-6 & 8-12 >6
5
15-25
A-MPR ≤7 ≤4 0 ≤1
Fc (MHz) 2005
RB_start (RBs) 0-49

10
L_CRB (RBs) 1-50
A-MPR ≤ 12

parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in tables 6.2.4.4.1-1 through table 6.2.4.4.1-6. The details of the
uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH
before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
ETSI
Table 6.2.4.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03")
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
NC
(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)
Test Frequencies
Low range, Mid range, High range
(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)
Test Channel Bandwidths
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest
(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)
Test Parameters for NS_03 A-MPR
Configuration Ch BW Mod’n RB allocation Mod’n RB allocation
ID
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1 1.4MHz N/A for A-MPR testing. QPSK 6 6
2 1.4MHz QPSK 5 5
3 1.4MHz 16QAM 5 5
4 3MHz QPSK 15 15
5 3MHz QPSK 4 4
6 3MHz 16QAM 15 15
7 3MHz 16QAM 4 4
8 5MHz QPSK 25 25
9 5MHz QPSK 8 8
10 5MHz QPSK 6 6
11 5MHz 16QAM 25 25
12 5MHz 16QAM 8 8
13 10MHz QPSK 50 50
14 10MHz QPSK 12 12
15 10MHz QPSK 6 6
16 10MHz 16QAM 50 50
(Note 4) (Note 4)
17 10MHz 16QAM 12 12
18 15MHz QPSK 75 75
19 15MHz QPSK 16 16
20 15MHz QPSK 8 8
21 15MHz 16QAM 75 75
(Note 4) (Note 4)
22 15MHz 16QAM 16 16
23 20MHz QPSK 100 100
24 20MHz QPSK 18 18
25 20MHz QPSK 10 10
26 20MHz 16QAM 100 100
(Note 4) (Note 4)
27 20MHz 16QAM 18 18
Note 2: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the
corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily
required based on the applicability of the UE.
Note 3: The starting resource block of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 - RB
allocation) of the channel bandwidth.
Note 5: For band 23, above table only applies to mid and high range test frequencies. Low range test
frequencies will be covered by NS_11 test configuration table.
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
NC
Test Frequencies
5MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20MHz
Configuration Ch BW Mod’n RB allocation Mod’n RB allocation RB_start
ID TDD TDD TDD
1 5MHz N/A for A-MPR testing QPSK 25 Note 3
2 5MHz QPSK 8 Note 3
4 5MHz 16QAM 25 Note 3
6 10MHz QPSK 1 0
7 10MHz QPSK 12 0
8 10MHz QPSK 50 0
9 10MHz 16QAM 50 0
(Note 4)
10 10MHz QPSK 24 13
11 10MHz 16QAM 24 13
12 10MHz QPSK 36 13
13 10MHz QPSK 12 37
14 10MHz QPSK 1 49
15 15MHz QPSK 1 0
16 15MHz QPSK 16 0
17 15MHz QPSK 75 0
18 15MHz 16QAM 75 0
(Note 4)
19 15MHz QPSK 36 19
20 15MHz 16QAM 36 19
(Note 4)
21 15MHz QPSK 50 19
22 15MHz QPSK 18 56
23 15MHz QPSK 1 74
24 20MHz QPSK 1 0
25 20MHz QPSK 18 0
26 20MHz QPSK 100 0
27 20MHz 16QAM 100 0
(Note 4)
28 20MHz QPSK 50 25
29 20MHz 16QAM 50 25
(Note 4)
30 20MHz QPSK 75 25
31 20MHz QPSK 25 75
32 20MHz QPSK 1 99
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for E-UTRA band, the applicable channel
bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: The configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to be
corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4 as not all combinations are necessarily
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
Normal
Test Frequencies Low range, Mid range
In case of Low range:
- For 5MHz channel
bandwidth: UL 1927.2MHz
(N_UL = 18072), DL
2117.2MHz (N_DL = 72)
and UL 1931.1MHz (N_UL
= 18111) DL 2121.1 MHz
(N_DL = 111)
- For 10MHz: UL
1934.7MHz (N_UL =
18147), DL 2124.7MHz
(N_DL = 147)
- For 20MHz channel
bandwidth: Not available
Test Channel Bandwidths 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz,
(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) 20MHz
ID FDD FDD
1 5MHz N/A for A-MPR testing QPSK 1
2 5MHz QPSK 25
3 10MHz QPSK 1
4 10MHz QPSK 12
5 10MHz QPSK 48
6 10MHz QPSK 50
7 10MHz 16QAM 50
(Note 5)
8 15MHz QPSK 1
9 15MHz QPSK 16
10 15MHz QPSK 48
11 15MHz QPSK 75
12 15MHz 16QAM 75
(Note 5)
13 20MHz QPSK 1
14 20MHz QPSK 18
15 20MHz QPSK 48
16 20MHz QPSK 100
17 20MHz 16QAM 100
(Note 5)
Note 1. The 1 RB allocation shall be tested at both RB #0 and RB #max.
Note 2. The starting resource block of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max
+1 - RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.
Note 3: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to
the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all
combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.
Note 4: Low range frequencies for 5MHz channel bandwidth in case of network
signalled “NS_05” shall be reviewed after June 2012 because of PHS band
operation change.
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
Normal
Test Frequencies Low range, Mid range,
(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) High range
Test Channel Bandwidths Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz,
(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) Highest
ID FDD FDD
1 1.4MHz N/A for A-MPR testing QPSK 6
2 1.4MHz QPSK 5
3 1.4MHz 16QAM 5
4 3MHz QPSK 15
5 3MHz QPSK 4
6 3MHz 16QAM 4
7 5MHz QPSK 25
8 5MHz QPSK 8
9 5MHz 16QAM 8
10 10MHz QPSK 50
11 10MHz QPSK 12
12 10MHz 16QAM 12
13 15MHz QPSK 75
14 15MHz QPSK 16
15 15MHz 16QAM 16
16 20MHz QPSK 100
17 20MHz QPSK 18
18 20MHz 16QAM 18
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band,
the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test
Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5
as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability
of the UE.
Note 3: The starting resource block of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and
RB# (max +1 - RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
NC
Test Frequencies
Mid range
10MHz
ID FDD FDD FDD
1 10MHz N/A for A-MPR testing QPSK 1 0
2 10MHz QPSK 8 0
3 10MHz QPSK 6 13
4 10MHz QPSK 20 13
5 10MHz QPSK 12 13
6 10MHz 16QAM 36 13
(Note 2)
7 10MHz QPSK 16 19
8 10MHz QPSK 12 19
9 10MHz 16QAM 16 19
10 10MHz QPSK 30 19
11 10MHz 16QAM 30 19
(Note 2)
12 10MHz QPSK 6 43
13 10MHz QPSK 2 48
14 10MHz QPSK 50 0
15 10MHz QPSK 12 0
16 10MHz 16QAM 50 0
(Note 2)
Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the
corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
Normal
Test Frequencies
High range
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz
ID FDD FDD
2 5MHz QPSK 8
3 5MHz QPSK 25
4 10MHz QPSK 1
5 10MHz QPSK 12
6 10MHz QPSK 40
7 10MHz QPSK 50
8 10MHz 16QAM 50
(Note 4)
9 15MHz QPSK 1
10 15MHz QPSK 16
11 15MHz QPSK 40
12 15MHz QPSK 75
13 15MHz 16QAM 75
(Note 4)
of the UE.
RB# (max + 1 - RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth
ETSI
Table 6.2.4.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value “NS_09”)
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
Normal
Test Frequencies
High range
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz
ID FDD FDD
2 5MHz QPSK 8
3 5MHz QPSK 25
4 10MHz QPSK 1
5 10MHz QPSK 12
6 10MHz QPSK 40
7 10MHz QPSK 50
8 10MHz 16QAM 50
(Note 4)
9 15MHz QPSK 1
10 15MHz QPSK 16
11 15MHz QPSK 40
12 15MHz QPSK 54
13 15MHz QPSK 75
14 15MHz 16QAM 75
(Note 4)
of the UE.
RB# (max + 1 - RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth
Table 6.2.4.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value “NS_10”)
FFS
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to the applicable table from Table 6.2.4.4.1-1 to
Table 6.2.4.4.1-6.
clause 6.2.4.4.3.
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7]
subclause 4.1)
Normal
Test Frequencies Low range
(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) For 3 MHz Channel Banwidth:
a. UL 2001.5 MHz (N_UL=25515), DL 2181.5
MHz(N_DL=7515)
b.UL 2004.5 MHz (N_UL=25545), DL 2184.5
(N_DL=7545)
For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth
a. UL 2002.5 MHz (N_UL=25525), DL 2182.5
MHz(N_DL=7525)
b. UL 2004.5 MHz (N_UL=25545), DL 2184.5
MHz(N_DL=7545)
c. UL 2007.5 MHz (N_UL=25575), DL 2187.5
MHz(N_DL=7575)
For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth
UL 2005 MHz (N_UL=25550), DL 2185 MHz
(N_DL=7550)
1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz
Downlink Uplink Configuration
Configuration
Configuration Ch BW Mod’n RB Mod’n RB allocation FDD
ID allocation
FDD

2 3MHz QPSK 15
3 3MHz 16QAM 6
4 3MHz 16QAM 15
5 5MHz QPSK 1
6 5MHz QPSK 8
7 5MHz QPSK 25
8 5MHz 16QAM 8
9 5MHz 16QAM 25
10 10MHz QPSK 1
11 10MHz QPSK 12
12 10MHz QPSK 50
13 10MHz 16QAM 12
14 10MHz 16QAM 50
(Note 3)
Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test
Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the
applicability of the UE.
ETSI

schedule the UL RMC according to the applicable table from Table 6.2.4.4.1-1 to Table 6.2.4.4.1-6. Since the
UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the
UE transmits at PUMAX level.
measurement shall be at least the continuous duration one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are
not under test.

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6, with the following exceptions for each network
signalled value.
6.2.4.4.3.1 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_03")
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_03. This can be set in the

SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall
meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
Table 6.2.4.4.3.1-1: SystemInformationBlockType2 :Additional spurious emissions test requirement

for “NS_03”
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1

Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
additionalSpectrumEmission 3 (NS_03)


for “NS_04”

6.2.4.4.3.3 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_05”)


for “NS_05”

ETSI


for “NS_06”

6.2.4.4.3.5 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value “NS_07”)


for “NS_07”



for “NS_08”



for “NS_09”


ETSI

for “NS_10”



for “NS_11”


power and tolerance in the applicable table from Table 6.2.4.5-1 to Table 6.2.4.5-8. The allowed A-MPR values
specified in Table 6.2.4.3-1 are in addition to the allowed MPR requirements specified in clause 6.2.3. For the UE
maximum output power modified by MPR and/or A-MPR, the power limits specified in Table 6.2.5.3-1 apply.
ETSI
Table 6.2.4.5-1: UE Power Class test requirements (network signalled value "NS_03")
(for Bands 4, 10, 23, 35, and 36)
Configuration EUTRA Class Tol. Class Tol. Class 3 Tol. (dB)

ID band 1 (dB) 2 (dB) (dBm)
(dBm) (dBm)
1 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -3.7
2 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -2.7
3 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -3.7
4 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -4.7
5 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -2.7
6 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -6.2
7 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -3.7
8 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -4.7
9 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -3.7
10 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -2.7
11 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -6.2
12 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -4.7
13 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -4.7
14 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -3.7
15 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -2.7
16 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -6.2
17 4,10, 23 +2.7 /
23,35,36 -4.7
18 4,10,35,36 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
19 4,10,35,36 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
20 4,10,35,36 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
21 4,10,35,36 23 +2.7 /
-6.2
22 4,10,35,36 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
23 4,10,35,36 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
24 4,10,35,36 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
25 4,10,35,36 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
26 4,10,35,36 23 +2.7 /
-6.2
27 4,10,35,36 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
ETSI
(for Bands 2 and 25)
Configuration EUTRA Test Class Tol. Class Tol. Class Tol.

ID band Freq. 1 (dB) 2 (dB) 3 (dB)
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
1 2, 25 Mid 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
1 2, 25 Low, High 23 +2.7 /
-5.7
2 2, 25 Mid 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
2 2, 25 Low, High 23 +2.7 /
-4.2
3 2, 25 Mid 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
3 2, 25 Low, High 23 +2.7 /
-5.7
4 2, 25 Mid 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
4 2, 25 Low, High 23 +2.7 /
-7.7
5 2, 25 Mid 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
5 2, 25 Low, High 23 +2.7 /
-4.2
6 2, 25 Mid 23 +2.7 /
-6.2
6 2, 25 Low, High 23 +2.7 /
-9.2
7 2, 25 Mid 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
7 2, 25 Low, High 23 +2.7 /
-5.7
8 2, 25 All 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
9 2, 25 Low @ RB#(max+1-RB 23 +2.7 /
allocation), -3.7
Mid,
High @ RB#0
9 2, 25 Low @ RB#0, 23 +2.7 /
High @ RB#(max+1-RB -5.7
allocation)
10 2, 25 Low @ RB#(max+1-RB 23 +2.7 /
allocation), -2.7
Mid,
High @ RB#0
10 2, 25 Low @ RB#0, 23 +2.7 /
allocation)
11 2, 25 All 23 +2.7 /
-6.2
12 2, 25 Low @ RB#(max+1-RB 23 +2.7 /
allocation), -4.7
Mid,
High @ RB#0
12 2, 25 Low @ RB#0, 23 +2.7 /
allocation)
13 2, 25 All 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
14 2, 25 Low @ RB#(max+1-RB 23 +2.7 /
allocation), -3.7
Mid,
High @ RB#0
14 2, 25 Low @ RB#0, 23 +2.7 /
ETSI
allocation)
15 2, 25 Low @ RB#(max+1-RB 23 +2.7 /
allocation), -2.7
Mid,
High @ RB#0
15 2, 25 Low @ RB#0, 23 +2.7 /
allocation)
16 2, 25 All 23 +2.7 /
-6.2
17 2, 25 Low @ RB#(max+1-RB 23 +2.7 /
allocation), -4.7
Mid,
High @ RB#0
17 2, 25 Low @ RB#0, 23 +2.7 /
allocation)
18 2, 25 All 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
19 2, 25 Low @ RB#(max+1-RB 23 +2.7 /
allocation), -3.7
Mid,
High @ RB#0
19 2, 25 Low @ RB#0, 23 +2.7 /
allocation)
20 2, 25 Low @ RB#(max+1-RB 23 +2.7 /
allocation), -2.7
Mid,
High @ RB#0
20 2, 25 Low @ RB#0, 23 +2.7 /
allocation)
21 2, 25 All 23 +2.7 /
-6.2
22 2, 25 Low @ RB#(max+1-RB 23 +2.7 /
allocation), -4.7
Mid,
High @ RB#0
22 2, 25 Low @ RB#0, 23 +2.7 /
allocation)
23 2, 25 All 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
24 2, 25 All 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
25 2, 25 Low @ RB#(max+1-RB 23 +2.7 /
allocation), -2.7
Mid,
High @ RB#0
25 2, 25 Low @ RB#0, 23 +2.7 /
allocation)
26 2, 25 All 23 +2.7 /
-6.2
27 2, 25 All 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
ETSI
Configuration EUTRA Bandwidth Class 3 Tol. (dB)

ID band (MHz) (dBm)
1 41 5 MHz 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
2 41 5 MHz 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
3 41 5 MHz 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
4 41 5 MHz 23 +2.7 /
-6.2
5 41 5 MHz 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
6 41 10MHz 23 +2.7/
-6.2
7 41 10MHz 23 +2.7/
-6.2
8 41 10MHz 23 +2.7/
-8.2
9 41 10MHz 23 +2.7/
-9.7
10 41 10MHz 23 +2.7/
-3.7
11 41 10MHz 23 +2.7/
-4.7
12 41 10MHz 23 +2.7/
-6.2
13 41 10MHz 23 +2.7/
-6.2
14 41 10MHz 23 +2.7/
-6.2
15 41 15MHz 23 +2.7/
-6.2
16 41 15MHz 23 +2.7/
-6.2
17 41 15MHz 23 +2.7/
-8.2
18 41 15MHz 23 +2.7/
-9.7
19 41 15MHz 23 +2.7/
-3.7
20 41 15MHz 23 +2.7/
-4.7
21 41 15MHz 23 +2.7/
-6.2
22 41 15MHz 23 +2.7/
-8.2
23 41 15MHz 23 +2.7/
-6.2
24 41 20MHz 23 +2.7/
-6.2
25 41 20MHz 23 +2.7/
-6.2
26 41 20MHz 23 +2.7/
-8.2
27 41 20MHz 23 +2.7/
-9.7
28 41 20MHz 23 +2.7/
-3.7
29 41 20MHz 23 +2.7/
-4.7
30 41 20MHz 23 +2.7/
-6.2
31 41 20MHz 23 +2.7/
-8.2
32 41 20MHz 23 +2.7/
ETSI
-6.2
Configuration EUTRA Class 1 Tol. Class 2 Tol. Class 3 Tol. (dB)

ID band (dBm) (dB) (dBm) (dB) (dBm)
1 1 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
2 1 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
3 1 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
4 1 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
5 1 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
6 1 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
7 1 23 +2.7 /
-6.2
8 1 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
9 1 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
10 1 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
11 1 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
12 1 23 +2.7 /
-6.2
13 1 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
14 1 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
15 1 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
16 1 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
17 1 23 +2.7 /
-6.2
ETSI
(for Bands 13, 14, and 17)
Configuration EUTRA Class Tol. Class Tol. Class 3 Tol. (dB)

ID band 1 (dB) 2 (dB) (dBm)
(dBm) (dBm)
1 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
2 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
3 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
4 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
5 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
6 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
7 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
8 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
9 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
10 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
11 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
12 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
13 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
14 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
15 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
16 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
17 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
18 13,14,17 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
ETSI
(for Band 12)
Configuration EUTRA Test Class Tol. Class Tol. Class Tol.

ID band Freq. 1 (dB) 2 (dB) 3 (dB)
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
1 12 Mid 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
1 12 Low, High 23 +2.7 /
-5.7
2 12 Mid 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
2 12 Low, High 23 +2.7 /
-4.2
3 12 Mid 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
3 12 Low, High 23 +2.7 /
-4.2
4 12 Mid 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
4 12 Low, High 23 +2.7 /
-5.7
5 12 Mid 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
5 12 Low, High 23 +2.7 /
-4.2
6 12 Mid 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
6 12 Low, High 23 +2.7 /
-5.7
7 12 All 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
8 12 Low @ RB#(max+1- 23 +2.7 /
RB allocation), -2.7
Mid,
High @ RB#0
8 12 Low @ RB#0, 23 +2.7 /
High @ RB#(max+1- -4.2
RB allocation)
9 12 Low @ RB#(max+1- 23 +2.7 /
Mid,
High @ RB#0
9 12 Low @ RB#0, 23 +2.7 /
RB allocation)
10 12 All 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
11 12 Low @ RB#(max+1- 23 +2.7 /
Mid,
High @ RB#0
11 12 Low @ RB#0, 23 +2.7 /
RB allocation)
12 12 Low @ RB#(max+1- 23 +2.7 /
Mid,
High @ RB#0
12 12 Low @ RB#0, 23 +2.7 /
RB allocation)
ETSI

1 13 23 +2.7 /
-18.7
2 13 23 +2.7 /
-13.7
3 13 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
4 13 23 +2.7 /
-19.7
5 13 23 +2.7 /
-18.7
6 13 23 +2.7 /
-20.7
7 13 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
8 13 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
9 13 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
10 13 23 +2.7 /
-12.7
11 13 23 +2.7 /
-13.7
12 13 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
13 13 23 +2.7 /
-6.2
14 13 23 +2.7 /
-19.7
15 13 23 +2.7 /
-18.7
16 13 23 +2.7 /
-20.7
ETSI

1 19 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
2 19 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
3 19 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
4 19 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
5 19 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
6 19 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
7 19 23 +2.7 /
-8.2
8 19 23 +2.7 /
-9.7
9 19 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
10 19 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
11 19 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
12 19 23 +2.7 /
-8.2
13 19 23 +2.7 /
-9.7

1 21 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
2 21 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
3 21 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
4 21 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
5 21 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
6 21 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
7 21 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
8 21 23 +2.7 /
-6.2
9 21 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
19 21 23 +2.7 /
-2.7
11 21 23 +2.7 /
-3.7
12 21 23 +2.7 /
-4.7
13 21 23 +2.7 /
-6.2
14 21 23 +2.7 /
-8.2
ETSI
Table 6.2.4.5-10: UE Power Class test requirements (network signalled value "NS_10”)
FFSTable 6.2.4.5-11: UE Power Class test requirements (network signalled value "NS_11 for Band
23")
Configuration EUTRA Center Class Tol. Class 2 Tol. Class Tol. (dB)
ID Band Frequency 1 (dB) (dBm) (dB) 3
(dBm) (dBm)
1a 23 UL 2001.5 MHz + 2.7 /
DL 2181.5 MHz -11.7
1b 23 UL 2004.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2184.5 MHz -4.7
2a 23 UL 2001.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2181.5 MHz -11.7
2b 23 UL 2004.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2184.5 MHz -4.7
3a 23 UL 2001.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2181.5 MHz -12.7
3b 23 UL 2004.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2184.5 MHz -6.2
4a 23 UL 2001.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2181.5 MHz -12.7
4b 23 UL 2004.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2184.5 MHz -6.2
5a 23 UL 2002.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2182.5 MHz -12.7
5b 23 UL 2004.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2184.5 MHz -8.2
5c 23 UL 2007.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2187.5 MHz -2.7
6a 23 UL 2002.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2182.5 MHz -12.7
6b 23 UL 2004.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2184.5 MHz -2.7
6c 23 UL 2007.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2187.5 MHz -3.7
7a 23 UL 2002.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2182.5 MHz -13.7
7b 23 UL 2004.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2184.5 MHz -9.7
7c 23 UL 2007.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2187.5 MHz -4.7
8a 23 UL 2002.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2182.5 MHz -13.7
8b 23 UL 2004.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2184.5 MHz -3.7
8c 23 UL 2007.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2187.5 MHz -4.7
ETSI
Configuration EUTRA Center Class Tol. Class 2 Tol. Class Tol. (dB)
ID Band Frequency 1 (dB) (dBm) (dB) 3
(dBm) (dBm)
9a 23 UL 2002.5 MHz + 2.7 /
DL 2182.5 MHz -14.7
9b 23 UL 2004.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2184.5 MHz -11.7
9c 23 UL 2007.5 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2187.5 MHz -6.2
10 23 UL 2005 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2185 MHz -18.7
11 23 UL 2005 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2185 MHz -18.7
12 23 UL 2005 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2185 MHz -19.7
13 23 UL 2005 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2185 MHz -19.7
14 23 UL 2005 MHz + 2.7 /

DL 2185 MHz -20.7
6.2.5 Configured UE transmitted Output Power

To verify the UE does not exceed the minimum between the PEMAX maximum allowed UL TX Power signalled by the
E-UTRAN and the PUMAX maximum UE power for the UE power class.

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

The UE is allowed to set its configured maximum output power PCMAX. The configured maximum output power PCMAX
is set within the following bounds:
PCMAX_L ≤ PCMAX ≤ PCMAX_H
Where
- PCMAX_L = MIN {PEMAX – ΔTC, PPowerClass – MPR – A-MPR – ΔTC}

- PCMAX_H = MIN {PEMAX, PPowerClass}
- PEMAX is the value given to IE P-Max, defined in [5]
- PPowerClass is the maximum UE power specified in Table 6.2.2.3-1 without taking into account the
tolerance specified in the Table 6.2.2.3-1
- MRP and A-MPR are specified in Section 6.2.3 and Section 6.2.4, respectively
- ΔTC = 1.5 dB when Note 2 in Table 6.2.2.3-1 applies
- ΔTC = 0 dB when Note 2 in Table 6.2.2.3-1 does not apply
ETSI
The measured maximum output power PCMAX shall be within the following bounds:
PCMAX_L – T(PCMAX_L) ≤ PCMAX ≤ PCMAX_H + T(PCMAX_H)
Where
T(PCMAX) is defined by the tolerance table below and applies to PCMAX_L and PCMAX_H separately.
Table 6.2.5-1: PCMAX tolerance
PCMAX Tolerance T(PCMAX)

(dBm) (dB)
21 ≤ PCMAX ≤ 23 2.0
20 ≤ PCMAX < 21 2.5
19 ≤ PCMAX < 20 3.5
18 ≤ PCMAX < 19 4.0
13 ≤ PCMAX < 18 5.0
8 ≤ PCMAX < 13 6.0
-40 ≤ PCMAX < 8 7.0
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.2.5.
6.2.5.4.1 Initial conditions

measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before
Initial Conditions
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Ch BW N/A for Configured UE transmitted Mod’n RB allocation
Output Power test case FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 5 5
3MHz QPSK 4 4
5MHz QPSK 8 8
10MHz QPSK 12 12
15MHz QPSK 16 16
20MHz QPSK 18 18
Note 2: For the uplink RB allocation the starting resource block shall be RB #0.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, in Figure A.3.
ETSI
4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to Table 6.2.5.4.1-1
clause 6.2.5.4.3.

schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.2.5.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send
the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send transmit uplink power control “up” commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE; allow at
least 200ms for the UE to reach the Pumax level of the test point.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth for each test point in table 6.2.5.5-1 according to
the test configuration from Table 6.2.5.4.1-1. The period of measurement shall be at least continuous duration of one
sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions:
Table 6.2.5.4.3-1: SystemInformationBlockType1: Test point 1
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.2, Table 4.4.3.2-3 SystemInformationBlockType1

p-Max -10

p-Max 10

p-Max 15
6.2.5.5 Test requirement

The maximum output power measured shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.2.5.5-1.
ETSI
Table 6.2.5.5-1: PCMAX configured UE output power
Channel bandwidth / maximum output power

1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
Measured UE
For carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz: -10 dBm ± 7.7
output power test
For carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -10 dBm ± 8.0
point 1
Measured UE
For carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz: 10 dBm ± 6.7
output power test
For carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: 10 dBm ± 7.0
point 2
Measured UE
For carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz: 15 dBm ± 5.7
output power test
For carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: 15 dBm ± 6.0
point 3
Note: In addition note 2 in Table 6.2.2.3-1 shall apply to the tolerances.
6.3 Output Power Dynamics

6.3.1 Void
6.3.2 Minimum Output Power

To verify the UE’s ability to transmit with a broadband output power below the value specified in the test requirement
when the power is set to a minimum value.


The minimum output power is defined as the mean power in one sub-frame (1ms). The minimum output power shall not
exceed the values specified in Table 6.3.2.3-1.
Table 6.3.2.3-1: Minimum output power
Channel bandwidth / minimum output power / measurement

bandwidth
1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
Minimum output
-40 dBm
power
Measurement
1.08 MHz 2.7 MHz 4.5 MHz 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz
bandwidth
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.3.2.1.
Minimum output power test verifies the UE’s ability to transmit with a broadband output power below the specified
limit when the power is set to a minimum value. The broadband output power is defined as the power in the channel
bandwidth, for all transmit bandwidth configurations (resource blocks).
An excess minimum output power potentially increases the Rise Over Thermal (RoT) and therefore reduces the cell
coverage area for other UEs.
ETSI

Initial Conditions
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Ch BW N/A for min output power test Mod’n RB allocation
FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25
10MHz QPSK 50 50
15MHz QPSK 75 75
20MHz QPSK 100 100
4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to Table 6.3.2.4.1-1.
clause 6.3.2.4.3.

send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC
2. Send continuous uplink power control “down” commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to
ensure that the UE transmits at its minimum output power.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the associated measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.3.2.5-1 for the
specific channel bandwidth under test. The period of measurement shall be the continuous duration of one sub-
frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
ETSI


The minimum output power measured shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.3.2.5-1.
Table 6.3.2.5-1: Minimum output power

bandwidth
1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
Minimum output For carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz: ≤ -39 dBm
power For carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: ≤ -38.7 dBm
Measurement
bandwidth (Note 1)
Note 1: Different implementations such as FFT or spectrum analyzer approach are
allowed. For spectrum analyzer approach the measurement bandwidth is defined
as an equivalent noise bandwidth.
6.3.3 Transmit OFF power

To verify that the UE transmit OFF power is lower than the value specified in the test requirement.

The requirements of this test apply in test cases 6.3.4.1 General ON/OFF time mask and 6.3.4.2 PRACH and SRS time
mask to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.
6.3.3.3 Minimum conformance requirement

The transmit OFF power is defined as the mean power in a duration of at least one sub-frame (1ms) excluding any
transient periods. The requirement for the transmit OFF power shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.3.3.3-1.
Table 6.3.3.3-1: Transmit OFF power
Channel bandwidth / Transmit OFF power / measurement

bandwidth
1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
Transmit OFF
-50 dBm
power
Measurement
bandwidth
Transmit OFF power is defined as the mean power when the transmitter is OFF. The transmitter is considered to be
OFF when the UE is not allowed to transmit or during periods when the UE is not transmitting a sub-frame. During
DTX and measurements gaps, the UE is not considered to be OFF.
An excess transmit OFF power power potentially increases the Rise Over Thermal (RoT) and therefore reduces the cell
coverage area for other UEs
ETSI

This test is covered by clause 6.3.4.1 General ON/OFF time mask and 6.3.4.2 PRACH and SRS time mask.

The requirement for the transmit OFF power shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.3.3.5-1.
Table 6.3.3.5-1: Transmit OFF power
Channel bandwidth / Transmit OFF power / measurement

bandwidth
1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
Transmit OFF For carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz: ≤ -48.5 dBm
Measurement
bandwidth
6.3.4 ON/OFF time mask
6.3.4.1 General ON/OFF time mask

Editor’s note: The measurement period in the minimum requirement is defined to be 1 subframe (14 symbols). Due to
practical reasons the TDD measurement period for off power prior the PUSCH is 10 symbols. It is FFS, if this
deviation is acceptable.
6.3.4.1.1 Test purpose

To verify that the general ON/OFF time mask meets the requirements given in 6.3.4.1.5.
The time mask for transmit ON/OFF defines the ramping time allowed for the UE between transmit OFF power and
transmit ON power.
Transmission of the wrong power increases interference to other channels, or increases transmission errors in the uplink
channel.
6.3.4.1.2 Test applicability

6.3.4.1.3 Minimum conformance requirement

The General ON/OFF time mask defines the observation period between Transmit OFF and ON power and between
Transmit ON and OFF power. ON/OFF scenarios include; the beginning or end of DTX, measurement gap, contiguous,
and non contiguous transmission
The OFF power measurement period is defined in a duration of at least one sub-frame excluding any transient periods.
The ON power is defined as the mean power over one sub-frame excluding any transient period.
There are no additional requirements on UE transmit power beyond that which is required in clause 6.2.2 and clause
6.6.2.3.
ETSI
Start Sub-frame End sub-frame
Start of ON power End of ON power
End of OFF power Start of OFF power

requirement requirement
* The OFF power requirements does not
apply for DTX and measurement gaps
20µs 20µs
Transient period Transient period
Figure 6.3.4.1.3-1: General ON/OFF time mask
6.3.4.1.4 Test description
6.3.4.1.4.1 Initial conditions
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.3.4.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference
measurement are specified in Annex C.2
Table 6.3.4.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Ch BW N/A for General On/Off Time Mask test Mod’n RB allocation
case FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25
10MHz QPSK 50 50
15MHz QPSK 75 75
20MHz QPSK 100 100
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to
4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.3.4.1.4.1-1.
ETSI
clause 6.3.4.1.4.3. Note that PDCCH DCI format 0 sent after resetting uplink power with RRC Connection
Reconfiguration, should have TPC command 0dB.
6.3.4.1.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with TPC command 0dB for C_RNTI to
send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC. The UL assignment is such that the UE transmits
on UL sub-frame 2 of every radio frame.
2. For FDD: Measure the UE transmission OFF power during the sub-frame prior to the PUSCH subframe. For
TDD: Measure the UE transmission OFF power during the 10 SCFDMA symbols prior to the PUSCH subframe.
3. Measure the output power of the UE PUSCH transmission during one sub-frame, excluding a transient period of
20 µs at the beginning of the subframe.
4. Measure the UE transmission OFF power during one sub-frame following the PUSCH subframe, excluding a
transient period of 20 µs at the beginning of the subframe.
6.3.4.1.4.3 Message contents
Table 6.3.4.1.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlCommon: Test point 1
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-25 UplinkPowerControlCommon-DEFAULT

UplinkPowerControlCommon-DEFAULT ::= -105 Test point 1 to
SEQUENCE { verify a UE
p0-NominalPUSCH relative low initial
power
transmission
Table 6.3.4.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.5.1.2, Table 5.5.1.2.1 PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
UplinkPowerControlDedicated UplinkPowerControlDedic See subclause SRB1
ated-DEFAULT 4.6.3
UplinkPowerControlDedic See subclause RBC
ated-DEFAULT 4.6.3
Table 6.3.4.1.4.3-3: UplinkPowerControlDedicated
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-26 UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT

UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UE-PUSCH 1 SRB1
0 RBC
}
ETSI
Table 6.3.4.1.3-4: TDD-Config-DEFAULT: On/OFF time mask measurement
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.3.1 Table 5.3.1-1 (SystemInformationBlockType1)

TDD-Config-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
subframeAssignment sa1
specialSubframePatterns ssp5 To enable two
symbol UpPTS,
and to have 9
symbols GP.
}
6.3.4.1.5 Test requirement

The requirement for the power measured in steps (2), (3) and (4) of the test procedure shall not exceed the values
specified in Table 6.3.4.1.5-1.
Table 6.3.4.1.5-1: General ON/OFF time mask

bandwidth
1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
Transmission OFF
Measurement 1.08 MHz 2.7 MHz 4.5 MHz 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz
bandwidth
Expected
-14.8 -10.8 -5.6 -2.6
Transmission ON -8.6 dBm -3.9 dBm
dBm dBm dBm dBm
Measured power
ON power
tolerance
± 7.5dB ± 7.5dB ± 7.5dB ± 7.5dB ± 7.5dB ± 7.5dB
f ≤ 3.0GHz
± 7.8dB ± 7.8dB ± 7.8dB ± 7.8dB ± 7.8dB ± 7.8dB
3.0GHz < f ≤
4.2GHz
6.3.4.2 PRACH and SRS time mask
6.3.4.2.1 PRACH time mask
6.3.4.2.1.1 Test purpose
To verify that the PRACH time mask meets the requirements given in 6.3.4.2.1.5.
The time mask for PRACH time mask defines the ramping time allowed for the UE between transmit OFF power and
transmit ON power when transmitting the PRACH.
channel.
6.3.4.2.1.2 Test applicability
6.3.4.2.1.3 Minimum conformance requirement
For the PRACH Power / Time mask defines the observation period for PRACH transmissions. The PRACH ON power
is specified as the mean power over the PRACH measurement period excluding any transient periods. The measurement
period for different PRACH preamble format is specified in Table 6.3.4.2.1.3-1.
ETSI
There are no additional requirements on UE transmit power beyond that which is required in clause 6.2.2 and clause
6.6.2.3
Table 6.3.4.2.1.3-1: PRACH ON power measurement period
PRACH preamble format Measurement period (ms)

0 0.9031
1 1.4844
2 1.8031
3 2.2844
4 0.1479
PRACH
ON power requirement
End of OFF power Start of OFF power

20µs 20µs
Figure 6.3.4.2.1.3-1: PRACH ON/OFF time mask
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.3.4.2.1.
6.3.4.2.1.4 Test description
6.3.4.2.1.4.1 Initial conditions
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.3.4.2.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink
reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3.
Table 6.3.4.2.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
Test Frequencies Mid range
Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
PRACH preamble format
FDD TDD
PRACH Configuration Index 3 51
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A3.
ETSI
clause 6.3.4.2.1.4.3.
6.3.4.2.1.4.2 Test procedure
1. The SS shall signal a Random Access Preamble ID via a PDCCH order to the UE and initiate a Non-contention
based Random Access procedure.
2. The UE shall send the signalled preamble to the SS.
3. For FDD UE, the SS measure the UE transmission OFF power during the sub-frame preceding the PRACH
preamble excluding a transient period of 20 µs according to Figure 6.3.4.2.1.3-1. For TDD UE, the SS measure
the UE transmission OFF power starting (20us+the duration of 8 OFDM symbols) before the PRACH starts,
and ending 20us before PRACH starts. Note, the nominal PRACH timing for TDD is not aligned with the sub
frame and symbol raster.
4. Measure the output power of the transmitted PRACH preamble according to Figure 6.3.4.2.1.3-1.
5. Measure the UE transmission OFF power, starting 20 µs after the PRACH preamble ends for a measurement
period of 980 µs..
6.3.4.2.1.4.3 Message contents
Table 6.3.4.2.1.4.3-1: RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT: PRACH measurement
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-12 RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT

RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
powerRampingParameters SEQUENCE {
powerRampingStep dB0
preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower dBm-104 PRACH
Format 0
dBm-112 PRACH
Format 4
}
)
Table 6.3.4.2.1.4.3-2: PRACH-Config-DEFAULT: PRACH measurement for TDD
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.3.1, Table 5.3.1-3: PRACH-Config-DEFAULT

PRACH-Config-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
prach-ConfigIndex 51 TDD
}
ETSI
Table 6.3.4.2.1.4.3-3: TDD-Config-DEFAULT: PRACH measurement for TDD
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.3.1, Table 5.3.1-1: TDD-Config-DEFAULT

symbol UpPTS,
and to have 9
symbols GP.
}
6.3.4.2.1.5 Test requirement
specified in Table 6.3.4.2.1.5-1.
Table 6.3.4.2.1.5-1: PRACH time mask
Channel bandwidth / Output Power [dBm] / measurement

bandwidth
1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
Transmission OFF
bandwidth
Expected PRACH
Transmission ON -1 dBm -1 dBm -1 dBm -1 dBm -1 dBm -1 dBm
Measured power
ON power
tolerance
± 7.5dB ± 7.5dB ± 7.5dB ± 7.5dB ± 7.5dB ± 7.5dB
f ≤ 3.0GHz
± 7.8dB ± 7.8dB ± 7.8dB ± 7.8dB ± 7.8dB ± 7.8dB
3.0GHz < f ≤
4.2GHz
6.3.4.2.2 SRS time mask
To verify that the SRS time mask meets the requirements given in 6.3.4.2.2.5.
The time mask for SRS time mask defines the ramping time allowed for the UE between transmit OFF power and
transmit ON power when transmitting the SRS.
channel.
6.3.4.2.2.3 Minimum conformance requirement
In the case a single SRS transmission, the ON power is defined as the mean power for each symbol duration excluding
any transient period. Figure 6.3.4.2.2.3-1.
In the case a dual SRS transmission, the ON power is defined as the mean power for each symbol duration excluding
any transient period. Figure 6.3.4.2.2.3-2.
ETSI
SRS
SRS ON power
requirement
End of OFF Start of OFF power

power requirement requirement
20µs 20µs
Figure 6.3.4.2.2.3-1: Single SRS time mask
SRS SRS
SRS ON power SRS ON power

End of OFF Start of OFF power

power requirement requirement
20µs 20µs 20µs 20µs

Transient period *Transient period Transient period
* Transient period is only specifed in the case of frequency hopping or a power change between SRS symbols
Figure 6.3.4.2.2.3-2: Dual SRS time mask for the case of UpPTS transmissions
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.3.4.2.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink
reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3.
ETSI
Table 6.3.4.2.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
Test Frequencies Mid range
SRS configuration
FDD TDD
bw7 (for BW 1.4 MHz)
bw5 (for BW 3 MHz)
srs-BandwidthConfig bw7 bw2 (for BW 5 MHz)
bw0 (for BW 10, 15, 20
MHz)
srs-SubframeConfig sc3 sc0
ackNackSRS-SimultaneousTransmission FALSE FALSE
srsMaxUpPts N/A N/A
srs-Bandwidth bw3 bw3
srs-HoppingBandwidth hbw3 hbw0
freqDomainPosition 0 0
Duration TRUE TRUE
srs-ConfigIndex 7 0
transmissionComb 0 0
cyclicShift cs0 cs0
clause 6.3.4.2.2.4.3. Note that PDCCH DCI format 0 sent after resetting uplink power with RRC Connection
1. For FDD UE, the SS measure the UE transmission OFF power during the 13 symbols preceding the SRS symbol
excluding a transient period of 20 µs according to Figure 6.3.4.2.2.3-1. For TDD UE, the SS measure the UE
transmission OFF power during the 8 symbols preceding the two SRS symbols excluding a transient period of
20µs according to Figure 6.3.4.2.2.3-2.
2 Measure the output power of the transmitted SRS according to Figure 6.3.4.2.2.3-1 for FDD UE and according
to Figure 6.3.4.2.2.3-2 for TDD UE, The transient periods are excluded from measurement accordingly.
3. Measure the UE transmission OFF power during the sub-frame following the SRS under test, excluding a
transient period of 20 µs according to Figure 6.3.4.2.2.3-1 for FDD UE and according to Figure 6.3.4.2.2.3-2 for
TDD UE.
ETSI
Table 6.3.4.2.2.4.3-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-DEFAULT: SRS measurement
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.3.1 Table 5.3.1-2 RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-DEFAULT

RadioResourceConfigCommon-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
rach-ConfigCommon RACH-ConfigCommon-
DEFAULT
bcch-Config BCCH-Config-DEFAULT
pcch-Config PCCH-Config-DEFAULT
prach-Config PRACH-ConfigSIB-
DEFAULT
pdsch-ConfigCommon Not present
pusch-ConfigCommon PUSCH-ConfigCommon-
DEFAULT
pucch-ConfigCommon PUCCH-ConfigCommon-
DEFAULT
soundingRSUL-ConfigCommon SoundingRS-UL-
ConfigCommon-
DEFAULT
uplinkPowerControlCommon UplinkPowerControlCom
mon-DEFAULT
ul-CyclicPrefixLength len1
}
Table 6.3.4.2.2.4.3-2: SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT: SRS time mask measurement
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-21 SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT

SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-BandwidthConfig bw7 FDD
bw7 TDD
(BW 1.4 MHz)
bw5 TDD
(BW 3 MHz)
bw2 TDD
(BW 5 MHz)
bw0 TDD (BW 10,
15, 20 MHz)
srs-SubframeConfig sc3 Periodicity of 5ms, FDD
with offset of 0.
sc0 Periodicity of 5ms, TDD
with offset of 1.
ackNackSRS-SimultaneousTransmission FALSE
srsMaxUpPts Not present
}
}
Table 6.3.4.2.2.4.3-3: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: SRS time mask measurement
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1 Table 5.5.1.2-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE
{
cqi-ReportConfig Not present
soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated SoundingRSUL-
ConfigDedicated-
DEFAULT
}
ETSI
Table 6.3.4.2.2.4.3-4: SoundingRSUL-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: SRS time mask measurement
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-22 SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
srs-Bandwidth bw3 bw3 used to
ensure that the
bandwidth is
constantly 4 RBs
irrespective of
channel bandwidth.
srs-HoppingBandwidth hbw3 This is selected so FDD
that hopping is
disabled
hbw0 This is selected so TDD
that hopping is
enabled
freqDomainPosition 0
Duration TRUE Indefinite duration
srs-ConfigIndex 7 SRS periodicity of FDD
10ms, Toffset=0.
0 SRS periodicity of TDD
2ms, Ksrs=0,1, this
is two symbols
UpPTS in first half
subframe.
transmissionComb 0
cyclicShift cs0 No cyclic shift
}
}
Table 6.3.4.2.2.4.3-5: TDD-Config-DEFAULT: SRS time mask measurement
Derivation Path: 36.508 331 clause 65.3.21 Table 5.3.1-1 (SystemInformationBlockType1)

symbol UpPTS,
and to have 9
symbols GP.
}
Table 6.3.4.2.2.4.3-6: PhysicalConfigDedicated

uplinkPowerControlDedicated UplinkPowerControlDedic See subclause SRB1
ated-DEFAULT 4.6.3
ated-DEFAULT 4.6.3
ETSI
Table 6.3.4.2.2.4.3-7: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

SEQUENCE {
p0-UE-PUSCH 1 SRB1
0 RBC
}
Condition Explanation
FDD FDD cell environment
TDD TDD cell environment
Table 6.3.4.2.2.5-1: SRS time mask
Channel bandwidth / Output Power [dBm] / measurement

bandwidth
1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
Transmission OFF
bandwidth
Expected SRS
-2.6 -2.6 -2.6
Transmission ON -2.6 dBm -2.6 dBm -2.6 dBm
dBm dBm dBm
Measured power
ON power
tolerance
± 7.5dB ± 7.5dB ± 7.5dB ± 7.5dB ± 7.5dB ± 7.5dB
f ≤ 3.0GHz
± 7.8dB ± 7.8dB ± 7.8dB ± 7.8dB ± 7.8dB ± 7.8dB
3.0GHz < f ≤
4.2GHz
6.3.5 Power Control

Power control is used to limit the interference level and compensate the channel fading. The UE power is defined as the
mean power in a subframe or ON power duration, whichever is available.
The UE transmission can be in two contiguity modes, i.e. contiguous transmission and non-contiguous transmission.
The former has a transmission gap of 0 and the later has a transmission gap larger than 0. The transmission gap is the
time interval between the end of the last UE transmission subframe and the beginning of the next UE transmission
subframe or the UpPTS (for TDD).
6.3.5.1 Power Control Absolute power tolerance

To verify the ability of the UE transmitter to set its initial output power to a specific value at the start of a contiguous
transmission or non-contiguous transmission with a long transmission gap, i.e. transmission gap is larger than 20 ms.
ETSI

Absolute power tolerance is the ability of the UE transmitter to set its initial output power to a specific value for the first
sub-frame at the start of a contiguous transmission or non-contiguous transmission with a transmission gap larger than
20ms.
The minimum requirement on absolute power tolerance is given in Table 6.3.5.1.2-1 over the power range bounded by
the Maximum output power as defined in sub-clause 6.2.2 and the Minimum output power as defined in sub clause
6.3.2.
For operating bands under Note 2 in Table 6.2.2.3-1, the absolute power tolerance as specified in Table 6.3.5.1.2-1 is
relaxed by reducing the lower limit by 1.5 dB when the transmission bandwidth is confined within FUL_low and FUL_low +
4 MHz or FUL_high – 4 MHz and FUL_high.
Table 6.3.5.1.2-1: Absolute power tolerance
Conditions Tolerance
Normal conditions ± 9.0 dB
Extreme conditions ± 12.0 dB

measurement channel (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before
Initial Conditions
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Ch BW N/A for Power Control Absolute power Mod’n RB allocation
tolerance test case FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25
10MHz QPSK 50 50
15MHz QPSK 75 75
20MHz QPSK 100 100
ETSI
4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to Table 6.3.5.1.4.1-1.
clause 6.3.5.1.4.3. Note that PDCCH DCI format 0 sent after resetting uplink power with RRC Connection
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with TPC command 0dB for C_RNTI to
2. Measure the initial output power of the first subframe of UE PUSCH first transmission. The transient periods of
20us are excluded.
3. Repeat for the two test points as indicated in section 6.3.5.1.4.3. The timing of the execution between the two
test points shall be larger than 20ms.

p0-NominalPUSCH relative low initial
power
transmission

p0-NominalPUSCH relative high initial
power
transmission
Table 6.3.5.1.4.3-3: PhysicalConfigDedicated

uplinkPowerControlDedicated UplinkPowerControlDedic See subclause SRB1
ated-DEFAULT 4.6.3
ated-DEFAULT 4.6.3
ETSI
Table 6.3.5.1.4.3-4: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

SEQUENCE {
p0-UE-PUSCH 1 SRB1
0 RBC
}

The requirement for the power measured in step (2) of the test procedure is not to exceed the values specified in Table
6.3.5.1.5-1 and 6.3.5.1.5-2.
Table 6.3.5.1.5-1: Absolute power tolerance: test point 1
Channel bandwidth / expected output power (dBm)

1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
Expected
-14.8 -10.8 -5.6 -2.6
Measured power -8.6 dBm -3.9 dBm
dBm dBm dBm dBm
Normal conditions
Power tolerance ±
f ≤ 3.0GHz ± 10.0dB ± 10.0dB ± 10.0dB ± 10.0dB ± 10.0dB 10.0dB
3.0GHz < f ≤ ± 10.4dB ± 10.4dB ± 10.4dB ± 10.4dB ± 10.4dB ±
4.2GHz 10.4dB
Expected
-14.8 -10.8 -5.6 -2.6
Measured power -8.6 dBm -3.9 dBm
dBm dBm dBm dBm
Extreme conditions
Power tolerance ±
3.0GHz < f ≤ ± 13.4dB ± 13.4dB ± 13.4dB ± 13.4dB ± 13.4dB ±
4.2GHz 13.4dB
Note 1: The lower power limit shall not exceed the minimum output power requirements
defined in sub-clause 6.3.2.3
Table 6.3.5.1.5-2: Absolute power tolerance: test point 2
Channel bandwidth / expected output power (dBm)

1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
Expected
Measured power -2.8 dBm 1.2 dBm 3.4 dBm 6.4 dBm 8.2 dBm 9.4 dBm
Normal conditions
Power tolerance ±
3.0GHz < f ≤ ± 10.4dB ± 10.4dB ± 10.4dB ± 10.4dB ± 10.4dB ±
4.2GHz 10.4dB
Expected
Measured power -2.8 dBm 1.2 dBm 3.4 dBm 6.4 dBm 8.2 dBm 9.4 dBm
Extreme conditions
Power tolerance ±
3.0GHz < f ≤ ± 13.4dB ± 13.4dB ± 13.4dB ± 13.4dB ± 13.4dB ±
4.2GHz 13.4dB
Note 1: The lower power limit shall not exceed the minimum output power requirements
defined in sub-clause 6.3.2.3
ETSI
6.3.5.2 Power Control Relative power tolerance

To verify the ability of the UE transmitter to set its output power relatively to the power in a target sub-frame relatively
to the power of the most recently transmitted reference sub-frame if the transmission gap between these sub-frames is ≤
20 ms.


The UE shall meet the requirements specified in Table 6.3.5.2.3-1.
To account for RF Power amplifier mode changes 2 exceptions are allowed for each of two test patterns. The test
patterns are a monotonically increasing power sweep and a monotonically decreasing power sweep over a range
bounded by the requirements of minimum power and maximum power specified in clauses 6.3.2.3 and 6.2.2.3. For
these exceptions the power tolerance limit is a maximum of ±6.0 dB in Table 6.3.5.2.3-1.
Table 6.3.5.2.3-1 Relative Power Tolerance for Transmission (normal conditions)
All combinations of
All combinations
Power step ΔP PUSCH/PUCCH and
of PUSCH and
(Up or down) SRS transitions PRACH [dB]
PUCCH
[dB] between sub-
transitions [dB]
frames [dB]
ΔP < 2 ±2.5 (Note 3) ±3.0 ±2.5
2 ≤ ΔP < 3 ±3.0 ±4.0 ±3.0
3 ≤ ΔP < 4 ±3.5 ±5.0 ±3.5
4 ≤ ΔP ≤ 10 ±4.0 ±6.0 ±4.0
10 ≤ ΔP < 15 ±5.0 ±8.0 ±5.0
15 ≤ ΔP ±6.0 ±9.0 ±6.0
Note 1: For extreme conditions an additional ± 2.0 dB relaxation is allowed
Note 2: For operating bands under Note 2 in Table 6.2.2.3-1, the relative power
tolerance is relaxed by increasing the upper limit by 1.5 dB if the
transmission bandwidth of the reference sub-frames is confined within
FUL_low and FUL_low + 4 MHz or FUL_high – 4 MHz and FUL_high and the
target sub-frame is not confined within any one of these frequency
ranges; if the transmission bandwidth of the target sub-frame is confined
within FUL_low and FUL_low + 4 MHz or FUL_high – 4 MHz and FUL_high and
the reference sub-frame is not confined within any one of these
frequency ranges, then the tolerance is relaxed by reducing the lower
limit by 1.5 dB.
Note 3: For PUSCH to PUSCH transitions with the allocated resource blocks
fixed in frequency and no transmission gaps other than those generated
by downlink subframes, DwPTS fields or Guard Periods for TDD: for a
power step ΔP ≤ 1 dB, the relative power tolerance for transmission is
±1.0 dB.
The power step (ΔP) is defined as the difference in the calculated setting of the UE Transmit power between the target
and reference sub-frames with the power setting according to Clause 5.1 of TS 36.213. The error is the difference
between ΔP and the power change measured at the UE antenna port with the power of the cell-specific reference signals
kept constant. The error shall be less than the relative power tolerance specified in Table 6.3.5.2.3-1.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.3.5.2.
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Frequencies as specified in High range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Ch BW N/A for Power Control Relative power Mod’n RB allocation
tolerance test case FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK See table See table
6.3.5.2.5-1 6.3.5.2.5-1
6.3.5.2.5-2 6.3.5.2.5-2
6.3.5.2.5-13 6.3.5.2.5-13
3MHz QPSK See table See table
6.3.5.2.5-3 6.3.5.2.5-3
6.3.5.2.5-4 6.3.5.2.5-4
6.3.5.2.5-13 6.3.5.2.5-13
6.3.5.2.5-5 6.3.5.2.5-5
6.3.5.2.5-6 6.3.5.2.5-6
6.3.5.2.5-13 6.3.5.2.5-13
6.3.5.2.5-7 6.3.5.2.5-7
6.3.5.2.5-8 6.3.5.2.5-8
6.3.5.2.5-13 6.3.5.2.5-13
6.3.5.2.5-9 6.3.5.2.5-9
6.3.5.2.5-10 6.3.5.2.5-10
6.3.5.2.5-13 6.3.5.2.5-13
6.3.5.2.5-11 6.3.5.2.5-11
6.3.5.2.5-12 6.3.5.2.5-12
6.3.5.2.5-13 6.3.5.2.5-13
channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1
4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to table 6.3.5.4.2.1-1
ETSI
clause 6.3.5.2.4.3.
The procedure is separated in various subtests to verify different aspects of relative power control. The power patterns
of the subtests are described in figure 6.3.5.2.4.2-1.
Power pattern B
Power pattern A
RB change
RB change
0 .. 9 sub-frame# 0 .. 9 sub-frame#
1 2 3 4 radio frame 1 2 3 4 radio frame
Power pattern C
RB change
0 .. 9 sub-frame#
1 2 3 4 radio frame
Figure 6.3.5.2.4.2-1: FDD ramping up test power patterns
ETSI
Power pattern A
Power pattern B
RB change
RB change
0 .. 9 sub-frame# 0 .. 9 sub-frame#
Power pattern C
RB change
0 .. 9 sub-frame#
1 2 3 4 radio frame
Figure 6.3.5.2.4.2-2: FDD ramping down test power patterns
ETSI
Power pattern A Power pattern B
RB change RB change
… … …
2,3 7,8 sub-frame# 2,3 7,8 sub-frame#

1 2 3 4 radio frame 4 5 6 radio frame
Power pattern C
` …
RB change
2,3 7,8 sub-frame#

6 7 8 9 radio frame
Figure 6.3.5.2.4.2-3: TDD ramping up test power patterns
ETSI
Power pattern A Power pattern B
… RB change
RB change
… …
2,3..7,8 sub-frame# 2,3 7,8 sub-frame#

Power pattern C
`
… RB change
2,3 7,8 sub-frame#

6 7 8 9 radio frame
Figure 6.3.5.2.4.2-4: TDD ramping down test power patterns
ETSI
Power Power
FDD test patterns TDD test patterns
0 1 9 sub-frame# 0 2 3 7 8 9 sub-frame#
Figure 6.3.5.2.4.2-5: Alternating Test Power patterns
1. Sub test: ramping up pattern
1.1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the PUSCH. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC
padding bits on the UL RMC. Send the appropriate TPC commands for PUSCH to the UE to ensure that the UE
transmits PUSCH at -36.8dBm +/- 3.2 dB.
1.2. Schedule the UE’s PUSCH data transmission as described in Figure 6.3.5.2.4.2-1 (FDD pattern A: sub-test is
divided in 4 arbitrary radio frames with 10 active uplink sub-frames per radio frame) and Figure 6.3.5.2.4.2-3
(TDD pattern A: sub-test is divided in 10 arbitrary radio frames with 4 active uplink sub-frames per radio frame)
with an uplink RB allocation as defined in tables 6.3.5.2.5-1 thru 6.3.5.2.5-12 depending on channel bandwidth.
On the PDCCH format 0 for the scheduling of the PUSCH the SS will transmit a +1dB TPC command. Note that
the measurement need not be done continuously, provided that interruptions are whole numbers of frames, and
TPC commands of 0dB are sent during the interruption.
1.3. Measure the power of PUSCH transmissions to verify the UE relative power control meet test requirements
6.3.5.2.5. For power transients between subframes, transient periods of 40us between subframes are excluded.
For ON/OFF or OFF/ON transients, transient periods of 20 us at the beginning of the subframe are excluded.
1.4. Repeat the subtest different pattern B, C to move the RB allocation change at different points in the pattern as
described in Table 6.3.5.2.5-1 thru Table 6.3.5.2.5-12 to force bigger UE power steps at various points in the
power range.
2. Sub test: ramping down pattern
2.1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
transmits PUSCH at +18.0dBm +/- 3.2 dB.
2.2. Schedule the UE’s PUSCH data transmission as described in Figure 6.3.5.2.4.2-2 (FDD pattern A: sub-test is
divided in 4 arbitrary radio frames with 10 active uplink sub-frames per radio frame) and Figure 6.3.5.2.4.2-4
(TDD pattern A: sub-test is divided in 10 arbitrary radio frames with 4 active uplink sub-frames per radio frame)
with an uplink RB allocation as defined in tables 6.3.5.2.5-1 thru 6.3.5.2.5-12 depending on channel bandwidth.
On the PDCCH format 0 for the scheduling of the PUSCH the SS will transmit a -1dB TPC command. Note that
the measurement need not be done continuously, provided that interruptions are whole numbers of frames, and
TPC commands of 0dB are sent during the interruption.
ETSI
6.3.5.2.5. For power transients between subframes, transient periods of 40us between subframes are excluded.
For ON/OFF or OFF/ON transients, transient periods of 20 us at the beginning of the subframe are excluded.
2.4. Repeat the subtest different pattern B, C to move the RB allocation change at different points in the pattern as
described in Table 6.3.5.2.5-1 thru Table 6.3.5.2.5-12 to force bigger UE power steps at various points in the
power range.
3. Sub test: alternating pattern
3.1 SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
transmits PUSCH at -10dBm +/- 3.2 dB. The initial uplink RB allocation is defined as the smaller uplink RB
allocation value specified in tables 6.3.5.2.5-13. The power level and RB allocation are reset for each sub-test.
3.2. Schedule the UE’s PUSCH data transmission as described in Figure 6.3.5.2.4.2-5for 10 sub-frames with an
uplink RB allocation alternating pattern as defined in table 6.3.5.2.5-13 while transmitting 0dB TPC command
for PUSCH via the PDCCH.
specified in clause 6.3.5.2.5. For power transients between subframes, transient periods of 40us between
subframes are excluded. For ON/OFF or OFF/ON transients, transient periods of 20 us at the beginning of the
subframe are excluded.

Each UE power step measured in the test procedure 6.3.5.2.4.2 should satisfy the test requirements specified in Table
6.3.5.2.5-1, thru 6.3.5.2.5-13 for normal conditions; for extreme conditions an additional ± 2.0 dB relaxation is allowed.
To account for RF Power amplifier mode changes 2 exceptions are allowed for each of ramping up and ramping down
test patterns. For these exceptions the power tolerance limit is a maximum of ±6.7 dB. If there is an exception in the
power step caused by the RB change for all test patterns (A, B, C) then fail the UE.
ETSI
Table 6.3.5.2.5-1: Test Requirements Relative Power Tolerance for Transmission (normal conditions –
Note 5) channel bandwidth 1.4MHz (ramping up)
Sub-test Uplink RB TPC Expected Power

(ramp up) allocation command power step size
PUSCH
step size range
(Up) (Up)
ΔP [dB] ΔP [dB] [dB]
Subframes Fixed = 1 TPC=+1dB
before RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
RB change Change TPC=+1dB
4 ≤ ΔP < 8.78 ± (4.7) Note 2
from 1 to 6 8.78
10 8.78 +6.2/-4.7 Note 3
RBs
after RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
Note 1: Position of RB change:
Pattern A the position of RB uplink allocation change is after 10 active uplink
subframes
Pattern B the position of RB uplink allocation change is after 20 active uplink
subframes
Pattern C the position of RB uplink allocation change is after 30 active uplink
subframes
Note 2: When Note 3 does not apply.
Note 3: For operating bands under Note 2 in Table 6.2.2.3-1, if the transmission bandwidth of
the reference sub-frames is confined within FUL_low and FUL_low + 4 MHz or FUL_high
– 4 MHz and FUL_high and the target sub-frame is not confined within any one of
these frequency ranges.
Note 4: N/A
Note 5: For extreme conditions an additional ± 2.0 dB relaxation is allowed.
Note 5) channel bandwidth 1.4MHz (ramping down)

(ramp allocation command power step size
PUSCH
down) step size range
(down) (down)
Subframes Fixed = 5 TPC=-1dB
before RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
RB change Change TPC=-1dB
4 ≤ ΔP < 7.99 ± (4.7) Note 2
from 5 to 1 7.99
1 7.99 +4.7/-6.2 Note 4
RBs
after RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
subframes
subframes
subframes
Note 3: N/A
Note 4: For operating bands under Note 2 in Table 6.2.2.3-1, if the transmission bandwidth
of the target sub-frame is confined within FUL_low and FUL_low + 4 MHz or FUL_high –
4 MHz and FUL_high and the reference sub-frame is not confined within any one of
ETSI
Note 5) channel bandwidth 3MHz (ramping up)

PUSCH
step size range
(Up) (Up)
before RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
4 ≤ ΔP < 7.02 ± (4.7) Note 2
from 1 to 4 7.02
10 7.02 +6.2/-4.7 Note 3
RBs
Subframes Fixed =4 TPC=+1dB
after RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
subframes
subframes
subframes
of the reference sub-frames is confined within FUL_low and FUL_low + 4 MHz or
FUL_high – 4 MHz and FUL_high and the target sub-frame is not confined within any
one of these frequency ranges.
Note 4: N/A
Note 5) channel bandwidth 3MHz (ramping down)

PUSCH
(down) (down)
before RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
10 ≤ ΔP < 12.76 ± (5.7) Note 2
from 15 to 12.76
15 12.76 +5.7/-7.2 Note 4
1 RBs
Subframes Fixed =1 TPC=-1dB
after RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
subframes
subframes
subframes
Note 3: N/A
ETSI

PUSCH
step size range
(Up) (Up)
before RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
10 ≤ ΔP < 14.01 ± (5.7) Note 2
from 1 to 14.01
15 14.01 +7.2/-5.7 Note 3
20
after RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
subframes
subframes
subframes
Note 4: N/A

PUSCH
(down) (down)
before RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
10 ≤ ΔP < 14.98 ± (5.7) Note 2
from 25 to 14.98
15 14.98 +5.7/-7.2 Note 4
1
after RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
subframes
subframes
subframes
Note 3: N/A
ETSI

PUSCH
step size range
(Up) (Up)
before RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
10 ≤ ΔP < 14.98 ± (5.7) Note 2
from 1 to 14.98
15 14.98 +7.2/-5.7 Note 3
25
after RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
subframes
subframes
subframes
Note 4: N/A
ETSI

PUSCH
(down) (down)
before RB (UE Cat 2-
change 5)
1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
Fixed = 48
(UE Cat 1)
RB change Change
from 50 to
17.99 17.99 ± (6.7) Note 2
1 (UE cat
17.99 +6.7/-8.2 Note 4
2-5)
TPC=-1dB 15 ≤ Δ
Change
17.81 ± (6.7) Note 2
from 48 to
17.81 17.81 +6.7/-8.2 Note 4
1 (UE cat
1)
after RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
subframes
subframes
subframes
Note 3: N/A
ETSI

PUSCH
step size range
(Up) (Up)
before RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
17.99±(6.7) Note 2
from 1 to 17.99 15 ≤ ΔP
17.99 +8.2/-6.7 Note 3
50
after RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
subframes
subframes
subframes
Note 4: N/A
ETSI
Table 6.3.5.2.5-10: Test Requirements Relative Power Tolerance for Transmission (normal conditions
– Note 5) channel bandwidth 15MHz (ramping down)

PUSCH
(down) (down)
Subframes Fixed = 75
before RB (UE Cat 2-
change 5)
TPC=-1dB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
Fixed = 50
(UE Cat 1)
19.75
from 75 to
1 (UE Cat 19.75 ± (6.7) Note 2
2-5) 19.75 +6.7/-8.2 Note 4
15 ≤ ΔP
Change 17.99 ± (6.7) Note 2
from 50 to 17.99 +6.7/-8.2 Note 4
1 (UE Cat
17.99
1)
after RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
subframes
subframes
subframes
Note 3: N/A
ETSI
– Note 5) channel bandwidth 20MHz (ramping up)

PUSCH
step size range
(Up) (Up)
before RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
19.75 ± (6.7) Note 2
from 1 to 19.75 15 ≤ ΔP
19.75 +8.2/-6.7 Note 3
75
after RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
subframes
subframes
subframes
Note 4: N/A
ETSI
– Note 5) channel bandwidth 20MHz (ramping down)

PUSCH
(down) (down)
Subframes Fixed = TPC=-1dB
before RB 100 (UE
change Cat 2-5)
1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
Fixed = 75
(UE Cat 1)
21.0
from 100
21.0 ± (6.7) Note 2
to 1 (UE
21.0 +6.7/-8.2 Note 4
Cat 2-5)
15 ≤ ΔP
Change
19.75 ± (6.7) Note 2
from 75 to
19.75 +6.7/-8.2 Note 4
1 (UE Cat
19.75
1)
after RB 1 ΔP < 2 1 ± (1.7)
change
subframes
subframes
subframes
Note 3: N/A
ETSI
– Note 5) (Alternating pattern)

allocation command power step size
step size range PUSCH
(Up or (Up or
down) down)
1.4 MHz Alternating TPC=0dB 7.78 ± (6.7) Note 1,2
4 ≤ ΔP <
1 and 6 7.78 7.78 +8.2/-6.7 Note 3
10
7.78 +6.7/-8.2 Note 4
3 MHz Alternating TPC=0dB 11.76 ± (6.7) Note 1,2
10 ≤ ΔP <
1 and 15 11.76 11.76 +8.2/-6.7 Note 3
15
11.76 +6.7/-8.2 Note 4
5 MHZ Alternating TPC=0dB 13.98 ± (6.7) Note 1
10 ≤ ΔP <
1 and 25 13.98 13.98 +8.2/-6.7 Note 2
15
13.98 +6.7/-8.2 Note 3
10 MHZ Alternating TPC=0dB
1 and 50 16.99 ± (6.7) Note 1,2
(UE Cat 2- 16.99 16.99 +8.2/-6.7 Note 3
5) 16.99 +6.7/-8.2 Note 4
15 ≤ ΔP
16.81 ± (6.7) Note 1,2

Alternating 16,81 16.81 +8.2/-6.7 Note 3
1 and 48 16.81 +6.7/-8.2 Note 4
(UE Cat 1)

1 and 75 18.75 ± (6.7) Note 1,2
(UE Cat 2- 18.75 18.75 +8.2/-6.7 Note 3
5) 18.75 +6.7/-8.2 Note 4
15 ≤ ΔP
16.99 ± (6.7) Note 1,2

Alternating 16.99 16.99 +8.2/-6.7 Note 3
1 and 50 16.99 +6.7/-8.2 Note 4
(UE Cat 1)

1 and 100 20.00 ± (6.7) Note 1,2
(UE Cat 2- 20.00 20.00 +8.2/-6.7 Note 3
5) 20.00 +6.7/-8.2 Note 4
15 ≤ ΔP
18.75 ± (6.7) Note 1,2

Alternating 18.75 18.75 +8.2/-6.7 Note 3
1 and 75 18.75 +6.7/-8.2 Note 4
(UE Cat 1)
Note 1: Test tolerance +/- 6.7 dB was selected to allow PA switch possible exceptions to occur.
Note 2: When neither Note 3 nor Note 4 applies.
Note 3: For operating bands under Note 2 in Table 6.2.2.3-1, if the transmission bandwidth of the
reference sub-frames is confined within FUL_low and FUL_low + 4 MHz or FUL_high – 4
MHz and FUL_high and the target sub-frame is not confined within any one of these
frequency ranges.
Note 4: For operating bands under Note 2 in Table 6.2.2.3-1, if the transmission bandwidth of the
target sub-frame is confined within FUL_low and FUL_low + 4 MHz or FUL_high – 4 MHz and
FUL_high and the reference sub-frame is not confined within any one of these frequency
ranges.
ETSI
6.3.5.3 Aggregate power control tolerance

To verify the ability of the UE to maintain its power level in non-contiguous transmission within 21 ms in response to 0
dB TPC commands with respect to the first UE transmission, when the power control parameters specified in TS 36.213
are constant.


The UE shall meet the requirements specified in Table 6.3.5.3.3-1 for relative power control over the power range
bounded by the minimum output power as defined in sub clause 6.3.2 and the maximum output power in
sub-clause 6.2.2.
Table 6.3.5.3.3-1: Power control tolerance
TPC command UL channel Aggregate power tolerance within 21 ms

0 dB PUCCH ±2.5 dB
0 dB PUSCH ±3.5 dB
Note: 1: The UE transmission gap is 4 ms. TPC command is transmitted via PDCCH 4
subframes preceding each PUCCH/PUSCH transmission.
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.3.5.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink
reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH
before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
ETSI
Table 6.3.5.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table: PUCCH sub-test
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in Normal
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Ch BW Mod’n RB allocation FDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a
FDD TDD TDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a/1b
1.4MHz QPSK 3 3
3MHz QPSK 4 4
5MHz QPSK 8 8
10MHz QPSK 16 16
15MHz QPSK 25 25
20MHz QPSK 30 30
Table 6.3.5.3.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table: PUSCH sub-test
Initial Conditions
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Ch BW N/A for PUSCH sub-test Mod’n RB allocation
FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 1 1
3MHz QPSK 4 4
5MHz QPSK 8 8
10MHz QPSK 12 12
15MHz QPSK 16 16
20MHz QPSK 18 18
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex
H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.3.5.3.4.1-1 (PUCCH sub-test) and
Table 6.3.5.3.4.1-2 (PUSCH sub-test).
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause
6.3.5.3.4.3.
The procedure is separated in two subtests to verify PUCCH and PUSCH aggregate power control tolerance
respectively. The uplink transmission patterns are described in figure 6.3.5.3.4.2-1.
ETSI
Power Power
FDD test patterns TDD test patterns
0 5 0 5 0 3 8 3 8 3
sub-frame# sub-frame#
Figure 6.3.5.3.4.2-1 Test uplink transmission
1. PUCCH sub test:
1.1 The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
6.3.5.3.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The transmission of PDSCH will
make the UE send uplink ACK/NACK using PUCCH. Send the appropriate TPC commands for PUCCH to the
UE to ensure that the UE transmits PUCCH at 0dBm +/- 3.2 dB.
1.2. Every 5 subframes transmit to the UE downlink PDSCH MAC padding bits as well as 0 dB TPC command for
PUCCH via the PDCCH to make the UE transmit ACK/NACK on the PUCCH with transmission gap of 4
subframes. The downlink transmission is scheduled in the appropriate sub-frames to make the UE transmit
PUCCH as described in figure 6.3.5.3.4.2-1.
1.3. Measure the power of 5 consecutive PUCCH transmissions to verify the UE transmitted PUCCH power is
maintained within 21 ms. The transient periods of 20us are excluded from the power measurement.
2. PUSCH sub test:
2.1. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the PUSCH.
Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL
RMC. Send the appropriate TPC commands for PUSCH to the UE to ensure that the UE transmits PUSCH at
0dBm +/- 3.2.dB
2.2. Every 5 subframes schedule the UE’s PUSCH data transmission and transmit 0 dB TPC command for PUSCH
via the PDCCH to make the UE transmit PUSCH with 4 subframes gap. The uplink transmission patterns are
described in figure 6.3.5.3.4.2-1.
2.3. Measure the power of 5 consecutive PUSCH transmissions to verify the UE transmitted PUSCH power is
maintained within 21 ms. The transient periods of 20us are excluded from the power measurement.

The requirement for the power measurements made in step (1.3) and (2.3) of the test procedure shall not exceed the
values specified in Table 6.3.5.3.5-1. The power measurement period shall be 1 sub-frame excluding transient periods.
ETSI
Table 6.3.5.3.5-1: Power control tolerance
TPC command UL channel Test requirement measured power

0 dB PUCCH Given 5 power measurements in the pattern,
nd rd th th
the 2 , 3 , 4 , and 5 measurements shall be
st
within ± 3.2 dB of the 1 measurement.
0 dB PUSCH Given 5 power measurements in the pattern,
nd rd th th
the 2 , 3 , 4 , and 5 measurements shall be
st
within ± 4.2 dB of the 1 measurement.
Note 1: The UE transmission gap is 4 ms. TPC command is transmitted via PDCCH
4 subframes preceding each PUCCH/PUSCH transmission.
6.4 Void
6.5 Transmit signal quality

Editor’s note:
：
The test cases for transmit signal quality frequency error, EVM, carrier leakage, IBE, EVM equalizer spectrum
flatness are complete, except the following aspect is not determined:
• Reference signal EVM and PRACH EVM minimum requirements from the core specification are still
in brackets
In this clause a multitude of results are derived, all using one common algorithm returning these results: Global In-
Channels TX-Test (Annex E). Each sub clause of this clause contains a procedure and test requirements described for a
specific measurement. If all relevant test parameters in different sub clauses are the same, then the results, returned by
the Global In-Channel TX-Test, may be used across the applicable sub clauses.
6.5.1 Frequency Error

This test verifies the ability of both, the receiver and the transmitter, to process frequency correctly.
Receiver: to extract the correct frequency from the stimulus signal, offered by the System simulator, under ideal
propagation conditions and low level.
Transmitter: to derive the correct modulated carrier frequency from the results, gained by the receiver.


The UE modulated carrier frequency shall be accurate to within ±0.1 PPM observed over a period of one time slot
(0.5ms) compared to the carrier frequency received from the E-UTRA Node B.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.5.1

ETSI
E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Ch BW Mod’n RB allocation Mod’n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2. Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to
table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth.
1. Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to
4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.5.1.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0
clause 6.5.1.4.3.

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
6.5.1.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.1.4.1-1, since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmit
uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC
ETSI
3. Set the Downlink signal level to the appropriate REFSENS value defined in Table 7.3.5-1. Send continuously
uplink power control “up” commands to the UE in every uplink scheduling information to the UE so that the UE
transmits at PUMAX level for the duration of the test.
4. Measure the Frequency Error using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods
are not under test.

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the exceptions in subclause 7.3.4.3 and Table
7.3.3-3.

The 20 frequency error Δf results must fulfil the test requirement:
|Δf| ≤ (0.1 PPM + 15 Hz)
6.5.2 Transmit modulation

Transmit modulation defines the modulation quality for expected in-channel RF transmissions from the UE. This
transmit modulation limit is specified in terms of:
• Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for the allocated resources blocks (RB),
• EVM equalizer spectrum flatness derived from the equalizer coefficients generated by the EVM measurement
process
• Carrier leakage (caused by IQ offset)
In-band emissions for the non-allocated RB
6.5.2.1 Error Vector Magnitude (EVM)
6.5.2.1.1 Test Purpose

The Error Vector Magnitude is a measure of the difference between the reference waveform and the measured
waveform. This difference is called the error vector. Before calculating the EVM the measured waveform is corrected
by the sample timing offset and RF frequency offset. Then the IQ origin offset shall be removed from the measured
waveform before calculating the EVM.
The measured waveform is further modified by selecting the absolute phase and absolute amplitude of the Tx chain.
The EVM result is defined after the front-end IDFT as the square root of the ratio of the mean error vector power to the
mean reference power expressed as a %.
The basic EVM measurement interval in the time domain is one preamble sequence for the PRACH and is one slot for
the PUCCH and PUSCH in the time domain. When the PUSCH or PUCCH transmission slot is shortened due to
multiplexing with SRS, the EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly. The PUSCH or PUCCH
EVM measurement interval is also reduced when the mean power, modulation or allocation between slots is expected to
change. In the case of PUSCH transmission, the measurement interval is reduced by a time interval equal to the sum of
5 μs and the applicable exclusion period defined in subclause 6.3.4, adjacent to the boundary where the power change is
expected to occur. The PUSCH exclusion period is applied to the signal obtained after the front-end IDFT. In the case
of PUCCH transmission, the PUCCH EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol adjacent to the slot
boundary.

ETSI
6.5.2.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

EVM measurements are evaluated for 10 uplink sub-frames excluding any transient period for the average EVM case,
and 60 subframes excluding any transient period for the reference signal EVM case, the different modulations schemes
shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.1.3-1 for the parameters defined in Table 6.5.2.1.3-2. For EVM
evaluation purposes, [all PRACH preamble formats 0-4 and] all PUCCH formats 1, 1a, 1b, 2, 2a and 2b are considered
to have the same EVM requirement as QPSK modulated.
Table 6.5.2.1.3-1: Minimum requirements for Error Vector Magnitude
Parameter Unit Average EVM Level Reference Signal EVM

Level
QPSK or BPSK % 17.5 [17.5]
16QAM % 12.5 [12.5]
Table 6.5.2.1.3-2: Parameters for Error Vector Magnitude
Parameter Unit Level

UE Output Power dBm ≥ -40
Operating conditions Normal conditions
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement
channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified
in Annex C.2.
ETSI
Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PUSCH
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
NC
Test Frequencies
See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Ch BW N/A for PUSCH EVM testing Mod’n RB allocation
FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6
1.4MHz QPSK 1 1
1.4MHz 16QAM 6 6
1.4MHz 16QAM 1 1
3MHz QPSK 15 15
3MHz QPSK 4 4
3MHz 16QAM 15 15
3MHz 16QAM 4 4
5MHz QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 8 8
5MHz 16QAM 25 25
5MHz 16QAM 8 8
10MHz QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 12 12
10MHz 16QAM 50 50
(Note 3) (Note 3)
10MHz 16QAM 12 12
15MHz QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 16 16
15MHz 16QAM 75 75
(Note 3) (Note 3)
15MHz 16QAM 16 16
20MHz QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 18 18
20MHz 16QAM 100 100
(Note 3) (Note 3)
20MHz 16QAM 18 18
Note 2: For partial RB allocation, the starting resource block shall be RB #0 and RB# (max+1 -
ETSI
Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for PUCCH
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
Test Frequencies as specified in See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
FDD TDD TDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a / 1b
1.4MHz QPSK 3 3
3MHz QPSK 4 4
5MHz QPSK 8 8
10MHz QPSK 16 16
15MHz QPSK 25 25
20MHz QPSK 30 30
Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-3: Test Configuration for PRACH
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
NC
Test Frequencies
See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
PRACH preamble format
FDD TDD
PRACH Configuration Index 4 53
RS EPRE setting for test point 1 (dBm/15kHz) -71 -63
RS EPRE setting for test point 2 (dBm/15kHz) -86 -78
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-1.
clause 6.5.2.1.4.3.
Test procedure for PUSCH:
1.1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI
to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
1.2 Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the
1.3 Measure the EVM and EVM DMRS using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).
ETSI
1.4 Send power control “down” commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is
–36.8dBm, with ±3.2dB tolerance.
1.5 Measure the EVM and EVM DMRS using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).
Test procedure for PUCCH:
2.1. PUCCH are set according to Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-2.
2.2. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
6.5.2.1.4.1-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The transmission of PDSCH will
make the UEsend uplink ACK/NACK using PUCCH. There is no PUSCH transmission.
2.3. SS send appropriate TPC commands for PUCCH to the UE until the UE transmit PUCCH at PUMAX level.
2.4. Measure PUCCH EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).
2.5. SS send appropriate TPC commands for PUCCH to the UE until the UE transmits PUCCH at -36.8dbm, with
±3.2dB tolerance.2.6. Measure PUCCH EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).
Test procedure for PRACH:
3.1. The SS shall set RS EPRE according to Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-3.
3.2. PRACH is set according to Table 6.5.2.1.4.1-3.
3.3. The SS shall signal a Random Access Preamble ID via a PDCCH order to the UE and initiate a Non-contention
based Random Access procedure
3.4. The UE shall send the signalled preamble to the SS.
3.5. In response to the preamble, the SS shall transmit a random access response not corresponding to the
transmitted random access preamble, or send no response.
3.6. The UE shall consider the random access response reception not successful then re-transmit the preamble with
the calculated PRACH transmission power.
3.7. Repeat step 5 and 6 until the SS collect enough PRACH preambles (2 preambles for format 0 and 10 preambles
for format 4).Measure the EVM in PRACH channel using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E).
Table 6.5.2.1.4.3-1: PRACH-ConfCommonDEFAULT: PRACH EVM measurement for FDD
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-7 PRACH-ConfCommonDEFAULT

PRACH-ConfigInfo SEQUENCE {
prach-ConfigIndex 4
Table 6.5.2.1.4.3-2: PRACH-ConfCommonDEFAULT: PRACH EVM measurement for TDD
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.3.1, Table 5.3.1-1 PRACH-ConfCommonDEFAULT

PRACH-ConfigInfo SEQUENCE {
prach-ConfigIndex 53
ETSI
Table 6.5.2.1.4.3-4: RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT: PRACH EVM measurement
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-12 RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT

RACH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
preambleInfo SEQUENCE {
numberOfRA-Preambles n52
preamblesGroupAConfig SEQUENCE {} Not present
}
powerRampingParameters SEQUENCE {
powerRampingStep dB0
preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower dBm-120 Test point 1
dBm-90 Test point 2
}
ra-SupervisionInfo SEQUENCE {
preambleTransMax n10 FDD
n20 TDD
ra-ResponseWindowSize Sf10
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer sf48
}
ra-SupervisionInfo SEQUENCE {
Table 6.5.2.1.4.3-5: TDD-Config-DEFAULT: PRACH EVM measurement for TDD
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.3.1, Table 5.3.1-1: TDD-Config-DEFAULT


symbol UpPTS,
and to have 9
symbols GP.
}

The PUSCH EVM derived in E.4.2 shall not exceed 17,5 % for QPSK and BPSK, 12,5% for 16 QAM.
The PUSCH EVM DMRS derived in E.4.8.2 shall not exceed [17,5 %] when embedded with data symbols of QPSK and
BPSK, [12,5%] for 16 QAM.
The PUCCH EVM and derived in E.5.9.2 shall not exceed 17,5 %.
The PRACH EVM derived in FFS shall not exceed 17.5%.
6.5.2.1A PUSCH-EVM with exclusion period
6.5.2.1A.1 Test purpose

To verify the ability of the UE transmitter to keep the EVM minimum requirements, even in the presence of transients
according to subclause 6.5.2.1.1 third paragraph:
…...In the case of PUSCH transmission, the measurement interval is reduced by a time interval equal to the sum of 5 μs
and the applicable exclusion period defined in subclause 6.3.4, adjacent to the boundary where the power change is
expected to occur. The PUSCH exclusion period is applied to the signal obtained after the front-end IDFT. …..
6.5.2.1A.2 Test applicability

ETSI
6.5.2.1A.3 Minimum conformance requirement

EVM measurements are evaluated for 10 uplink sub-frames in a reduced time interval due to exclusion periods for the
average EVM. The different modulations schemes shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.1.3-1 for the
parameters defined in Table 6.5.2.1.3-2.
6.5.2.1A.4 Test description
6.5.2.1A.4.1 Initial conditions
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.5.2.1A.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference
Table 6.5.2.1A.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in Normal Conditions
Test Frequencies as specified in Low range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 10 MHz
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Ch BW N/A Mod’n RB allocation
FDD TDD
10MHz QPSK Alternating Alternating
12 and 1 12 and 1
10MHz 16 QAM Alternating Alternating
12 and 1 12 and 1
4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to table 6.5.2.1A.4.1-1
clause 6.3.5.2.4.3.
6.5.2.1A.4.2 Test procedure
The test pattern is illustrated in figure 6.5.2.1A.4.2-1.
ETSI
Frequ. Subframe
50 RBs
Subframe boundary power
change, 2*25us exclusion
period between subframes
center
OFF/ON power change,

25us exclusion period at the
beginning of the subframe
1 RB
RB0 12 RBs
Subframe 0
time
ON/OFF power change

5 us lagging exclusion
Figure 6.5.2.1A.4.2-1: Test pattern
NOTE 1: In TDD the free subframes are special subframes or DL, in FDD the free subframes are OFF.
schedule the PUSCH... Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on
the UL RMC. The initial uplink RB allocation is 12 as specified in Table 6.3.5.2A.1.4.1. Send appropriate TPC
commands for PUSCH to the UE to ensure UE transmit PUSCH at 0dB with ±3.2dB tolerance.
2. Schedule the UE’s PUSCH data transmission as described in Figure 6.5.2.1A.4.2-1 for 161) active time slots with
an uplink RB allocation alternating pattern as described in table 6.5.2.1A.4.1-1 while transmitting 0dB TPC
command for PUSCH via the PDCCH.
3. Measure the EVM using Global In-Channel Tx-Test. The averaging across 161) timeslots is done across mixed
RB allocations, as illustrated in Figure 6.5.2.1A.4.2-1
NOTE 1: Averaging across 16 timeslots is used to represent each type of transition equally in the average.
6.5.2.1A.5 Test requirement

The PUSCH EVM derived in Annex E.4.2 taking into account Annex E.7 shall not exceed 17,5 % for QPSK and
12,5% for 16 QAM. The test requirements shall be fullfilled for early and late EVM window.
ETSI
6.5.2.2 Carrier leakage

Carrier leakage (the I/Q origin offset) is an interference caused by crosstalk or DC offset and expresses itself as
unmodulated sine wave with the carrier frequency. It is an interference of approximately constant amplitude and
independent of the amplitude of the wanted signal. I/Q origin offset interferes with the centre sub carriers of the UE
under test (if allocated), especially, when their amplitude is small. The measurement interval is defined over one slot in
the time domain.
The purpose of this test is to exercise the UE transmitter to verify its modulation quality in terms of carrier leakage.


The relative carrier leakage power (IQ origin offset power) is a power ratio of the additive sinusoid waveform and the
modulated waveform. The relative carrier leakage power shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.2.3-1.
Table 6.5.2.2.3-1: Minimum requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power
LO Leakage Parameters Relative Limit (dBc)

Output power >0 dBm -25
-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤0 dBm -20
-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30 dBm -10
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.5.2.2.1
channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are
specified in Annex C.2.
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Frequencies
See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Ch BW N/A for carrier leakage testing Mod’n RB allocation
FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 1 1
3MHz QPSK 4 4
5MHz QPSK 8 8
10MHz QPSK 12 12
15MHz QPSK 16 16
20MHz QPSK 18 18
Note 2: For partial RB allocation, the starting resource block shall be RB #0 and RB# (max +1-
clause 6.5.2.2.4.3.
2. Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is
3.2 dBm, with ±3.2dB tolerance.
3. Measure carrier leakage using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are
not under test.
4. Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is -
not under test
6. Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is -
36.8dBm, with ±3.2dB tolerance.
not under test
ETSI

Each of the 20 IQ offset results, derived in Annex E.3.1, shall not exceed the values in table 6.5.2.2.5-1
Table 6.5.2.2.5-1: Test requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power
LO Leakage Parameters Relative Limit (dBc)

3.2 dBm ±3.2dB -24.2
-26.8 dBm ±3.2dB -19.2
-36.8dBm±3.2dB -9.2
6.5.2.3 In-band emissions for non allocated RB

The in-band emissions are a measure of the interference falling into the non-allocated resources blocks
The in-band emission is defined as the average across 12 sub-carrier and as a function of the RB offset from the edge of
the allocated UL transmission bandwidth. The in-band emission is measured as the ratio of the UE output power in a
non–allocated RB to the UE output power in an allocated RB. The basic in-band emissions measurement interval is
defined over one slot in the time domain. When the PUSCH or PUCCH transmission slot is shortened due to
multiplexing with SRS, the in-band emissions measurement interval is reduced by one SC-FDMA symbol, accordingly.


The relative in-band emission shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.3.3-1.
ETSI
Table 6.5.2.3.3-1: Minimum requirements for in-band emissions
Parameter Applicable
Unit Limit (Note 1)
Description Frequencies
max { − 25 − 10 ⋅ log 10 ( N RB / LCRBs ),
20 ⋅ log 10 EVM − 3 − 5 ⋅ ( Δ RB − 1) / LCRBs , Any non-allocated
General dB
(Note 2)
− 57 dBm / 180 kHz − PRB }
Image frequencies
IQ Image dB -25
(Notes 2, 3)
Output power > 0
-25
dBm
-30 dBm ≤ Output LO frequency (Notes 4,
Carrier leakage dBc -20
power ≤ 0 dBm 5)
-40 dBm ≤ Output
-10
power < -30 dBm
Note 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum
requirement is calculated as the higher of PRB - 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ
Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. PRB is defined in Note 10.
Note 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-
allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all
allocated RBs.
Note 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated
bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs.
allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs.
Note 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if
N RB is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if N RB is even, but excluding any
allocated RB.
Note 6: LCRBs is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.4.2-1).
Note 7: N RB is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1).
Note 8: EVM is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs.
Note 9: Δ RB is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g.
Δ RB = 1 or Δ RB = −1 for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth.
Note 10: PRB is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm.
The in-band emission is defined as the average across 12 sub-carrier and as a function of the RB offset from the edge of
the allocated UL transmission bandwidth. The in-band emission is measured as the ratio of the UE output power in a
non–allocated RB to the UE output power in an allocated RB. The basic in-band emissions measurement interval is
defined over one slot in the time domain.
channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are
ETSI
Table 6.5.2.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PUSCH
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Frequencies
See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Ch BW N/A for in-band emissions testing Mod’n RB allocation
FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 1 1
3MHz QPSK 4 4
5MHz QPSK 8 8
10MHz QPSK 12 12
15MHz QPSK 16 16
20MHz QPSK 18 18
Note 1. Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable
Note 2. For partial RB allocation, the starting resource block shall be RB #0 and RB# (max+1 - RB
Table 6.5.2.3.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for PUCCH
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in
See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Frequencies as specified in See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
FDD TDD TDD: PUCCH format = Format 1a /
1.4MHz QPSK 3 3 1b
3MHz QPSK 4 4
5MHz QPSK 8 8
10MHz QPSK 16 16
15MHz QPSK 25 25
20MHz QPSK 30 30
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are
defined in clause 6.5.2.3.4.3.
Test procedure for PUSCH:
1.1 SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
ETSI
1.2 Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is
3.2 dBm, with ±3.2dBtolerance.
1.3 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E)
1.4 Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is -
1.5 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are
not under test
1.6 Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE output power is to
-36.8 dBm, with ±3.2dB tolerance.
1,7 Measure In-band emission using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are
not under test
Test procedure for PUCCH:
2.1 PUCCH is set according to Table 6.5.2.3.4.1-2. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to
transmit the DL RMC according to Table 6.5.2.3.4.1-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL
RMC. The transmission of PDSCH will make the UE send uplink ACK/NACK using PUCCH.
2.2 Send the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information for PUCCH to the UE until UE
output power is 3.2 dBm, with ±3.2dBtolerance.
2.4 Send the appropriate TPC commands for PUCCH in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE
output power is -26.8 dBm, with ±3.2dB tolerance.
2.6 Send the appropriate TPC commands for PUCCH in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until UE
output power is to -36.8 dBm, with ±3.2dB tolerance.
Table 4.6.3-8: PUCCH-ConfigCommon: PUCCH in-band emissions measurement
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2, Table 4.6.3-8: PUCCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT

PUCCH-ConfigCommon-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nRB-CQI 0
}

Each of the 20 In-band emissions results, derived in Annex E.4.3 shall not exceed the corresponding values in Table
6.5.2.3.5-1
ETSI
Table 6.5.2.3.5-1: Test requirements for in-band emissions
Parameter Applicable
Unit Limit (Note 1)
Description Frequencies
max { − 25 − 10 ⋅ log 10 ( N RB / LCRBs ),
+0.8 Any non-allocated
General dB 20 ⋅ log 10 EVM − 3 − 5 ⋅ ( Δ RB − 1) / LCRBs ,
(Note 2)
− 57 dBm / 180 kHz − PRB }
Image frequencies
IQ Image dB -24.2
(Notes 2, 3)
-24.2 Output power =3.2dBm ±3.2dB
Output power =-26.8 dBm
DC -19.2 LO frequency (Notes
dBc ±3.2dB
4, 5)
Output power =-36.8 dBm
-9.2
±3.2dB
Note 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the test
requirement is calculated as the higher of PRB – 29.2 dB and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ
Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. PRB is defined in Note 10.
allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all
allocated RBs.
Note 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated
bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs.
allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs.
Note 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if
N RB is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if N RB is even, but excluding any
allocated RB.
Note 6: LCRBs is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.4.2-1).
Note 7: N RB is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1).
Note 8: EVM is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs.
Note 9: Δ RB is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g.
Δ RB = 1 or Δ RB = −1 for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth.
Note 10: PRB is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm.
6.5.2.4 EVM equalizer spectrum flatness

The zero-forcing equalizer correction applied in the EVM measurement process (as described in Annex E) must meet a
spectrum flatness requirement for the EVM measurement to be valid. The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness is defined
in terms of the maximum peak-to-peak ripple of the equalizer coefficients (dB) across the allocated uplink block
variation in dB of the equalizer coefficients generated by the EVM measurement process. The EVM equalizer spectrum
flatness requirement does not limit the correction applied to the signal in the EVM measurement process but for the
EVM result to be valid, the equalizer correction that was applied must meet the EVM equalizer spectrum flatness
minimum requirements. The basic measurement interval is the same as for EVM.


The peak-to-peak variation of the EVM equalizer coefficients contained within the frequency range of the uplink
allocation shall not exceed the maximum ripple. The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness shall not exceed the values
specified in Table 6.5.2.4.3-1 for normal conditions. For uplink allocations contained within both Range 1 and Range 2,
the coefficients evaluated within each of these frequency ranges shall meet the corresponding ripple requirement and
the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the
ETSI
minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 5 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum
coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 7 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4.3-1).
The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4.3-2 for extreme conditions.
For uplink allocations contained within both Range 1 and Range 2, the coefficients evaluated within each of these
frequency ranges shall meet the corresponding ripple requirement and the following additional requirement: the relative
difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger
than 6 dB, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in
Range 1 must not be larger than 10 dB (see Figure 6.5.2.4.3-1).
Table 6.5.2.4.3-1: Minimum requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (normal conditions)
Frequency Range Maximum Ripple [dB]

FUL_Meas – FUL_Low ≥ 3 MHz and FUL_High – FUL_Meas ≥ 3 MHz 4 (p-p)
(Range 1)
FUL_Meas – FUL_Low < 3 MHz or FUL_High – FUL_Meas < 3 MHz 8 (p-p)
(Range 2)
Note 1: FUL_Meas refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is
evaluated
Note 2: FUL_Low and FUL_High refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table
5.2-1
Table 6.5.2.4.3-2: Minimum requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (extreme conditions)
FUL_Meas – FUL_Low ≥ 5 MHz and FUL_High – FUL_Meas ≥ 5 MHz 4 (p-p)

(Range 1)
FUL_Meas – FUL_Low < 5 MHz or FUL_High – FUL_Meas < 5 MHz 12 (p-p)
(Range 2)
evaluated
5.2-1
< 4(4) dBp-p < 8(12) dBp-p

max(Range 2)-min(Range 1) < 7(10) dB max(Range 1)-min(Range 2) < 5(6) dB
Range 1 Range 2
FUL_High – 3(5) MHz FUL_High
Figure 6.5.2.4.3-1: The limits for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness with the maximum allowed
variation of the coefficients indicated (the ETC minimum requirement within brackets).
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.5.2.4.1.
ETSI
channels (RMCs) are specified in A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in
Annex C.2.
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Test Frequencies
See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
See Table 6.5.1.4.1-1
Ch BW N/A for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness Mod’n RB allocation
testing FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25
10MHz QPSK 50 50
15MHz QPSK 75 75
20MHz QPSK 100 100
clause 6.5.2.4.4.3.
3. Measure spectrum flatness using Global In-Channel Tx-Test (Annex E). For TDD slots with transient periods are
not under test.
ETSI

Each of the 20 spectrum flatness functions, shall derive four ripple results in Annex E.4.4, The derived results shall not
exceed the values in Figure 6.5.2.4.5-1:
For normal conditions, the maximum ripple in Range 1 and Range 2 shall not exceed the values specified in Table
6.5.2.4.5-1 and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range
1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 6.4 dB, and the relative difference between the
maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 8.4 dB (see Figure
6.5.2.4.5-1).
For extreme conditions, the maximum ripple in Range 1 and Range 2 shall not exceed the values specified in Table
6.5.2.4.5-2 and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range
1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 7.4 dB, and the relative difference between the
maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 11.4 dB (see Figure
6.5.2.4.5-1).
Table 6.5.2.4.5-1: Test requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (normal conditions)

FUL_Meas – FUL_Low ≥ 3 MHz and FUL_High – FUL_Meas ≥ 3 MHz 5.4 (p-p)
(Range 1)
FUL_Meas – FUL_Low < 3 MHz or FUL_High – FUL_Meas < 3 MHz 9.4 (p-p)
(Range 2)
evaluated
5.2-1
Table 6.5.2.4.5-2: Test requirements for spectrum flatness (extreme conditions)

FUL_Meas – FUL_Low ≥ 5 MHz and FUL_High – FUL_Meas ≥ 5 MHz 5.4 (p-p)
(Range 1)
FUL_Meas – FUL_Low < 5 MHz or FUL_High – FUL_Meas < 5 MHz 13.4 (p-p)
(Range 2)
evaluated
5.2-1
< 5.4(5.4) < 9.4(13.4) dBp-p

dBp-p max(Range 2)-min(Range 1) < 8.4(11.4) dB max(Range 1)-min(Range 2) < 6.4(7.4) dB
Range 1 Range 2
FUL_High – 3(5) MHz FUL_High
Figure 6.5.2.4.5-1: The limits for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness with the maximum allowed
variation of the coefficients indicated (the ETC minimum requirement within brackets).
ETSI
6.6 Output RF spectrum emissions

Unwanted emissions are divided into “Out-of-band emission” and “Spurious emissions” in 3GPP RF specifications.
This notation is in line with ITU-R recommendations such as SM.329 [2] and the Radio Regulations [3].
ITU defines:
Out-of-band emission = Emission on a frequency or frequencies immediately outside the necessary bandwidth which
results from the modulation process, but excluding spurious emissions.
Spurious emission = Emission on a frequency, or frequencies, which are outside the necessary bandwidth and the level
of which may be reduced without affecting the corresponding transmission of information. Spurious emissions include
harmonic emissions, parasitic emissions, intermodulation products and frequency conversion products but exclude out-
of-band emissions.
Unwanted emissions = Consist of spurious emissions and out-of-band emissions.
The UE transmitter spectrum emission consists of the three components; the occupied bandwidth (channel bandwidth),
the Out Of Band (OOB) emissions and the far out spurious emission domain.
Channel
Spurious domain ΔfOOB bandwidth ΔfOOB Spurious domain
RB
E-UTRA Band
Figure 6.6-1: Transmitter RF spectrum
6.6.1 Occupied bandwidth

To verify that the UE occupied bandwidth for all transmission bandwidth configurations supported by the UE are less
than their specific limits


Occupied bandwidth is a measure of the bandwidth containing 99 % of the total integrated mean power of the
transmitted spectrum on the assigned channel. The occupied channel bandwidth for all transmission bandwidth
configurations (Resources Blocks) should be less than the channel bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.1.2-1
ETSI
Table 6.6.1.2-1: Occupied channel bandwidth
Occupied channel bandwidth / channel bandwidth

1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
Channel bandwidth
1.4 3 5 10 15 20
[MHz]

parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6. 1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference
Initial Conditions
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in All
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Ch BW N/A for Occupied bandwidth Mod’n RB allocation
FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25
10MHz QPSK 50 50
15MHz QPSK 75 75
20MHz QPSK 100 100
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.1.4.1-1.
clause 6.6.1.4.3
ETSI

schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to
2. Send continuously power control “up”commands to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the power spectrum distribution within two times or more range over the requirement for Occupied
Bandwidth specification centring on the current carrier frequency. The characteristic of the filter shall be
approximately Gaussian (typical spectrum analyzer filter). Other methods to measure the power spectrum
distribution are allowed. The measuring duration is one active uplink subframe. For TDD slots with transient
periods are not under test.
4. Calculate the total power within the range of all frequencies measured in '3)' and save this value as "Total
Power".
5. Sum up the power upward from the lower boundary of the measured frequency range in '3)' and seek the limit
frequency point by which this sum becomes 0,5 % of "Total Power" and save this point as "Lower Frequency".
6. Sum up the power downward from the upper boundary of the measured frequency range in '3)' and seek the
limit frequency point by which this sum becomes 0,5 % of "Total Power" and save this point as "Upper
Frequency".
7. Calculate the difference ("Upper Frequency" − "Lower Frequency" = "Occupied Bandwidth") between two
limit frequencies obtained in '5)' and '6)'.

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6

The measured Occupied Bandwidth shall not exceed values in Table 6.6.1.5-1.
Table 6.6.1.5-1: Occupied channel bandwidth
Occupied channel bandwidth / channel bandwidth

1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
Channel bandwidth
1.4 3 5 10 15 20
[MHz]
6.6.2 Out of band emission

Out of band emissions are unwanted emissions immediately outside the nominal channel resulting from the modulation
process and non-linearity in the transmitter but excluding spurious emissions. This out of band emission limit is
specified in terms of a Spectrum Emission Mask and Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio.
6.6.2.1 Spectrum Emission Mask

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth.

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 8 and forward.
ETSI

The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA
channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1.3-1 the spurious requirements in
clause 6.6.3 are applicable.
The power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1.3-1 for the specified channel
bandwidth.
Table 6.6.2.1.3-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB 1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20 Measurement
(MHz) MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz bandwidth
± 0-1 -10 -13 -15 -18 -20 -21 30 kHz
± 1-2.5 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 1 MHz
± 2.5-2.8 -25 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 1 MHz
± 2.8-5 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 1 MHz
± 5-6 -25 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 6-10 -25 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 10-15 -25 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 15-20 -25 -13 1 MHz
± 20-25 -25 1 MHz
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the
measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the
resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is
smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement
bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
NC
Test Frequencies
Ch BW N/A for SEM testing Mod’n RB allocation
FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6
1.4MHz QPSK 5 5
1.4MHz 16QAM 5 5
1.4MHz 16QAM 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15
3MHz QPSK 4 4
3MHz 16QAM 4 4
3MHz 16QAM 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 8 8
5MHz 16QAM 8 8
5MHz 16QAM 25 25
10MHz QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 12 12
10MHz 16QAM 12 12
10MHz 16QAM 50 50
(Note 4) (Note 4)
15MHz QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 16 16
15MHz 16QAM 16 16
15MHz 16QAM 75 75
(Note 4) (Note 4)
20MHz QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 18 18
20MHz 16QAM 18 18
20MHz 16QAM 100 100
(Note 4) (Note 4)
Note 2: The allowed MPR for maximum output power UE might apply is described in clause
6.2.3.3.
Note 3: The starting resource block of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max+1 -
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1.
clause 6.6.2.1.4.3.
ETSI
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC
according to Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC
padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test
configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Tables 6.2.2.5-1 and 6.2.3.5-1. The period of the
measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient
periods are not under test.
4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table
6.6.2.1.5-1 or 6.6.2.1.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps
according to table 6.6.2.1.5-1 or 6.6.2.1.5-2, as applicable. The measured power shall be recorded for each step.
The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.1.5 Test requirements

The power of any UE emission shall fullfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1.5-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.1.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E-UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

0-1 -8.5 -11.5 -13.5 -16.5 -18.5 -19.5 30 kHz
1-2.5 -8.5 1 MHz
2.5-2.8 -23.5 -8.5 -8.5 -8.5 -8.5 -8.5 1 MHz
2.8-5 1 MHz
5-6 -23.5 -11.5 -11.5 -11.5 -11.5 1 MHz
6-10 -23.5 1 MHz
10-15 -23.5 1 MHz
15-20 -23.5 1 MHz
20-25 -23.5 1 MHz
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to
0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.
Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement
position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.
Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel
and below the lower edge of the channel
Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the
measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.
ETSI
Table 6.6.2.1.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E-UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

0-1 -8.2 -11.2 -13.2 -16.2 -18.2 -19.2 30 kHz
1-2.5 -8.2 1 MHz
2.5-2.8 -23.2 -8.2 -8.2 -8.2 -8.2 -8.2 1 MHz
2.8-5 1 MHz
5-6 -23.2 -11.2 -11.2 -11.2 -11.2 1 MHz
6-10 -23.2 1 MHz
10-15 -23.2 1 MHz
15-20 -23.2 1 MHz
20-25 -23.2 1 MHz
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to
0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.
6.6.2.2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth under
the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.

6.6.2.2.3.1 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_03")
When "NS_03" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table
6.6.2.2.3.1-1.
ETSI
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03")

± 0-1 -10 -13 -15 -18 -20 -21 30 kHz
± 1-2.5 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 2.5-2.8 -25 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 2.8-5 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 5-6 -25 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 6-10 -25 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 10-15 -25 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 15-20 -25 -13 1 MHz
± 20-25 -25 1 MHz
6.6.2.2.3.2 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_04")
6.6.2.2.3.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.2.3.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")

± 0-1 -10 -13 -15 -18 -20 -21 30 kHz
± 1-2.5 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 2.5-2.8 -25 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 2.8-5 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 5-6 -25 -25 -25 -25 -25 1 MHz
± 6-10 -25 -25 -25 -25 1 MHz
± 10-15 -25 -25 -25 1 MHz
± 15-20 -25 -25 1 MHz
± 20-25 -25 1 MHz
6.6.2.2.3.3 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_06" or NS_07)
When "NS_06" or “NS_07” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels
ETSI
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or “NS_07”)

ΔfOOB 1.4 3.0 5 10 Measurement
(MHz) MHz MHz MHz MHz bandwidth
± 0-0.1 -13 -13 -15 -18 30 kHz
± 0.1-1 -13 -13 -13 -13 100 kHz
± 1-2.5 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 2.5-2.8 -25 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 2.8-5 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 5-6 -25 -13 -13 1 MHz
± 6-10 -25 -13 1 MHz
± 10-15 -25 1 MHz
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in tables 6.6.2.2.4.1-1, 6.6.2.2.4.1-2, and 6.6.2.2.4.1-3. The details of the
uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH
and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
ETSI
Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value “NS_03”)
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
NC
Test Frequencies
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission QPSK 6 6
1.4MHz Mask testing. QPSK 5 5
1.4MHz 16QAM 5 5
3MHz QPSK 15 15
3MHz QPSK 4 4
3MHz 16QAM 15 15
3MHz 16QAM 4 4
5MHz QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 8 8
5MHz QPSK 6 6
5MHz 16QAM 25 25
5MHz 16QAM 8 8
10MHz QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 12 12
10MHz QPSK 6 6
10MHz 16QAM 50 50
(Note 3) (Note 3)
10MHz 16QAM 12 12
15MHz QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 16 16
15MHz QPSK 8 8
15MHz 16QAM 75 75
(Note 3) (Note 3)
15MHz 16QAM 16 16
20MHz QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 18 18
20MHz QPSK 10 10
20MHz 16QAM 100 100
(Note 3) (Note 3)
20MHz 16QAM 18 18
Note 2: The starting resource block of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 -
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
NC
Test Frequencies
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission QPSK 6 NA
1.4MHz Mask testing. QPSK 5
1.4MHz 16QAM 5
3MHz QPSK 15
3MHz QPSK 4
3MHz 16QAM 4
5MHz QPSK 25
5MHz QPSK 8
5MHz 16QAM 8
10MHz QPSK 50
10MHz QPSK 12
10MHz 16QAM 12
15MHz QPSK 75
15MHz QPSK 16
15MHz 16QAM 16
20MHz QPSK 100
20MHz QPSK 18
20MHz 16QAM 18
Note 2: The starting resource block of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 -
ETSI
Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
NC
Test Frequencies
Mid range
10MHz
Test Ch BW Mod’n RB allocation Mod’n RB allocation RB_start
Number FDD FDD
1 10MHz N/A for Additional Spectrum QPSK 1 0
2 10MHz Emission Mask testing. QPSK 8 0
3 10MHz QPSK 6 13
4 10MHz QPSK 20 13
5 10MHz QPSK 12 13
6 10MHz 16QAM 36 13
(Note 1)
7 10MHz QPSK 16 19
8 10MHz QPSK 12 19
9 10MHz 16QAM 16 19
10 10MHz QPSK 30 19
11 10MHz 16QAM 30 19
(Note 1)
12 10MHz QPSK 6 43
13 10MHz QPSK 2 48
14 10MHz QPSK 50 0
15 10MHz QPSK 12 0
16 10MHz 16QAM 50 0
(Note 1)
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
NC
Test Frequencies
5MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20MHz
ID TDD TDD TDD
1 5MHz N/A for Additional Spectrum QPSK 25 Note 2
2 5MHz Emission Mask testing. QPSK 8 Note 2
6 10MHz QPSK 1 0
7 10MHz QPSK 12 0
8 10MHz QPSK 50 0
9 10MHz 16QAM 50 0
(Note 3)
10 10MHz QPSK 24 13
11 10MHz 16QAM 24 13
12 10MHz QPSK 36 13
13 10MHz QPSK 12 37
14 10MHz QPSK 1 49
15 15MHz QPSK 1 0
16 15MHz QPSK 16 0
17 15MHz QPSK 75 0
18 15MHz 16QAM 75 0
(Note 3)
19 15MHz QPSK 36 19
20 15MHz 16QAM 36 19
(Note 3)
21 15MHz QPSK 50 19
22 15MHz QPSK 18 56
23 15MHz QPSK 1 74
24 20MHz QPSK 1 0
25 20MHz QPSK 18 0
26 20MHz QPSK 100 0
27 20MHz 16QAM 100 0
(Note 3)
28 20MHz QPSK 50 25
29 20MHz 16QAM 50 25
(Note 3)
30 20MHz QPSK 75 25
31 20MHz QPSK 25 75
32 20MHz QPSK 1 99
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for E-UTRA band, the applicable channel
bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 6.6.2.2.4.1-1, 6.6.2.2.4.1-2, 6.6.2.2.4.1-3
and 6.6.2.2.4.1-4.
ETSI
clause 6.6.2.2.4.3.
schedule the UL RMC according to the corresponding Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-1, 6.6.2.2.4.1-2, 6.6.2.2.4.1-3 or
6.6.2.2.4.1-4. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL
RMC.
configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table6.2.4.5-1 to 6.2.4.5-9 as appropriate. The
period of the measurement shall be at least one sub-frame (1ms).
4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to Table
6.6.2.2.5.1-1, 6.6.2.2.5.2-1 and 6.6.2.2.5.3-1 as appropriate or table 6.6.2.2.5.1-2, 6.6.2.2.5.2-2, 6.6.2.2.5.3-2, as
applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table or
table 6.6.2.2.5.1-2, 6.6.2.2.5.2-2, 6.6.2.2.5.3-2, as applicable. The measured power shall be recorded for each
step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6, with the following exceptions for each network
signalled value.
6.6.2.2.4.3.1 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_03")

SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet
the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.1-1: SystemInformationBlockType2 :Additional spurious emissions requirement




ETSI

a) 1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_07. This can be set in the


6.6.2.2.5 Test requirements
6.6.2.2.5.1 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_03")
When "NS_03" is indicated in the cell:
- the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table
6.2.4.5-1 and 6.2.4.5-2 as appropriate,
and
- t he power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2.5.1-1 or 6.6.2.2.5.1-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2.5.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03"), E-UTRA bands ≤
3GHz

0-1 -8.5 -11.5 -13.5 -16.5 -18.5 -19.5 30 kHz
1-2.5 -11.5 -11.5 -11.5 -11.5 -11.5 -11.5 1 MHz
2.5-2.8 -23.5 1 MHz
2.8-5 1 MHz
5-6 -23.5 1 MHz
6-10 -23.5 1 MHz
10-15 -23.5 1 MHz
15-20 -23.5 1 MHz
20-25 -23.5 1 MHz
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals
to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.
Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling
value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.
ETSI
Table 6.6.2.2.5.1-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03"), 3GHz < E-UTRA
bands ≤ 4.2GHz

0-1 -8.2 -11.2 -13.2 -16.2 -18.2 -19.2 30 kHz
1-2.5 -11.2 1 MHz
2.5-2.8 -23.2 -11.2 1 MHz
-11.2
2.8-5 -11.2 1 MHz
-11.2
5-6 -23.2 -11.2 1 MHz
6-10 -23.2 1 MHz
10-15 -23.2 1 MHz
15-20 -23.2 1 MHz
20-25 -23.2 1 MHz
NOTE (only for testing requirements in Table 6.6.2.2.5.1-1):

As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the
6.6.2.2.5.2 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")
6.2.4.5-3 as appropriate,
and
- the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2.5.2-1.
ETSI
Table 6.6.2.2.5.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04"), E-UTRA bands ≤
3GHz

0-1 -8.5 -11.5 -13.5 -16.5 -18.5 -19.5 30 kHz
1-2.5 -11.5 -11.5 -11.5 -11.5 -11.5 -11.5 1 MHz
2.5-2.8 -23.5 1 MHz
2.8-5 1 MHz
5-6 -23.5 -23.5 -23.5 -23.5 -23.5 1 MHz
6-10 1 MHz
10-15 1 MHz
15-20 1 MHz
20-25 1 MHz
Table 6.6.2.2.5.2-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04"), 3GHz < E-UTRA
bands ≤ 4.2GHz

0-1 -8.2 -11.2 -13.2 -16.2 -18.2 -19.2 30 kHz
1-2.5 -11.2 1 MHz
2.5-2.8 -23.2 -11.2 -11.2 -11.2 -11.2 -11.2 1 MHz
2.8-5 1 MHz
5-6 -23.2 1 MHz
-23.2
6-10 -23.2 1 MHz
-23.2
10-15 -23.2 1 MHz
15-20 1 MHz
20-25 1 MHz

6.6.2.2.5.3 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or “NS_07”)
When "NS_06" or “NS_07” is indicated in the cel:
ETSI
6.2.4.5-5, 6.2.4.5-6 and 6.2.4.5-7 as appropriate l,
and
- the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2.5.3-1.
Table 6.6.2.2.5.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or “NS_07”) , E-UTRA
bands ≤ 3GHz

0-0.1 -11.5 -11.5 -13.5 -16.5 30 kHz
0.1-1 -11.5 -11.5 -11.5 -11.5 100 kHz
1-2.5 -11.5 -11.5 -11.5 -11.5 1 MHz
2.5-2.8 -23.5 1 MHz
2.8-5 1 MHz
5-6 -23.5 1 MHz
6-10 -23.5 1 MHz
10-15 -23.5 1 MHz
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter
is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz
filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.
Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and
last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside
of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.
Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper
edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the
channel
Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to
network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in
TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.
Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel
bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to
3 MHz.
ETSI
Table 6.6.2.2.5.3-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or “NS_07”) , 3GHz <
E-UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

0-0.1 -11.2 -11.2 -13.2 -16.2 30 kHz
0.1-1 -11.2 -11.2 -11.2 -11.2 100 kHz
1-2.5 -11.2 1 MHz
2.5-2.8 -23.2 -11.2 1 MHz
-11.2
2.8-5 -11.2 1 MHz
5-6 -23.2 1 MHz
6-10 -23.2 1 MHz
10-15 -23.2 1 MHz
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter
is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz
filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.
Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and
last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside
of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.
Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper
edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the
channel
Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to
network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in
TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.
Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel
bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to
3 MHz.

6.6.2.3 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent
Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR).


ACLR requirements are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E -UTRAACLR and UTRAACLR1/2 as shown in
Figure 6.6.2.3.3-1.
ETSI
ΔfOOB E-UTRA channel
E-UTRAACLR1 UTRA ACLR2 UTRAACLR1
RB
Figure 6.6.2.3.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio requirements
6.6.2.3.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements for E-UTRA
E-UTRA ACLR (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the
filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. The assigned E-UTRA
channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidth
If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the valued
Table 6.6.2.3.3.1-1: General requirements for E-UTRAACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
E-UTRAACLR1 30 dB 30 dB 30 dB 30 dB 30 dB 30 dB
E-UTRA channel 1.08 MHz 2.7 MHz 4.5 MHz 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz
Measurement
bandwidth
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.1.
6.6.2.3.3.2 Minimum conformance requirements for UTRA
UTRA ACLR (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned E-UTRA channel frequency
to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent UTRA channel frequency.
UTRA ACLR is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel
(UTRAACLR2) .The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor α = 0.22. The
assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in
Table 6.6.2.3.3.2-1.
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the UTRAACLR1, and UTRAACLR2 shall be higher
than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3.3.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3.3.2-1: General requirements for UTRAACLR1/2
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
ETSI
UTRAACLR1 33 dB 33 dB 33 dB 33 dB 33 dB 33 dB
Adjacent 0.7+BW U 1.5+BW U 2.5+BW U 5+BW UTR 7.5+BW U 10+BW UT
channel centre TRA/2 TRA/2 TRA/2 A/2 TRA/2 RA/2
frequency offset / / / / / /
(in MHz) -0.7- -1.5- -2.5- -5- -7.5- -10-
BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2
UTRAACLR2 - - 36 dB 36 dB 36 dB 36 dB
Adjacent - - 2.5+3*B 5+3*BW U 7.5+3*B 10+3*BW
channel centre WUTRA/2 TRA/2 WUTRA/2 UTRA/2
frequency offset / / / /
(in MHz) -2.5- -5- -7.5- -10-
3*BW UTR 3*BW UTR 3*BW UTR 3*BW UTR
A/2 A/2 A/2 A/2
E-UTRA channel
bandwidth
UTRA 5MHz
channel
3.84 MHz 3.84 MHz 3.84 MHz 3.84 MHz 3.84 MHz 3.84 MHz
Measurement
1
bandwidth
UTRA 1.6MHz
channel
measurement
2
bandwidth
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.
Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 subclause 6.6.2.3.2.
channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
Test Frequencies
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz N/A for ACLR testing QPSK 6 6
1.4MHz QPSK 5 5
1.4MHz 16QAM 6 6
1.4MHz 16QAM 5 5
3MHz QPSK 15 15
3MHz QPSK 4 4
3MHz 16QAM 15 15
3MHz 16QAM 4 4
5MHz QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 8 8
5MHz 16QAM 25 25
5MHz 16QAM 8 8
10MHz QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 12 12
10MHz 16QAM 50 50
(Note 3) (Note 3)
10MHz 16QAM 12 12
15MHz QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 16 16
15MHz 16QAM 75 75
(Note 3) (Note 3)
15MHz 16QAM 16 16
20MHz QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 18 18
20MHz 16QAM 100 100
(Note 3) (Note 3)
20MHz 16QAM 18 18
clause 6.6.2.3.4.3.
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
ETSI
2. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until
the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3.5-1. The period of the measurement
shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not
under test.
4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA.
5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel.
6. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel.
7. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for E-UTRAACLR.
8. Calculated the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 6 for UTRAACLR1,
UTRAACLR2.
6.6.2.3.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA
- The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table
and
- if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step
7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth
1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
E-UTRAACLR1 29.2 dB 29.2 dB 29.2 dB 29.2 dB 29.2 dB 29.2 dB
E-UTRA channel 1.08 MHz 2.7 MHz 4.5 MHz 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz
Measurement
bandwidth
UE channel +1.4 MHz +3 MHz or +5MHz or +10MHz or +15MHz or +20MHz or
or -1.4 MHz -3 MHz -5MHz -10MHz -15MHz -20MHz
6.6.2.3.5.2 Test requirements UTRA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in
step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
ETSI
UTRAACLR1 32.2 dB 32.2 dB 32.2 dB 32.2 dB 32.2 dB 32.2 dB

Adjacent 0.7+BW UTR 1.5+BW UTR 2.5+BW UTR 5+BW UTRA/ 7.5+BW UTR 10+BW UTRA
channel centre A/2 A/2 A/2 2 A/2 /2
frequency offset / / / / / /
(in MHz) -0.7- -1.5- -2.5- -5- -7.5- -10-
BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2
UTRAACLR2 - - 35.2 dB 35.2 dB 35.2 dB 35.2 dB
Adjacent - - 2.5+3*BW U 5+3*BW UTR 7.5+3*BW U 10+3*BW UT
channel centre TRA/2 A/2 TRA/2 RA/2
frequency offset / / / /
(in MHz) -2.5- -5- -7.5- -10-
3*BW UTRA/2 3*BW UTRA/2 3*BW UTRA/2 3*BW UTRA/2
E-UTRA channel
bandwidth
UTRA 5MHz
channel
Measurement
1
bandwidth
UTRA 1.6MHz
channel
measurement
2
bandwidth
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.
Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.
Note 3: BW UTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz.
6.6.2.4 Void
6.6.3 Spurious emissions

Spurious emissions are emissions which are caused by unwanted transmitter effects such as harmonics emission,
parasitic emissions, intermodulation products and frequency conversion products, but exclude out of band emissions.
The spurious emission limits are specified in terms of general requirements inline with SM.329 [3] and E-UTRA
operating band requirement to address UE co-existence.
Unless otherwise stated, the spurious emission limits apply for the frequency ranges that are more than ΔfOOB (MHz) in
Table6.6.3.1.3-1 from the edge of the channel bandwidth. To improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency,
the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller
than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the
equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.3.1 Transmitter Spurious emissions

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to other channels or other systems in terms of
transmitter spurious emissions.


The spurious emission limits apply for the frequency ranges that are more than ΔfOOB (MHz) from the edge of the
channel bandwidth.
ETSI
Table 6.6.3.1.3-1: ΔfOOB boundary between E-UTRA channel and spurious emission domain
Channel 1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20

bandwidth MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
ΔfOOB (MHz) 2.8 6 10 15 20 25
The spurious emission limits in Table 6.6.3.1.3-2 apply for all transmitter band configurations (RB) and channel
bandwidths.
NOTE: In order that the measurement of spurious emissions falls within the frequency ranges that are more than
ΔfOOB (MHz) from the edge of the channel bandwidth, the minimum offset of the measurement
frequency from each edge of the channel should be ΔfOOB + MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement
bandwidth defined in Table 6.6.3.1.3-2.
Table 6.6.3.1.3-2: Spurious emissions limits
Frequency Range Maximum Measurement Notes

Level Bandwidth
9 kHz ≤ f < 150 kHz -36 dBm 1 kHz
150 kHz ≤ f < 30 MHz -36 dBm 10 kHz
30 MHz ≤ f < 1000 MHz -36 dBm 100 kHz
1 GHz ≤ f < 12.75 GHz -30 dBm 1 MHz
12.75 GHz ≤ f < 19 GHz -30 dBm 1 MHz Note 1
Note 1: Applies for Band 22, Band 42 and Band 43
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.3.1.
E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 6.6.3.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement
channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
NC
Test Frequencies
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz N/A for Spurious Emissions testing QPSK 6 6
1.4MHz QPSK 1 1
3MHz QPSK 15 15
3MHz QPSK 1 1
5MHz QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 1 1
10MHz QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 1 1
15MHz QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 1 1
20MHz QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 1 1
Note 2: The 1 RB allocation shall be tested at both RB #0 and RB #max.
clause 6.6.3.1.4.3.
3. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table
6.6.3.1.5-1. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in contiguous steps according to table 6.6.3.1.5-1.
The measured power shall be verified for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active time slots.

The measured average power of spurious emission, derived in step 3, shall not exceed the described value in
tables 6.6.3.1.5-1.
ETSI
The spurious emission limits apply for the frequency ranges that are more than ΔfOOB (MHz) from the edge of the
channel bandwidth shown in Table 6.6.3.1.3-1.
Table 6.6.3.1.5-1: General spurious emissions test requirements
Frequency Range Maximum Measurement Notes

Level Bandwidth
9 kHz ≤ f < 150 kHz -36 dBm 1 kHz
150 kHz ≤ f < 30 MHz -36 dBm 10 kHz
30 MHz ≤ f < 1000 -36 dBm 100 kHz
MHz
1 GHz ≤ f < 12.75 GHz -30 dBm 1 MHz
12.75 GHz ≤ f < 19 -30 dBm 1 MHz Note 1
GHz
Note 1: Applies for Band 22, Band 42 and Band 43
NOTE: In order that the measurement of spurious emissions falls within the frequency ranges that are more than
ΔfOOB (MHz) from the edge of the channel bandwidth, the minimum offset of the measurement
frequency from each edge of the channel should be ΔfOOB + MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement
bandwidth defined in Table 6.6.3.1.3-2.
6.6.3.2 Spurious emission band UE co-existence

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to co-existing systems for the specified bands
which has specific requirements in terms of transmitter spurious emissions.

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8.

This clause specifies the requirements for the specified E-UTRA band for coexistence with protected bands as indicated
in Table 6.6.3.2.3-1.
NOTE: For measurement conditions at the edge of each frequency range, the lowest frequency of the
measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the lowest boundary of the frequency
range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should
be set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement
bandwidth defined for the protected band.
ETSI
Table 6.6.3.2.3-1: Spurious emission band UE co-existence limits
E-UTRA Spurious emission

Band Protected band Frequency range Maximum MBW (MHz) Comment
(MHz) Level
(dBm)
1 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 9, 11, 20, 21, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
34, 38, 40
3
E-UTRA band 33 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note
3
Frequency range 860 - 895 -50 1
6, 7
Frequency range 1884.5 - 1919.6 -41 0.3 Note
6, 8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
23,24, 25, 41
3 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 33, 34, 38 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
13
E-UTRA Band 11, 21 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note
13
Frequency range 860 - 895 -50 1 Note
13
23, 24, 41
23, 24, 25
2
E-UTRA Band 41 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note
6 E-UTRA Band 1, 9, 11, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
7
8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
7 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 33, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
Frequency range 2570 - 2575 +1.6 5
14
Frequency range 2575 - 2595 -15.5 5 Note
2
2
9 E-UTRA Band 1, 9, 11, 21, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
7
8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
23, 24, 25, 41
7
8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
12 E-UTRA Band 2, 5, 12, 13, 14, 17, 23, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
24, 25, 41
2
23, 25, 41
Frequency range 769 - 775 -35 0.00625
11
Frequency range 799 805 -35 0.00625 Note
2
ETSI
23, 24, 25, 41
12
Frequency range 763 - 775 -35 0.00625 Note
11
12
Note
24, 25, 41
2
7
8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
9
7
8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
2
Frequency range 38 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note
10
21 E-UTRA Band 11, 21 FDL_low - FDL_high -35 1 Note
E-UTRA Band 1, 9, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
7
8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
39, 40, 43
23 E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17,
16
23, 24, 41 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note
16
16
16
16
24 E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17,
-50 1
23, 24, 41, 25 FDL_low - FDL_high
25 E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10,12, 13, 14, 17,
-50 1
24, 25, 41, 42, 43 FDL_low - FDL_high
...
5
33 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 34, 38, 39, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note
40
5
33, 38,39, 40
7
8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
35
36
37 -
38 E-UTRA Band 1,3, 8, 33, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
Frequency range 15
2620 - 2645 -15.5 5 Note
39 E-UTRA Band 34, 40 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
23, 24, 25
42 E-UTRA Band 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
25, 33, 34, 38,40
3
43 E-UTRA Band 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 20,
-50 1
25, 33, 34, 38, 40 FDL_low - FDL_high
3
3
E-UTRA Band 22 FDL_low - FDL_high [-50] [1] Note
Note 1: FDL_low and FDL_high refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.2-1
ETSI
Note 2: As exceptions, measurements with a level up to the applicable requirements defined in Table 6.6.3.1.3-2 are
permitted for each assigned E-UTRA carrier used in the measurement due to 2nd or 3rd harmonic spurious
emissions. An exception is allowed if there is at least one individual RE within the transmission bandwidth (see
Figure 5.4.2-1) for which the 2nd or 3rd harmonic, i.e. the frequency equal to two or three times the frequency of that
RE, is within the measurement bandwidth (MBW).
Note 3: To meet these requirements some restriction will be needed for either the operating band or protected band
Note 4: N/A
Note 5: For non synchronised TDD operation to meet these requirements some restriction will be needed for either the
operating band or protected band
Note 6: Applicable when NS_05 in section 6.6.3.3.3.1 is signalled by the network.
Note 7: Applicable when co-existence with PHS system operating in 1884.5 -1919.6MHz.
Note 9: Applicable when NS_08 in section 6.6.3.3.3.3 is signalled by the network
Note 10: Applicable when NS_09 in section 6.6.3.3.4 is signalled by the network
Note 11: Whether the applicable frequency range should be 793-805MHz instead of 799-805MHz is TBD
Note 12: The emissions measurement shall be sufficiently power averaged to ensure a standard deviation < 0.5 dB
Note 13: Applicable when the assigned E-UTRA UL operating channel is ≥1749.9MHz and ≤ 1784.9MHz.
Note 14 This requirement is applicable for an uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to 54 RB for carriers of 15 MHz
bandwidth when carrier center frequency is within the range [2560] - 2562.5 MHz and for carriers of 20 MHz
bandwidth when carrier center frequency is within the range [2552] - 2560 MHz. No restrictions apply for carriers with
bandwidths confined in 2500-2550 MHz.
bandwidth when carrier center frequency is within the range [2597] – 2605 MHz. No other restrictions apply for
carriers with bandwidths confined in 2570-2615 MHz. For assigned carriers with bandwidths overlapping the
frequency range 2615-2620 MHz the requirements apply with the maximum output power configured to FFS dBm in
the IE P-Max.
Note 16: To meet this requirement NS_11 value shall be signalled when operating in 2000-2010 MHz
NOTE 1: Bands 1,6,9,11,34 in the tables shall be reviewed after June 2012 because of PHS band operation change.
NOTE 2: The restriction on the maximum uplink transmission to 54 RB in Notes 14 and 15 of Table 6.6.3.2.3-1 is
intended for conformance testing and may be applied to network operation to facilitate coexistence when
the aggressor and victim bands are deployed in the same geographical area. The applicable spurious
emission requirement of -15.5 dBm/5MHz is a least restrictive technical condition for FDD/TDD
coexistence and may have to be revised in the future.
E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 6.6.3.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement
channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
NC
Test Frequencies
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz N/A for Spurious Emissions testing QPSK 6 6
1.4MHz QPSK 1 1
3MHz QPSK 15 15
3MHz QPSK 1 1
5MHz QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 1 1
10MHz QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 1 1
15MHz QPSK 75 75
3, 4 3, 4
15MHz QPSK 54 54
15MHz QPSK 1 1
20MHz QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 1 1
3, 4 3, 4
20MHz QPSK 54 54
Note 3: To be used for requirements under note 14 in table 6.6.3.2.5-1 in high channel at
RB#(full allocation – 54 – 1), instead of full allocation.
Note 4: To be used for requirements under note 15 in table 6.6.3.2.5-1 in high channel - 5MHz at
RB#(full allocation – 54 – 1), instead of full allocation.
1. Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
clause 6.6.3.2.4.3.
3. 3. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table
6.6.3.2.5- For band 14 measurements made in a bandwidth of 6.25kHz, measurement parameter settings defined
in table 6.6.3.2.4.2-1 shall be used. 1. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in contiguous steps
according to table 6.6.3.2.5-1. The measured power shall be verified for each step. The measurement period
shall capture the active time slots.
ETSI
Table 6.6.3.2.4.2-1: Measurement setup for band 14
Option 1: Option2
Measurement with No Measurement with VBW
RMS VBW available Filtering on Power scale
VBW >=62.5 kHz <=43Hz
(10 times or more the

RBW)
RBW <=6.25kHz <=6.25kHz
Detector type Averages signal envelope Peak
during each measurement
point, such as “RMS
detector”
Averaging mode Power (RMS voltage) Power (RMS voltage), as
(Trace averaging) controlled by “Average
Type”
Average Type (applies to Power (RMS voltage) Not applicable
detector) (automatically occurs with
“RMS detector”)
Average Type (applies to Not applicable Power (RMS voltage)
VBW filter)
Number of averages 30, to reduce variance as 1 or use an even narrower
required, or use an even VBW filter, thus a longer
longer sweep time sweep time
Sweep time [Don’t specify] Sweep rate (span divided by
sweep time) <= 0.8 *
RBW*VBW

tables 6.6.3.2.5-1.
ETSI
Table 6.6.3.2.5-1: Spurious emission band UE co-existence limits

(MHz) Level
(dBm)
34, 38, 40
3
3
6, 7
6, 8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
23, 24, 25, 41
13
13
13
23,24, 25, 41
17,23, 24, 25
2
6 E-UTRA Band 1, 9, 11, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
7
8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
Frequency range 2570 - 2575 +1.6 5
14
2
2
7
8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
23, 24, 25, 41
7
8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
24, 25, 41
2
23, 25, 41
Frequency range 769 - 775 -35 0.00625
11
2
23,24, 25, 41
12
Frequency range 763 - 775 -35 0.00625 Note
11
12
Note
24, 25, 41
2
ETSI

7
8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
9
7
8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
2
Frequency range 38 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note
10
21 E-UTRA Band 11, 21 FDL_low - FDL_high -35 1 Note
E-UTRA Band 1, 9, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
7
8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
39, 40, 43
23 E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17,
16
23, 24, 41 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note
16
16
16
16
24 E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17, FDL_low - FDL_high
-50 1
23,24, 25, 41
25 E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10,12, 13, 14, 17,
-50 1
24, 25, 41, 42, 43 FDL_low - FDL_high
…
5
40
5
33, 38,39, 40
7
8
1884.5 - 1915.7 Note
35
36
37 -
15
39 E-UTRA Band 34, 40 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
23, 24, 25
42 E-UTRA Band 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
25, 33, 34, 38,40
3
43 E-UTRA Band 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 20,
-50 1
25, 33, 34, 38, 40 FDL_low - FDL_high
3
3
E-UTRA Band 22 FDL_low - FDL_high [-50] [1] Note
Note 4: N/A
ETSI
bandwidth when carrier center frequency is within the range [2552] - 2560 MHz. No restrictions apply for carriers with
bandwidths confined in 2500-2550 MHz.
bandwidth when carrier center frequency is within the range [2597] – 2605 MHz. No other restrictions apply for
carriers with bandwidths confined in 2570-2615 MHz. For assigned carriers with bandwidths overlapping the
frequency range 2615-2620 MHz the requirements apply with the maximum output power configured to FFS dBm in
the IE P-Max.
Note 16: To meet this requirement NS_11 value shall be signalled when operating in 2000-2010 MHz
NOTE 1: Bands 1,6,9,11,34 in the tables shall be reviewed after June 2012 because of PHS band operation change
NOTE 2: For measurement conditions at the edge of each frequency range, the lowest frequency of the
NOTE 3: The frequency range applicable with network signalled values of NS_05, NS_08, and NS_09 are covered
in 6.6.3.3 Additional Spurious Emissions.
NOTE 4: The restriction on the maximum uplink transmission to 54 RB in Notes 14 and 15 of Table 6.6.3.2.5-1 is
intended for conformance testing and may be applied to network operation to facilitate coexistence when
the aggressor and victim bands are deployed in the same geographical area. The applicable spurious
emission requirement of -15.5 dBm/5MHz is a least restrictive technical condition for FDD/TDD
coexistence and may have to be revised in the future.
6.6.3.2_1 Spurious emission band UE co-existence (Release 9 and forward)
6.6.3.2_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in 6.6.3.2.1.
6.6.3.2_1.2 Test applicability

6.6.3.2_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.3.2.3 for all E-UTRA bands with the following exceptions
in table 6.6.3.2_1.3-1:
ETSI
Table 6.6.3.2_1.3-1: Spurious emission band UE co-existence limits

(MHz) Level
(dBm)
3
E-UTRA Band 38 FDL_low - FDL_low -50 1 Note
3
Note 2: As exceptions, measurements with a level up to the applicable requirements defined in Table 6.6.3.1.3-2 are permitted for
each assigned E-UTRA carrier used in the measurement due to 2nd or 3rd harmonic spurious emissions. An exception
is allowed if there is at least one individual RE within the transmission bandwidth (see Figure 5.4.2-1) for which the 2nd or
3rd harmonic, i.e. the frequency equal to two or three times the frequency of that RE, is within the measurement
bandwidth (MBW).
Note 4: N/A
Note 5: For non synchronised TDD operation to meet these requirements some restriction will be needed for either the operating
band or protected band
6.6.3.2_1.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 6.6.3.2.4 for all E-UTRA bands, with the following exceptions:
- Table 6.6.3.2_1.3-1
- Table 6.6.3.2_1.5-1
6.6.3.2_1.5 Test requirement

table 6.6.3.2.5-1 with the following exceptions in E-UTRA bands in 6.6.3.2_1.5-1:
ETSI
Table 6.6.3.2_1.5-1: Spurious emission band UE co-existence limits

(MHz) Level
(dBm)
3
E-UTRA Band 38 FDL_low - FDL_low -50 1 Note
3
Note 4: N/A
NOTE 2: The frequency range applicable with network signalled values of NS_05, NS_08, and NS_09 are covered
in 6.6.3.3 Additional Spurious Emissions.
6.6.3.3 Additional spurious emissions

Editor’s note: This clause is incomplete. The following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:
• NS_07 Test tolerances are undefined

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to other channels or other systems in terms of
transmitter spurious emissions under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.

6.6.3.3.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements (network signalled value "NS_05")
6.6.3.3.3.1-1. This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than ΔfOOB (MHz) in Table
6.6.3.1.3-1 from the edge of the channel bandwidth.
ETSI
Table 6.6.3.3.3.1-1: Additional requirements (PHS)
Frequency band Channel bandwidth / Spectrum Measurement

(MHz) emission limit (dBm) bandwidth
5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
*1
1884.5 ≤ f ≤1919.6 -41 -41 -41 -41 300 KHz
*2
1884.5 ≤ f ≤1915.7 -41 -41 -41 -41 300 KHz
Note 1: Applicable when the lower edge of the assigned E-UTRA UL channel
bandwidth frequency is larger than or equal to the upper edge of PHS band
(1919.6 MHz) + 4 MHz + the Channel BW assigned, where Channel BW is
as defined in sub-clause 5.4.2. Operations below this point are for further
study.
study.
bandwidth (300 kHz).
NOTE 2: Notes in the tables shall be reviewed after June 2012 because of PHS band operation change
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101[2] subclause 6.6.3.3.1.
6.6.3.3.3.2 Minimum conformance requirements (network signalled value “NS_07")
When “NS_07” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table
6.6.3.3.3.2-1.
Table 6.6.3.3.3.2-1: Additional requirements

10 MHz
769 ≤ f ≤ 775 -57 6.25 kHz

Note: The emissions measurement shall be sufficiently power averaged to ensure a
standard deviation < 0.5 dB.
range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be
set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement
bandwidth (6.25 kHz).
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101[2] subclause 6.6.3.3.2.
6.6.3.3.3.3 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_08”)
When “NS_08” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table
6.6.3.3.3-1. This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than ΔfOOB (MHz) in Table 6.6.3.1.3-1
from the edge of the channel bandwidth.
ETSI
Table 6.6.3.3.3-1 Additional requirement
Frequency Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission limit Measurement

band (dBm) bandwidth
(MHz) 5MHz 10MHz 15MHz
860 ≤ f ≤ 895 -40 -40 -40 1 MHz
bandwidth (1 MHz).
6.6.3.3.3.4 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_09”)

When “NS 09” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table
6.6.3.3.3.4-1. This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than ΔfOOB (MHz) in Table
Table 6.6.3.3.3.4-1 Additional requirement
Frequency band Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission Measurement

(MHz) limit (dBm) bandwidth
5MHz 10MHz 15MHz
1475.9 ≤ f ≤ -35 -35 -35 1 MHz
1510.9
bandwidth (1 MHz).
NOTE 2: To improve measurement accuracy, A-MPR values for NS_09 specified in Table 6.2.4.3-1 in sub-clause
6.2.4 are derived based on both the above NOTE 1 and 100 kHz RBW.
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.3.3.4.1-1, 6.6.3.3.4.1-2, and 6.6.3.3.4.1-3. The
details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2. Configurations of PDSCH
and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Frequencies as specified in Low range, Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
In case of Low range:
- For 5MHz channel bandwidth: UL 1927.2MHz
(N_UL = 18072), DL 2117.2MHz (N_DL = 72) and
UL 1931.1MHz (N_UL = 18111) DL 2121.1 MHz
(N_DL = 111)
- For 10MHz: UL 1934.7MHz (N_UL = 18147), DL
2124.7MHz (N_DL = 147)
- For 20MHz channel bandwidth: Not available
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 5MHz, 10MHz, 20MHz
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
FDD TDD FDD TDD
5MHz N/A for Additional Spurious Emissions QPSK 1 N/A
5MHz testing QPSK 25
10MHz QPSK 1
10MHz QPSK 12
10MHz QPSK 48
10MHz QPSK 50
10MHz 16QAM 50
(Note 4)
15MHz QPSK 1
15MHz QPSK 16
15MHz QPSK 48
15MHz QPSK 75
15MHz 16QAM 75
(Note 4)
20MHz QPSK 1
20MHz QPSK 18
20MHz QPSK 48
20MHz QPSK 100
20MHz 16QAM 100
(Note 4)
Note 2. The starting resource block of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 - RB
Note 3: Low range frequencies for 5MHz and 10MHz channel bandwidth in case of network
signalled “NS_05” shall be reviewed after June 2012 because of PHS band operation
change.
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Environment
NC
Test Frequencies
Mid range
10MHz
Test Ch BW Mod’n RB allocation Mod’n RB allocation RB_start
Number
1 10MHz N/A for Additional Spurious QPSK 1 0
2 10MHz Emissions testing. QPSK 8 0
3 10MHz QPSK 6 13
4 10MHz QPSK 20 13
5 10MHz QPSK 12 13
6 10MHz 16QAM 36 13
(Note 1)
7 10MHz QPSK 16 19
8 10MHz QPSK 12 19
9 10MHz 16QAM 16 19
10 10MHz QPSK 30 19
11 10MHz 16QAM 30 19
(Note 1)
12 10MHz QPSK 6 43
13 10MHz QPSK 2 48
14 10MHz QPSK 50 0
15 10MHz QPSK 12 0
16 10MHz 16QAM 50 0
(Note 1)
ETSI
Initial Conditions
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
FDD TDD FDD TDD
5MHz testing QPSK 8
5MHz QPSK 25
10MHz QPSK 1
10MHz QPSK 12
10MHz QPSK 40
10MHz QPSK 50
10MHz 16QAM 50
(Note 3)
15MHz QPSK 1
15MHz QPSK 16
15MHz QPSK 40
15MHz QPSK 75
15MHz 16QAM 75
(Note 3)
RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth
ETSI
Table 6.6.3.3.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value “NS_09")
Initial Conditions
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
FDD TDD FDD TDD
5MHz testing QPSK 8
5MHz QPSK 25
10MHz QPSK 1
10MHz QPSK 12
10MHz QPSK 40
10MHz QPSK 50
10MHz 16QAM 50
(Note 3)
15MHz QPSK 1
15MHz QPSK 16
15MHz QPSK 40
15MHz QPSK 54
15MHz QPSK 75
15MHz 16QAM 75
(Note 3)
RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth
1. Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.3.3.4.1-1, Table 6.6.3.3.4.1-2 or Table
6.6.3.3.4.1-3 depending on network signal value.
clause 6.6.3.3.4.3.
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.3.3.4.1-1 and Table 6.6.3.3.4.1-2. Since the UE has no payload
and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Tables 6.2.4.5-1to 6.2.4.5-9 as appropriate. The
period of the measurement shall be at least one sub-frame (1ms).
4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to Table
6.6.3.3.5.1-1, 6.6.3.3.5.2-1, 6.6.3.3.5.3-1 and 6.6.3.3.5.4-1 as appropriate. The centre frequency of the filter shall
be stepped in contiguous steps according to the same table. For NS_07 measurements made in a bandwidth of
ETSI
6.25kHz, measurement parameter settings defined in table 6.6.3.3.4.2-1 shall be used. The measured power shall
be verified for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active time slots.
Table 6.6.3.3.4.2-1: Measurement setup for NS_07
Option 1: Option2
Measurement with No Measurement with VBW
RMS VBW available Filtering on Power scale
VBW >=62.5 kHz <=43Hz
(10 times or more the

RBW)
RBW <=6.25kHz <=6.25kHz
Detector type Averages signal envelope Peak
during each
measurement point, such
as “RMS detector”
Averaging mode Power (RMS voltage) Power (RMS voltage), as
(Trace averaging) controlled by “Average
Type”
Average Type (applies to Power (RMS voltage) Not applicable
detector) (automatically occurs with
“RMS detector”)
Average Type (applies to Not applicable Power (RMS voltage)
VBW filter)
Number of averages 30, to reduce variance as 1 or use an even narrower
required, or use an even VBW filter, thus a longer
longer sweep time sweep time
Sweep time [Don’t specify] Sweep rate (span divided by
sweep time) <= 0.8 *
RBW*VBW
6.6.3.3.4.3.1 Message contents (network signalled value "NS_05")
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6, with the following exceptions:


6.6.3.3.4.3.2 Message contents (network signalled value “NS_07")


ETSI




6.6.3.3.5.1 Test requirement (network signalled value "NS_05")
and
the measured average power of spurious emission, derived in step 2, shall not exceed the described value in
tables 6.6.3.3.5.1-1. This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than ΔfOOB (MHz) in Table
ETSI
Table 6.6.3.3.5.1-1: Additional requirements (PHS) test requirements

5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
*1
1884.5 ≤ f ≤1919.6 -41 -41 -41 -41 300 KHz
*2
1884.5 ≤ f ≤1915.7 -41 -41 -41 -41 300 KHz
study.
study.
NOTE 1: Notes in the tables shall be reviewed after June 2012 because of PHS band operation change
NOTE 2 (only for testing requirements in Table 6.6.3.3.5.1-1): For measurement conditions at the edge of each
frequency range, the lowest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be set
at the lowest boundary of the frequency range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement
position in each frequency range should be set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus
MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement bandwidth (300 kHz).
6.6.3.3.5.2 Test requirement (network signalled value “NS_07")
and
- the measured average power of spurious emission, derived in step 4, shall not exceed the described value in
tables 6.6.3.3.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.3.3.5.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value “NS_07”)

10 MHz
769 ≤ f ≤ 775 -57+TT 6.25 kHz

Note: The emissions measurement shall be sufficiently power averaged to ensure a
standard deviation < 0.5 dB,
NOTE (only for testing requirements in Table 6.6.3.3.5.2-1): For measurement conditions at the edge of each
MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement bandwidth (6.25 kHz).
ETSI
and
the measured average power of spurious emission, derived in step 4, shall not exceed the described value in
tables 6.6.3.3.5.3-1. This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than ΔfOOB (MHz) in Table
Frequency band Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission limit Measurement

(MHz) (dBm) bandwidth
5MHz 10MHz 15MHz
860 ≤ f ≤ 895 -40 -40 -40 1 MHz
NOTE (only for testing requirements in Table 6.6.3.3.5.3-1): For measurement conditions at the edge of each
MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement bandwidth (1 MHz).
and
- the measured average power of spurious emission, derived in step 4, shall not exceed the described value in
table 6.6.3.3.5.4-1. This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than ΔfOOB (MHz) in
Table 6.6.3.1.3-1 from the edge of the channel bandwidth.
Frequency band Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission Measurement

(MHz) limit (dBm) bandwidth
5MHz 10MHz 15MHz
1475.9 ≤ f ≤ -35 -35 -35 1 MHz
1510.9
NOTE 1 (only for testing requirements in Table 6.6.3.3.5.4-1): For measurement conditions at the edge of each
MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement bandwidth (1 MHz).
NOTE 2: To improve measurement accuracy, A-MPR values for NS_09 specified in Table 6.2.4.3-1 in sub-clause
6.2.4 are derived based on both the above NOTE 1 and 100 kHz RBW.
6.7 Transmit intermodulation

6.7.1 Test purpose
To verify that the UE transmit intermodulation does not exceed the described value in the test requirement.
The transmit intermodulation performance is a measure of the capability of the transmitter to inhibit the generation of
signals in its non linear elements caused by presence of the wanted signal and an interfering signal reaching the
transmitter via the antenna.
ETSI
6.7.2 Test applicability

6.7.3 Minimum conformance requirements

User Equipment(s) transmitting in close vicinity of each other can produce intermodulation products, which can fall into
the UE, or eNode B receive band as an unwanted interfering signal. The UE intermodulation attenuation is defined by
the ratio of the mean power of the wanted signal to the mean power of the intermodulation product when an interfering
CW signal is added at a level below the wanted signal at each of the transmitter antenna port with the other antenna
port(s) if any is terminated. Both the wanted signal power and the intermodulation product power are measured through
E-UTRA rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth shown in Table 6.7.3-1.
The requirement of transmitting intermodulation is prescribed in Table 6.7.3-1.
Table 6.7.3-1: Transmit Intermodulation
BWChannel (UL) 5MHz 10MHz 15MHz 20MHz

Interference Signal
5MHz 10MHz 10MHz 20MHz 15MHz 30MHz 20MHz 40MHz
Frequency Offset
Interference CW Signal Level -40dBc
Intermodulation Product -29dBc -35dBc -29dBc -35dBc -29dBc -35dBc -29dBc -35dBc
Measurement bandwidth 4.5MHz 4.5MHz 9.0MHz 9.0MHz 13.5MHz 13.5MHz 18MHz 18MHz
6.7.4 Test description
6.7.4.1 Initial conditions

parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.7.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference
ETSI
Table 6.7.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 5MHz and Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Ch BW N/A for Transmit Intermodulation Mod’n RB allocation
FDD TDD
5MHz QPSK 8 8
10MHz QPSK 12 12
15MHz QPSK 16 16
20MHz QPSK 18 18
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.7.4.1-1.
clause 6.7.4.3.
6.7.4.3 Test procedure

schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.7.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send
the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands to the UE until the UE transmits at its PUMAX level.
3. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the UE. For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test
for the wanted signal and for the intermodulation product.
4. Set the interference signal frequency below the UL carrier frequency using the first offset in table 6.7.5-1.
5. Set the interference CW signal level according to table 6.7.5-1.
6. Search the intermodulation product signals below and above the UL carrier frequency, then measure the
rectangular filtered mean power of transmitting intermodulation for both signals, and calculate the ratios with
the power measured in step 3.
7. Set the interference signal frequency above the UL carrier frequency using the first offset in table 6.7.5-1.
8. Search the intermodulation product signals below and above the UL carrier frequency, then measure the
rectangular filtered mean power of transmitting intermodulation for both signals, and calculate the ratios with
the power measured in step 3.
9. Repeat the measurement using the second offset in table 6.7.5-1.
6.7.4.3 Message contents

ETSI
6.7.5 Test requirement

The ratio derived in step 5 and 7, shall not exceed the described value in table 6.7.5-1
Table 6.7.5-1: Transmit Intermodulation
BWChannel (UL) 5MHz 10MHz 15MHz 20MHz

Interference Signal 40MHz
5MHz 10MHz 10MHz 20MHz 15MHz 30MHz 20MHz
Frequency Offset (Note 1)
Interference CW Signal Level -40dBc
Intermodulation Product -29dBc -35dBc -29dBc -35dBc -29dBc -35dBc -29dBc -35dBc
Measurement bandwidth 4.5MHz 4.5MHz 9.0MHz 9.0MHz 13.5MHz 13.5MHz 18MHz 18MHz
Note 1: For Band 20, only applicable for interference signal frequency above the UL carrier frequency.
ETSI
7 Receiver Characteristics
7.1 General
Unless otherwise stated the receiver characteristics are specified at the antenna connector(s) of the UE. For UE(s) with
an integral antenna only, a reference antenna(s) with a gain of 0 dBi is assumed for each antenna port(s). UE with an
integral antenna(s) may be taken into account by converting these power levels into field strength requirements,
assuming a 0 dBi gain antenna. For UEs with more than one receiver antenna connector, identical interfering signals
shall be applied to each receiver antenna port if more than one of these is used (diversity).
Unless otherwise stated, the test signal levels are defined at each antenna port, and specified in the respective sections
below. Any specific test conditions are defined in the paragraph for each test. Unless stated otherwise, power control of
the Downlink is OFF.
In general, the UE is set into the correct state in the “Initial conditions” part of the test, using normal SS signalling
procedures over the air interface under easy radio conditions to ensure reliable message exchange. In the “Test
procedure” part of the test, specific radio conditions are applied according to the test requirement and the desired
measurement is made or the desired response is tested.
The ACS, blocking, spurious emissions and intermodulation requirements in sections 7.5, 7.6, 7.7 and 7.8 are defined
for full band width signals i.e. for signals where all resource blocks are allocated for a specific user.
With the exception of Clause 7.3, the requirements shall be verified with the network signalling value NS_01
configured (Table 6.2.4.3-1).
All the parameters in clause 7 are defined using the UL reference measurement channels specified in Annexes A.2.2
and A.2.3, the DL reference measurement channels specified in Annex A.3.2 and using the set-up specified in Annex
C.3.1
7.2 Diversity characteristics

The requirements in Section 7 assume that the receiver is equipped with two Rx port as a baseline. Requirements for 4
ports are FFS. With the exception of clause 7.9, All requirements shall be verified by using both (all) antenna ports
simultaneously.
7.3 Reference sensitivity level

Editor’s note: FDD/TDD aspects missing or not yet determined:
• The Maximum Sensitivity Degradation figures for large transmission configurations are not finalised in
the core specification.
7.3.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference measurement
channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise.
A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the effective coverage area of an
e-NodeB.

ETSI

The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.3.3-1, Table7.3.3-2 and Table 7.3.3-3.
Table 7.3.3-1: Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS
Channel bandwidth
E-UTRA 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Duplex
Band (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) Mode
1 - - -100 -97 -95.2 -94 FDD
2 -102.7 -99.7 -98 -95 -93.2 -92 FDD
3 -101.7 -98.7 -97 -94 -92.2 -91 FDD
4 -104.7 -101.7 -100 -97 -95.2 -94 FDD
5 -103.2 -100.2 -98 -95 FDD
6 - - -100 -97 FDD
7 - - -98 -95 -93.2 -92 FDD
8 -102.2 -99.2 -97 -94 FDD
9 - - -99 -96 -94.2 -93 FDD
10 - - -100 -97 -95.2 -94 FDD
11 - - -100 -97 FDD
12 -101.7 -98.7 -97 -94 FDD
13 -97 -94 FDD
14 - -97 -94 FDD
...
17 - - -97 -94 FDD
18 - - -100 -97 -95.2 - FDD
19 - - -100 -97 -95.2 - FDD
20 -97 -94 -91.2 -90 FDD
21 -100 -97 -95.2 FDD
22 -97 -94 -92.2 -91 FDD
23 -104.7 -101.7 -100 -97 FDD
24 -100 -97 FDD
25 -101.2 -98.2 -96.5 -93.5 -91.7 -90.5 FDD
...
33 - - -100 -97 -95.2 -94 TDD
34 - - -100 -97 -95.2 - TDD
35 -106.2 -102.2 -100 -97 -95.2 -94 TDD
36 -106.2 -102.2 -100 -97 -95.2 -94 TDD
37 - - -100 -97 -95.2 -94 TDD
38 - - -100 -97 -95.2 -94 TDD
39 - - -100 -97 -95.2 -94 TDD
40 - - -100 -97 -95.2 -94 TDD
41 - - -99 -96 -94.2 -93 TDD
42 - - -99 -96 -94.2 -93 TDD
43 - - -99 -96 -94.2 -93 TDD
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to PUMAX as defined in clause 6.2.5
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1
Note 3: The signal power is specified per port
Note 4: For the UE which supports both Band 3 and Band 9 the reference sensitivity
level is FFS.
level is FFS.
ETSI
The reference receive sensitivity (REFSENS) requirement specified in Table 7.3.3-1 shall be met for an uplink
transmission bandwidth less than or equal to that specified in Table 7.3.3-2.
NOTE: Table 7.3.3-2 does not necessarily reflect the operational conditions of the network, where the number of
uplink and downlink allocated resource blocks will be practically constrained by other factors.
Table 7.3.3-2: Uplink configuration for reference sensitivity
E-UTRA Band / Channel bandwidth / NRB / Duplex mode

E-
Duplex
UTRA 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Mode
Band
1 - - 25 50 75 100 FDD
1 1
2 6 15 25 50 50 50 FDD
1 1
3 6 15 25 50 50 50 FDD
4 6 15 25 50 75 100 FDD
1
5 6 15 25 25 - - FDD
1
6 - - 25 25 - - FDD
1 1
7 - - 25 50 75 75 FDD
1
8 6 15 25 25 - - FDD
1 1
9 - - 25 50 50 50 FDD
10 - - 25 50 75 100 FDD
1
11 - - 25 25 FDD
1 1
12 6 15 20 20 FDD
1 1
13 20 20 FDD
1 1
14 - 15 15 FDD
...
1 1
17 - - 20 20 FDD
1 1
18 - - 25 25 25 - FDD
1 1
19 - - 25 25 25 - FDD
1 3 3
20 25 20 20 20 FDD
1 1
21 25 25 25 FDD
1 1
22 25 50 50 50 FDD
23 6 15 25 50 FDD
24 25 50 FDD
1 1
25 6 15 25 50 50 50 FDD
...
33 - - 25 50 75 100 TDD
34 - - 25 50 75 - TDD
35 6 15 25 50 75 100 TDD
36 6 15 25 50 75 100 TDD
37 - - 25 50 75 100 TDD
38 - - 25 50 75 100 TDD
39 25 50 75 100 TDD
40 25 50 75 100 TDD
41 25 50 75 100 TDD
42 25 50 75 100 TDD
43 25 50 75 100 TDD
Note 1: The UL resource blocks shall be located as close as possible to the
downlink operating band but confined within the transmission bandwidth
configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 2: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the uplink
configuration for reference sensitivity is FFS.
Note 3: For Band 20; in the case of 15MHz channel bandwidth, the UL resource
blocks shall be located at RBstart_11 and in the case of 20MHz channel
bandwidth, the UL resource blocks shall be located at RBstart_16
ETSI
Unless given by Table 7.3.3-3, the minimum requirements specified in Tables 7.3.3-1 and 7.3.3-2 shall be verified with
the network signalling value NS_01 (Table 6.2.4.3-1) configured.
Table 7.3.3-3: Network Signalling Value for reference sensitivity
Network
E-UTRA
Signalling
Band
value
2 NS_03
4 NS_03
10 NS_03
12 NS_06
13 NS_06
14 NS_06
17 NS_06
19 NS_08
21 NS_09
23 NS_03

for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.3.4.1-1. The details of the downlink and uplink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3. The details of the OCNG patterns used are
specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
ETSI
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
FDD TDD FDD TDD
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.3.4.1-1.
clause 7.3.4.3.

7.3.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits
uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Set the Downlink signal level to the appropriate REFSENS value defined in Table 7.3.5-1. Send continuously
uplink power control “up” commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to ensure the UE transmits
PUMAX level for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement.
ETSI
4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions.
7.3.4.3.1 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_01")
Message contents according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 can be used without exceptions.

Table 7.3.4.3.2-1: SystemInformationBlockType2 :Additional spurious emissions test requirement for

“NS_03”



“NS_06”

7.3.4.3.4 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_[09]")
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_[09]. This can be set in the


“NS_[09]”

additionalSpectrumEmission TBD

Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.3.5-1 and Table 7.3.5-2.
ETSI
Table 7.3.5-1: Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS
Channel bandwidth
E-UTRA 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Duplex
Band (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) Mode
1 - - -99.3 -96.3 -94.5 -93.3 FDD
2 -102.0 -99.0 -97.3 -94.3 -92.5 -91.3 FDD
3 -101.0 -98.0 -96.3 -93.3 -91.5 -90.3 FDD
4 -104.0 -101 -99.3 -96.3 -94.5 -93.3 FDD
5 -102.5 -99.5 -97.3 -94.3 FDD
6 - - -99.3 -96.3 FDD
7 - - -97.3 -94.3 -92.5 -91.3 FDD
8 -101.5 -98.5 -96.3 -93.3 FDD
9 - - -98.3 -95.3 -93.5 -92.3 FDD
10 - - -99.3 -96.3 -94.5 -93.3 FDD
11 - - -99.3 -96.3 FDD
12 -101.0 -98.0 -96.3 -93.3 FDD
13 -96.3 -93.3 FDD
14 - -96.3 -93.3 FDD
...
17 - - -96.3 -93.3 FDD
18 - - -99,3 -96.3 -94.5 - FDD
19 - - -99,3 -96.3 -94.5 - FDD
20 -96.3 -93.3 -90.5 -89.3 FDD
21 -99.3 -96.3 -94.5 FDD
22 -96.0 -93.0 -91.2 -90.0 FDD
23 -104.0 -101 -99.3 -96.3 FDD
24 -99.3 -96.3 FDD
25 -100.5 -97.5 -95.8 -92.8 -91.0 -89.8 FDD
...
33 - - -99,3 -96.3 -94.5 -93.3 TDD
34 - - -99.3 -96.3 -94.5 - TDD
35 -105.5 -101.5 -99.3 -96.3 -94.5 -93.3 TDD
36 -105.5 -101.5 -99.3 -96.3 -94.5 -93.3 TDD
37 - - -99.3 -96.3 -94.5 -93.3 TDD
38 - - -99.3 -96.3 -94.5 -93.3 TDD
39 - - -99.3 -96.3 -94.5 -93.3 TDD
40 - - -99.3 -96.3 -94.5 -93.3 TDD
41 - - -98.3 -95.3 -93.5 -92.3 TDD
42 - - -98.0 -95.0 -93.2 -92.0 TDD
43 - - -98.0 -95.0 -93.2 -92.0 TDD
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to maximum output power level (Table 7.3.5-2)
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1
Note 3: The signal power is specified per port
level is FFS.
level is FFS.
(
NOTE: The relation to the received PSD is REF Iôr = PREFSENS N scRB N RB Δf )
−1
with NRB is the maximum
transmission configuration according to Table 5.4.2-1.
The reference receive sensitivity (REFSENS) requirement specified in Table 7.3.5-1 shall be met for an uplink
transmission bandwidth less than or equal to that specified in Table 7.3.5-2.
ETSI
NOTE: Table 7.3.5-2 does not necessarily reflect the operational conditions of the network, where the number of
uplink and downlink allocated resource blocks will be practically constrained by other factors.
Table 7.3.5-2: Uplink configuration for reference sensitivity
E-UTRA Band / Channel bandwidth / NRB / Duplex mode

E-
Duplex
UTRA 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Mode
Band
1 - - 25 50 75 100 FDD
1 1
2 6 15 25 50 50 50 FDD
1 1
3 6 15 25 50 50 50 FDD
4 6 15 25 50 75 100 FDD
1
5 6 15 25 25 - - FDD
1
6 - - 25 25 - - FDD
1 1
7 - - 25 50 75 75 FDD
1
8 6 15 25 25 - - FDD
1 1
9 - - 25 50 50 50 FDD
10 - - 25 50 75 100 FDD
1
11 - - 25 25 FDD
1 1
12 6 15 20 20 FDD
1 1
13 20 20 FDD
1 1
14 - 15 15 FDD
...
1 1
17 - - 20 20 FDD
1 1
18 - - 25 25 25 - FDD
1 1
19 - - 25 25 25 - FDD
1 3 3
20 25 20 20 20 FDD
1 1
21 25 25 25 FDD
1 1
22 25 50 50 50 FDD
23 6 15 25 50 FDD
24 25 50 FDD
1 1
25 6 15 25 50 50 50 FDD
…
33 - - 25 50 75 100 TDD
34 - - 25 50 75 - TDD
35 6 15 25 50 75 100 TDD
36 6 15 25 50 75 100 TDD
37 - - 25 50 75 100 TDD
38 - - 25 50 75 100 TDD
39 25 50 75 100 TDD
40 25 50 75 100 TDD
41 25 50 75 100 TDD
42 25 50 75 100 TDD
43 25 50 75 100 TDD
Note 1: The UL resource blocks shall be located as close as possible to the
downlink operating band but confined within the transmission bandwidth
configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 2: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the uplink
configuration for reference sensitivity is FFS.
Note 3: For Band 20; in the case of 15MHz channel bandwidth, the UL resource
blocks shall be located at RBstart_11 and in the case of 20MHz channel
bandwidth, the UL resource blocks shall be located at RBstart_16
ETSI
7.4 Maximum input level

7.4.1 Test purpose
Maximum input level tests the UE’s ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, under conditions of high signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise.
A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area near to an e-
NodeB.


Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.4.3-1.
Table 7.4.3-1: Maximum input level
Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth

1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Power in Transmission dBm

-25
Bandwidth Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration
specified in Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is Annex A.3.2 64QAM R=3/4 variant with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.4.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG patterns
used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex
C.2.
ETSI
Initial Conditions
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Ch BW Mod’n RB allocation Mod’n RB allocation UE
FDD TDD FDD TDD Category
1.4MHz 64-QAM 6 6 QPSK 5 5 1-5
3MHz 64-QAM 15 15 QPSK 4 4 1-5
5MHz 64-QAM 25 25 QPSK 8 8 2-5
5MHz 64-QAM 18 18 QPSK 8 8 1
10MHz 64-QAM 50 50 QPSK 12 12 2-5
10MHz 64-QAM 17 17 QPSK 12 12 1
15MHz 64-QAM 75 75 QPSK 16 16 2-5
15MHz 64-QAM 17 17 QPSK 16 16 1
20MHz 64-QAM 100 100 QPSK 18 18 3-5
20MHz 64-QAM 83 83 QPSK 18 18 2
20MHz 64-QAM 17 17 QPSK 18 18 1
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band. The
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 7.3.3-2.
Note 2: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used
clause 7.4.4.3.

3. Set the Downlink signal level to the value defined in Table 7.4.5-1. Send Uplink power control commands to
the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB
of the target level in Table 7.4.5-1 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement.
G.2.

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception.
ETSI
Table 7.4.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2

SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.4.5-1.
Table 7.4.5-1: Maximum input level

1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Power in Transmission dBm For carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz: -25.7

Bandwidth Configuration For carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz: -26.0
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause
6.2.5.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is Annex A.3.2 64QAM R=3/4variant with one sided
7.5 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS)

7.5.1 Test purpose
Adjacent channel selectivity tests the UE’s ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified
reference measurement channel, in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the
centre frequency of the assigned channel, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.
A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when other e-
NodeB transmitters exist in the adjacent channel.


Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) is a measure of a receiver's ability to receive an E-UTRA signal at its assigned
channel frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre frequency of
the assigned channel. ACS is the ratio of the receive filter attenuation on the assigned channel frequency to the receive
filter attenuation on the adjacent channel(s).
ETSI
The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement specified in Table 7.5.3-1 for all values of an adjacent channel interferer
up to –25 dBm. However it is not possible to directly measure the ACS, instead the lower and upper range of test
parameters are chosen in Table 7.5.3-2 and Table 7.5.3-3 where the throughput Rav shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum
throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
Table 7.5.3-1: Adjacent channel selectivity
Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27
Table 7.5.3-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1
Rx Units Channel bandwidth

1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Parameter
Power in dBm
Transmission
REFSENS + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB* +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BW Interferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
(offset) 5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
FInterferer MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
(offset) 5

ETSI
C.2.
Initial Conditions
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK Full Full QPSK 5 5
3MHz QPSK Full Full QPSK 4 4
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band. The
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 7.3.3-2.
1. Connect the SS and interfering source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.4.
clause 7.5.4.3.

3. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5.5-2 (Case 1). Send Uplink power control
commands to the UE(less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is
within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.5.5-2 (Case 1) for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement.
4. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5.5-2 (Case 1), using a modulated interferer
bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.
G.2.
ETSI
6. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5.5-3 (Case 2). Send Uplink power control
commands to the UE(less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is
within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.5.5-3 (Case 2) for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement.
7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5.5-3 (Case 2), using a modulated interferer
G.2.
9. Repeat for applicable channel bandwidths and operating band combinations in both Case 1 and Case 2.

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception

SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
p0-uePUCCH 0
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

The throughput Rav shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 under the conditions specified in table 7.5.5-2, and also under the conditions specified in table 7.5.5-3.
Table 7.5.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity
Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27
ETSI

1.4MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
REFSENS + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB* +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
FInterferer MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
(offset) 5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.

Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
FInterferer MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
(offset) 5
7.6 Blocking characteristics

The blocking characteristic is a measure of the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal at its assigned channel
frequency in the presence of an unwanted interferer on frequencies other than those of the spurious response or the
adjacent channels, without this unwanted input signal causing a degradation of the performance of the receiver beyond a
specified limit. The blocking performance shall apply at all frequencies except those at which a spurious response
occur.
7.6.1 In-band blocking
7.6.1.1 Test Purpose

In-band blocking is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the range from 15MHz below to 15MHz
above the UE receive band, at which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified
measurement channels.
The lack of in-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except in
the adjacent channels and spurious response).
7.6.1.2 Test Applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward..
ETSI
7.6.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements

described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1.3-1 and 7.6.1.3-2.
Table 7.6.1.3-1: In band blocking parameters

Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
Table 7.6.1.3-2: In-band blocking
E-UTRA band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4

PInterferer dBm -56 -44 -30 [-30]
≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
=-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 -BW/2 – 15
FInterferer &
MHz & & -BW/2 – 10
(offset) ≥+BW/2
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 -BW/2 – 9
+ FIoffset,case 2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
13, 14, 18, 19, FDL_low – 15
20, 21, 22, 23, FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
25,33, 34, 35, FDL_high + 15
36, 37, 38, 39,
40, 41
FDL_low – 10
FDL_low – 10
12 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
FDL_high + 15
FDL_low – 15
FDL_low – 9
and
FDL_low – 9
FDL_high + 15
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within the
first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies
Note 4: Case 3 and Case 4 only apply to assigned UE channel bandwidth of 5 MHz
7.6.1.4 Test Description
7.6.1.4.1 Initial Conditions

ETSI
C.2.
Initial Conditions
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
FDD TDD FDD TDD
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 7.6.1.4.1-1.
clause 7.6.1.4.3.
7.6.1.4.2 Test Procedure

schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
ETSI
3. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal in Case 1 according
to Tables 7.6.1.5-1 and 7.6.1.5-2.
4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.1.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE(less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of
the target level in table 7.6.1.5-1 for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.
G.2.
6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 3.
7. Repeat steps from 3 to 6, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 3and 6. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to table 7.6.1.4.2-1.
8. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using successively all interfering signals in Case 3 and Case 4 at step 3.
Table 7.6.1.4.2-1: Example for interferer frequencies
Lower frequency Upper frequency

Band 1 DL 2110 MHz 2170 MHz
Band 1 Midrange 2140 MHz
Receive band wanted signal 2137.5 MHz 2142.5 MHz
(BW 5MHz)
Interferer case 1 2129.9875 MHz 2150.0125 MHz
Interferer case 2 (inner frequency) 2124.9925 MHz 2155.0075 MHz
Interferer case 2 (outer frequency) 2099.9925 MHz 2180.0075 MHz
Outer limit for inband blocking 2095MHz 2185MHz
Number of test frequencies case 2 6 6
Number of test frequencies for 0 2
Band 17(asymmetric!), BW 5MHz,
case 2
7.6.1.4.3 Message Contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception
Table 7.6.1.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
p0-uePUCCH 0
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}
7.6.1.5 Test Requirement

The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1.5-1 and 7.6.1.5-2.
ETSI
Table 7.6.1.5-1: In band blocking parameters

Transmission dBm
Configuration
7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075
12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
7.5+0.0075 5 5 5
Table 7.6.1.5-2: In-band blocking
E-UTRA band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4

PInterferer dBm -56 -44 -30 [-30]
=-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2 -BW/2 – 15
FInterferer
MHz & & & -BW/2 – 10
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2 -BW/2 – 9
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
13, 14, 18, 19, FDL_low – 15
20, 21, 22, 23, FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
25,33, 34, 35, FDL_high + 15
36, 37, 38,39,
40, 41
FDL_low – 10
FDL_low – 10
FDL_high + 15
FDL_low – 15
FDL_low – 9
and
FDL_low – 9
FDL_high + 15
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within the
first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies
Note 4: Case 3 and Case 4 only apply to assigned UE channel bandwidth of 5 MHz
7.6.2 Out-of-band blocking

Out-of-band band blocking is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than 15 MHz below or above
the UE receive band, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified
measurement channels.
For the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band the appropriate in-band blocking or adjacent channel
selectivity in sub-clause 7.5.1 and sub-clause 7.6.1 shall be applied.
The lack of out-of-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).
ETSI


described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2.3-1 and 7.6.2.3-2.
For Table 7.6.2.3-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max (24, 6 ⋅ ⎡N RB / 6⎤) exceptions are allowed for spurious
response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where N RB is the
number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1). For these
exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7 Spurious Response are applicable.
For Table 7.6.2.3-2 in frequency range 4, up to max (8, ⎡( N RB + 2 ⋅ LCRBs ) / 8⎤) exceptions are allowed for spurious
response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where N RB is the
number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configurations (see Figure 5.4.2-1) and LCRBs is
the number of resource blocks allocated in the uplink. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7 Spurious
Response are applicable.
Table 7.6.2.3-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Transmission
dBm
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink
configuration specified in Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
Table 7.6.2.3-2: Out of band blocking
E-UTRA band Parameter Units Frequency

range 1 range 2 range 3 range 4
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15 -15
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
-
6, 7, 8, 9, 10, FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
11, 12, 13, 14,
17, 18, 19, 20, FInterferer
MHz
21, 22, 23, 24, (CW)
FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
25, -
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
33, 34, 35, 36,
37, 38, 39, 40,
41, 42, 43
2, 5, 12, 17 FInterferer MHz - - - FUL_low - FUL_high
Note: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the out of blocking is FFS.
ETSI

C.2.
Initial Conditions
Test Frequencies as specified in Low range for FInterferer below FDL_low
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 High range for FInterferer above FDL_high
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
FDD TDD FDD TDD
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
clause 7.6.2.4.3.
ETSI

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.6.2.5-2. The
frequency step size is 1MHz.
G.2.
6. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn’t meet the requirements.


SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
p0-uePUCCH 0
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded at the final step of test procedure, the throughput measurement
derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2.5-1 and 7.6.2.5-2.
For frequency range 1, 2, and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the final step of test procedure
shall not exceed max (24, 6 ⋅ ⎡N RB / 6⎤) in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step
size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7 Spurious Response are applicable.
For frequency range 4, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the final step of test procedure shall not
exceed max (8, ⎡( N RB + 2 ⋅ LCRBs ) / 8⎤) in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step
size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7 Spurious Response are applicable.
ETSI
Table 7.6.2.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Transmission
dBm
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in
clause 6.2.5.
Table 7.6.2.5-2: Out of band blocking
E-UTRA band Parameter Units Frequency

range 1 range 2 range 3 range 4
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15 -15
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
-
6, 7, 8, 9, 10, FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
11, 12, 13, 14,
17, 18, 19, 20, FInterferer
MHz
21, 22, 23, 24, (CW)
FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
25, -
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
33, 34, 35, 36,
37, 38, 39, 40,
41, 42, 43
2, 5, 12, 17 FInterferer MHz - - - FUL_low - FUL_high
Note 1: Range 3 shall be tested only with the highest channel bandwidth.
Note 2: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the out of blocking is FFS.
7.6.3 Narrow band blocking

Verifies a receiver's ability to receive an E-UTRA signal at its assigned channel frequency in the presence of an
unwanted narrow band CW interferer at a frequency, which is less than the nominal channel spacing.
The lack of narrow-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).


The relative throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified
in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3.3-1.
ETSI
Table 7.6.3.3-1: Narrow-band blocking
Parameter Unit Channel Bandwidth

Pw dBm PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
Δf = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for MHz
Δf = 7.5 kHz)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

C.2.
ETSI
Initial Conditions
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
FDD TDD FDD TDD
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
Annex H.1 and H.3.1
clause 7.6.3.4.3.

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.6.3.5-1.
ETSI
G.2.


SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
p0-uePUCCH 0
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3.5-1.
Table 7.6.3.5-1: Narrow-band blocking
Parameter Unit Channel Bandwidth

Pw dBm PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
Δf = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for MHz
Δf = 7.5 kHz)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
7.7 Spurious response

7.7.1 Test Purpose
Spurious response verifies the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal on its assigned channel frequency without
exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at any other frequency at
which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out of band blocking limit as specified in sub-clause 7.6.2 is not met.
The lack of the spurious response ability decreases the coverage area when other unwanted interfering signal exists at
any other frequency.
7.7.2 Test Applicability

ETSI
7.7.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements

described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.7.3-1 and 7.7.3-2.
Table 7.7.3-1: Spurious response parameters

Transmission
dBm
Configuration
Note 1:The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration
Table 7.7.3-2: Spurious Response

PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.7.
7.7.4 Test Description
7.7.4.1 Initial Conditions

The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause 7.6.2
under the same conditions.
7.7.4.2 Test Procedure

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7.5-2. The spurious
frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 7.6.2.4.2.
4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.7.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
the target level in table 7.7.5-1 for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.
5. For the spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2.
7.7.4.3 Message Contents

ETSI

SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
p0-uePUCCH 0
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}
7.7.5 Test Requirement

measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.7.5-1 and 7.7.5-2.
Table 7.7.5-1: Spurious response parameters

Transmission
dBm
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause
6.2.5.
Table 7.7.5-2: Spurious Response

PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies
7.8 Intermodulation characteristics

7.8.1 Wide band Intermodulation

Intermodulation response tests the UE’s ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency relationship to
the wanted signal, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.
A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when two or
more interfering signals exist which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal.
ETSI


Intermodulation response rejection is a measure of the capability of the receiver to receiver a wanted signal on its
assigned channel frequency in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency
relationship to the wanted signal.
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1.3-1 for the specified wanted signal mean
power in the presence of two interfering signals.
Table 7.8.1.3-1: Wide band intermodulation

Transmission
dBm
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BW Interferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 with set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth ≥5MHz
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.8.1 and TS 36.101 [2] Annexes A and D.
[FFS: Although it is not explicitly stated in TS 36.101 [2] whether the modulated interferer defined in 36.101 Annex D
applies to wanted channel bandwidths of less than 5MHz, this test specification has assumed that the modulated
interferer definition applies to all channel bandwidths. The content of TS 36.101 [2] Annex D.2 has been copied into
Annex FFS of the present document]

C.2.
ETSI
Initial Conditions
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
FDD TDD FDD TDD
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
1. Connect the SS and interfering sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.6.
clause 7.8.1.4.3.

3. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.8.1.5-1. Send Uplink power control commands
to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4
dB of the target level in Table 7.8.1.5-1 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement.
ETSI
4. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8.1.5-1, using a modulated interferer
G.2.


SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
p0-uePUCCH 0
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1.5-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in the presence of
two interfering signals.
Table 7.8.1.5-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation

Transmission
dBm
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BW Interferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth ≥5MHz
ETSI
7.8.2 Void
7.9 Spurious emissions

The spurious emissions power is the power of emissions generated or amplified in a receiver that appear at the UE
antenna connector.
7.9.1 Test Purpose

Test verifies the UE’s spurious emissions meet the requirements described in clause 7.9.3.
Excess spurious emissions increase the interference to other systems.
7.9.2 Test Applicability

7.9.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements

The power of any narrow band CW spurious emission shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9.3-1
Table 7.9.3-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements
Frequency Band Measurement Maximum Note

Bandwidth level
30MHz ≤ f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz ≤ f ≤ 12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm
12.75 GHz ≤ f ≤ 19 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm Note 1
Note 1: Applies only for Band 22, Band 42 and Band 43
7.9.4 Test Description
7.9.4.1 Initial Conditions

for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.9.4.1-1. The details of the downlink and uplink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.3 and A.2 respectively.
ETSI
Initial Conditions
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
FDD TDD FDD TDD
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band. The applicable
channel bandwidths are specified in Table 7.3.3-2.
1. Connect a spectrum analyzer (or other suitable test equipment) to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS
36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.8.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.1.
4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.9.4.1-1.
clause 7.9.4.3.
7.9.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Sweep the spectrum analyzer (or equivalent equipment) over a frequency range and measure the average power
of spurious emission.
2. Repeat step 1 for all E-UTRA Rx antennas of the UE.
7.9.4.3 Message Contents

7.9.5 Test Requirement

The measured spurious emissions derived in step 1), shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9.5-1
Table 7.9.5-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements
Frequency Band Measurement Maximum Note

Bandwidth level
30MHz ≤ f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz ≤ f ≤ 12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm
12.75 GHz ≤ f ≤ 19 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm Note 1
Note 1: Applies only for Band 22, Band 42 and Band 43
ETSI
8 Performance Requirement
8.1 General
The performance requirements for the physical channels specified in TS 36.211 [8] clause 6 (for downlink physical
channels) shall be as defined in the respective sections below.
The requirements for the UE in this clause are specified for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in
Annex A, the propagation conditions specified in Annex B and the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.
Unelss otherwise stated the throughput measurements in clause 8 shall be performed according to the general rules for
statistical testing in Annex G clause G.3.
The requirement for a UE that support E-UTRA in downlink shall be tested according to the declared UE PDSCH
category.
The fading of the signals and the AWGN signals applied to each receiver antenna connector shall be uncorrelated. The
levels of the test signal applied to each of the antenna connectors shall be as defined in the respective test cases.
The UE performance in this section is considered to be operating band independent. Therefore, the required
performance in the respective test cases can be verified in one of the operating bands supported by the UE under test.
All the test points supported by the bands of the multiband UE (based on channel bandwidth, DL and UL configuration)
need to be tested.
8.1.1 Dual-antenna receiver capability

The performance requirements are based on UE(s) that utilize a dual-antenna receiver.
For all test cases, the SNR is defined as:
Eˆ s(1) + Eˆ s( 2 )
SNR = ,
N oc(1) + N oc( 2 )
where the superscript indicates the receiver antenna connector. The SNR requirement applies for the UE categories
given for each test.
8.1.1.1 Simultaneous unicast and MBMS operations
8.1.1.2 Dual-antenna receiver capability in idle mode
8.2 Demodulation of PDSCH (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)

8.2.1 FDD (Fixed Reference Channel)
The parameters specified in Table 8.2.1-1 are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated.
ETSI
Table 8.2.1-1: Common Test Parameters (FDD)
Parameter Unit Value Comments

Inter-TTI Distance 1
For FDD, 8 HARQ processes in the DL,
Number of HARQ
Processes 8 as specified in TS 36.213 [10] clause 7.
processes
All 8 HARQ processes are used.
1. Retransmissions use the same
Transport Block Size (TBS) as the initial
transmission.
2. HARQ processes are scheduled
Scheduling of
consecutively, independent of the fact,
retransmissions
whether retransmissions (for negatively
acknowledged HARQ processes) or
new transmissions (for positively
acknowledged HARQ processes) occur.
Maximum number of It is always 4 for FDD, as specified in
4
HARQ transmission TS 36.213 [10] clause 8
Redundancy version {0,1,2,3} for QPSK and 16QAM
coding sequence {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM
4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 3 for The PCFICH carries information about
Number of OFDM 3 MHz and 5 MHz bandwidths, the number of OFDM symbols used for
OFDM symbols
symbols for PDCCH 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20 transmission of PDCCHs in a subframe,
MHz bandwidths as specified in TS 36.211 [8] clause 6.7
CP consist of the following physical
resource blocks (RBs) parameters: 12
Cyclic Prefix Normal consecutive subcarriers at a 15 kHz
spacing and 7 OFDM symbols, as
specified in TS 36.211 [8] clause 6.2.3
The Cell ID is uniquely defined by a
number in the range of 0 to 503,
Cell ID 0 representing the physical-layer cell
identity, as specified in TS 36.211 [8]
clause 6.11.
8.2.1.1 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance (Cell-Specific Reference

Symbols)
8.2.1.1.1 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance
To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined
by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement
Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on a single-antenna port with different channel
models and MCS.
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 8 and forward.
8.2.1.1.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference
measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables
8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.
ETSI
Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum
requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-2 for the specified SNR. For QPSK and 64QAM performance the
bandwidths specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1 are verified.
Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing
Parameter Unit Test 1- 5 Test 6- 8 Test 9- 15 Test 16-

18
Downlink power ρA dB 0 0 0 0
allocation ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98 -98 -98
OCNG (Note OCNG OCNG OCNG
Symbols for unused PRBs
2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2)
Modulation QPSK 16QAM 64QAM 16QAM
Note 1: PB = 0
Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one
PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated
pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.
Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC)
Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.0 1-5
FDD
2 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 ETU70 1x2 Low 70 -0.4 1-5
FDD
3 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 ETU300 1x2 Low 70 0.0 1-5
FDD
4 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 HST 1x2 Low 70 -2.4 1-5
FDD
5 1.4 MHz R.4 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 0.0 1-5
FDD
6 10 MHz R.3 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 6.7 2-5
FDD
FDD
8 10 MHz R.3 FDD OP.1 ETU300 1x2 High 70 9.4 2-5
FDD
FDD
FDD
FDD
FDD
13 10 MHz R.7 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 High 70 19.1 2-5
FDD
FDD
FDD
FDD
FDD
FDD
ETSI
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested for full allocation: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.
Frequencies to be tested for 1PRB allocation: Low Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause
4.3.1.1
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7]
Annex A, Figure A.9.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1and 8.2.1.1.1.3-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according
to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
clause 8.2.1.1.1.4.3.
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
8.2.1.1.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.1.1.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix
and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.1.1.1.5-1as appropriate.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G
clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail
according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each subtest in Table 8.2.1.1.1.5-1 as appropriate.
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.
Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-1defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex
A clause A.3.3.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.1.1.5-1 for the
specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
ETSI
Table 8.2.1.1.1.5-1: Test requirement (FRC)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -0.2 1-5
FDD
2 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 ETU70 1x2 Low 70 +0.4 1-5
FDD
FDD
4 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 HST 1x2 Low 70 -1.8 1-5
FDD
5 1.4 MHz R.4 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 +0.8 1-5
FDD
6 10 MHz R.3 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 +7.5 2-5
FDD
FDD
8 10 MHz R.3 FDD OP.1 ETU300 1x2 High 70 +10.2 2-5
FDD
FDD 1
FDD
FDD
FDD
13 10 MHz R.7 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 High 70 +19.9 2-5
FDD
FDD
FDD
FDD
FDD
FDD
8.2.1.1.1_1 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance (Release 9 and forward)
- Test tolerance is undefined
8.2.1.1.1_1.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.1.1.1.1.
8.2.1.1.1_1.2 Test applicability
8.2.1.1.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 8.2.1.1.1.3 with the following exceptions:
- Instead of Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-1 use Table 8.2.1.1.1_1.3-1.
ETSI
Table 8.2.1.1.1_1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing
Parameter Unit Test 1- 5 Test 6- 8 Test 9- 15 Test 16-

18
OCNG (Note OCNG OCNG OCNG
2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2)
Note 1: PB = 0
Table 8.2.1.1.1_1.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC)

(%)
1 N/A
2 N/A
3 N/A
4 N/A
5 N/A
6 5 MHz R.3-1 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 6.7 1
FDD
7 5 MHz R.3-1 FDD OP.1 ETU70 1x2 Low 30 1.4 1
FDD
8 5 MHz R.3-1 FDD OP.1 ETU300 1x2 High 70 9.4 1
FDD
9 N/A
FDD
FDD
12 10 MHz R.7-1 FDD OP.1 ETU70 1x2 Low 70 18.1 1
FDD
13 10 MHz R.7-1 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 High 70 17.8 1
FDD
FDD
FDD
20 MHz R.9-1 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 16.7 1
FDD
16 N/A
17 N/A
18 N/A
8.2.1.1.1_1.4 Test description
Same test description as in clause 8.2.1.1.1.4 with the following exceptions:
ETSI
8.2.1.1.1_1.5 Test requirement
Same test requirements as in clause 8.2.1.1.1.5 with the following exceptions:
Table 8.2.1.1.1_1.5-1: Test requirement (FRC)

(%)
1 N/A
2 N/A
3 N/A
4 N/A
5 N/A
6 5 MHz R.3-1 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 +7.5 1
FDD
7 5 MHz R.3-1 FDD OP.1 ETU70 1x2 Low 30 +2.2 1
FDD
8 5 MHz R.3-1 FDD OP.1 ETU300 1x2 High 70 +10.2 1
FDD
9 N/A
10 5 MHz R.6-1 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.5+ 1
FDD TT
FDD TT
12 10 MHz R.7-1 FDD OP.1 ETU70 1x2 Low 70 18.1+ 1
FDD TT
13 10 MHz R.7-1 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 High 70 17.8+ 1
FDD TT
FDD TT
FDD TT
20 MHz R.9-1 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 16.7+ 1
FDD TT
16 N/A
17 N/A
18 N/A
8.2.1.1.2 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance with 1 PRB in presence of
MBSFN
models and MCS for 1 PRB allocation in presence of MBSFN.
ETSI
8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.1.2.3-1, and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.
requirements specified in Tables 8.2.1.1.2.3-2, for the specified SNR.
Table 8.2.1.1.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing 1 PRB allocation
Parameter Unit Test 1
Downlink power ρA dB 0
allocation ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
Symbols for MBSFN portion of
OCNG (Note 3)
MBSFN subframes (Note 2)
Note 1: PB = 0
Note 2: The MBSFN portion of an MBSFN subframe comprises the
whole MBSFN subframe except the first two symbols in the
first slot.
Note 3: The MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes shall contain
QPSK modulated data. Cell-specific reference signals are
not inserted in the MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes,
QPSK modulated MBSFN data is used instead.
Table 8.2.1.1.2.3-2: Minimum performance 1 PRB allocation (FRC)

(%)
FDD
Frequencies to be tested: Low Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.1.1.2.3-2as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause
4.3.1.1
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7]
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.1.2.3-1as appropriate.
ETSI
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to
clause 8.2.1.1.2.4.3.
and the SNR according to Table 8.2.1.1.2.5-1as appropriate.
clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail
according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:
Table 8.2.1.1.2.4.3-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port

Performance for 1 PRB allocation with MBSFN subframes test point 1 requirement

SystemInformationBlockType2 ::= SEQUENCE {
mbsfn-SubframeConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
radioframeAllocationPeriod n1 Every radio frame
is with MBSFN
subframe
radioframeAllocationOffset 0
subframeAllocation CHOICE {
oneFrame 111111 Subframe 1, 2, 3, FDD
6, 7, 8 is used for
MBSFN
}
}
Table 8.2.1.1.2.3-1defines the primary level settings.
A clause A.3.3.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.1.2.5-1for the
Table 8.2.1.1.2.5-1: Test requirement 1 PRB allocation with MBSFN subframes (FRC)

(%)
FDD
ETSI
8.2.1.2 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity Performance (Cell-Specific Reference

Symbols)
8.2.1.2.1 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2x2
Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using transmit diversity
(SFBC).
8.2.1.2.1.3Minimum conformance requirements
8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.2.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.3.2.
requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.2.1.3-2 for the specified SNR. For transmit diversity (SFBC) performance with 2
transmitter antennas as specified.
Table 8.2.1.2.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Transmit Diversity Performance
Parameter Unit Test 1-2
Downlink power ρA dB -3
allocation ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
Note 1: PB = 1
Table 8.2.1.2.1.3-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)
Test Band- Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
(%)
1 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 6.8 2-5
2 10 MHz R.10 FDD OP.1 FDD HST 2x2 Low 70 -2.3 1-5
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.
ETSI
4.3.1.1.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7]
Annex A, Figure A.10 for antenna configuration 2x2.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.2.1.3-1 as appropriate.
clause 8.2.1.2.1.4.3.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix,
antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.1.2.1.5-1 as appropriate.
clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or
fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each test interval in Table 8.2.1.2.1.5-1 as appropriate.
Table 8.2.1.2.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings.
Table 8.2.1.2.1.5-1: Test requirement Transmit Diversity (FRC)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 7.7 2-5
2 10 MHz R.10 FDD OP.1 FDD HST 2x2 Low 70 -1.7 1-5
8.2.1.2.1_1 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2x2 (Release 9 and forward)

ETSI
Table 8.2.1.2.1_1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Transmit Diversity Performance
Note 1: PB = 1
Table 8.2.1.2.1_1.3-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

(%)
1 5 MHz R.11.2 OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 5.9 1
FDD
Table 8.2.1.2.1_1.5-1: Test requirement Transmit Diversity (FRC)

(%)
1 5 MHz R.11.2 OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 5.9+ 1
FDD TT
ETSI
8.2.1.2.2 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 4x2
(SFBC-FSTD).
transmitter antennas as specified.
Table 8.2.1.2.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Transmit Diversity Performance
Note 1: PB = 1

(%)
1 1.4 MHz R.12 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x2 Medium 70 0.6 1-5
4.3.1.1.
ETSI
clause 8.2.1.2.2.4.3.
antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.1.2.2.5-1 as appropriate.
Table 8.2.1.2.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH transmit diversity

performance downlink power allocation test point 1 requirement

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p-a dB-3
}

(%)
1 1.4 MHz R.12 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x2 Medium 70 1.5 1-5
8.2.1.2.2_1 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 4x2 (Release 9 and forward)

Test tolerance is undefined
ETSI
Table 8.2.1.2.2_1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Transmit Diversity Performance
Note 1: PB = 1

(%)
1 10 MHz R.13 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 4x2 Low 70 -0.9 1-5
ETSI

(%)
1 10 MHz R.13 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 4x2 Low 70 - 1-5
0.9+
TT
8.2.1.3 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific

Reference Symbols)
8.2.1.3.1 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2x2
Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using large delay CDD.
8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.
requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1.3-1 for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance
with large delay CDD is specified.
Table 8.2.1.3.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Note 1: PB = 1
Table 8.2.1.3.1.3-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.0 2-5
ETSI
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.3.1.3-1, as defined in TS 36.508 [7]
clause 4.3.1.1
clause 8.2.1.3.1.4.3.
2. Set the parameters of the reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR
according to Table 8.2.1.3.1.5-1 as appropriate.
clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide
pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
Table 8.2.1.3.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial

multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3 11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release NULL
}
}
}
}
ETSI
A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.3.1.5-1 for the
Table 8.2.1.3.1.5-1: Test Requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC)

(%)
8.2.1.3.2 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 4x2
requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.3.2.3-1 for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance

Note 1: PB = 1

(%)
ETSI
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.3.1.3-1, as defined in TS 36.508 [7]
clause 4.3.1.1
clause 8.2.1.3.2.4.3.
2. Set the parameters of the reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR
Table 8.2.1.3.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial


SEQUENCE {
p-a dB-6
}
ETSI
Table 8.2.1.3.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial


SEQUENCE {
n4TxAntenna-tm3 1111
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.3.2.5-1 for the
Table 8.2.1.3.2.5-1: Test Requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC)

(%)
8.2.1.4 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific

Reference Symbols)
8.2.1.4.1 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2x2
Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed-loop spatial
multiplexing.
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 8.
8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.4.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.1.3-3 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.
ETSI
requirements specified in Tables 8.2.1.4.1.3-2 and 8.2.1.4.1.3-4 for the specified SNR. For single-layer spatial
multiplexing closed loop rank-one performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding is specified. For
multi-layer spatial multiplexing closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding is
specified.
Table 8.2.1.4.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)
Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Downlink power ρA dB -3 -3
allocation ρB dB -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)
N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98
Precoding granularity PRB 6 50
PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8 8
Reporting interval ms 1 1
Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 PUSCH 3-1
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 001111 001111
bitmap
Note 1: PB = 1
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n
based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this
reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Table 8.2.1.4.1.3-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.10 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 -2.5 1-5
2 10 MHz R.10 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x2 High 70 -2.3 1-5
Table 8.2.1.4.1.3-3: Test Parameters for Testing Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8 8
Reporting interval ms 1 1
bitmap
Note 1: PB = 1
ETSI
Table 8.2.1.4.1.3-4: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

(%)
4 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 2x2 Low 70 14.3 2-5
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.1.4.1.3-2 and 8.2.1.4.1.3-4 as defined in
TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.4.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.1.3.-3 as
appropriate.
clause 8.2.1.4.1.4.3.
1. For single-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit
the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.4.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.1.3-2. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS
transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
2. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI
request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4.
antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.1.4.1.5-1 and 8.2.1.4.1.5-2 as appropriate.
5. Repeat steps from 1 to 4 for each test interval in Tables 8.2.1.4.1.5-1 and 8.2.1.4.1.5-2 as appropriate.
ETSI
Table 8.2.1.4.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop single-

layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1, 2

SEQUENCE {
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
Table 8.2.1.4.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-


SEQUENCE {
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
Table 8.2.1.4.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop single -layer
spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1

CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset 0
cqi-ReportPeriodic Not present
}
Table 8.2.1.4.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop single/multi-

layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 2, 3, 4

}
ETSI
Tables 8.2.1.4.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.3-3 define the primary level settings.
A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.4.1.5-1 and
8.2.1.4.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.2.1.4.1.5-1: Test requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

(%)
2 10 MHz R.10 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x2 High 70 -1.4 1-5
Table 8.2.1.4.1.5-2: Test requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

(%)
8.2.1.4.1_1 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2x2 (Release 9 and
forward)
Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.1.4.1.1
ETSI
Table 8.2.1.4.1_1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

Precoding granularity PRB 50
PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8
Reporting interval ms 1
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 110000
bitmap
Note 1: PB = 1
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance
at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink
SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be
applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Table 8.2.1.4.1_1.3-2: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

(%)
3 10 MHz R.35 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 18.9 2-5
Same test requirement as in clause 8.3.2.1.1.5 with the following exceptions:
Table 8.2.1.4.1_1.5-1: Test requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

(%)
+ TT
+ TT
ETSI
8.2.1.4.2 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4x2
Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed-loop spatial
multiplexing.
specified.
Table 8.2.1.4.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

bitmap 00000000000000
00000000000000
00000011111111
11111111
Note 1: PB = 1
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at
subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF
not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied
at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)

(%)
ETSI

00000000000000
00000000000000
CodeBookSubsetRestriction
00001111111111
bitmap
11111100000000
00000000
Note 1: PB = 1
not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied

(%)
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.1.4.2.3-2 and 8.2.1.4.2.3-4 as defined in
TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.4.2.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.2.3-3 as
appropriate.
clause 8.2.1.4.2.4.3.
ETSI
Table 8.2.1.4.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop

spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test numbers 1, 2
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

SEQUENCE {
p-a dB-6
}
Table 8.2.1.4.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop single-

layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power for Test number 1

SEQUENCE {
n4TxAntenna-tm6 00000000000000000000
00000000000000000000
00000000111111111111
1111
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
ETSI
Table 8.2.1.4.2.4.3-3: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-

layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation Test number 2

SEQUENCE {
n4TxAntenna-tm4 00000000000000000000
00000000000011111111
11111111000000000000
0000
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
Table 8.2.1.4.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop single/multi-

layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation Test number 1, 2

}
Tables 8.2.1.4.2.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.2.3-3 define the primary level settings.
A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.4.25-1 and

(%)

(%)
ETSI
8.2.1.4.2_1 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4x2 (Release 9 and
forward)

bitmap 0000000000000
0000001111111
1111111110000
000000000000
Note 1: PB = 1
not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be

(%)
ETSI

(%)
+TT
8.2.2 TDD (Fixed Reference Channel)

The parameters specified in Table 8.2.2-1 are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated.
ETSI
Table 8.2.2-1: Common Test Parameters (TDD)

Uplink downlink 1
configuration (Note
1)
Special subframe 4
configuration (Note
2)
For TDD, 7 HARQ processes in
Number of HARQ the DL, as specified in TS 36.213
Processes 7
processes [10] clause 7.
All 7 HARQ processes are used.
1. Retransmissions use the same
Transport Block Size (TBS) as the
initial transmission.
2. HARQ processes are scheduled
consecutively, independent of the
fact, whether retransmissions (for
negatively acknowledged HARQ
processes) or new transmissions
(for positively acknowledged
Scheduling of HARQ processes) occur.
retransmissions 3. In case when the initial
transmission and the
retransmissions are scheduled in
subframes with a different NPRB (in
terms of TS 36.213 [10] subclause
7.1.7) 29 ≤ I MCS ≤ 31 according to
TS 36.213 [10] subclause 7.1.7.2
and the appropriate modulation is
used.
Maximum number of It is always 4 for TDD, as specified
4
HARQ transmission in TS 36.213 [10] clause 8
{0,1,2,3} for QPSK and
Redundancy version
16QAM
coding sequence
{0,0,1,2} for 64QAM
The PCFICH carries information
4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth,
about the number of OFDM
3 for 3 MHz and 5 MHz
Number of OFDM OFDM symbols used for transmission of
bandwidths,
symbols for PDCCH symbols PDCCHs in a subframe, as
2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz
specified in TS 36.211 [8] clause
and 20 MHz bandwidths
6.7
CP consist of the following
physical resource blocks (RBs)
parameters: 12 consecutive
Cyclic Prefix Normal
subcarriers at a 15 kHz spacing
and 7 OFDM symbols, as specified
in TS 36.211 [8] clause 6.2.3
The Cell ID is uniquely defined by
a number in the range of 0 to 503,
Cell ID 0 representing the physical-layer cell
identity, as specified in TS 36.211
[8] clause 6.11.
Note 1: as specified in Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [8]
ETSI
8.2.2.1 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance (Cell-Specific Reference

Symbols)
8.2.2.1.1 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance
models and MCS and also for the transmission on a single-antenna port with full RB allocation.
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 8 and forward.
8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.
requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.1.1.3-2 for the specified SNR.
Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-1: Test Parameters
Parameter Unit Test 1- 5 Test 6- 8 Test 9- 15 Test 16- 18

Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 2) OCNG (Note 2) OCNG (Note 2) OCNG (Note 2)
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing Multiplexing Multiplexing
Note 1: PB = 0
Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual
UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK
modulated.
ETSI
Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC)

Configuratio Throughput
n (%)
1 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.2 1-5
TDD
2 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 ETU70 1x2 Low 70 -0.6 1-5
TDD
TDD
4 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 HST 1x2 Low 70 -2.6 1-5
TDD
5 1.4 MHz R.4 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 0.0 1-5
TDD
6 10 MHz R.3 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 6.7 2-5
TDD
7 10 MHz R.3 TDD OP.1 ETU70 1x2 Low 30 1.4 2-5
TDD
8 10 MHz R.3 TDD OP.1 ETU300 1x2 High 70 9.3 2-5
TDD
TDD
TDD
TDD
TDD
13 10 MHz R.7 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 High 70 19.1 2-5
TDD
TDD
TDD
TDD
TDD
TDD
Frequencies to be tested for 1PRB allocation: Low Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.
Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.2.1.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.
ETSI
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.1.1.3-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according
clause 8.2.2.1.1.4.3.
2. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation
matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.2.1.1.5-1as appropriate.
clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest interval and
decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each subtest in Tables 8.2.2.1.1.5-1 as appropriate.
Table 8.2.2.1.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.1.1.5-1 for the specified SNR
including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
ETSI
Table 8.2.2.1.1.5-1: Test Requirement (FRC)

n (%)
TDD
TDD
TDD
4 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 HST 1x2 Low 70 -2.0 1-5
TDD
5 1.4 MHz R.4 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 0.8 1-5
TDD
TDD
TDD
8 10 MHz R.3 TDD OP.1 ETU300 1x2 High 70 10.1 2-5
TDD
TDD
TDD
TDD
TDD
13 10 MHz R.7 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 High 70 19.9 2-5
TDD
TDD
TDD
TDD
TDD
TDD
8.2.2.1.1_1 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance (Release 9 and forward)
ETSI
Table 8.2.2.1.1_1.3-1: Test Parameters
Parameter Unit Test 1- 5 Test 6- 8 Test 9- 15 Test 16- 18

Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 2) OCNG (Note 2) OCNG (Note 2) OCNG (Note 2)
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing Multiplexing Multiplexing
Note 1: PB = 0
modulated.
Table 8.2.2.1.1_1.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC)
Test Bandwidth Referenc OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number e Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
n (%)
1 N/A
2 N/A
3 N/A
4 N/A
5 N/A
6 5 MHz R.3-1 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 6.7 1
TDD
7 5 MHz R.3-1 TDD OP.1 ETU70 1x2 Low 30 1.4 1
TDD
8 5 MHz R.3-1 TDD OP.1 ETU300 1x2 High 70 9.3 1
TDD
9 N/A
TDD
TDD
TDD
13 10 MHz R.7-1 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 High 70 17.8 1
TDD
TDD
TDD
20 MHz R.9-1 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 16.7 1
TDD
16 N/A
17 N/A
18 N/A
ETSI
Table 8.2.2.1.1_1.5-1: Test Requirement (FRC)
Test Bandwidth Referenc OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number e Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
n (%)
1 N/A
2 N/A
3 N/A
4 N/A
5 N/A
TDD
TDD
8 5 MHz R.3-1 TDD OP.1 ETU300 1x2 High 70 10.1 1
TDD
9 N/A
10 5 MHz R.6-1 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.5+ 1
TDD TT
TDD TT
12 10 MHz R.7-1 TDD OP.1 ETU70 1x2 Low 70 18.1+ 1
TDD TT
13 10 MHz R.7-1 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 High 70 17.8+ 1
TDD TT
TDD TT
TDD TT
20 MHz R.9-1 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 16.7+ 1
TDD TT
16 N/A
17 N/A
18 N/A
8.2.2.1.2 TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance with 1 PRB in the presence of
MBSFN
models and MCS and also for the transmission on a single-antenna port with single RB allocation in the presence of
MBSFN.
ETSI
8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.1.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.
Table 8.2.2.1.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing 1 PRB allocation
Symbols for MBSFN portion of
OCNG (Note 3)
MBSFN subframes (Note 2)
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing
Note 1: PB = 0
Note 2: The MBSFN portion of an MBSFN subframe comprises the
whole MBSFN subframe except the first two symbols in the
first slot.
Note 3: The MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes shall contain
QPSK modulated data. Cell-specific reference signals are
not inserted in the MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes,
QPSK modulated MBSFN data is used instead.
Table 8.2.2.1.2.3-2: Minimum performance 1 PRB allocation (FRC)

(%)
TDD
Frequencies to be tested: Low Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.
Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.2.1.2.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.2-1, 8.2.2.1.2.3-1 as appropriate.
ETSI
clause 8.2.2.1.2.4.3.
2. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation
matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.2.1.1.2.5-1as appropriate.
G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest interval and
decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.
Table 8.2.2.1.2.4.3-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional TDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port

Performance for 1 PRB allocation with MBSFN subframes test point 1 requirement

SystemInformationBlockType2 ::= SEQUENCE {
mbsfn-SubframeConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
radioframeAllocationPeriod n1 Every radio frame
is with MBSFN
subframe
radioframeAllocationOffset 0
subframeAllocation CHOICE {
oneFrame 01001x subframe 4 and 9 TDD
is used for
MBSFN.
}
}
}
Table 8.2.2.1.2.3-1 defines the primary level settings including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.1.2.5-1 for the specified SNR
including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.2.2.1.2.5-1: Test Requirement 1PRB with MBSFN subframes (FRC)

(%)
TDD
ETSI
8.2.2.2 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity Performance (Cell-Specific Reference

Symbols)
8.2.2.2.1 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2x2
(SFBC).
and 4 transmitter antennas as specified.
Table 8.2.2.2.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Transmit Diversity Performance (FRC)

Note 1: PB = 1

(%)
1 10 MHz R.11 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 6.8 2-5
2 10 MHz R.10 TDD OP.1 TDD HST 2x2 Low 70 -2.3 1-5
ETSI
Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.2.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2
clause 8.2.2.2.1.4.3.
antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.2.2.1.5-1 as appropriate.
clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each test interval and decide
4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each test interval in Table 8.2.2.2.1.5-1 as appropriate.
A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.2.1.5-1 for the

(%)
1 10 MHz R.11 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 7.7 2-5
2 10 MHz R.10 TDD OP.1 TDD HST 2x2 Low 70 -1.7 1-5
8.2.2.2.1_1 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2x2 (Release 9 and forward)
ETSI
Table 8.2.2.2.1_1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Transmit Diversity Performance (FRC)

Note 1: PB = 1

(%)
1 5 MHz R.11.1 OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 6.8 1
TDD

(%)
1 5 MHz R.11.1 OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 6.8+T 1
TDD T
ETSI
8.2.2.2.2 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 4x2
Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on four antenna ports using transmit diversity
(SFBC-FSTD).
and 4 transmitter antennas as specified.
Table 8.2.2.2.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Transmit Diversity Performance (FRC)

Note 1: PB = 1

(%)
1 1.4 MHz R.12 TDD OP.1 EPA5 4x2 Medium 70 0.2 1-5
TDD
Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.2.2.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2
ETSI
clause 8.2.2.2.2.4.3.
Table 8.2.2.2.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH transmit diversity

performance downlink power allocation test point 1 requirement

SEQUENCE {
p-a dB-3
}
A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.2.2.2.5-1 for the

(%)
1 1.4 MHz R.12 TDD OP.1 EPA5 4x2 Medium 70 1.1 1-5
TDD
8.2.2.2.2_1 TDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 4x2 (Release 9 and forward)

ETSI
Table 8.2.2.2.2_1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Transmit Diversity Performance (FRC)

Note 1: PB = 1

(%)
TDD
ETSI

(%)
TDD +TT
8.2.2.3 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific

Reference Symbols)
8.2.2.3.1 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2x2
requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.3.1.3-2 for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance

ACK/NACK feedback mode Bundling
Note 1: PB = 1

(%)
1 10 MHz R.11-1 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.1 2-5
TDD TDD
ETSI
Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.3.1.3-1 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.
clause 8.2.2.3.1.4.3.
Table 8.2.2.3.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial


SEQUENCE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3 11
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
ETSI
A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.3.1.5-1 for the
Table 8.2.2.3.5-1: Test requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.11-1 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70 14.0 2-5
TDD TDD
8.2.2.3.2 TDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 4x2
Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on four antenna ports using large delay CDD.
requirements specified in Tables 8.2.2.3.2.3-2 for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance

Note 1: PB = 1

(%)
TDD
ETSI
Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.2.3.2.3-1 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.
clause 8.2.2.3.2.4.3.
Table 8.2.2.3.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial


SEQUENCE {
p-a dB-6
}
ETSI
Table 8.2.2.3.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial

multiplexing performance downlink power for Test number 1

SEQUENCE {
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.3.2.5-1 for the
Table 8.2.2.3.2.5-1: Test requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC)

(%)
TDD
8.2.2.4 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific

Reference Symbols)
8.2.2.4.1 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2x2
Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed loop spatial
multiplexing with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 8.
ETSI
specified.

PMI delay (Note 2) ms 10 or 11 10 or 11
Reporting interval ms 1 or 4 (Note 3) 1or 4 (Note 3)
bitmap
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing
Note 1: PB = 1
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at SF#n based on PMI
estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied
Note 3: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms
and 4ms

(%)
1 10 MHz R.10 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 -3.1 1-5
2 10 MHz R.10 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 High 70 -2.8 1-5

PMI delay (Note 2) ms 10 or 11 10 or 11
Reporting interval ms 1 or 4 (Note 3) 1 or 4 (Note 3)
ACK/NACK feedback mode Bundling Bundling
bitmap
Note 1: PB = 1
Note 3: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate
between 1ms and 4ms
ETSI

(%)
3 10 MHz R.11-1 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 12.8 2-5
4 10 MHz R.11-1 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 2x2 Low 70 13.9 2-5
Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.2.4.1.3-2 and 8.2.2.4.1.3-4 as defined in TS 36.508
[7] clause 4.3.1.2.
appropriate.
clause 8.2.2.4.1.4.3.
ETSI
Table 8.2.2.4.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single-

layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1,2

SEQUENCE {
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
Table 8.2.2.4.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-

layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 3,4

SEQUENCE {
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
Table 8.2.2.4.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single -layer
spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1

}
Table 8.2.2.4.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single/multi-

layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 2, 3, 4

}
ETSI
Tables 8.2.2.4.1.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.1.3-3 defines the primary level settings.
A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.4.1.5-1 and

(%)
2 10 MHz R.10 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 High 70 -2.0 1-5

(%)
3 10 MHz R.11-1 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 13.7 2-5
8.2.2.4.1_1 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2x2 (Release 9 and
forward)




ETSI

PMI delay (Note 2) ms 10 or 11
Reporting interval ms 1 or 4 (Note 3)
bitmap
Note 1: PB = 1
Note 3: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval
will alternate between 1ms and 4ms

(%)
3 10 MHz R.35 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 19.5 2-5


(%)
3 10 MHz R.35 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 19.5 + 2-5
TT
4 10 MHz R.11-1 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 2x2 Low 70 13.9 + 2-5
TT
ETSI
8.2.2.4.2 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4x2
Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on four antenna ports using closed loop spatial
multiplexing with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
specified.

CodeBookSubsetRestricti 0000000000000
on bitmap 0000000000000
0000000000000
0000000001111
111111111111
ACK/NACK feedback Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: PB = 1
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting
instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at
a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported
PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before
SF#(n+4)
Note 3: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting
interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms
Test Bandwidt Referenc OCNG Propagati Correlation Reference value UE

number h e Pattern on Matrix and Fraction SNR Catego
Channel Condition Antenna of (dB) ry
Configurati Maximum
on Throughp
ut (%)
TDD
ETSI

bitmap 0000000000000
0000001111111
1111111110000
000000000000
Note 1: PB = 1

(%)
2 10 MHz R.14 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.7 2-5
Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.2.4.2.3-2 and 8.2.2.4.2.3-4 as defined in TS 36.508
[7] clause 4.3.1.2.
Annex A, Figure A.10 Figure A.11 for antenna configuration 4x2.
appropriate.
ETSI
clause 8.2.2.4.2.4.3.
Table 8.2.2.4.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop spatial

multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test numbers 1,2

SEQUENCE {
p-a dB-6
}
Table 8.2.2.4.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single-

layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1

SEQUENCE {
n4TxAntenna-tm6 00000000000000000000
00000000000000000000
00000000111111111111
1111
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
ETSI
Table 8.2.2.4.2.4.3-3: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop multi-

layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 2

SEQUENCE {
n4TxAntenna-tm4 00000000000000000000
00000000000011111111
11111111000000000000
0000
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
Table 8.2.2.4.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH closed loop single/multi-


}
Tables 8.2.2.4.2.3-1 and 8.2.2.4.2.3-3 defines the primary level settings.
A clause A.3.4.2, for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.2.4.2.5-1 and
Test Bandwidt Reference OCNG Propagati Correlation Reference value UE

number h Channel Pattern on Matrix and Fraction of SNR Catego
Condition Antenna Maximum (dB) ry
(%)

(%)
ETSI
8.2.2.4.2_1 TDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4x2 (Release 9 and
forward)
• Test tolerance is undefined

bitmap 0000000000000
0000001111111
1111111110000
000000000000
Note 1: PB = 1

(%)
ETSI

(%)
2 10 MHz R.36 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x2 Low 70 15.7+ 2-5
TT
8.3 Demodulation of PDSCH (User-Specific Reference

Symbols)
8.3.1 FDD
[FFS]
8.3.2 TDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.3.2-1 are valid for TDD unless otherwise stated.
ETSI
Table 8.3.2-1: Common Test Parameters for User-specific Reference Symbols
Parameter Unit Value

Uplink downlink
1
configuration (Note 1)
Special subframe
4
Cyclic prefix Normal
Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
processes.
Processes 7
All these HARQ
processes are used.
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version {0,1,2,3} for QPSK and 16QAM
coding sequence {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM
Number of OFDM
OFDM symbols 2
symbols for PDCCH
Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4
Precoder update Frequency domain: 1 PRB
granularity Time domain: 1 ms
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
For all test cases, the SNR is defined as:
Eˆ s(1) + Eˆ s( 2 )
SNR = ,
N oc(1) + N oc( 2 )
where the superscript indicates the receiver antenna connector. The SNR requirement applies for the UE categories
given for each test.
8.3.2.1 TDD PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing Performance (UE-Specific

Reference Symbols)
8.3.2.1.1 TDD PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 5 (Release 8 and
forward)
Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for single-layer transmission on antenna port 5 using user-specific
reference signals with full RB or single RB allocation.
ETSI
measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.3.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables
8.3.2-1, 8.3.2.1. 1.3-1, and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.
requirements specified in Tables 8.3.2.1. 1.3-2 for the specified SNR.
Table 8.3.2.1.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing DRS
parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4

Cell-specific reference signals Antenna port 0

OCNG OCNG OCNG OCNG
(Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2)
Number of allocated resource
PRB 50 50 50 1 (Note 2)
blocks
Note 1: PB = 0
Table 8.3.2.1.1.3-2: Minimum performance DRS (FRC)

number and MCS Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
(%)
1 10 MHz R.25 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 -0.8 1-5
QPSK 1/3
16QAM 1/2
64QAM 3/4
16QAM 1/2
Bandwidths to be tested: 10MHz, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.
ETSI
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.3.2-1 and 8.3.2.1. 1.3-1 as appropriate.
clause 8.3.2.1.1.4.3.
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
8.3.2.1.1.3-1, 8.3.2.1.1.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
and the SNR according to Table 8.3.2.1.1.5-1 as appropriate.
BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna port 0 using one Tx antenna, while DRS/Dedicated data for the test
UE are sent on antenna port 5 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.1 and
precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.2-1.
4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each test interval in Tables 8.3.2.1.1.5-1 as appropriate.
Table 8.3.2.1.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH DRS performance

downlink power allocation test point 1 requirement for Test number 1 - 4

SEQUENCE {
Release NULL
}
}
}
}
A clause A.3.4.3.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.3.2.1.1.5-1 for the
ETSI
Table 8.3.2.1.1.5-1: Test requirement DRS

(%)
QPSK 1/3
16QAM 1/2
64QAM 3/4
16QAM 1/2
8.3.2.1.1_1 TDD PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 5 (Release 9 and
forward)
Table 8.3.2.1.1_1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing DRS (Antenna port 5)
Test 1 Test 4
(Note 4) (Note 4)
Downlink power ρA dB 0 0
N/A NA
allocation ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna port 0

OCNG OCNG
Symbols for unused PRBs N/A NA
(Note 2) (Note 2)
PRB 50 50
blocks
Note 1: PB = 0
Note 3: The modulation symbols of the signal under test are mapped onto antenna port 5.
Note 4: This tests are covered in subclause 8.3.2.1.1
ETSI
Table 8.3.2.1.1_1.3-2: Minimum performance DRS (FRC) (Antenna port 5)

(%)
1 N/A
(Note 1)
2 5MHz R.26-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 7.0 1
16QAM 1/2 TDD
3 10 MHz R.27-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 17.0 1
64QAM 3/4 TDD
4 N/A
(Note 1)
Note 1: These tests are covered in subclause 8.3.2.1.1
Table 8.3.2.1.1_1.5-1: Test requirement DRS (FRC) (Antenna port 5)

(%)
1 N/A
(Note 1)
2 5MHz R.26-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 7.9 1
16QAM 1/2 TDD
3 10 MHz R.27-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 17.9 1
64QAM 3/4 TDD
4 N/A
(Note 1)
Note 1: These tests are covered in subclause 8.3.2.1.1
ETSI
8.3.2.1.2 TDD PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 7 or 8 without a

simultaneous transmission
Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for single-layer transmission on antenna port 7 or 8 without a
simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port using DM-RS with full RB allocation.
Table 8.3.2.1.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer)
Test 4 Test 5
parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3
(Note 3) (Note 3)
Downlink power ρA dB 0 0 0 N/A N/A
allocation ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) N/A N/A
Cell-specific reference
Antenna port 0 and antenna port 1
signals
N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98 -98 N/A N/A
OCNG OCNG OCNG
Symbols for unused PRBs N/A N/A
(Note 4,5) (Note 4,5) (Note 4,5)
PRB 50 50 50 N/A N/A
blocks (Note 2)
Simultaneous transmission No No No N/A N/A
Note 1: PB = 1
Note 2: The modulation symbols of the signal under test are mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8.
Note 3: Test 4 and Test 5 are covered in subclause 8.3.2.1.3.
Note 4: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH
per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random
data, which is QPSK modulated.
Note 5: OCNG_RA = ρ A – 3 dB, OCNG_RB = ρ B – 3 dB in order to have the same PDSCH and OCNG
power pro subcarrier at the receiver.
ETSI
Table 8.3.2.1.2.3-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS without simultaneous

transmission (FRC)
Test Bandwidt Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number h and Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
MCS Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughpu
t (%)
QPSK 1/3
2 10 MHz R.32 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Medium 70 7.7 2-5
16QAM 1/2
5MHz R.32-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Medium 70 7.7 1
16QAM 1/2 TDD
64QAM 3/4
10 MHz R.33-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 17.7 1
64QAM 3/4 TDD
clause 8.3.2.1.2.4.3.
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2B for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/Dedicated
data for the test UE are sent on antenna port 7 (or 8) using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as
specified in Annex B.4.1 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.2-1.
ETSI
Table 8.3.2.1.2.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

SEQUENCE {
}
}
}
Table 8.3.2.1.2.5-1: Test requirement for CDM-multiplexed DM RS without simultaneous transmission

(FRC)
Test Bandwidt Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number h and Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
MCS Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughpu
t (%)
QPSK 1/3
16QAM 1/2
5 MHz R.32-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Medium 70 8.6 1
16QAM 1/2 TDD
64QAM 3/4
10 MHz R.33-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 18.6 1
64QAM 3/4 TDD
8.3.2.1.3 TDD PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 7 or 8 with a

Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for single-layer transmission on antenna port 7 or 8 with a
simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port using DM-RS with full RB allocation.
ETSI
Table 8.3.2.1.3.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer)
Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4 Test 5

parameter Unit
(Note 6) (Note 6) (Note 6)
Downlink power ρA dB N/A N/A N/A 0 0
allocation ρB dB N/A N/A N/A 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
Cell-specific reference
Antenna port 0 and antenna port 1
signals
N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz N/A N/A N/A -98 -98
OCNG OCNG
Symbols for unused PRBs N/A N/A N/A
(Note 4,5) (Note 4,5)
PRB N/A N/A N/A 50 50
blocks (Note 2)
Yes Yes
Simultaneous transmission N/A N/A N/A
(Note 3) (Note 3)
Note 1: PB = 1
Note 2: The modulation symbols of the signal under test are mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8.
Note 3: Modulation symbols of an interference signal is mapped onto the antenna port (7 or 8) not used for the
input signal under test.
data, which is QPSK modulated.
Note 5: OCNG_RA = ρ A – 3 dB, OCNG_RB = ρ B – 3 dB in order to have the same PDSCH and OCNG
power pro subcarrier at the receiver.
Note 6: Test 1, Test 2 and Test 3 are covered in subclause 8.3.2.1.2.
Table 8.3.2.1.3.3-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous

transmission (FRC)

(%)
16QAM 1/2 (Note 1)
64QAM 1/2 (Note 1)
Note 1: The reference channel applies to both the input signal under test and the interfering signal.
ETSI
clause 8.3.2.1.3.4.3.
data for the test UE are sent on antenna port 7 (or 8) and another simultaneous transmission of DRS/Dedicated
data not for the test UE is sent on antenna port 8 (or 7). The DRS/Dedicated data transmissions use two Tx
antennas with different beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.1 and precoder update granularity
specified in Table 8.3.2-1.

SEQUENCE {
}
}
}
ETSI
Table 8.3.2.1.3.5-1: Test requirement for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous

transmission (FRC)

(%)
16QAM 1/2 (Note 1)
64QAM 1/2 (Note 1)
Note 1: The reference channel applies to both the input signal under test and the interfering signal.
8.3.2.2 TDD PDSCH Dual-layer Spatial Multiplexing Performance (UE-Specific

Reference Symbols)
8.3.2.2.1 TDD PDSCH Dual-layer Spatial Multiplexing
To verify the UE’s rank-2 performance and ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading
channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink
Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for dual-layer transmission on antenna
ports 7 and 8 using DM-RS with full RB allocation.
Table 8.3.2.2.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer)

Downlink ρA dB -3 -3
power
allocation ρ B dB -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)
Cell-specific
reference Antenna port 0 and antenna port 1
symbols
N oc at antenna dBm/15kHz -98 -98
port
Symbols for OCNG OCNG
unused PRBs (Note 2) (Note 2)
Number of
allocated PRB 50 50
resource blocks
Note 1: PB = 1
Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary
number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data
transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo
random data, which is QPSK modulated.
ETSI
Table 8.3.2.2.1.3-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC)

(%)
QPSK 1/3
16QAM 1/2
clause 8.3.2.2.1.4.3.
data for test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified
in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.2-1.
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions .
ETSI

SEQUENCE {
}
}
}
Table 8.3.2.2.1.5-1: Test requirement for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC)

(%)
QPSK 1/3
16QAM 1/2
8.4 Demodulation of PCFICH/PDCCH

8.4.1 FDD
8.4.1.1 FDD PCFICH/PDCCH Single-antenna Port Performance

This test verifies the demodulation performance of PCFICH/PDCCH for a single-antenna port with a given SNR for
which the average probability of miss-detection of the Downlink Scheduling Grant, tested jointly on PDCCH and
PCFICH of the specified reference measurement channels in A.3.5.1 remains below a given reference value.


The receiver characteristics of the PDCCH/PCFICH are determined by the probability of miss-detection of the
Downlink Scheduling Grant (Pm-dsg). PDCCH and PCFICH are tested jointly, i.e. a miss detection of PCFICH implies
a miss detection of PDCCH.
ETSI
Table 8.4.1.1.3-1: Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH
Single antenna
Parameter Unit
port
Number of PDCCH symbols symbols 2
Number of PHICH groups (Ng) 1
PHICH duration Normal
Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG
Cell ID 0
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB 0
PHICH_RA
Downlink power OCNG_RA
allocation PCFICH_RB
PDCCH_RB
dB 0
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
Note: PHICH power setting refer to PHICH group power, i.e. the total
power of all active PHICH sequences within a PHICH group.
For the parameters specified in Table 8.4.1.1.3-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-
dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.1.1.3-2.
Table 8.4.1.1.3-2: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH
Test Bandwidth Aggregation Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference value

number level Channel Pattern Condition configuration
and Pm- SNR
Correlation dsg (dB)
Matrix (%)
1 10 MHz 8 CCE R.15 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 1 -1.7
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: 10MHz, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connector (s) as shown in TS 36.508 [7]
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.4.1.1.3-1.
3. The downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.0.
clause 8.4.1.1.4.3.
ETSI
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
8.4.1.1.3-2.The details of PDCCH and PDSCH are specified in Table A.3.5.1-1 and Table A.3.5.1-2
respectively. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the propagation condition, antenna configuration, the correlation matrix and the SNR
according to Table 8.4.1.1.5-1 as appropriate.
3. Measure the Pm-dsg for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause
G.4. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL PUCCH during each subtest interval. Pm-dsg
is the ratio (statDTX)/(NACK+ACK+statDTX). If Pm-dsg is less than the value specified in table 8.4.1.1.5-1,
pass the UE. Otherwise fail the UE.
If Pm-dsg is less than the value specified in table 8.4.1.1.5-1, pass the UE. Otherwise fail the UE.

Table 8.4.1.1.5-1: Test requirement PDCCH/PCFICH
Test Bandwidth Aggregation Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference

number level Channel Pattern Condition configuration value
and Pm- SNR
correlation dsg (dB)
Matrix (%)
1 10 MHz 8 CCE R.15 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 1 -0.9
8.4.1.2 FDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity Performance
8.4.1.2.1 FDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 2x2
This test verifies the demodulation performance of PCFICH/PDCCH for transmit diversity with a given SNR for which
the average probability of miss-detection of the Downlink Scheduling Grant, tested jointly on PDCCH and PCFICH of
the specified reference measurement channels in A.3.5.1 remains below a given reference value.
ETSI
Table 8.4.1.2.1.3-1: Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH
Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
Cell ID 0
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB

Note: PHICH power setting refer to PHICH group power, i.e. the
total power of all active PHICH sequences within a
PHICH group.
For the parameters specified in Table 8.4.1.2.1.3-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-
dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.1.2.1.3-2.
Table 8.4.1.2.1.3-2: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH 2 Tx Antenna Port

number level Channel Pattern Condition configuration Pm- SNR (dB)
and dsg
correlation (%)
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz 2 CCE R.16 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 4.3
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: 1.4MHz, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connector (s) as shown in TS 36.508 [7]
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.4.1.2.1.3-1.
3. The downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and C.3.2 and uplink signals according to
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clauses B.0.
ETSI
clause 8.4.1.2.1.4.3.
8.4.1.2.1.3-2.The details of PDCCH and PDSCH are specified in Table A.3.5.1-1 and Table A.3.5.1-2
respectively. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. Transmission scheme for the PDSCH
shall be transmit diversity.
according to Table 8.4.1.2.1.5-1.
3. Measure the Pm-dsg for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.4.
Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL PUCCH during each subtest interval. Pm-dsg is
the ratio (statDTX)/(NACK+ACK+statDTX).
If Pm-dsg is less than the value specified in table 8.4.1.2.1.5-1, pass the UE. Otherwise fail the UE.

SEQUENCE {
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
Table 8.4.1.2.1.5-1: Test requirement PDCCH/PCFICH 2 Tx Antenna Port

and dsg
correlation (%)
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz 2 CCE R.16 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 5.3
8.4.1.2.1_1 FDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 2x2 (Release 9 and forward)

ETSI
Table 8.4.1.2.1_1.3-1: Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH
Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
Cell ID 0
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
N oc at antenna port -98
dBm/15kHz
PHICH group.
For the parameters specified in Table 8.4.1.2.1_1.3-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant
(Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.1.2.1_1.3-2.
Table 8.4.1.2.1_1.3-2: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH 2 Tx Antenna Port

and Pm-dsg SNR
correlation (%) (dB)
Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.16_1 OP.1 FDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 1 -0.6
FDD
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.4.1
8.4.1.2.1_1.4.1 Initial conditions
ETSI
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.4.1.2.1_1.3-1.
clause 8.4.1.2.1_1.4.3.
8.4.1.2.1_1.4.2 Test procedure
8.4.1.2.1_1.3-2.The details of PDCCH and PDSCH are specified in Table A.3.5.1-1 and Table A.3.5.1-2
according to Table 8.4.1.2.1_1.5-1.
the ratio (statDTX)/(NACK+ACK+statDTX).
If Pm-dsg is less than the value specified in table 8.4.1.2.1_1.5-1, pass the UE. Otherwise fail the UE.
8.4.1.2.1_1.4.3 Message contents
Table 8.4.1.2.1_1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

SEQUENCE {
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
ETSI
Table 8.4.1.2.1_1.5-1: Test requirement PDCCH/PCFICH 2 Tx Antenna Port

and Pm-dsg SNR
Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.16_1 OP.1 FDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 1 -
FDD 0.6+TT
8.4.1.2.2 FDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 4x2
Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
Cell ID 0
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB

PHICH group.
ETSI

and dsg
correlation (%)
Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.17 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 4 x 2 Medium 1 0.9
clause 8.4.1.2.2.4.3.
8.4.1.2.2.3-2. The details of PDCCH and PDSCH are specified in Table A.3.5.1-1 and Table A.3.5.1-2
according to Table 8.4.1.2.2.5-1.
the ratio (statDTX)/(NACK+ACK+statDTX). If Pm-dsg is less than the value specified in table 8.4.1.2.2.5-1,
ETSI

SEQUENCE {
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}

and dsg
correlation (%)
Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.17 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 4 x 2 Medium 1 1.9
8.4.1.2.2_1 FDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 4x2 (Release 9 and forward)

ETSI
Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
Cell ID 0
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB

PHICH group.

and Pm-dsg SNR
Matrix
1 5 MHz 2 CCE R.17_1 OP.1 FDD EPA5 4 x 2 Medium 1 6.3
FDD
ETSI
clause 8.4.1.2.2_1.4.3.
8.4.1.2.2_1.3-2. The details of PDCCH and PDSCH are specified in Table A.3.5.1-1 and Table A.3.5.1-2
according to Table 8.4.1.2.2_1.5-1.
the ratio (statDTX)/(NACK+ACK+statDTX). If Pm-dsg is less than the value specified in table 8.4.1.2.2_1.5-1,

SEQUENCE {
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}

and Pm-dsg SNR
Matrix
1 5 MHz 2 CCE R.17_1 OP.1 FDD EPA5 4 x 2 Medium 1 6.3+TT
FDD
ETSI
8.4.2 TDD
8.4.2.1 TDD PCFICH/PDCCH Single-antenna Port Performance

This test verifies the demodulation performance of PCFICH/PDCCH for a single-antenna port with a given SNR for
which the average probability of miss-detection of the Downlink Scheduling Grant, tested jointly on PDCCH and
PCFICH of the specified reference measurement channels in A.3.5.2 remains below a given reference value.


Table 8.4.2.1.3-1: Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH
Single antenna
Parameter Unit
port
Uplink downlink configuration
0
(Note 1)
Special subframe configuration
4
(Note 2)
Cell ID 0
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB 0
PHICH_RA
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PCFICH_RB
allocation
PDCCH_RB
PHICCH_R dB 0
B
OCNG_RB
Note 3: PHICH power setting refer to PHICH group power, i.e. the
total power of all active PHICH sequences within a PHICH
group.
ETSI
Table 8.4.2.1.3-2: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH

number level Channel Pattern Condition configurati value
on and Pm- SNR
Matrix (%)
1 10 MHz 8 CCE R.15 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 1x2Low 1 -1.6
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: 10MHz, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to 8.4.2.1.3-1.
clause 8.4.2.1.4.3.
8.4.2.1.3-2. The details of PDCCH and PDSCH are specified in Table A.3.5.2-1 and Table A.3.5.2-2
respectively. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR
according to Tables 8.4.2.1.5-1 as appropriate.
Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL PUCCH during each subtest interval. Pm-dsg
is the radio (statDTX)/(NACK +ACK+statDTX). If Pm-dsg is less than the value specified in table 8.4.2.2.1.5-1,
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exception:.
ETSI
Table 8.4.2.1.4.3-1: TDD-Configuration-DEFAULT

TDD-Configuration-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
specialSubframePatterns Ssp4
}

Table 8.4.2.1.5-1: Test requirement PDCCH/PCFICH

number level Channel Pattern Condition configuratio Pm- SNR
n and dsg (%) (dB)
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz 8 CCE R.15 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 1x2Low 1 -0.8
8.4.2.2 TDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity Performance
8.4.2.2.1 TDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 2x2
ETSI
Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
0
(Note 1)
Special subframe configuration 4
(Note 2)
Cell ID 0
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB

Note 3: PHICH power setting refer to PHICH group power, i.e.
the total power of all active PHICH sequences within a
PHICH group

on and Pm- SNR
Matrix (%)
1 1.4 MHz 2 CCE R.16 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 4.2
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: 1.4MHz, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to 8.4.2.2.1.3-1.
ETSI
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.2 and uplink signals according to
clause 8.4.2.2.1.4.3.
according to Tables 8.4.2.2.1.5-1 as appropriate.
is the radio (statDTX)/(NACK +ACK+statDTX). If Pm-dsg is less than the value specified in table 8.4.2.2.1.5-1,
pass the UE. Otherwise fail the UE
Table 8.4.2.2.1.4.3-1: TDD-Configuration-DEFAULT

subframeAssignment Sa0
}

SEQUENCE {
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
ETSI

n and dsg (%) (dB)
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz 2 CCE [R.16 TDD] OP.1 TDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 5.2
8.4.2.2.1_1 TDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 2x2 (Release 9 and forward)


Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
0
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
Cell ID 0
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB

PHICH group
ETSI

and Pm-dsg SNR
Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.16_1 OP.1 TDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 1 0.1
TDD
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to 8.4.2.2.1_1.3-1.
clause 8.4.2.2.1_1.4.3.
8.4.2.2.1_1.3-2. The details of PDCCH and PDSCH are specified in Table A.3.5.2-1 and Table A.3.5.2-2
according to Tables 8.4.2.2.1_1.5-1 as appropriate.
is the radio (statDTX)/(NACK +ACK+statDTX). If Pm-dsg is less than the value specified in table
8.4.2.2.1_1.5-1, pass the UE. Otherwise fail the UE
ETSI
Table 8.4.2.2.1_1.4.3-1: TDD-Configuration-DEFAULT

}

SEQUENCE {
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}

and Pm-dsg SNR
Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.16_1 OP.1 TDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 1 0.1+TT
TDD
8.4.2.2.2 TDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 4x2
ETSI
Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
0
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
Cell ID 0
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB

Note 3: PHICH power setting refer to PHICH group power, i.e.
the total power of all active PHICH sequences within a
PHICH group.

on and Pm- SNR
Matrix (%)
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.17 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 4x2 1 1.2
Medium
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: 10 MHz, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1
ETSI
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to 8.4.2.2.2.3-1.
clause 8.4.2.2.2.4.3.
according to Tables 8.4.2.2.2.5-1 as appropriate.
the radio (statDTX)/(NACK +ACK+statDTX). If Pm-dsg is less than the value specified in table 8.4.2.2.2.5-1,
Table 8.4.2.2.2.4.3-1: TDD-Configuration-DEFAULT

}

SEQUENCE {
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
ETSI

n and dsg (%) (dB)
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.17 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 4 x 2 Medium 1 2.2
8.4.2.2.2_1 TDD PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity 4x2 (Release 9 and forward)

Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
0
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
Cell ID 0
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB

PHICH group.
ETSI

and Pm-dsg SNR
Matrix
1 5 MHz 2 CCE R.17_1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 4 x 2 Medium 1 6.5
TDD
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to 8.4.2.2.2_1.3-1.
clause 8.4.2.2.2_1.4.3.
according to Tables 8.4.2.2.2_1.5-1 as appropriate.
the radio (statDTX)/(NACK +ACK+statDTX). If Pm-dsg is less than the value specified in table 8.4.2.2.2_1.5-1,
ETSI
Table 8.4.2.2.2_1.4.3-1: TDD-Configuration-DEFAULT

}

SEQUENCE {
}
release NULL
}
}
}
}
dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.2.2.2_1.5-1.

and Pm-dsg SNR
Matrix
1 5 MHz 2 CCE R.17_1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 4 x 2 Medium 1 6.5+TT
TDD
8.5 Demodulation of PHICH

8.5.1 FDD
8.5.1.1 FDD PHICH Single-antenna Port Performance

This test verifies the demodulation performance of PHICH for a single antenna port with a given SNR for which the
average probability of miss detection of Hybrid Indicator (“ACK to NACK”) of the specified reference measurement
channels remains below a specified value.

ETSI

The receiver characteristics of the PHICH are determined by the probability of miss-detecting an ACK for a NACK
(Pm-an). It is assumed that there is no bias applied to the detection of ACK and NACK (zero-threshold detection).
Table 8.5.1.1.3-1: Test Parameters for PHICH
Single antenna
Parameter Unit
port
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB 0
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB 0
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
Number of PHICH groups (Note 1) Ng = 1
UL Grant should be included
PDCCH Content with the proper information
aligned with A.3.6.
Cell ID 0
Note 1: according to Clause 6.9 in TS 36.211 [8]
Note 2: PHICH power settings refer to PHICH group power, i.e. the
group.
For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.1.1.3-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting an ACK for a NACK (Pm-
an) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.5.1.1.3-2.
Table 8.5.1.1.3-2: Minimum performance PHICH
Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference value

number Channel Pattern Condition configuration Pm-an (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.18 OP.1 FDD ETU70 1 x 2 Low 0.1 5.5
Test Environment: Normal as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.
ETSI
clause 8.5.1.1.4.3.
1. Set the parameters of bandwidth, reference Channel, the propagation condition, antenna configuration, the
correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 8.5.1.1.5-1 Test 1 as appropriate.
2. SS shall schedule PUSCH transmissions according to Annex A.2.2.1.1 Table A.2.2.1.1-1 to happen during 8
consecutive uplink TTIs via PDCCH DCI format 0 with new data indicator set to true. Since the UE has no
payload, the UE shall send uplink MAC padding bits in PUSCH. SS upon receiving the PUSCH transmissions
will transmit the associated ACKs. PHICH is set according to Annex 3.6 Table A.3.6-1. SS will only transmit
PDCCH to schedule PUSCH transmission in the appropriate sub-frames. Table 8.5.1.1.4.2-1 indicates the
transmissions for one cycle.
Table 8.5.1.1.4.2-1: PHICH test pattern
TTI 1-4 5-8 9-12 13-16 17-20 21-24

PDCCH S S - - S S
PHICH - - A A - -
PUSCH T T R R T
UL HARQ Process 1-4 5-8 1-4 5-8 1-4 5-8
Note 1: This table gives an example test pattern for HARQ process for FDD PHICH test
Note 2: Following notation is used:
S: represents sending PDCCH DCI format 0 to schedule a future PUSCH transmission
A: represents the ACK transmission on PHICH
T: represents a scheduled PUSCH transmission
R: represents a potential PUSCH re-transmission due to a missed ACK
3. SS will only monitor for uplink retransmissions due to ACK missed-detections. Such re-transmissions (if they
occur) will potentially happen in TTI 13 to 20. DTXs on TTI 13 to 20 are counted as successful ACK receptions
while any transmission on these TTIs is counted as NACKs.
4. Repeat steps 1 – 3 for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.4
and measure Pm-an. Pm-an is (NACK) / (ACK + NACK).
If Pm-an is less than the value specified in table 8.5.1.1.5-1, pass the UE. Otherwise fail the UE.
5. Repeat the same procedure (steps 1 to 3 ) with test conditions according to the Table 8.5.1.1.5-1 for Test 2.
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6, with the following exceptions
ETSI
Table 8.5.1.1.4.3-1: MAC-MainConfig-RBC
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.8.2.1.5, Table 4.8.2.1.5-1

MAC-MainConfig-RBC ::= SEQUENCE {
dl-SCH-Config SEQUENCE {} Not present
ul-SCH-Config SEQUENCE {
maxHARQ-Tx n2 Only one
retransmission per
UL HARQ
…

For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.1.1.3-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-dsg)
shall be below the specified value in Table 8.5.1.1.5-1.
Table 8.5.1.1.5-1: Test requirement PHICH

and
correlation
Matrix
8.5.1.2 FDD PHICH Transmit Diversity Performance
8.5.1.2.1 FDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 2x2
This test verifies the demodulation performance of PHICH for transmit diversity with a given SNR for which the
ETSI
Table 8.5.1.2.1.3-1: Test Parameters for PHICH
Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
aligned with A.3.6.
Cell ID 0
group.
For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.1.2.1.3-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting an ACK for a NACK
(Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.5.1.2.1.3-2
Table 8.5.1.2.1.3-2: Minimum performance PHICH 2 Tx Antenna Port

and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.19 OP.1 FDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 0.1 5.6
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: 1.4 MHz, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1
and H.3.2.
clause 8.5.1.2.1.4.3.
ETSI
correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 8.5.1.2.1.5-1.
PDCCH to schedule PUSCH transmission in the appropriate sub-frames. Table 8.5.1.2.1.4.2-1 indicates the
Table 8.5.1.2.1.4.2-1: PHICH test pattern
TTI 1-4 5-8 9-12 13-16 17-20 21-24

PDCCH S S - - S S
PHICH - - A A - -
PUSCH T T R R T
UL HARQ Process 1-4 5-8 1-4 5-8 1-4 5-8
If Pm-an is less than the value specified in table 8.5.1.2.1.5-1, pass the UE. Otherwise fail the UE.
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions
Table 8.5.1.2.1.4.3-1: MAC-MainConfig-RBC

retransmission per
UL HARQ
…
For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.1.2.1.3-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-
ETSI
Table 8.5.1.2.1.5-1: Test requirement PHICH 2 Tx Antenna Port

and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.19 OP.1 FDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 0.1 6.7
8.5.1.2.1_1 FDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 2x2 (Release 9 and forward)

Table 8.5.1.2.1_1.3-1: Test Parameters for PHICH
Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
aligned with A.3.6.
Cell ID 0
group.
For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.1.2.1_1.3-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting an ACK for a NACK
(Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.5.1.2.1_1.3-2
ETSI
Table 8.5.1.2.1_1.3-2: Minimum performance PHICH 2 Tx Antenna Port

number Channel Pattern Condition configuration
and Pm-an (%) SNR (dB)
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.19_1 OP.1 FDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 0.1 4.4
and H.3.2.
clause 8.5.1.2.1_1.4.3.
correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 8.5.1.2.1_1.5-1.
PDCCH to schedule PUSCH transmission in the appropriate sub-frames. Table 8.5.1.2.1_1.4.2-1 indicates the
Table 8.5.1.2.1_1.4.2-1: PHICH test pattern
TTI 1-4 5-8 9-12 13-16 17-20 21-24

PDCCH S S - - S S
PHICH - - A A - -
PUSCH T T R R T
UL HARQ Process 1-4 5-8 1-4 5-8 1-4 5-8
ETSI
If Pm-an is less than the value specified in table 8.5.1.2.1_1.5-1, pass the UE. Otherwise fail the UE.
Table 8.5.1.2.1_1.4.3-1: MAC-MainConfig-RBC

retransmission per
UL HARQ
…
For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.1.2.1_1.3-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-
Table 8.5.1.2.1_1.5-1: Test requirement PHICH 2 Tx Antenna Port

correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.19_1 OP.1 FDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 0.1 4.4+TT
8.5.1.2.2 FDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 4x2
ETSI
Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
aligned with A.3.6.
Cell ID 0
group.
For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.1.2.2.3-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting an ACK for a NACK
(Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.5.1.2.2.3-2.
Table 8.5.1.2.2.3-2: Minimum performance PHICH 4 Tx Antenna Port

and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.20 OP.1 FDD EVA5 4 x 2 Medium 0.1 6.0
and H.3.2.
clause 8.5.1.2.2.4.3.
ETSI
PDCCH to schedule PUSCH transmission in the appropriate sub-frames. Table 8.5.1.2.2.4.2-1 indicates the
TTI 1-4 5-8 9-12 13-16 17-20 21-24

PDCCH S S - - S S
PHICH - - A A - -
PUSCH T T R R T
UL HARQ Process 1-4 5-8 1-4 5-8 1-4 5-8
and measure Pm-an. Pm-an is (NACK) / (ACK + NACK). If Pm-an is less than the value specified in table
8.5.1.2.2.5-1, pass the UE. Otherwise fail the UE.

retransmission per
UL HARQ
…
For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.1.2.2.3-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-
ETSI
Table 8.5.1.2.2.5-1: Test requirement PHICH 4 Tx Antenna Port

and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.20 OP.1 FDD EVA5 4 x 2 Medium 0.1 7.0
8.5.1.2.2_1 FDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 4x2 (Release 9 and forward)

Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
aligned with A.3.6.
Cell ID 0
group.
For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.1.2.2_1.3-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting an ACK for a NACK
(Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.5.1.2.2_1.3-2.
ETSI
Table 8.5.1.2.2_1.3-2: Minimum performance PHICH 4 Tx Antenna Port

correlation
Matrix
1 5 MHz R.20_1 OP.1 FDD EPA5 4 x 2 Medium 0.1 6.1
and H.3.2.
clause 8.5.1.2.2_1.4.3.
PDCCH to schedule PUSCH transmission in the appropriate sub-frames. Table 8.5.1.2.2_1.4.2-1 indicates the
TTI 1-4 5-8 9-12 13-16 17-20 21-24

PDCCH S S - - S S
PHICH - - A A - -
PUSCH T T R R T
UL HARQ Process 1-4 5-8 1-4 5-8 1-4 5-8
ETSI
and measure Pm-an. Pm-an is (NACK) / (ACK + NACK). If Pm-an is less than the value specified in table
8.5.1.2.2_1.5-1, pass the UE. Otherwise fail the UE.

retransmission per
UL HARQ
…
Table 8.5.1.2.2_1.5-1: Test requirement PHICH 4 Tx Antenna Port

correlation
Matrix
1 5 MHz R.20_1 OP.1 FDD EPA5 4 x 2 Medium 0.1 6.1+TT
8.5.2 TDD
8.5.2.1 TDD PHICH Single-antenna Port Performance

This test verifies the demodulation performance of PHICH for a single antenna port with a given SNR for which a
certain Hybrid Indicator detection error rate (i.e. missed detection of “NACK to ACK” and “ACK to NACK”) of the
specified reference measurement channels is achieved.


ETSI
Table 8.5.2.1.3-1: Test Parameters for PHICH
Single antenna
Parameter Unit
port
Uplink downlink configuration (Note
1
1)
4
(Note 2)
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB 0
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB 0
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
Cell ID 0
aligned with A.3.6.
group.
For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.2.1.3-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an)
Table 8.5.2.1.3-2: Minimum performance of PHICH

and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.18 OP.1 TDD ETU70 1 x 2 Low 0.1 5.8
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1
Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.5.2.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.
ETSI
Annex a, Figure A.9.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to 8.5.2.1.3-1.
clause 8.5.2.1.4.3.
correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 8.5.2.1.5-1 Test 1 as appropriate.
2. In Each HARQ process (4 HARQ processes for UL/DL configuration 1); SS shall schedule PUSCH
transmissions according to Annex A.2.3.1.1 Table A.2.3.1.1-1 via PDCCH DCI format 0 with new data indicator
set to true. Since the UE has no payload, the UE shall send uplink MAC padding bits in PUSCH. SS upon
receiving the PUSCH transmissions shall transmit the associated ACKs. PHICH is set according to Annex 3.6
Table A.3.6-1. SS will only transmit PDCCH to schedule PUSCH transmission in the appropriate sub-frames.
Table 8.5.2.1.4.2-1 indicates the transmissions for one cycle.
3. SS will only monitor for uplink retransmissions due to ACK missed-detections. DTX from the UE side is
counted as successful ACK reception, while any transmission on these subframes is counted as NACKs.
Table 8.5.2.1.4.2-1: PHICH test pattern
Subframe 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Index
PDCCH S S S S
PHICH A A A A
PUSCH R? R? T T T T R? R?
HARQ 1 3 4 2 3 1 2 4 1 3 4 2 3 1 2 4
process
Note 1: This table gives an example test pattern for HARQ process for TDD PHICH test
Note 3:TDD UL/DL configuration 1 is used here, special subframe is denoted as blue
If Pm-an is less than the value specified in table 8.5.2.1.5-1, pass the UE. Otherwise fail the UE.
5. Repeat the same procedure (steps 1 to 4 ) with test conditions according to the Table 8.5.2.1.5-1 for Test 2.
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6, with the following exceptions
ETSI
Table 8.5.1.1.4.3-1: MAC-MainConfig-RBC

retransmission per
UL HARQ
…

For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.2.1.3-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an)
Table 8.5.2.1.5-1: Test requirement of PHICH

and
correlation
Matrix
8.5.2.2 TDD PHICH Transmit Diversity Performance
8.5.2.2.1 TDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 2x2
This test verifies the demodulation performance of PHICH for transmit diversity with a given SNR for which a certain
Hybrid Indicator detection error rate (i.e. missed detection of “NACK to ACK” and “ACK to NACK”) of the specified
reference measurement channels is achieved.
ETSI
Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
1
1)
4
(Note 2)
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
Cell ID 0
aligned with A.3.6.
group.
For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.2.2.1.3-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an)
shall be below the specified value in Table 8.5.2.2.1.3-2.
Table 8.5.2.2.1.3-2: Minimum performance of PHICH 2 Tx Antenna Port

and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.19 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 0.1 5.3
Bandwidths to be tested: 1.4 MHz, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.
Annex A Figure A.10.
ETSI
clause 8.5.2.2.1.4.3.
2. In Each HARQ process (4 HARQ processes for UL/DL configuration 1), SS shall schedule PUSCH
Table 8.5.2.2.1.4.2-1 indicates the transmissions for one cycle.
Subframe 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Index
PDCCH S S S S
PHICH A A A A
HARQ 1 3 4 2 3 1 2 4 1 3 4 2 3 1 2 4
process
Note 3: TDD UL/DL configuration 1 is used here, special subframe is denoted as blue
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6, with the following exceptions:

retransmission per
UL HARQ
…
ETSI
Table 8.5.2.2.1.5-1: Test requirement of PHICH 2 Tx Antenna Port

and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.19 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 0.1 6.4
8.5.2.2.1_1 TDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 2x2 (Release 9 and forward)

ETSI
Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
1
1)
4
(Note 2)
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
Cell ID 0
aligned with A.3.6.
group.
an) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.5.2.2.1_1.3-2.
Table 8.5.2.2.1_1.3-2: Minimum performance of PHICH 2 Tx Antenna Port

correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.19_1 OP.1 TDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 0.1 4.2
Bandwidths to be tested: 10 MHz, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.
Annex A Figure A.10.
ETSI
clause 8.5.2.2.1_1.4.3.
Table 8.5.2.2.1_1.4.2-1 indicates the transmissions for one cycle.
Subframe 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Index
PDCCH S S S S
PHICH A A A A
HARQ 1 3 4 2 3 1 2 4 1 3 4 2 3 1 2 4
process

retransmission per
UL HARQ
…
ETSI

correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.19_1 OP.1 TDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 0.1 4.2+TT
8.5.2.2.2 TDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 4x2
ETSI
Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
1
1)
4
(Note 2)
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
Cell ID 0
aligned with A.3.6.
group.
Table 8.5.2.2.2.3-2: Minimum performance of PHICH 4 Tx Antenna port

and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.20 OP.1 TDD EVA5 4 x 2 Medium 0.1 6.1
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: 10 MHz, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.
ETSI
clause 8.5.2.2.2.4.3.
Table 8.5.2.2.2.4.2-1 indicates the transmissions for one cycle.
Subframe 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Index
PDCCH S S S S
PHICH A A A A
HARQ 1 3 4 2 3 1 2 4 1 3 4 2 3 1 2 4
process

retransmission per
UL HARQ
…
ETSI

and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.20 OP.1 TDD EVA5 4 x 2 Medium 0.1 7.1
8.5.2.2.2_1 TDD PHICH Transmit Diversity 4x2 (Release 9 and forward)

ETSI
Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
1
1)
4
(Note 2)
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA
dB -3
PHICH_RA
PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
Cell ID 0
with the proper information
PDCCH Content aligned with A.3.6, other
PDCCH resource shall be
occupied by non-zero data.
group.
Table 8.5.2.2.2_1.3-2: Minimum performance of PHICH 4 Tx Antenna port

correlation
Matrix
1 5 MHz R.20_1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 4 x 2 Medium 0.1 6.2
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: 5 MHz, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.
ETSI
clause 8.5.2.2.2_1.4.3.
Table 8.5.2.2.2_1.4.2-1 indicates the transmissions for one cycle.
Subframe 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Index
PDCCH S S S S
PHICH A A A A
HARQ 1 3 4 2 3 1 2 4 1 3 4 2 3 1 2 4
process

retransmission per
UL HARQ
…
ETSI
Table 8.5.2.2.2_1.5-1: Test requirement of PHICH 4 Tx Antenna Port

correlation
Matrix
1 5 MHz R.20_1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 4 x 2 Medium 0.1 6.2+TT
8.6 Demodulation of PBCH

RAN4 will specify the PBCH performance requirements and has recommended that these requirements do not need to
be tested.
8.7 Sustained downlink data rate provided by lower layers

• The minimum requirements are not confirmed for UE category 5
• The number of frames to be tested are within [ ] and the relevant parts of Annex G on statistical testing
are undefined
• The length of time the SS should wait to let any HARQ retransmissions and RLC retransmissions to
finish is within [ ]
• The TBsize per Codeword for 8.7.2, UE category 3, Test 3B is undefined
• The OCNG patterns are undefined
8.7.1 FDD
8.7.1.1 FDD sustained data rate performance

The purpose of the test is to verify that the Layer 1 and Layer 2 correctly process in a sustained manner the received
packets corresponding to the maximum number of DL-SCH transport block bits received within a TTI for the UE
category indicated. The sustained downlink data rate shall be verified in terms of the success rate of delivered PDCP
SDU(s) by Layer 2. The test case below specifies the RF conditions and the required success rate of delivered TB by
Layer 1 to meet the sustained data rate requirement. The size of the TB per TTI corresponds to the largest possible DL-
SCH transport block for each UE category using the maximum number of layers for spatial multiplexing. Transmission
modes 1 and 3 are used with radio conditions resembling a scenario where sustained maximum data rates are available.

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE Release 9 and forward.
8.7.1.1.3 Minimum requirements

The parameters specified in Table 8.7.1.1.3-1 are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated.
ETSI
Table 8.7.1.1.3-1: Common Test Parameters (FDD)

Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ Downlink: 8
Processes
processes Uplink: 8
Maximum number of Downlink: 4
HARQ transmission Uplink: 1
Redundancy version
{0,0,1,2} for 64QAM
coding sequence
Number of OFDM
OFDM symbols 1
symbols for PDCCH
The requirements are specified in Table 8.7.1.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.7.1.1.3-2 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The PDCP SDU success rate shall be sustained during at
least 300 frames.
Table 8.7.1.1.3-2: Test Parameters for sustained downlink data rate (FDD)
Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3,4 Test 3A

Bandwidth MHz 10 10 20 10
Transmission mode 1 3 3 3
Antenna configuration 1x2 2x2 2x2 2x2
Propagation condition Static propagation condition (Note 1)
n/a 10 10 10
bitmap
Downlink power ρA dB 0 -3 -3 -3
allocation ρB dB 0 -3 -3 -3
Ês at antenna port dBm/15kHz -85 -85 -85 -85

Symbols for unused PRBs [OCNG] [OCNG] [OCNG] [OCNG]
Note 1: No external noise sources are applied
Table 8.7.1.1.3-3: Minimum Requirement (FDD)
Test UE Category Number of bits Measurement Reference

of a DL-SCH channel value
transport block TB success
received within rate [%]
a TTI
1 Category 1 10296 R31-1 FDD 95
2 Category 2 25456 R31-2 FDD 95
3 Category 3 (Note 1) 51024 R31-3 FDD 95
3A Category 3 (Note 2) 36696 (Note 4) R31-3A FDD 85
4 Category 4 75376 (Note 5) R31-4 FDD 85
5 Category 5 FFS FFS FFS
Note 1: If the operating band under test does not support 20 MHz channel bandwidth,
then test is executed according to Test 3A.
Note 2: Applicable to operating bands supporting up to 10 MHz channel bandwidths.
Note 3: For 2 layer transmissions, 2 transport blocks are received within a TTI
Note 4: 35160 bits for sub-frame 5
Note 6: The TB success rate is defined as TB success rate = 100%*NDL_correct_rx/
(NDL_newtx + NDL_retx), where NDL_newtx is the number of newly transmitted DL
transport blocks, NDL_retx is the number of retransmitted DL transport blocks,
and NDL_correct_rx is the number of correctly received DL transport blocks.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101[2] clause 8.7.1
ETSI
Table 8.7.1.1.4.1-1: Applicable test and Transport Block Size for different UE categories
UE Applicable DL UL TBsize per Number of PDCP SDU size [bits]

Category test Measurement Measurement Codeword PDCP SDU per Note 3
channel channel Codeword
1 Test 1 R31-1 FDD R.1-1 FDD 10296 1 8*FLOOR((TBsize -
96)/8)
2 Test 2 R31-2 FDD R.1-2 FDD 25456 3 8*FLOOR((TBsize –
152)/24))
3 Test 3 (Note R31-3 FDD R.1-3 FDD 51024 5 8*FLOOR((TBsize -–
1) 208)/40))
3 Test 3A R31-3A FDD R.1-3A FDD 36696 4 8*FLOOR((TBsize –
(Note 2) (Note 5) 184)/32))”
4 Test 4 (Note R31-4 FDD R.1-4 FDD 75376 7 8*FLOOR((TBsize –
2) (Note 6) 264)/56))
5 FFS FFS TBD FFS FFS FFS
Note 1: If the operating band under test does not support 20 MHz channel bandwidth, then test is executed according
to Test 3A.
Note 3: Transport block size under test according to applicable Fixed Reference Channel for sustained data-rate test
in annex A.3.9.
Note 4: Each PDCP SDU is limited to 1500 octets (to keep below maximum SDU size of ESM as specified in TS
24.301 clause 9.9.4.12).
The PDCP SDU size of each PDCP SDU is:
PDCP SDU size = (TBsize – N*PDCP header size - AMD PDU header size - MAC header size - Size of RLC
STATUS PDU) / N,
where PDCP header size is 16 bits for the RLC AM and 12-bit SN case; AMD PDU header size is
CEIL[(16+(N-1)*12)/8] bytes which includes 16 bit standard AM header and (N-1) Length indicators; and MAC
header size = R/R/E/LCID/F/L MAC subheader (24 bits for MAC SDU for RLC STATUS PDU with 15 bit LI) +
R/R/E/LCID MAC subheader (8 bits for MAC SDU for RLC Data PDU) = 32 bits. The size of RLC STATUS
PDU including one ACK_SN field and one NACK_SN field is 32 bits (if no STATUS PDU is sent or if the size
of the STATUS PDU is less than 32 bits then padding will be used to fill the 32 bits). This gives: PDCP SDU
size = 8*FLOOR((TBsize – N*16- 8*CEIL((16+(N-1)*12)/8) – 64)/(8*N)) bits.
The calculation of PDCP SDU sizes does not consider timing advance MAC CE as timing advance is not
transmitted by SS for RF test cases.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: According to table 8.7.1.1.3-2.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connector(s) as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 for test 1 and
Figure A.10 for tests 2-5 (without using faders and AWGN generators).
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.7.1.1.5-1 and Table 8.7.1.1.5-2.
ETSI
5. Ensure the UE is in State 4 (Loopback activated) according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.4. Message contents are
1. The SS looks up TBsize in table 8.7.1.1.4.1-1 according to the UE category under test.
2. SS sets the counters NDL_newtx ,NDL_retx, NUL_PDCP, and NDDL_PDCP to 0.
3. If PHY requests a new DL HARQ transmission this TTI, the SS creates one or more PDCP SDUs to fill up the
TB [Note 1], depending on TBsize, in accordance with Table 8.7.1.1.4.1-1. and cipher the PDCP SDUs. The
SS then concatenates the resultant PDCP PDUs to form an RLC PDU and then a MAC PDU. The SS then
transmits the MAC PDU. The SS then increments the transmitted DL subframe (NDL_newtx) by one and NDL_PDCP
by the number of PDCP SDUs included in the MAC PDU.
4. If PHY requests a DL HARQ retransmission in this TTI, the SS performs a HARQ retransmission and
increments the retransmitted subframe (NDL_retx) by one. [Note 2]
5. Steps 3 to 4 are repeated at every TTI for at least [300] frames or until statistical significance is fulfilled
according to [Annex G FFS] and the SS waits for [300ms] to let any HARQ retransmissions and RLC
retransmissions to finish.
6. For each PDCP SDU received at the SS, if the content of the data matches that of the truncated version of the
original PDCP SDU generated at the SS, the SS increments NUL_PDCP by one
7. The SS calculates the TB success rate as A = 100%*NDL_newtx/ (NDL_newtx + NDL_retx)
8. The SS calculates the PDCP SDU loss as B = NDL_PDCP - NUL_PDCP
9. The UE passes the test if A ≥ “corresponding TB success rate according to Table 8.7.1.1.3-3” and B = 0.
NOTE 1: if there is RLC PDU retransmission in this TTI, the SS forms as many number of new PDCP SDUs to fill
the rest of the TB.
NOTE 2: the SS should prioritize the HARQ retransmissions over new HARQ transmissions. This is to minimize
the RLC buffering/processing load at the UE in case of HARQ transmission error.
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 and 4.7A, with the following exceptions:
Table 8.7.1.1.4.3-1: CLOSE UE TEST LOOP (in the preamble)
Derivation Path: 36.509 clause 6.1

Protocol discriminator 1111
Skip indicator 0000
Message type 10000000
UE test loop mode 00000000 UE test loop mode
A
UE test loop mode A LB setup
Length of UE test loop mode A LB setup list in 00000011 Length of one LB
bytes setup DRB (3 bytes)
LB setup DRB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0, UL PDCP SDU size
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0, = 40 bits (5 bytes)
0 0 0 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q4..Q0 = Data
Q0 Radio Bearer
identity number for
the default radio
bearer. See 36.509
clause 6.1
UE test loop mode B LB setup Not present
ETSI
Table 8.7.1.1.4.3-2: SecurityModeCommand (in the preamble)
Derivation Path: TS36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-19

SecurityModeCommand ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE{
securityModeCommand-r8 SEQUENCE {
securityConfiguration SEQUENCE {
cipheringAlgorithm eea2
nextHopChainingCount Not present
}
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} Not present
}
}
}
}

The requirements are specified in Table 8.7.1.1.5-1. The PDCP SDU success rate shall be sustained during at least [100]
frames.
Table 8.7.1.1.5-1: Test requirements for sustained downlink data rate (FDD)
Test UE Category Number of bits Measurement Number of PDCP SDU Reference

of a DL-SCH channel PDCP SDU size value
transport block per [Octets] TB success
received within Codeword rate [%]
a TTI per
Codeword
1 Category 1 10296 R31-1 FDD 1 1275 95
2 Category 2 25456 R31-2 FDD 3 1054 95
3 Category 3 51024 R31-3 FDD 5 1270 95
(Note 1)
3A Category 3 36696 (Note4) R31-3A FDD 4 1141 85
(Note 2)
4 Category 4 75376 (Note5) R31-4 FDD 7 1341 85
Note 1: If the operating band under test does not support 20 MHz channel bandwidth, then test is executed
according to Test 3A.
Note 2: Applicable to operating bands supporting up to 10 MHz channel bandwidths
Note 6: The TB success rate is defined as TB success rate = 100%*NDL_correct_rx/ (NDL_newtx + NDL_retx), where
NDL_newtx is the number of newly transmitted DL transport blocks, NDL_retx is the number of retransmitted
DL transport blocks, and NDL_correct_rx is the number of correctly received DL transport blocks.
ETSI
Table 8.7.1.1.5-2: Test Parameters for sustained downlink data rate (FDD)
Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3,4 Test 3A

n/a 10 10 10
bitmap

8.7.2 TDD
8.7.2.1 TDD sustained data rate performance

The purpose of the test is to verify that the Layer 1 and Layer 2 correctly process in a sustained manner the received
packets corresponding to the maximum number of DL-SCH transport block bits received within a TTI for the UE
category indicated. The sustained downlink data rate shall be verified in terms of the success rate of delivered PDCP
SDU(s) by Layer 2. The test case below specifies the RF conditions and the required success rate of delivered TB by
Layer 1 to meet the sustained data rate requirement. The size of the TB per TTI corresponds to the largest possible DL-
SCH transport block for each UE category using the maximum number of layers for spatial multiplexing. Transmission
modes 1 and 3 are used with radio conditions resembling a scenario where sustained maximum data rates are available.

8.7.2.1.3 Minimum requirements

The parameters specified in Table 8.7.1.1.3-1 are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.7.2.1.3-1: Common Test Parameters (TDD)

Uplink downlink
5
Special subframe
4
Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ Downlink: 7
Processes
processes Uplink: 1
Maximum number of Downlink: 4
HARQ transmission Uplink: 1
Redundancy version
{0,0,1,2} for 64QAM
coding sequence
Number of OFDM
OFDM symbols 1
symbols for PDCCH
ETSI
The requirements are specified in Table 8.7.2.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.7.2.1.3-2 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The PDCP SDU success rate shall be sustained during at
least 300 frames.
Table 8.7.2.1.3-2: test parameters for sustained downlink data rate (TDD)
Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3,4 Test 3B

n/a 10 10 10
bitmap

ACK/NACK feedback mode Bundling Bundling Bundling Bundling
Table 8.7.2.1.3-3: Minimum requirement (TDD)
Test UE Category Number of bits Measurement Reference

of a DL-SCH channel value
transport block TB success
received within rate [%]
a TTI for
normal/special
sub-frame
1 Category 1 10296/0 R31-1 TDD 95
2 Category 2 25456/0 R31-2 TDD 95
3 Category 3 (Note 1) 51024/0 R31-3 TDD 95
3B Category 3 (Note 2) 51024/0 R31-3B TDD 85
4 Category 4 75376/0 (Note 4) R31-4 TDD 90
5 Category 5 FFS FFS FFS
Note 1: If the operating band under test does not support 20 MHz channel bandwidth,
then test is executed according to Test 3B.
Note 5: The TB success rate is defined as TB success rate = 100%*NDL_correct_rx/
(NDL_newtx + NDL_retx), where NDL_newtx is the number of newly transmitted DL
transport blocks, NDL_retx is the number of retransmitted DL transport blocks,
and NDL_correct_rx is the number of correctly received DL transport blocks.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101[2] clause 8.7.2
ETSI
Table 8.7.2.1.4.1-1: Applicable test and Transport Block Size for different UE categories
UE Applicable DL UL TBsize per Number of PDCP SDU size

Category test Measurement Measurement Codeword PDCP SDU per [bits]
channel Channel Codeword for Note 3
normal/special
sub-frame
1 Test 1 R31-1 TDD R.1-1 TDD 10296 1/0 8*FLOOR((TBsize
- 96)/8)
– 152)/24))
(Note 1) – 208)/40))
3 Test 3B R31-3B TDD R.1-3B TDD TBD 4/0 8*FLOOR((TBsize
(Note 2) – 184)/32))”
(Note 2) (Note 5) – 264)/56))
5 FFS FFS FFS FFS FFS FFS
according to Test 3B.
Note 2: Applicable to operating bands supporting up to 15 MHz channel bandwidths
Note 3: Transport block size under test according to applicable Fixed Reference Channel for sustained
data-rate test in annex A.3.9.
Note 4: Each PDCP SDU is limited to 1500 octets (to keep below maximum SDU size of ESM as specified
in TS 24.301 clause 9.9.4.12).
The PDCP SDU size of each PDCP SDU is:
PDCP SDU size = (TBsize – N*PDCP header size - AMD PDU header size - MAC header size –
Size of Timing Advance - Size of RLC STATUS PDU) / N,
where PDCP header size is 16 bits for the RLC AM and 12-bit SN case; AMD PDU header size is
CEIL[(16+(N-1)*12)/8] bytes which includes 16 bit standard AM header and (N-1) Length indicators;
and MAC header size = R/R/E/LCID/F/L MAC subheader (24 bits for MAC SDU for RLC STATUS
PDU with 15 bit LI) + R/R/E/LCID MAC subheader (8 bits for MAC SDU for RLC data PDU) = 32
bits. The size of RLC STATUS PDU including one ACK_SN field and one NACK_SN field is 32 bits
(if no STATUS PDU is sent or if the size of the STATUS PDU is less than 32 bits then padding will
be used to fill the 32 bits). This gives: PDCP SDU size = 8*FLOOR((TBsize – N*16- 8*CEIL((16+(N-
1)*12)/8) – 64)/(8*N)) bits.
The calculation of PDCP SDU sizes does not consider timing advance MAC CE as timing advance
is not transmitted by SS for RF test cases.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: According to table 8.7.2.1.3-2.
1. Connect the SS, to the UE antenna connector(s) as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 for test 1 and
Figure A.10 for tests 2-5 (without using faders and AWGN generators).
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.7.2.1.5-1 and Table 8.7.2.1.5-2.
ETSI
5. Ensure the UE is in State 4 (Loopback activated) according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.4. Message contents are
1. The SS looks up TBsize in table 8.7.2.1.4.1-1 according to the UE category under test.
2. SS sets the counters NDL_newtx ,NDL_retx, NUL_PDCP, and NDDL_PDCP to 0.
3. If PHY requests a new DL HARQ transmission this TTI, the SS creates one or more PDCP SDUs to fill up the
TB [Note 1], depending on TBsize, in accordance with Table 8.7.2.1.4.1-1. and cipher the PDCP SDUs The SS
then concatenates the resultant PDCP PDUs to form an RLC PDU and then a MAC PDU. The SS then transmits
the MAC PDU. The SS then increments the transmitted DL subframe (NDL_newtx) by one and NDL_PDCP by the
number of PDCP SDUs included in the MAC PDU.
4. If PHY requests a DL HARQ retransmission in this TTI, the SS performs a HARQ retransmission and
increments the retransmitted subframe (NDL_retx) by one. [Note 2]
5. Steps 3 to 4 are repeated at every TTI for at least [300] frames or until statistical significance is fulfilled
according to [Annex G FFS] and the SS waits for [300ms] to let any HARQ retransmissions and RLC
retransmissions to finish.
6. For each PDCP SDU received at the SS, if the content of the data matches that of the truncated version of the
original PDCP SDU generated at the SS, the SS increments NUL_PDCP by one.
7. The SS calculates the TB success rate as A = 100%*NDL_newtx/ (NDL_newtx + NDL_retx)
8. The SS calculates the PDCP SDU loss as B = NDL_PDCP - NUL_PDCP
9. The UE passes the test if A ≥ “corresponding TB success rate according to Table 8.7.2.1.3-3” and B = 0
NOTE 1: if there is RLC PDU retransmission in this TTI, the SS forms as many number of new PDCP SDUs to fill
the rest of the TB.
NOTE 2: the SS should prioritize the HARQ retransmissions over new HARQ transmissions. This is to minimize
the RLC buffering/processing load at the UE in case of HARQ transmission error.
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 and 4.7A, with the following exceptions:
Table 8.7.2.1.4.3-1: CLOSE UE TEST LOOP (in the preamble)
Derivation Path: 36.509 clause 6.1

Protocol discriminator 1111
Skip indicator 0000
Message type 10000000
UE test loop mode 00000000 UE test loop mode
A
UE test loop mode A LB setup
Length of UE test loop mode A LB setup list in 00000011 Length of one LB
bytes setup DRB (3 bytes)
LB setup DRB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0, UL PDCP SDU size
0 0 101 0 0 0, = 40 bits (5 bytes)
0 0 0 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q4..Q0 = Data
Q0 Radio Bearer
identity number for
the default radio
bearer. See 36.509
clause 6.1.
UE test loop mode B LB setup Not present
ETSI
Table 8.7.2.1.4.3-2: SecurityModeCommand (in the preamble)
Derivation Path: TS36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-19

SecurityModeCommand ::= SEQUENCE {
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE{
securityModeCommand-r8 SEQUENCE {
securityConfiguration SEQUENCE {
cipheringAlgorithm eea2
nextHopChainingCount Not present
}
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} Not present
}
}
}
}

The requirements are specified in Table 8.7.2.1.5-1. The PDCP SDU success rate shall be sustained during at least [100]
frames.
Table 8.7.2.1.5-1: Test requirements for sustained downlink data rate (TDD)
Test UE Number of bits Measurement Number of PDCP SDU Reference

Category of a DL-SCH channel PDCP SDU per size for value
transport block TTI per normal/special TB success
received within codeword for sub-frame rate [%]
a TTI per normal/special [Octets]
codeword for sub-frame
normal/special
sub-frame
1 Category 1 10296/0 R31-1 TDD 1/0 1275/0 95
2 Category 2 25456/0 R31-2 TDD 3/0 1054/0 95
3 Category 3 51024/0 R31-3 TDD 5/0 1270/0 95
(Note 1)
3B Category 3 51024 R31-3B TDD 4/0 1588 85
(Note 2)
4 Category 4 75376/0 R31-4 TDD 7/0 1341/0 85
5 Category 5 FFS FFS FFS FFS FFS
according to Test 3B.
Note 5: The TB success rate is defined as TB success rate = 100%*NDL_correct_rx/ (NDL_newtx + NDL_retx), where
NDL_newtx is the number of newly transmitted DL transport blocks, NDL_retx is the number of retransmitted
DL transport blocks, and NDL_correct_rx is the number of correctly received DL transport blocks.
ETSI
Table 8.7.2.1.5-2: test parameters for sustained downlink data rate (TDD)
Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3,4 Test 3B

n/a 10 10 10
bitmap

ETSI
9 Reporting of Channel State Information
9.1 General
For the cases in this clause it is expected that the UE will not always detect the PDCCH, resulting in a statDTX for the
uplink ACK/NACK transmission. The downlink configuration for evaluating CQI performance does not use
retransmission. Therefore any BLER and Throughput calculations must exclude any packets where the UE may have
attempted to combine data from more than one transmission due to missed new data indicators from lost PDCCH
transmissions. In particular all test cases in which there are not retransmission (Max number of HARQ transmissions =
1); then, if the number of consecutive discarded statDTX for any one process is an odd number including one, also
discard the next response for that HARQ process regardless whether it is an ACK or NACK.
This section includes requirements for the reporting of channel state information (CSI).
The fading of the signals and the AWGN signals applied to each receiver antenna connector shall be uncorrelated. The
levels of the test signal applied to each of the antenna connectors shall be as defined in the respective test cases.
The UE performance in this section is considered to be operating band independent. Therefore, the required
performance in the respective test cases can be verified in one of the operating bands supported by the UE under test.
All the test points supported by the bands of the multiband UE (based on channel bandwidth, DL and UL configuration)
need to be tested.
9.2 CQI Reporting under AWGN conditions

The reporting accuracy of the channel quality indicator (CQI) under frequency non-selective conditions is determined
by the reporting variance and the BLER performance using the transport format indicated by the reported CQI median.
The purpose is to verify that the reported CQI values are in accordance with the CQI definition given in TS 36.213[10]
clause 7.2.To account for sensitivity of the input SNR the reporting definition is considered to be verified if the
reporting accuracy is met for at least one of two SNR levels separated by an offset of 1 dB.
9.2.1 CQI Reporting under AWGN conditions - PUCCH 1-0
9.2.1.1 FDD CQI Reporting under AWGN conditions – PUCCH 1-0

To verify the variance of the wideband CQI reports is within the limits defined and a PDSCH BLER of 10% falls
between the transport format based median CQI-1 and median CQI or the transport format based median CQI and
median CQI +1.

This test applies to E-UTRA FDD UE release 8 and forward of UE category 2-5.

For the parameters specified in Table 9.2.1.1.3-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1
and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more
than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to
0.1, the BLER using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI +1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH
BLER using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format
indicated by (median CQI –1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1
ETSI
Table 9.2.1.1.3-1: PUCCH 1-0 static test

Bandwidth MHz 10
PDSCH transmission mode 1
allocation ρB dB 0
Propagation condition and
AWGN (1 x 2)
antenna configuration
SNR (Note 2) dB 0 1 6 7
Iˆ ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -97 -92 -91
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Physical channel for CQI
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
Reporting periodicity ms NP = 5
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 6
Note 1: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1.
Note 2: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s)
and the respective wanted signal input level.
1. Connect the SS, faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connector (s) as shown in TS 36.508 [7]
clause 9.2.1.1.4.3.
1. Set the parameters of bandwidth, reference Channel, the propagation condition, antenna configuration and the
SNR according to Table 9.2.1.1.3-1 as appropriate.
2. The SS shall transmit PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to
CQI value 8 of Annex A.4 Table A.4-3 and keep it regardless of the wideband CQI value sent by the UE. The SS
sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. Continue transmission of the PDSCH until 2000 wideband
ETSI
CQI reports have been gathered. In this process the SS collects wideband CQI reports every 5 ms and also cases
where UE transmits nothing in its CQI timing are also counted as wideband CQI reports.
3. Set up a relative frequency distribution for the reported wideband CQI-values, Calculate the median value
(wideband Median CQI is the wideband CQI that is at or crosses 50% distribution from the lower wideband CQI
side). This CQI-value is declared as wideband Median CQI value.
4. If Median CQI is not equal to 1 or 15 and 1800 or more of the wideband CQI values are in the range (Median
CQI - 1) ≤ Median CQI ≤ ( Median CQI + 1) then continue with step 5, otherwise go to step 8.
the wideband median-CQI value and shall not react to the UE’s wideband CQI reports. The SS sends downlink
MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. For any PDSCH transmitted by the SS, record the associated ACK, NACK
and statDTX responses. The responses are then filtered as follows: for the sequence of responses for each HARQ
process, discard all the statDTX responses. Continue to gather data until the number of filtered ACK+NACK
responses reaches 1000.
For the filtered ACK and NACK responses if the ratio ( NACK / ACK + NACK) ≤ 0.1 then go to step 6,
otherwise go to step 7.
the wideband median-CQI+1 value and shall not react to the UE’s wideband CQI reports. The SS sends
downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. For any PDSCH, transmitted by the SS, record and filter the
ACK, NACK and statDTX responses as in step 5 until 1000 filtered ACK+NACK responses are gathered.
If the ratio (NACK /ACK + NACK ) > 0.1
then pass the UE for this test and go to step 9, otherwise go to step 8.
the wideband median-CQI-1 value and shall not react to the UE’s wideband CQI reports. The SS sends
downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. For any PDSCH, transmitted by the SS, record and filter the
ACK, NACK and statDTX responses as in step 5 until 1000 filtered ACK+NACK responses are gathered.
If the ratio (NACK /ACK + NACK ) ≤ 0.1
8. If both SNR points of the test have not been tested, then repeat the same procedure (steps 1 to 7) for the other
SNR point as appropriate. Otherwise fail the UE.
9. If both tests have not been done, then repeat the same procedure (steps 1 to 8) with test conditions according to
the table 9.2.1.1.3-1 for the other Test as appropriate. Otherwise pass the UE.
Table 9.2.1.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1.2

cqi-ReportConfig CQI-ReportConfig-
DEFAULT
}
ETSI
Table 9.2.1.1.4.3-2: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic Not present
cqi-ReportPeriodic CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex 0
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex 6
(see Table 7.2.2-
1A in TS 36.213)
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE {
widebandCQI NULL
}
ri-ConfigIndex NULL
(see Table 7.2.2-
1B in TS 36.213)
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI FALSE
}
}
}

The pass fail decision is as specified in the test procedure in clause 9.2.1.1.4.2.
There are no parameters in the test setup or measurement process whose variation impacts the results so there are no
applicable test tolerances for this test.
9.2.1.2 TDD CQI Reporting under AWGN conditions – PUCCH 1-0

To verify the variance of the wideband CQI reports is within the limits defined and a PDSCH BLER of 10% falls
between the transport format based on wideband median CQI-1 and wideband median CQI or the transport format
based on wideband median CQI and wideband median CQI +1.

This test applies to E-UTRA TDD UE release 8 and forward of UE category 2-5.

For the parameters specified in Table 9.2.1.2.3-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1
and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to Table A.4-2 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more
than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to
0.1, the BLER using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI +1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH
BLER using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format
indicated by (median CQI –1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1.
ETSI
Table 9.2.1.2.3-1: PUCCH 1-0 static test (TDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Uplink downlink configuration 2
Special subframe
4
configuration
allocation ρB dB 0
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR (Note 2) dB 0 1 6 7
Iˆ ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -97 -92 -91
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Maximum number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Physical channel for CQI
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
Note 1: Reference measurement channel according to clause A.4-2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1
Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on
PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and
#8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7
and #2.
clause 9.2.1.2.4.3.
ETSI
sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH
DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #2 and subframe #7 according to
Annex A.4-11. The UE will send ACK/NACK and periodic CQI report using PUSCH.Continue transmission of
the PDSCH until 2000 wideband CQI reports have been gathered. In this process the SS collects wideband CQI
reports every 5 ms and also cases where UE transmits nothing in its CQI timing are counted as wideband CQI
reports.
(wideband Median CQI is the CQI that is at or crosses 50% distribution from the lower wideband CQI side).
This CQI-value is declared as wideband Median CQI value.
4. If Median CQI is not equal to 1 or 15 and 1800 or more of the wideband CQI values are in the range (Median
CQI - 1) ≤ Median CQI ≤ ( Median CQI + 1) then continue with step 5, otherwise go to step 8.
the wideband median-CQI value and shall not react to the UE’s wideband CQI reports. The SS sends downlink
MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with
CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #2 and subframe #7 according to Annex A.4-11. The
UE will send ACK/NACK and periodic CQI report using PUSCH. For any PDSCH transmitted by the SS, record
the associated ACK, NACK and statDTX responses. In case statDTX can not be differentiated from NACK due
to multiplexing effect, evaluate the feedback as a NACK The responses are then filtered as follows: for the
sequence of responses for each HARQ process, discard all the statDTX responses. Continue to gather data until
the number of filtered ACK+NACK responses reaches 1000.
For the filtered ACK and NACK responses if the ratio ( NACK / ACK + NACK) ≤ 0.1 then go to step 6,
otherwise go to step 7.
the wideband median-CQI+1 value and shall not react to the UE’s wideband CQI reports. The SS sends
downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI
format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #2 and subframe #7 according to Annex
A.4-11. The UE will send ACK/NACK and periodic CQI report using PUSCH. For any PDSCH, transmitted by
the SS, record and filter the ACK, NACK and statDTX responses as in step 5 until 1000 filtered ACK+NACK
responses are gathered. In case statDTX can not be differentiated from NACK due to multiplexing effect, evaluate
the feedback as a NACK
If the ratio (NACK /ACK + NACK ) > 0.1
the wideband median-CQI-1 value and shall not react to the UE’s wideband CQI reports. The SS sends downlink
MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with
CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #2 and subframe #7 according to Annex A.4-11. The
UE will send ACK/NACK and periodic CQI report using PUSCH. For any PDSCH, transmitted by the SS,
record and filter the ACK, NACK and statDTX responses as in step 5 until 1000 filtered ACK+NACK responses
are gathered. In case statDTX can not be differentiated from NACK due to multiplexing effect, evaluate the
feedback as a NACK
9. If both tests have not been done, then repeat the same procedure (steps 1 to 8 ) with test conditions according to
ETSI

DEFAULT
}

setup SEQUENCE {
widebandCQI NULL
}
ri-ConfigIndex NULL
}
}
}
Table 9.2.1.2.4.3-3: TDD-Config-DEFAULT

specialSubframePatterns ssp4
}

9.2.2 CQI Reporting under AWGN conditions - PUCCH 1-1
9.2.2.1 FDD CQI Reporting under AWGN conditions – PUCCH 1-1

To verify the variance of the wideband spatial differential CQI between codeword #0 and codeword #1 are within the
limits defined and for both codeword #0 and codeword #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by
the respective median CQI0 – 1 and median CQI1 – 1 shall be less than or equal to 0.1 and the PDSCH BLER using the
transport format indicated by the respective median CQI0 + 1 and median CQI1 + 1 shall be greater than or equal to 0.1.
ETSI


The minimum requirements for dual codeword transmission are defined in terms of a reporting spread of the wideband
CQI value for codeword #1, and their BLER performance using the transport format indicated by the reported CQI
median of codeword #0 and codeword #1. The precoding used at the transmitter is a fixed precoding matrix specified by
the bitmap parameter codebookSubsetRestriction. The propagation condition assumed for the minimum performance
requirement is defined in subclause B.1.
For the parameters specified in table 9.2.2.1.3-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1
and C.3.2-2, the reported offset level of the wideband spatial differential CQI for codeword #1 (Table 7.2.2 in TS
36.213[10]) shall be used to determine the wideband CQI index for codeword #1 as
wideband CQI1 = wideband CQI0 – Codeword 1 offset level
The wideband CQI1 shall be within the set {median CQI1 -1, median CQI1 +1} for more than 90% of the time, where
the resulting wideband values CQI1 shall be used to determine the median CQI values for codeword #1. For both
codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI0 – 1 and
median CQI1 – 1 shall be less than or equal to 0.1. Furthermore, for both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER
using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI0 + 1 and median CQI1 + 1 shall be greater than or
equal to 0.1.
Table 9.2.2.1.3-1: PUCCH 1-1 static test (FDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
allocation ρB dB -3
Clause B.1 (2 x 2)
010000
bitmap
SNR (Note 2) dB 10 11 16 17
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -88 -87 -82 -81
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Physical channel for CQI/PMI
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type for
2
CQI/PMI
PUCCH Report Type for RI 3
ri-ConfigIndex 1 (Note 3)
Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1
Note 3: It is intended to have UL collisions between RI reports and HARQ-ACK, since the RI reports
shall not be used by the eNB in this test.
ETSI
clause 9.2.2.1.4.3.
2. The SS shall transmit PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC including two
codewords with spatial multiplexing both using the transport format according to CQI value 8 of Annex A.4
Table A.4-3a and keep them regardless of the wideband CQI value sent by the UE. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS shall use a fixed precoding matrix specified by the bitmap parameter
codebookSubsetRestriction. Continue transmission of the PDSCH until 2000 wideband and wideband spatial
differential CQI reports have been gathered. In this process the SS collects wideband and wideband spatial
differential CQI reports every 5 ms and also cases where UE transmits nothing in its CQI timing are also counted
as wideband and wideband spatial differential CQI reports respectively.
3. From each wideband CQI report, wideband CQI0 is defined as Wideband CQI of codeword #0 and wideband
CQI1 is calculated according to clause 9.2.2.1.3. Codeword 1 offset level is selected from {0,1,2,3,-4,-3,-2,-1}.
Set up a relative frequency distribution for the wideband CQI-values, reported. Calculate the median value
(wideband Median CQI is the CQI that is at or crosses 50% distribution from the lower wideband CQI side) for
each codewords. Wideband Median CQI0 is based on the wideband CQI0 and wideband median CQI1 is based on
the wideband CQI1.
4. If Median CQI is not equal to 1 or 15 and 1800 or more of the wideband CQI1 values are in the range (Median
CQI1 - 1) ≤ Median CQI ≤ ( Median CQI1 + 1) then continue with step 5, otherwise go to step 7.
codewords with spatial multiplexing where the transport format of codeword #0 is according to the wideband
median- CQI0– 1 and the transport format of codeword #1 is according to the wideband median CQI1– 1. The SS
sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS shall not react to the any wideband CQI reports
from UE and shall use a fixed precoding matrix specified by the bitmap parameter codebookSubsetRestriction.
For any PDSCH transmitted by the SS, record the associated ACK, NACK and statDTX responses for each
codewords respectively. The responses are then filtered as follows: for the sequence of responses for each
HARQ process, discard all the statDTX responses. Continue to gather data until the number of filtered
ACK+NACK responses for each codewords reaches 1000.
If the ratio (NACK /ACK + NACK ) ≤ 0.1 for both codeword #0 and codeword #1
then and go to step 6, otherwise go to step 7.
ETSI
median-CQI0 + 1 and the transport format of codeword #1 is according to the wideband median-CQI1 + 1. The
SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS shall not react to the any wideband CQI reports
For any PDSCH transmitted by the SS, record the associated ACK, NACK and statDTX responses for each
codewords respectively. The responses are then filtered as follows: for the sequence of responses for each
HARQ process, discard all the statDTX responses. Continue to gather data until the number of filtered
ACK+NACK responses for each codewords reaches 1000.
If the ratio (NACK /ACK + NACK ) ≥ 0.1 for both codeword #0 and codeword #1

SEQUENCE {
DEFAULT
}
release NULL
}
}
}
Table 9.2.2.1.4.3-2: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

SEQUENCE {
p-a dB-3
}
ETSI

setup SEQUENCE {
(see Table 7.2.2-
1A in TS 36.213)
widebandCQI NULL
}
ri-ConfigIndex 1
(see Table 7.2.2-
1B in TS 36.213)
}
}
}

9.2.2.2 TDD CQI Reporting under AWGN conditions – PUCCH 1-1

To verify the variance of the wideband spatial differential CQI between codeword #0 and codeword #1 are within the
limits defined and for both codeword #0 and codeword #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the
respective wideband median CQI0 – 1 and wideband median CQI1 – 1 shall be less than or equal to 0.1 and the PDSCH
BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective wideband median CQI0 + 1 and wideband median CQI1 + 1
shall be greater than or equal to 0.1.

This test applies to E-UTRA TDD UE release 8 and forward of UE category 2-5.

For the parameters specified in table 9.2.2.2.3-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1
and C.3.2-2, the reported offset level of the wideband spatial differential CQI for codeword #1 (Table 7.2.2 in TS
36.213[10]) shall be used to determine the wideband CQI index for codeword #1 as
wideband CQI1 = wideband CQI0 – Codeword 1 offset level
The wideband CQI1 shall be within the set {median CQI1 -1, median CQI1 +1} for more than 90% of the time, where
the resulting wideband values CQI1 shall be used to determine the median CQI values for codeword #1. For both
codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI0 – 1 and
median CQI1 – 1 shall be less than or equal to 0.1. Furthermore, for both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER
using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI0 + 1 and median CQI1 + 1 shall be greater than or
equal to 0.1.
ETSI
Table 9.2.2.2.3-1: PUCCH 1-1 static test (TDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Special subframe
4
configuration
Clause B.1 (2 x 2)
010000
bitmap
SNR (Note 2) dB 10 11 16 17
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -88 -87 -82 -81
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 2
ri-ConfigIndex 805 (Note 4)
Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1
Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on
#8 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe
SF#7 and #2.
Note 4: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise collisions
between RI, CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is
expected that CQI/PMI reports will be dropped, while RI and HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed. At
eNB, CQI report collection shall be skipped every 160ms during performance verification.
to Annex H1 and H.3.2.
ETSI
clause 9.2.2.2.4.3.
codewords with spatial multiplexing both using the transport format according to CQI value 8 of Annex A.4
Table A.4-3a and keep them regardless of the wideband CQI value sent by the UE. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS shall use a fixed precoding matrix specified by the bitmap parameter
codebookSubsetRestriction. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI
request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #2 and subframe #7 according to Annex A.4-11. The UE
will send ACK/NACK and periodic CQI report using PUSCH. Continue transmission of the PDSCH until 2000
wideband and wideband spatial differential CQI reports have been gathered. In this process the SS collects
wideband and wideband spatial differential CQI reports every 5 ms and also cases where UE transmits nothing in
its CQI timing are counted as wideband and wideband spatial differential CQI reports respectively.
3. From each wideband CQI report, wideband CQI0 is defined as Wideband CQI of codeword #0 and wideband
CQI1 is calculated according to clause 9.2.2.2.3. Codeword 1 offset level is selected from {0,1,2,3,-4,-3,-2,-1}.
Set up a relative frequency distribution for the wideband CQI-values, reported. Calculate the median value
(wideband Median CQI is the CQI that is at or crosses 50% distribution from the lower wideband CQI side) for
each codewords. Wideband Median CQI0 is based on the wideband CQI0 and wideband median CQI1 is based on
the wideband CQI1.
4. If Median CQI is not equal to 1 or 15 and 1800 or more of the wideband CQI1 values are in the range (Median
CQI1 - 1) ≤ Median CQI ≤ ( Median CQI1 + 1) then continue with step 5, otherwise go to step 7.
median- CQI0– 1 and the transport format of codeword #1 is according to the wideband median CQI1– 1. The SS
sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS shall not react to the any wideband CQI reports
The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule
UL RMC in subframe #2 and subframe #7 according to Annex A.4-11. The UE will send ACK/NACK and
periodic CQI report using PUSCH. For any PDSCH transmitted by the SS, record the associated ACK, NACK
and statDTX responses for each codewords respectively. In case statDTX can not be differentiated from NACK
due to multiplexing effect, evaluate the feedback as a NACK The responses are then filtered as follows: for the
the number of filtered ACK+NACK responses for each codewords reaches 1000.
then,and go to step 6, otherwise go to step 7.
median-CQI0 + 1 and the transport format of codeword #1 is according to the wideband median-CQI1 + 1. The
SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS shall not react to the any wideband CQI reports
The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule
UL RMC in subframe #2 and subframe #7 according to Annex A.4-11. The UE will send ACK/NACK and
periodic CQI report using PUSCH. For any PDSCH transmitted by the SS, record the associated ACK, NACK
and statDTX responses for each codewords respectively. In case statDTX can not be differentiated from NACK
due to multiplexing effect, evaluate the feedback as a NACK The responses are then filtered as follows: for the
the number of filtered ACK+NACK responses for each codewords reaches 1000.
If the ratio (NACK /ACK + NACK ) ≥ 0.1
ETSI

SEQUENCE {
DEFAULT
}
release NULL
}
}
}
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

SEQUENCE {
p-a dB-3
}

setup SEQUENCE {
widebandCQI NULL
}
ri-ConfigIndex 805
}
}
}
ETSI
Table 9.2.2.2.4.3-4: TDD-Config-DEFAULT

}

9.3 CQI Reporting under fading conditions

9.3.1 Frequency-selective scheduling mode
The accuracy of sub-band channel quality indicator (CQI) reporting under frequency selective fading conditions is
determined by a double-sided percentile of the reported differential CQI offset level 0 per sub-band, and the relative
increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting on any one of the sub-bands with the highest reported differential
CQI offset level the corresponding transport format compared to the case for which a fixed format is transmitted on any
sub-band in set of TS 36.213[10]. To account for sensitivity of the input SNR the sub-band CQI reporting under
frequency selective fading conditions is considered to be verified if the reporting accuracy is met for at least one of two
SNR levels separated by an offset of 1 dB.
9.3.1.1 CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUSCH 3-0
9.3.1.1.1 FDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUSCH 3-0
To verify that preferred sub-bands can be used for frequently-selective scheduling.
For the parameters specified in Table 9.3.1.1.1.3-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C, the
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.3.1.1.1.3-2 and by the following
a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least α % of the time but less than β % for each
sub-band;
b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with
the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS
indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be ≥ γ;
c) when transmitting a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset
level the corresponding TBS, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to
0.05.
The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by
selecting a new sub-band in each TTI. The transport block size TBS(wideband CQI median) is that resulting from the
ETSI
code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI median and the N PRB entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 of TS
36.213[10] that corresponds to the sub-band size.
Table 9.3.1.1.1.3-1: Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (FDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz
Transmission mode 1 (port 0)
SNR (Note 3) dB 9 10 14 15
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -89 -88 -84 -83
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Clause B.2.4 with τ d = 0.45 μs,
Propagation channel
a = 1, f D = 5 Hz
Correlation Full
CQI delay ms 8
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe
not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI
cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-4
with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in
Annex A.5.1.1/2Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements
shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the
respective wanted signal input level.
Table 9.3.1.1.1.3-2: Minimum requirement (FDD)
Parameter Test 1 Test 2

α [%] 2 2
β [%] 55 55
γ 1.1 1.1
UE Category 1-5 1-5
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2, and uplink signals according
ETSI
clause 9.3.1.1.1.4.3.
SNR according to Table 9.3.1.1.1.3-1 as appropriate.
CQI value 8 of Annex A.4 Table A.4-3 and keep it regardless of the wideband and subband CQI value sent by
the UE. Continue transmission of the PDSCH until 2000 wideband CQI reports and full-size subband CQI
reports for each full-size subband have been gathered. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL
RMC. SS schedules the UL transmission every 5 ms to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format
0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4. In this process the
SS collects wideband CQI reports every 5 ms and also cases where UE transmits nothing in its CQI timing are
counted as wideband CQI and full-size subband CQI reports.
4. Check if “2000*α %/100 ≤ number of CQI reports with index 0 for each full-size subband ≤ 2000*β %/100”.
(2000= No of full-size subband reports, 100 because of %) If yes, continue with step5, otherwise goto step 7.
the wideband median-CQI value in an each TTI randomly selected full-size subband regardless of UE wideband
and full-size subband CQI report. Note that each full-size subband is selected in equal probability. The SS sends
downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The transport format to be used is defined in Annex A.4 Table
A.4-6. SS schedules the UL transmission every 5 ms to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format
0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4. Measure the
average throughput according to Annex G.5.3. Declare the throughput as t median .
the highest UE reported full-size subband CQI value in one full-size subband selected among the subbands in
which UE reports the highest full-size subband CQI. Subband differential CQI offset level is selected from {0, 1,
2, -1}. Note that the SS shall send PDSCH in the same full-size subband until next UE report is available. In case
when same full-size subbands are reported subsequently as subbands with highest full-size subband CQI, the SS
shall select for transmission a different subband with respect to the last selection. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC. The transport format to be used is defined in Annex A.4 Table A.4-6. SS
schedules the UL transmission every 5 ms to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with
CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4. Measure the average
throughput and (NACK /(ACK + NACK)) according to Annex G.5.3. Declare the throughput as t subband . If the
ratio ( t subband / t median ) ≥ γ and (NACK /(ACK + NACK))≥ 0.05 , pass the UE for this test and go to step 8.
Otherwise, go to step 7.
the table 9.3.1.1.1.3-1 for the other Test as appropriate. Otherwise pass the UE.
ETSI

DEFAULT
}
Table 9.3.1.1.1.4.3-2: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

}
}
Table 9.3.1.1.1.5-1: Test requirement (FDD)

α [%] 2 2
β [%] 55 55
γ 1.09 1.09
BLER 0.05 0.05
To pass the test, α and β and γ and BLER must be fulfilled.
To pass the test, Test 1 and Test 2 must be passed.
To pass the test, one or the other SNR point within one test must be fulfilled.
9.3.1.1.2 TDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUSCH 3-0
To verify that preferred sub-bands can be used for frequently-selective scheduling.
a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least α % of the time but less than β % for each
sub-band;
b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands
with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the
TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be ≥ γ;
ETSI
c) when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset
level the corresponding TBS, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to
0.05.
selecting a new sub-band in each available downlink transmission instance]. The transport block size TBS(wideband
CQI median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI median and
the N PRB entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 of TS 36.213[10] that corresponds to the sub-band size.
Table 9.3.1.1.2.3-1: Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (TDD)

Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
SNR dB 9 10 14 15
( j)
Iˆ ( j )
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -89 -88 -84 -83
Clause B.2.4 with τ d = 0.45 μs
Propagation channel
a = 1, f D = 5 Hz
Correlation Full
Minimum CQI delay ms 10 or 11
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-5 with
one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in
Annex A.5.2.1/2.
Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at
least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input
level.
Table 9.3.1.1.2.3-2: Minimum requirement (TDD)

α [%] 2 2
β [%] 55 55
γ 1.1 1.1
UE Category 1-5 1-5
ETSI
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connector (s) as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.9.
clause 9.3.1.1.2.4.3.
SNR according to Table 9.3.1.1.2.3-1 as appropriate.
CQI value 8 of Annex A.4 Table A.4-3 and keep it regardless of the wideband and full-size subband CQI value
sent by the UE. Continue transmission of the PDSCH until 2000 wideband CQI reports and full-size subband
CQI report for each full-size subband have been gathered. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL
RMC. SS schedules the UL transmission in subframe #2 and subframe #7 to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via
PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4.
In this process the SS collects wideband CQI reports every 5 ms and also cases where UE transmits nothing in its
CQI timing are counted as wideband CQI and full-size subband CQI reports.
4. For each subband, if subband CQI of index 0 is reported, at least α % but less than β % of 2000 full-size
subband CQI report, then continue to step 5, otherwise, go to step 7.
5. The SS shall send PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to the
wideband median-CQI value in an each available downlink transmission instance randomly selected full-size
subband regardless of UE wideband and subband CQI report. Note that each full-size subband is selected in
equal probability. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The transport format to be used is
defined in Annex A.4 Table A.4-6. SS schedules the UL transmission in subframe #2 and subframe #7 to carry
the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB
allocated to be less or equal to 4. Measure the average throughput according to Annex G.5.3 Declare the
throughput as t median .
the highest UE reported full-size subband CQI value in one full-size subband selected among the sub-bands in
which UE report the highest full-size subband CQI. Subband differential CQI offset level is selected from {0, 1,
schedules the UL transmission in subframe #2 and subframe #7 to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH
DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4.
Measure the average throughput and (NACK /(ACK + NACK)) according to Annex G.5.3. Declare the
throughput as t subband . If the ratio ( t subband / t median ) ≥ γ and (NACK /(ACK + NACK))≥ 0.05, pass the UE and
go to step 8. Otherwise, go to step 7.
ETSI
the table 9.3.1.1.2.3-1 for the other test as appropriate.

DEFAULT
}

}
}
Table 9.3.1.1.2.4.3-3: TDD-Config-DEFAULT

}
Table 9.3.1.1.2.5-1: Test requirement (TDD)

α [%] 2 2
β [%] 55 55
γ 1.09 1.09
BLER 0.05 0.05
To pass the test, α and β and γ and BLER must be fulfilled.
9.3.2 Frequency non-selective scheduling mode

The reporting accuracy of the channel quality indicator (CQI) under frequency non-selective fading conditions is
determined by a double-sided percentile of the reported CQI, and the relative increase of the throughput obtained when
the transport format transmitted is that indicated by the reported CQI compared to the case for which a fixed transport
ETSI
format configured according to the reported median CQI is transmitted. In addition, the reporting accuracy is
determined by a minimum BLER using the transport formats indicated by the reported CQI. To account for sensitivity
of the input SNR the CQI reporting under frequency non-selective fading conditions is considered to be verified if the
reporting accuracy is met for at least one of two SNR levels separated by an offset of 1 dB.
9.3.2.1 CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUCCH 1-0
9.3.2.1.1 FDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUCCH 1-0
To verify that the UE is tracking the channel variations and selecting the largest transport format possible according to
the prevailing channel state for frequently non-selective scheduling
This test applies to E-UTRA FDD UE release 8 of UE category 2-5.
a) CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least α % of the time;
b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband
CQI index and that obtained when transmitting a fixed transport format configured according to the wideband
CQI median shall be ≥ γ ;
c) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index, the average BLER for
the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to 0.02
The transport block size TBS(wideband CQI median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that
indicated by the wideband CQI median and the N PRB entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 of 36.213 [10] that corresponds to the
maximum transmission configuration (Table 5.6-1).
ETSI
Table 9.3.2.1.1.3-1 Fading test for single antenna (FDD)

SNR (Note 3) dB 6 7 12 13
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -92 -91 -86 -85
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Propagation channel EPA5
Correlation High
Reporting mode PUCCH 1-0
CQI delay ms 8
Physical channel for
PUSCH (Note 4)
CQI reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
cqi-pmi-
1
ConfigurationIndex
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later
than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the
eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1
level.
Note 4: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is
necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH
DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1, #3, #7 and #9
to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH
in uplink subframe SF#5, #7, #1 and #3.
Table 9.3.2.1.1.3-2 Minimum requirement (FDD)

α [%] 20 20
γ 1.05 1.05
UE Category 2-5 2-5
ETSI
to Annex H.3.2.
clause 9.3.2.1.1.4.3.
1. Set the parameters of bandwidth, the propagation condition, antenna configuration and measurement channel
DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #1,#3,#5 and subframe #7
according to Annex A.4-10. The UE will send ACK/NACK and periodic CQI report using PUSCH Continue
transmission of the PDSCH until 2000 wideband CQI reports have been gathered. In this process the SS collects
wideband CQI reports every 2 ms and also cases where UE transmits nothing in its CQI timing are counted as
wideband CQI reports.
3. Set up a relative frequency distribution for the reported wideband CQI-values, reported. Calculate the median
value (wideband Median CQI is the wideband CQI that is at or crosses 50% distribution from the lower
wideband CQI side). This CQI-value is declared as wideband Median CQI value.
4. If less than (100-α)/100*2000 of the wideband CQI values are in the range (Median CQI - 1) ≤ Median CQI ≤ (
Median CQI + 1) then continue with step 5, otherwise go to step 7.
the wideband median-CQI value regardless of UE wideband CQI report. The SS sends downlink MAC padding
bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request
bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #1,#3,#5 and subframe #7 according to Annex A.4-10. The UE will
send ACK/NACK and periodic CQI report using PUSCH. Measure the average throughput according to Annex
G.5.3. Declare the throughput as t median .
the wideband CQI value reported from UE. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS
sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL
RMC in subframe #1,#3,#5 and subframe #7 according to Annex A.4-10. The UE will send ACK/NACK and
periodic CQI report using PUSCH. Measure the average throughput according to Annex G.5.3. Declare the
throughput as t wideband . For any PDSCH transmitted by the SS, record the associated ACK, NACK and statDTX
responses. The responses are then filtered as follows: for the sequence of responses for each HARQ process,
discard all the statDTX responses.
If the ratio ( t wideband / t median ) ≥ γ and ratio (NACK /(ACK + NACK)) is greater or equal to 0.02, then pass the
UE for this test and go to step 8. Otherwise go to step 7.
ETSI

DEFAULT
}

setup SEQUENCE {
(see Table 7.2.2-
1A in TS 36.213)
widebandCQI NULL
}
ri-ConfigIndex NULL
(see Table 7.2.2-
1B in TS 36.213)
}
}
}
Table 9.3.2.1.1.5-1 Test requirement (FDD)

α [%] 20 20
γ 1.04 1.04
BLER 0.02 0.02
To pass the test, α and γ and BLER must be fulfilled.
9.3.2.1.2 TDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUCCH 1-0
To verify that the UE is tracking the channel variations and selecting the transport format according to the prevailing
channel state for frequently non-selective scheduling
This test applies to E-UTRA TDD UE release 8 .of UE category 2-5.
ETSI
a) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least α % of the time;
b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband
CQI index and that obtained when transmitting a fixed transport format configured according to the wideband
CQI median shall be ≥ γ ;
c) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index, the average BLER for
the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to 0.02
The transport block size TBS(wideband CQI median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that
indicated by the wideband CQI median and the N PRB entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 of 36.213[10] that corresponds to the
maximum transmission configuration (Table 5.6-1).
Table 9.3.2.1.2.3-1: Fading test for single antenna (TDD)

Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
SNR dB 6 7 12 13
( j)
Iˆ ( j )
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -92 -91 -86 -85
Correlation High
Reporting mode PUCCH 1-0
CQI delay ms 10 or 11
PUSCH (Note 4)
CQI reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
cqi-pmi-
3
ConfigurationIndex
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later
than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the
Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex
A.5.2.1.
level.
DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow
periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink
subframe SF#7 and #2.
ETSI

α [%] 20 20
γ 1.05 1.05
UE Category 2-5 2-5
to Annex H.3.2.
clause 9.3.2.1.2.4.3.
DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #2 and subframe #7 according to
Annex A.4-11. The UE will send ACK/NACK and periodic CQI report using PUSCH Continue transmission of
the PDSCH until 2000 wideband CQI reports have been gathered. In this process the SS collects wideband CQI
reports every 5 ms and also cases where UE transmits nothing in its CQI timing are counted as wideband CQI
reports.
3. Set up a relative frequency distribution for the reported wideband CQI-values, reported. Calculate the median
value (wideband Median CQI is the wideband CQI that is at or crosses 50% distribution from the lower
wideband CQI side). This CQI-value is declared as wideband Median CQI value.
4. If less than (100-α)/100*2000 of the wideband CQI values are in the range (Median CQI - 1) ≤ Median CQI ≤ (
Median CQI + 1) then continue with step 5, otherwise go to step 7.
the wideband median-CQI value regardless of UE wideband CQI report. The SS sends downlink MAC padding
bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request
bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #2 and subframe #7 according to Annex A.4-11. The UE will send
ACK/NACK and periodic CQI report using PUSCH.Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Declare the throughput as t median .
ETSI
the wideband CQI value reported from UE. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS
sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL
RMC in subframe #2 and subframe #7 according to Annex A.4-11. The UE will send ACK/NACK and periodic
CQI report using PUSCH Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Declare the throughput as t wideband . For any PDSCH transmitted
by the SS, record the associated ACK, NACK and statDTX responses. The responses are then filtered as follows:
for the sequence of responses for each HARQ process, discard all the statDTX responses.
If the ratio ( t wideband / t median ) ≥ γ and ratio (NACK /(ACK + NACK )) is greater or equal to 0.02, then pass the
UE and go to step 8. Otherwise go to step 7.
8. If both tests have not been done, repeat the same procedure (steps 1 to 7) with test conditions according to the
table 9.3.2.1.2.3-1 for the other test as appropriate.

DEFAULT
}

setup SEQUENCE {
(see Table 7.2.2-
1C in TS 36.213)
widebandCQI NULL
}
ri-ConfigIndex NULL
(see Table 7.2.2-
1B in TS 36.213)
}
}
}
ETSI

}
Table 9.3.2.1.1.5-1 Test requirement (TDD)

α [%] 20 20
γ 1.04 1.04
BLER 0.02 0.02
To pass the test, α and γ and BLER must be fulfilled.
9.3.3 Frequency-selective interference

The accuracy of sub-band channel quality indicator (CQI) reporting under frequency selective interference conditions is
determined by a double-sided percentile of the reported differential CQI offset level +2 for a preferred sub-band, and
the relative increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting on any one of the sub-bands with the highest reported
differential CQI offset level the corresponding transport format compared to the case for which a fixed format is
transmitted on any sub-band in set of TS 36.213[10]. The purpose is to verify that preferred sub-bands are used for
frequently-selective scheduling under frequency-selective interference conditions.
9.3.3.1 CQI Reporting under fading conditions and frequency-selective interference –

PUSCH 3-0
9.3.3.1.1 FDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions and frequency-selective interference
– PUSCH 3-0
To verify that preferred sub-bands can be used for frequently-selective scheduling with frequency-selective interference
situation.
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.3.3.1.1.3-2 and by the following:
a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of +2 shall be reported at least α % for at least one of the sub-bands of
full size at the channel edges;
b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands
with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the
TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be ≥ γ;
ETSI
selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. Sub-bands of a
size smaller than full size are excluded from the test. The transport block size TBS(wideband CQI median) is that
resulting from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI median and the N PRB entry in Table
7.1.7.2.1-1 of TS 36.213 [10] that corresponds to the sub-band size.
Table 9.3.3.1.1.3-1 Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (FDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz
Transmission mode 1 (port 0) 1 (port 0)
I ot( j ) for RB 0…5 dB[mW/15kHz] -102 -93
Note 3
Note 3
Note 3
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -94 -94
Propagation channel
a = 1, f D = 5 Hz
Correlation Full
Minimum CQI delay ms 8
Sub-band size RB 6 (full size)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-4.with
one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in
Annex A.5.1.1/2
Note 3: Iot shall be modelled as connecting Gaussian distributed
uncorrelated interference source for each UE receive antenna port.
The received power spectral density of the interfering signal as
measured at the UE antenna connector is to be scaled accordingly
for different RB groups.

α [%] 60 60
γ 1.6 1.6
UE Category 1-5 1-5
ETSI
1. Connect the SS, interfering source and faders to the UE antenna connector (s) as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex
A, Figure A.21.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2, and uplink signals according to
clause 9.3.3.1.1.4.3.
4. If for at least one of the full-size subbands at the channel edges, a subband differential CQI offset level of +2 is
reported in α % or more of 2000 reports, then continue with step 5, otherwise fail the UE.
5. The SS shall transmit PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC on an each TTI
randomly selected full-size subband using the transport format according to the wideband median-CQI value
regardless of UE wideband or subband CQI report. Note that each full-size subband shall be selected in the equal
probability The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The transport format to be used is
defined in Annex A.4 Table A.4-6. SS schedules the UL transmission every 5 ms to carry the PUSCH CQI
feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less
or equal to 4. Measure the average throughput according to Annex G.5.3. Declare the throughput as t median .
schedules the UL transmission every 5 ms to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with
CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4. Measure the average
throughput according to Annex G.5.3. Declare the throughput as t subband . Count the number of NACKs, ACKs
and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval.
If t subband / t median ≥ γ, then pass the UE for this test and go to step 7. Otherwise fail the UE.
ETSI

DEFAULT
}

cqi-ReportPeriodic CHOICE { Not present
}
}

α [%] 40 40
γ 1.50 1.50
9.3.3.1.2 TDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions and frequency-selective interference
– PUSCH 3-0
To verify that preferred sub-bands can be used for frequently-selective scheduling with frequency-selective interference
situation.
a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of +2 shall be reported at least α % for at least one of the sub-bands of
full size at the channel edges;
b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on any one of the sub-bands with the highest differential
CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported
wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be ≥ γ;
selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. Sub-bands of a
size smaller than full size are excluded from the test. The transport block size TBS(wideband CQI median) is that
resulting from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI median and the N PRB entry in Table
7.1.7.2.1-1 of TS 36.213 [10] that corresponds to the sub-band size.
ETSI

Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz
Transmission mode 1 (port 0) 1 (port 0)
Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
I ot( j ) for RB 0…[5] dB[mW/15kHz] -102 -93
Note 3
I ot( j ) for RB 6…[41] dB[mW/15kHz] -93 -93
Note 3
I ot( j ) for RB [42]…49 dB[mW/15kHz] -93 -102
Note 3
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -94 -94
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Propagation channel
a = 1, f D = 5 Hz
Correlation Full
Sub-band size RB 6 (full size)
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to table A.4-5 with
Annex A.5.2.1/2.
Note 3: Iot shall be modelled as connecting Gaussian distributed
uncorrelated interference source for each UE receive antenna port.
The received power spectral density of the interfering signal as
measured at the UE antenna connector is to be scaled accordingly
for different RB groups.

α [%] 60 60
γ 1.6 1.6
UE Category 1-5 1-5
ETSI
1. Connect the SS, faders and interfering source to the UE antenna connector (s) as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex
A, Figure A.21.
clause 9.3.3.1.2.4.3.
4. If for at least one of the full-size subbands at the channel edges, a subband differential CQI offset level of +2 is
reported in α % or more of 2000 reports, then continue with step 5, otherwise fail the UE.
5. The SS shall transmit PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC in an each
available downlink transmission instance randomly selected full-size subband using the transport format
according to the wideband median-CQI value regardless of UE wideband or subband CQI report. Note that each
full-size subband shall be selected in the equal probability. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL
Measure the average throughput according to Annex G.5.3. Declare the throughput as t median .
schedules the UL transmission in subframe #2 and subframe #7 to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH
Measure the average throughput according to Annex G.5.3. Declare the throughput as t subband . Count the
number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval.
ETSI

DEFAULT
}

}
}

}

α [%] 40 40
γ 1.50 1.50
9.3.4 UE-selected subband CQI

The accuracy of UE-selected subband channel quality indicator (CQI) reporting under frequency-selective fading
conditions is determined by the relative increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting on the UE-selected
subbands with the corresponding transport format compared to the case for which a fixed format is transmitted on any
subband in set S of TS 36.213 [10]. The purpose is to verify that correct subbands are accurately reported for frequency-
selective scheduling. To account for sensitivity of the input SNR the subband CQI reporting under frequency-selective
fading conditions is considered to be verified if the reporting accuracy is met for at least one of two SNR levels
separated by an offset of 1 dB.
9.3.4.1 CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUSCH 2-0
9.3.4.1.1 FDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUSCH 2-0
To verify that UE-selected sub-bands can be used for frequently-selective scheduling.
ETSI
a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected subband among the best M
subbands reported by the UE the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by
the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected subband in set S shall be ≥ γ;
The requirements only apply for subbands of full size and the random scheduling across the subbands is done by
selecting a new subband in each TTI for FDD. The transport block size TBS (wideband CQI median) is that resulting
from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI median and the N PRB entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-
1 of TS 36.213 [10] that corresponds to the subband size.
Table 9.3.4.1.1.3-1: Subband test for single antenna transmission (FDD)

SNR (Note 3) dB 9 10 14 15
Iˆ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -89 -88 -84 -83
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Propagation channel
a = 1, f D = 5 Hz
CQI delay ms 8
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Subband size (k) RBs 3 (full size)
Number of preferred
5
subbands (M)
Annex A.5.1.1/2.
level.
Test 1 Test 2
γ [1.2] [1.2]
UE Category 1-5 1-5
ETSI
1. Connect the SS and faders to the UE antenna connector (s) as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.21.
clause 9.3.4.1.1.4.3.
4. The SS shall transmit PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC on a randomly
selected full-size subband using the transport format according to the wideband median-CQI value regardless of
UE wideband or subband CQI report. Note that each full-size subband shall be selected in the equal probability
The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The transport format to be used is defined in Annex
A.4 Table A.4-6. SS schedules the UL transmission every 5 ms to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH
Measure the average throughput according to Annex G.5.3. Declare the throughput as t median .
5. The SS shall transmit PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC in one full-size
subband selected among the M subbands reported by the UE and with the corresponding TBS. Note that the SS
shall send PDSCH in the same full-size subband until next UE report is available. In case when same full-size
subbands are reported subsequently, the SS shall select for transmission a different subband with respect to the
last selection. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The transport format to be used is
defined in Annex A.4 Table A.4-6. SS schedules the UL transmission every 5 ms to carry the PUSCH CQI
or equal to 4. Measure the average throughput according to Annex G.5.3. Declare the throughput as t subband .
Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval.
ETSI

DEFAULT
}

}
}
Test 1 Test 2
γ [1.19] [1.19]
UE Category 1-5 1-5
9.3.4.1.2 TDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUSCH 2-0
a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected subband among the best M
subbands reported by the UE the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by
the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected subband in set S shall be ≥ γ;
selecting a new subband in each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. The transport block size TBS
(wideband CQI median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI
median and the N PRB entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 of TS 36.213 [10] that corresponds to the subband size.
ETSI

Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
SNR (Note 3) dB 9 10 14 15
Iˆ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -89 -88 -84 -83
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Propagation channel
a = 1, f D = 5 Hz
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Number of preferred
5
subbands (M)
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Annex A.5.2.1/2.
level.
Test 1 Test 2
γ [1.2] [1.2]
UE Category 1-5 1-5
ETSI
clause 9.3.4.1.2.4.3.
UE wideband or subband CQI report. Note that each full-size subband shall be selected in the equal probability.
The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. SS schedules the UL transmission in subframe #2
and subframe #7 to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and
I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4. Measure the average throughput according to Annex
G.5.3. Declare the throughput as t median .
5. The SS shall transmit PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC in one full-size
subband selected among the M subbands reported by the UE and with the corresponding TBS. Note that the SS
shall send PDSCH in the same full-size until next UE report is available. In case when same full-size subbands
are reported subsequently, the SS shall select for transmission a different subband with respect to the last
selection. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. SS schedules the UL transmission in
subframe #2 and subframe #7 to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit
set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4. Measure the average throughput according
to Annex G.5.3. Declare the throughput as t subband . Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the
UL during the test interval.
ETSI

DEFAULT
}

}
}

}
Test 1 Test 2
γ [1.19] [1.19]
UE Category 1-5 1-5
9.3.4.2 CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUCCH 2-0
9.3.4.2.1 FDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUCCH 2-0
a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on subbands reported by the UE the corresponding TBS
and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly
selected subband in set S shall be ≥ γ;
ETSI
selecting a new subband in each TTI for FDD. The transport block size TBS (wideband CQI median) is that resulting
from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI median and the N PRB entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-
1 of TS 36.213 [10] that corresponds to the subband size.
Table 9.3.4.2.1.3-1: Subband test for single antenna transmission (FDD)

SNR (Note 3) dB [8] [9] [13] [14]
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] [-90] [-89] [-85] [-84]
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] [-98] [-98]
[Clause B.2.4 with τ d = 0.45 μs,
Propagation channel
a = 1, f D = 5 Hz]
CQI delay ms 8
PUSCH (Note 4)
CQI reporting
PUCCH Report Type
4
for wideband CQI
PUCCH Report Type
1
for subband CQI
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Number of bandwidth
3
parts (J)
K 1
Annex A.5.1.1/2.
level.
DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1, #3, #7 and #9
to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH
in uplink subframe SF#5, #7, #1 and #3.
Note 5: CQI reports for the short subband (having 2RBs in the last
bandwidth part) are to be disregarded and data scheduling
according to the most recent subband CQI report for bandwidth part
with j=1.
Note 6: In the case where wideband CQI is reported, data is to be
scheduled according to the most recently used subband CQI report.
Test 1 Test 2
γ [1.15] [1.15]
UE Category 1-5 1-5
ETSI
1. Connect the SS and faders to the UE antenna connector (s) as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.21.
clause 9.3.4.2.1.4.3.
RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to
schedule UL RMC in subframe #1, #3, #5 and subframe #7 according to Annex A.4-10. The UE will send
ACK/NACK and periodic CQI report using PUSCH. In this process the SS collects wideband CQI reports and
also cases where UE transmits nothing in its wideband CQI timing are counted as wideband CQI reports.
UE wideband or subband CQI report. Note that each full-size subband shall be selected in the equal probability
The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The transport format to be used is defined in Annex
A.4 Table A.4-6. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set
to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #1, #3, #5 and subframe #7 according to Annex A.4-10. The UE will send
ACK/NACK and periodic CQI report using PUSCH. Measure the average throughput according to Annex G.5.3.
Declare the throughput as t median .
5. The SS shall transmit PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC in the full-size
subband reported by the UE and with the corresponding TBS. When the UE reports a non-full-size SB, the SS
schedules the recent reported SB for bandwidth part with j=1 and with the corresponding TBS. Note that the SS
shall send PDSCH in the same full-size subband until next subband UE report is available. The SS sends
downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The transport format to be used is defined in Annex A.4 Table
A.4-6. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to
schedule UL RMC in subframe #1, #3, #5 and subframe #7 according to Annex A.4-10. The UE will send
ACK/NACK and periodic CQI report using PUSCH. Measure the average throughput according to Annex G.5.3.
Declare the throughput as t subband . Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test
ETSI
interval.

DEFAULT
}

setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex 1 (see Table 7.2.2-
1A in TS 36.213
subbandCQI 1
}
ri-ConfigIndex 483 (see Table 7.2.2-
1B in TS 36.213
}
}
}
Test 1 Test 2
γ [1.14] [1.14]
UE Category 1-5 1-5
9.3.4.2.2 TDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions – PUCCH 2-0
ETSI
a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on subbands reported by the UE the corresponding TBS
and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly
selected subband in set S shall be ≥ γ;
selecting a new subband in each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. The transport block size TBS
(wideband CQI median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI
median and the N PRB entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 of TS 36.213 [10] that corresponds to the subband size.
ETSI

Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
SNR (Note 3) dB [8] [9] [13] [14]
Iˆ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz] [-90] [-89] [-85] [-84]
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] [-98] [-98]

Propagation channel
a = 1, f D = 5 Hz
PUSCH (Note 4)
CQI reporting
PUCCH Report Type
4
for wideband CQI
PUCCH Report Type
1
for subband CQI
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Number of bandwidth
3
parts (J)
K 1
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Annex A.5.2.1/2.
level.
DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow
periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink
subframe SF#7 and #2.
Note 5: CQI reports for the short subband (having 2RBs in the last
bandwidth part) are to be disregarded and data scheduling
according to the most recent subband CQI report for bandwidth part
with j=1.
Note 6: In the case where wideband CQI is reported, data is to be
scheduled according to the most recently used subband CQI report.
Test 1 Test 2
γ [1.15] [1.15]
UE Category 1-5 1-5
ETSI
clause 9.3.4.2.2.4.3.
RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to
schedule UL RMC in subframe #2 and subframe #7 according to Annex A.4-11. The UE will send ACK/NACK
and periodic CQI report using PUSCH. In this process the SS collects wideband CQI reports and also cases
where UE transmits nothing in its wideband CQI timing are counted as wideband CQI reports.
UE wideband or subband CQI report. Note that each full-size subband shall be selected in the equal probability.
The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via
PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #2 and subframe #7
according to Annex A.4-11. The UE will send ACK/NACK and periodic CQI report using PUSCH. Measure the
average throughput according to Annex G.5.3. Declare the throughput as t median .
5. The SS shall transmit PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC in the full-size
subband reported by the UE and with the corresponding TBS. When the UE reports a non-full-size SB, the SS
schedules the recent reported SB for bandwidth part with j=1 and with the corresponding TBS. Note that the SS
shall send PDSCH in the same full-size subband until next subband UE report is available. The SS sends
downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI
format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #2 and subframe #7 according to Annex
A.4-11. The UE will send ACK/NACK and periodic CQI report using PUSCH. Measure the average throughput
according to Annex G.5.3. Declare the throughput as t subband . Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and
ETSI
statDTXs on the UL during the test interval.


DEFAULT
}

setup SEQUENCE {
1A in TS 36.213)
subbandCQI 1
}
1B in TS 36.213)
}
}
}

}
Test 1 Test 2
γ [1.14] [1.14]
UE Category 1-5 1-5
ETSI
9.4 Reporting of Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI)

The minimum performance requirements of PMI reporting are defined based on the precoding gain, expressed as the
relative increase in throughput when the transmitter is configured according to the UE reports compared to the case
when the transmitter is using random precoding . Transmission mode 6 is used with a fixed transport format (FRC)
configured. The requirements are specified in terms of the ratio γ =
tue
t rnd
In the definition of γ, for PUSCH 3-1 single PMI and PUSCH 1-2 multiple PMI requirements, t rnd is 60% of the
maximum throughput obtained at SNRrnd using random precoding, and tue the throughput measured at SNRrnd with
precoders configured according to the UE reports.
For the PUCCH 2-1 single PMI requirement, trnd is [60]% of the maximum throughput obtained at SNRrnd using
random precoding on a randomly selected full-size subband in set S subbands, and tue the throughput measured at
SNRrnd with both the precoder and the preferred full-size subband applied according to the UE reports;
For PUSCH 2-2 multiple PMI requirements, trnd is [60]% of the maximum throughput obtained at SNRrnd using random
precoding on a randomly selected full-size subband in set S subbands, and tue the throughput measured at SNRrnd with
both the subband precoder and a randomly selected full-size subband (within the preferred subbands) applied according
to the UE reports.
9.4.1 Single PMI
9.4.1.1 PMI Reporting – PUSCH 3-1 (Single PMI)
9.4.1.1.1 FDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 3-1 (Single PMI)
To test the accuracy of the Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) reporting such that the system throughput is maximized
based on the precoders configured according to the UE reports.
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.4.1.1.1.3-2.
ETSI
Table 9.4.1.1.1.3-1: PMI test for single-layer (FDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Propagation channel EVA5
Correlation and
Low 2 x 2
Downlink ρA dB -3
power
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98

Measurement channel R.10 FDD
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder
shall be updated in each TTI (1 ms granularity)
instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI
estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-
4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the
eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
Parameter Test 1
γ 1.1
UE Category 1-5
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.0
clause 9.4.1.1.1.4.3.
ETSI
2. The SS shall transmit PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1B for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC with randomly
selected precoding matrix from codebook (Table 6.3.4.2.3-1 in TS 36.211 [8]) every subframe regardless of PMI
reports from the UE. Note that each precoding matrix shall be selected in equal probabilities. The SS sends
downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI
or equal to 4. Establish t rnd and SNRrnd according to annex G.5.2
3. Set SNR to SNRrnd . The SS shall transmit PDCCH with DCI format 0 in which CQI request bit is set to true
[every subframe]. Then the SS shall transmit PDSCH with precoding matrix according to PMI report from the
UE. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the
PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB
allocated to be less or equal to 4. Measure tue according to Annex G.5.3
tue If the ratio ( throughput /

4. Calculate γ = t rnd ) ≥ γ which is specified in table 9.4.1.1.1.5-1, then the test is
t rnd
pass. Otherwise, the test is fail.

DEFAULT
explicitValue AntennaInfoDedicated
}
}
Table 9.4.1.1.1.4.3-2: AntennaInfoDedicated

AntennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE{
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE{
release NULL
}
ETSI

}
Parameter Test 1
γ 1.09
The ratio of throughput using precoding matrix of PMI reports from the UE to using random precoding matrix shall
equal or exceed the value specified in table 9.4.1.1.1.5.
9.4.1.1.2 TDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 3-1 (Single PMI)
minimum requirements are specified in 9.4.1.1.2.3-2.
ETSI
Table 9.4.1.1.2.3-1: PMI test for single-layer (TDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
Propagation channel EVA5
Correlation and
Low 2 x 2
Downlink ρA dB -3
power
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98
Minimum PMIdelay
ms 10 or 11
(Node-2)
Measurement channel R.10 TDD
OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder
shall be updated in each available downlink
transmission instance
Parameter Test 1
γ 1.1
UE Category 1-5
ETSI
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2.Message contents are defined in
clause 9.4.1.1.2.4.3.
1. Set the bandwidth, propagation condition, antenna configuration and measurement channel parameters according
to Table 9.4.1.1.2.3-1 as appropriate.
downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. .SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI
or equal to 4. Establish t rnd and SNRrnd according to annex G.5.2.
3. Set SNR to SNRrnd . The SS shall transmit PDSCH with precoding matrix according to PMI report from the UE.
The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. . SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the
4. Calculate γ =
tue
t rnd

DEFAULT
}
}

}
release NULL
}
ETSI

}
Parameter Test 1
γ 1.09
9.4.1.2 PMI Reporting – PUCCH 2-1 (Single PMI)
9.4.1.2.1 FDD PMI Reporting – PUCCH 2-1 (Single PMI)

• Throughput ratio is still conducted in square brackets by RAN4
ETSI

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Propagation channel [EVA5]
Correlation and
Low 4 x 2
Downlink ρA dB -6
power
( j)
PMI delay ms [8 or 9]
Reporting mode PUCCH 2-1 (Note 6)
PUSCH (Note 3)
CQI reporting
PUCCH Report Type
2
for wideband CQI/PMI
PUCCH Report Type
1
for subband CQI
Measurement channel [R.14-1 FDD]
OCNG Pattern [OP.1/2 FDD]
Precoding granularity PRB 6 (full size)
Number of bandwidth
3
parts (J)
K 1
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated
every two TTI (2 ms granularity)
subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later
than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB
downlink before SF#(n+4).
Note 3: To avoid collisions between HARQ-ACK and wideband CQI/PMI or
subband CQI, it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of
PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink
SF#1, #3, #7 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the
HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#5, #7, #1 and #3.
Note 4: Reports for the short subband (having 2RBs in the last bandwidth
part) are to be disregarded and instead data is to be transmitted on
the most recently used subband for bandwidth part with j=1.
Note 5: In the case where wideband PMI is reported, data is to be
transmitted on the most recently used subband.
Note 6: The bit field for PMI confirmation in DCI format 1B shall be mapped
to “0” and TPMI information shall indicate the codebook index used
in Table 6.3.4.2.3-2 of TS36.211 [4] according to the latest PMI
report on PUCCH.
Test 1
γ [1.2]
UE Category 1-5
ETSI
clause 9.4.1.2.1.4.3.
downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. SS schedules the UL transmission in subframe #1, #3, #5 and #7
to carry the both ACK and CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29
and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4. Establish t rnd and SNRrnd according to annex G.5.2
UE. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. SS schedules the UL transmission in subframe
#1, #3, #5 and #7 to carry the both ACK and CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to
1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4. Measure tue according to Annex G.5.3

t rnd
ETSI

DEFAULT
}
}

n4TxAntenna-tm6 1111111111111111
}
release NULL
}
}

setup SEQUENCE {
1A in TS 36.213)
subbandCQI 1
}
1B in TS 36.213)
}
}
}
Test 1
γ [1.19]
UE Category 1-5
The ratio of throughput using precoding matrix of PMI reports from the UE to using random precoding matrix shall
equal or exceed the value specified in table 9.4.1.2.1.5.
ETSI
9.4.1.2.2 TDD PMI Reporting – PUCCH 2-1 (Single PMI)

minimum requirements are specified in 9.4.1.2.2.3-2.

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
ETSI

Correlation and
Low 4 x 2
Downlink ρA dB -6
power
( j)
PMI delay ms [10]
PUSCH (Note 3)
CQI reporting
PUCCH Report Type
2
for wideband CQI/PMI
PUCCH Report Type
1
for subband CQI
Measurement channel [R.14-1 TDD]
OCNG Pattern [OP.1/2 TDD]
Precoding granularity PRB 6 (full size)
Number of bandwidth
3
parts (J)
K 1
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated in
each available downlink transmission instance
downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 3: To avoid collisions between HARQ-ACK and wideband CQI/PMI or
subband CQI it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of
PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink
SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK
on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3.
Note 4: Reports for the short subband (having 2RBs in the last bandwidth
part) are to be disregarded and instead data is to be transmitted on
the most recently used subband for bandwidth part with j=1.
Note 5: In the case where wideband PMI is reported, data is to be
transmitted on the most recently used subband.
Note 6: The bit field for PMI confirmation in DCI format 1B shall be mapped
to “0” and TPMI information shall indicate the codebook index used
in Table 6.3.4.2.3-2 of TS36.211 [4] according to the latest PMI
report on PUCCH.
Parameter Test 1
γ [1.2]
UE Category 1-5
ETSI
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2.Message contents are defined in
clause 9.4.1.2.2.4.3.
downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. SS schedules the UL transmission in subframe #3 and #8 to carry
the both ACK and CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and
N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4. Establish t rnd and SNRrnd according to annex G.5.2
UE. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. SS schedules the UL transmission in subframe
#3 and #8 to carry the both ACK and CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and
I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4. Measure tue according to Annex G.5.3

t rnd
ETSI

DEFAULT
}
}

n4TxAntenna-tm6 1111111111111111
}
release NULL
}
}

setup SEQUENCE {
1A in TS 36.213)
subbandCQI 1
}
1B in TS 36.213)
}
}
}
Parameter Test 1
γ [1.19]
UE Category 1-5
ETSI
9.4.2 Multiple PMI
9.4.2.1 PMI Reporting – PUSCH 1-2 (Multiple PMI)
9.4.2.1.1 FDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 1-2 (Multiple PMI)
This test applies to E-UTRA FDD UE release 8 of UE category 2-5.
Table 9.4.2.1.1.3-1 PMI test for single-layer (FDD)

Bandwidth MHz 20
Transmission mode 6
Precoding granularity
(only for reporting and PRB 8
following PMI)
Correlation and
Low 2 x 2
Downlink ρA dB -3
power
( j)
PMI delay ms 8
Measurement channel R.30 FDD
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoders
Parameter Test 1
γ 1.2
UE Category 2-5
ETSI
clause 9.4.2.1.1.4.3.
downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI
UE.The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the
allocated to be less or equal to 4. . Measure the average throughput.
Measure tue according to Annex G.5.3
4. Calculate γ =
tue
t rnd
ETSI

DEFAULT
}
}

}
release NULL
}
}

}
Parameter Test 1
γ 1.19
UE Category 2-5
9.4.2.1.1_1 FDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 1-2 (Multiple PMI) (Release 9 and forward)
For the parameters specified in Table 9.4.2.1.1_1.3-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C,
the minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.4.2.1.1_1.3-2.
ETSI
Table 9.4.2.1.1_1.3-1: PMI test for single-layer (FDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
following PMI)
Correlation and
Low 2 x 2
Downlink ρA dB -3
power
( j)
PMI delay ms 8
R.11-3 FDD
for UE
Category 1,
Measurement channel
R.11 FDD for
UE Category
2-5
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
Note 3: One/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2
FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2 shall be
used.
Table 9.4.2.1.1_1.3-2: Minimum requirement (FDD)
Parameter Test 1
γ 1.2
UE Category 1-5
ETSI
clause 9.4.2.1.1_1.4.3.
according to Table 9.4.2.1.1_1.3-1 as appropriate.
UE.The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the
allocated to be less or equal to 4. . Measure the average throughput.
4. Calculate γ =
tue
t rnd

DEFAULT
}
}
ETSI
Table 9.4.2.1.1_1.4.3-2: AntennaInfoDedicated

transmissionMode Tm6
}
release NULL
}
}
Table 9.4.2.1.1_1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

cqi-ReportModeAperiodic Rm12
}
Table 9.4.2.1.1_1.5-1: Test requirement (FDD)
Parameter Test 1
γ 1.19
UE Category 1-5
9.4.2.1.2 TDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 1-2 (Multiple PMI)
This test applies to E-UTRA TDD UE release 8 of UE category 2-5.
ETSI

Bandwidth MHz 20
Transmission mode 6
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
following PMI)
Correlation and
Low 2 x 2
Downlink ρA dB -3
power
( j)
Minimum PMI delay ms 10 or 11
Measurement channel R.30 TDD
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Parameter Test 1
γ 1.2
UE Category 2-5
ETSI
clause 9.4.2.1.2.4.3.
downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI
The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the
4. Calculate γ =
tue
t rnd

DEFAULT
}
}

}
release NULL
}
ETSI

}
Parameter Test 1
γ 1.19
UE Category 2-5
9.4.2.1.2_1 TDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 1-2 (Multiple PMI) (Release 9 and forward)
For the parameters specified in Table 9.4.2.1.2_1.3-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C,
the minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.4.2.1.2_1.3-2.
ETSI
Table 9.4.2.1.2_1.3-1: PMI test for single-layer (TDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
following PMI)
Correlation and
Low 2 x 2
Downlink ρA dB -3
power
( j)
PMI delay ms 10 or 11
R.11-3 TDD
for UE
Category 1
Measurement channel
R.11 TDD for
UE Category
2-5
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 3: One/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2
TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/2 shall be
used.
Table 9.4.2.1.2_1.3-2: Minimum requirement (TDD)
Parameter Test 1
γ 1.2
UE Category 1-5
ETSI
clause 9.4.2.1.2_1.4.3.
to Table 9.4.2.1.2_1.3-1 as appropriate.
4. Calculate γ =
tue
t rnd

DEFAULT
}
}
ETSI
Table 9.4.2.1.2_1.4.3-2: AntennaInfoDedicated

}
release NULL
}
}
Table 9.4.2.1.2_1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

}
Table 9.4.2.1.2_1.5-1: Test requirement (TDD)
Parameter Test 1
γ 1.19
UE Category 1-5
9.4.2.2 PMI Reporting – PUSCH 2-2 (Multiple PMI)
9.4.2.2.1 FDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 2-2 (Multiple PMI)

ETSI

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Correlation and
Low 4 x 2
Downlink ρA dB -6
power
( j)
PMI delay ms 8
Measurement channel [R.14-2 FDD]
Number of preferred
5
subbands (M)
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated in
each TTI (1 ms granularity)
Test 1
γ [1.2]
UE Category [1-5]
ETSI
clause 9.4.2.2.1.4.3.
3. Set SNR to SNRrnd . The SS shall PDCCH with DCI format 0 in which CQI request bit is set to true [every
subframe]. Then the SS shall transmit PDSCH with precoding matrix according to PMI report from the UE.The
SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH
CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to
be less or equal to 4. . Measure the average throughput.
4. Calculate γ =
tue
t rnd

DEFAULT
}
}

n4TxAntenna-tm6 1111111111111111
}
release NULL
}
}
ETSI

}
Test 1
γ [1.19]
UE Category [1-5]
9.4.2.2.2 TDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 2-2 (Multiple PMI)


Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
ETSI

Correlation and
Low 4 x 2
Downlink ρA dB -6
power
( j)
PMI delay ms [10]
Measurement channel [R.14-2 TDD]
Number of preferred
5
subbands (M)
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoders shall be updated in
each available downlink transmission instance
Test 1
γ [1.15]
UE Category [1-5]
clause 9.4.2.2.2.4.3.
ETSI
4. Calculate γ =
tue
t rnd

DEFAULT
}
}

n4TxAntenna-tm6 1111111111111111
}
release NULL
}
}

}
ETSI
Test 1
γ [1.14]
UE Category [1-5]
9.5 Reporting of Rank Indicator (RI)

The purpose of this test is to verify that the reported rank indicator accurately represents the channel rank. The accuracy
of RI (CQI) reporting is determined by the relative increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on the
reported rank compared to the case for which a fixed rank is used for transmission. Transmission mode 4 is used with
the specified CodebookSubSetRestriction.
For fixed rank 1 transmission, the RI and PMI reporting is restricted to two single-layer precoders, For fixed rank 2
transmission, the RI and PMI reporting is restricted to one two-layer precoder, For follow RI transmission, the RI and
PMI reporting is restricted to select the union of these precoders. Channels with low and high correlation are used to
ensure that RI reporting reflects the channel condition.
9.5.1 RI Reporting
9.5.1.1 FDD RI Reporting– PUCCH 1-1

To verify that the reported rank indicator accurately represents the channel rank.


The minimum performance requirement in Table 9.5.1.1.3-2 is defined as
a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when
transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be ≥ γ1;
b) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when
TBS selection is based on the UE wideband CQI feedback. The transport block size TBS for wideband CQI is selected
according to Table A.4-3a.
For the parameters specified in Table 9.5.1.1.3-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C, the
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.5.1.1.3-2.
ETSI
Table 9.5.1.1.3-1: RI Test (FDD)
Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Bandwidth MHz 10
000011 for fixed RI = 1
bitmap
010011 for UE reported RI
2 x 2 EPA5
Antenna correlation Low Low High
Fixed RI=2 and Fixed RI=1 Fixed RI=2
RI configuration
follow RI and follow RI and follow RI
SNR dB 0 20 20
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98
Iˆ( j )
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -78 -78
1
transmissions
reporting PUCCH Format 2
PUCCH Report Type for

CQI/PMI 2
Physical channel for RI

PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type for RI 3
PMI and CQI delay ms 8
ri-ConfigurationInd 1
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI and
CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI and
wideband CQI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1.
Note 3: To avoid collisions between RI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on
#9 to allow periodic RI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8
and #3.
Note 4: The bit field for precoding information in DCI format 2 shall be mapped as:
- For reported RI = 1 and PMI = 0 >> precoding information bit field index = 1
Table 9.5.1.1.3-2: Minimum requirement (FDD)
Parameter Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

γ1 N/A 1.05 N/A
γ2 1 N/A 1.1
UE Category 2-5 2-5 2-5
ETSI
clause 9.5.1.1.4.3.
1. Set the parameters of bandwidth, reference Channel, the propagation condition, antenna configuration, antenna
correlation, CodeBookSubsetRestriction for fixed Rank and the SNR according to Table 9.5.1.1.3-1 as
appropriate.
2. The SS shall send PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to the UE
reported CQI, PMI and RI. In case of CQI reports for two codewords (codeword #0 and #1), the CQI offset
level for codeword #1 is selected from {0,1,2,3,-4,-3,-2,-1}. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the
DL RMC. The transport format to be used is defined in Annex A.4 Table A.4-3a. The SS sends uplink
scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in
subframe #3 and #8 according to Annex A.4-10. Measure the t fix according to annex G.5.3.
4. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 to schedule UL RMC in every subframe
according to Annex A.4-10.
5. The SS shall transmit an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message to set codebookSubsetRestriction as for UE
reported RI according to Table 9.5.1.1.3-1.
6. The UE shall transmit RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete message.
7. Propagation conditions are set according to Table 9.5.1.1.3-1.
reported CQI, PMI and RI. In case of CQI reports for two codewords (codeword #0 and #1), the CQI offset
level for codeword #1 is selected from {0,1,2,3,-4,-3,-2,-1}. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the
DL RMC. The transport format to be used is defined in Annex A.4 Table A.4-3a. The SS sends uplink
scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in
subframe #3 and #8 according to Annex A.4-10. Measure t reported according to Annex G.5.3
If the ratio ( t reported / t fix ) satisfies the requirement in Table 9.5.1. 1.5-1, then pass the UE for this test and go to
step 9. Otherwise, fail the UE.
9. If all tests have not been done, then repeat the same procedure (steps 1 to 8) with test conditions according to the
Table 9.5.1.1.3-2 for the other Tests as appropriate. Otherwise pass the UE.
ETSI

RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m) ::=
SEQUENCE {
physicalConfigDedicated PhysicalConfigDedicated
- DEFAULT using
condition RBC
}

SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfig CQI-ReportConfig- RBC
DEFAULT
}
N2TxAntenna-tm4 According to each test
release NULL
}
}
}

SEQUENCE {
p-a dB-3
}
ETSI

setup SEQUENCE {
(see Table 7.2.2-
1A in TS 36.213)
widebandCQI NULL
}
1B in TS 36.213)
}
}
}
Table 9.5.1.1.5-1: Test requirement (FDD)

γ1 N/A 1.04 N/A
γ2 0.99 N/A 1.09
9.5.1.2 TDD RI Reporting – PUSCH 3-1

To verify that the reported rank indicator accurately represents the channel rank.

This test applies to E-UTRA TDD UE release 8 and forward, which support UE Category 2-5.

The minimum performance requirement in Table 9.5.1.2.3-2 is defined as
a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when
b) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when
TBS selection is based on the UE wideband CQI feedback. The transport block size TBS is that resulting from the code
rate which is closest to that indicated by M = wideband CQI and the N PRB entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 of TS36.213 [10]
that corresponds to the transmission bandwidth configuration in Table 5.6-1 of TS36.101 [2].
For the parameters specified in Table 9.5.1.2.3-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C, the
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.5.1.2.3-2.
ETSI
Table 9.5.1.2.3-1: RI Test (TDD)
Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Bandwidth MHz 10
Special subframe
4
configuration
2 x 2 EPA5
bitmap
010011 for UE reported RI
Antenna correlation Low Low High
Fixed RI=2 and Fixed RI=1 Fixed RI=2
RI configuration
follow RI and follow RI and follow RI
SNR dB 0 20 20
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98
Iˆ( j )
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -78 -78
1
transmissions
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 (Note 3)
PMI and CQI delay ms 10 or 11
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI and
CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI and
wideband CQI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1.
Note 3: Reported wideband CQI and PMI are used and sub-band CQI is discarded.
Table 9.5.1.2.3-2: Minimum requirement (TDD)

γ1 N/A 1.05 N/A
γ2 1 N/A 1.1
ETSI
clause 9.5.1.2.4.3.
1. Set the parameters of bandwidth, reference Channel, the propagation condition, antenna configuration, antenna
correlation, CodeBookSubsetRestriction for fixed Rank and the SNR according to Table 9.5.1.2.3-1 as
appropriate.
reported CQI (wideband CQI), PMI and RI. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The
transport format to be used is defined in Annex A.4 Table A.4-3a. The SS schedules the UL transmission to
carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and
N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4. Measure the t fix according to annex G.5.3
4. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit to 0 to schedule UL
RMC in subframe#2 and #7 according to Annex A.4-11.
5. The SS shall transmit an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message to set codebookSubsetRestriction as for UE
reported RI according to Table 9.5.1.2.3-1.
6. The UE shall transmit RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete message.
7. Propagation conditions are set according to Table 9.5.1.2.3-1.
reported CQI (wideband CQI), PMI and RI. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The
transport format to be used is defined in Annex A.4 Table A.4-3a. The SS schedules the UL transmission to
carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and
N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4. Measure t reported according to Annex G.5.3
If the ratio ( t reported / t fix ) satisfies the requirement in Table 9.5.1.2.5-1, then pass the UE for this test and go to
step 9. Otherwise, fail the UE.
9. If all tests have not been done, then repeat the same procedure (steps 1 to 8) with test conditions according to the
Table 9.5.1.2.3-2 for the other Tests as appropriate. Otherwise pass the UE.
ETSI

SEQUENCE {
DEFAULT
}
N2TxAntenna-tm4 According to each test
release NULL
}
}
}

SEQUENCE {
p-a dB-3
}

cqi-ReportPeriodic CHOICE { Not Present
}
}
Table 9.5.1.2.4.3-4: PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE
{
ackNackRepetition CHOICE {
release NULL
}
tddAckNackFeedbackMode Bundling Multiplexing is TDD
selected as
default to align
with RAN4’s
assumptions in
RF tests.
}
ETSI
Table 9.5.1.2.5-1: Test requirement (TDD)

γ1 N/A 1.04 N/A
γ2 0.99 N/A 1.09
10 MBMS Performance
10.1 FDD MBMS performance (Fixed Reference Channel)
Editor’s note: This section is incomplete. The following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:
• The Minimum Test Time applicable to this test is undefined.
10.1.1 Test purpose

This test verifies the performance of FDD MBMS with a given SNR for which the average BLER remains below a
given reference value.

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE supporting MBMS release 9 and forward.

The parameters specified in Table 10.1.3-1 are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated. For the requirements
defined in this section, the difference between CRS EPRE and the MBSFN RS EPRE should be set to 0 dB as the UE
demodulation performance might be different when this condition is not met (e.g. in scenarios where power offsets are
present, such as scenarios when reserved cells are present).
Table 10.1.3-1: Common Test Parameters (FDD)
Number of HARQ
Processes None
processes
Subcarrier spacing kHz 15 kHz
Allocated subframes per

6 subframes
Radio Frame (Note 1)
Number of OFDM 2 symbols in the case of 3 PHICH
symbols for PDCCH symbols or 4 RS Ports;
(Note 2) 1 or 2 symbols for other scenarios.
Cyclic Prefix Extended
Note1: For FDD mode, up to 6 subframes (#1/2/3/6/7/8) are available for MBMS, in
line with TS 36.331.
Note2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH in this subclause.
The receive characteristic of MBMS is determined by the BLER. The requirement is valid for all RRC states for which
the UE has capabilities for MBMS.
For the parameters specified in Table 10.1.3-1 and Table 10.1.3-2 and Annex A.3.8.1, the average downlink SNR shall
be below the specified value for the BLER shown in Table 10.1.3-3.
ETSI
Table 10.1.3-2: Test Parameters for Testing
Note 1: PB = 0
Table 10.1.3-3: Minimum performance
Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value MBMS

number Channel Pattern condition Matrix and BLER SNR(dB) UE
antenna (%) Category
1 10 MHz R.37 FDD OP.4 MBSFN 1x2 low 1 4.1 1-5
FDD channel
2 10 MHz R.38 FDD OP.4 model (Table 11.0 1-5
FDD B.2.6-1)
3 10 MHz R.39 FDD OP.4 20.1 2-5
FDD
5.0MHz R.39-1 FDD OP.4 20.5 1
FDD
4 1.4 MHz R.40 FDD OP.4 6.6 1-5
FDD
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 10.1.3-3 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause
4.3.1.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 10.1.3-1.
5. SS configures 10 MBMS packets are included in one TB.
clause 10.1.4.3.
1. Initiate the variables Mtot to 0. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.2.6
2. SS shall start the test by sending MBMS Packets on the MTCH radio bearer for [164] seconds ([10] seconds in
the second or later iteration). SS stores the count of transmitted MBMS Packets on the MTCH in the variable
Mtot.
ETSI
3. SS shall send a “UE TEST LOOP MODE C MBMS PACKET COUNTER REQUEST” message and wait for
the UE to respond with a “UE TEST LOOP MODE C MBMS PACKET COUNTER RESPONSE” reporting the
received RLC SDU counter value. Store this counter in the variable Mok.
4. SS shall compute the BLER as the following:
The BLER = (Mtot – Mok) / Mtot
SS controls the number of MBMS packets used per transport block. The formula for BLER would be:
BLER = (Ntot - Nok) / Ntot = ((Mtot / Mmp) – (Mok/ Mmp)) / (Mtot / Mmp) = (Mtot – Mok) / Mtot , where,
Mmp = Number of MBMS packets used by the SS per MCH transport block (on the observed MTCH)
Mtot = Total number of MBMS packets transmitted by the SS on the observed MTCH
Mok = The UE counted successfully received MBMS packets on the observed MTCH
5. If BLER is not greater than the value for the BLER as specified in Table 10.1.5-1 then the number of successful
tests is increased by one. Otherwise, the number of failure tests is increased by one.
6. Repeat steps 2 to 5 until the statistical significance according to Annex to G.4 is achieved.
7. Repeat steps from 1 to 6 for each subtest in Table 10.1.5-1 as appropriate.

Table 10.1.5-1: Test requirement

1 10 MHz R.37 FDD OP.4 MBSFN 1x2 low 1 5 1-5
FDD channel
2 10 MHz R.38 FDD OP.4 model (Table 11.9 1-5
FDD B.2.6-1)
3 10 MHz R.39 FDD OP.4 21.0 2-5
FDD
5.0MHz R.39-1 FDD OP.4 21.4 1
FDD
4 1.4 MHz R.40 FDD OP.4 7.5 1-5
FDD
10.2 TDD MBMS performance (Fixed Reference Channel)

Editor’s note: This section is incomplete. The following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:
• The Minimum Test Time applicable to this test is undefined.
10.2.1 Test purpose

This test verifies the performance of TDD MBMS with a given SNR for which the average BLER remains below a
given reference value.

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE supporting MBMS release 9 and forward.
ETSI

The parameters specified in Table 10.2.3-1 are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated. For the requirements
defined in this section, the difference between CRS EPRE and the MBSFN RS EPRE should be set to 0 dB as the UE
demodulation performance might be different when this condition is not met (e.g. in scenarios where power offsets are
present, such as scenarios when reserved cells are present).
Table 10.2.3-1: Common Test Parameters (TDD)
Number of HARQ
Processes None
processes
Subcarrier spacing kHz 15 kHz
Allocated subframes per

5 subframes
Radio Frame (Note 1)
Number of OFDM 2 symbols in the case of 3 PHICH
symbols for PDCCH symbols or 4 RS Ports;
(Note 2) 1 or 2 symbols for other scenarios.
Cyclic Prefix Extended
Note1: For TDD mode, in line with TS 36.331, Uplink-Downlink Configuration 5 is
proposed, up to 5 subframes (#3/4/7/8/9) are available for MBMS.
Note2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH in this subclause.
The receive characteristic of MBMS is determined by the BLER. The requirement is valid for all RRC states for which
the UE has capabilities for MBMS.
Table 10.2.3-2: Test Parameters for Testing
Note 1: PB = 0
Table 10.2.3-3: Minimum performance

1 10 MHz R.37 TDD OP.4 MBSFN 1x2 low 1 3.4 1-5
TDD channel
2 10 MHz R.38 TDD OP.4 model (Table 11.1 1-5
TDD B.2.6-1)
3 10 MHz R.39 TDD OP.4 20.1 2-5
TDD
5MHz R.39-1 TDD OP.4 20.5 1
TDD
4 1.4 MHz R.40 TDD OP.4 5.8 1-5
TDD
ETSI
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 10.2.3-3 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause
4.3.1.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 10.2.3-1.
5. SS configures 10 MBMS packets are included in one TB.
clause 10.2.4.3.
1. Initiate the variables Mtot to 0. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.2.6
2. SS shall start the test by sending MBMS Packets on the MTCH radio bearer for [164] seconds ([10] seconds in
the second or later iteration). SS stores the count of transmitted MBMS Packets on the MTCH in the variable
Mtot.
3. SS shall send a “UE TEST LOOP MODE C MBMS PACKET COUNTER REQUEST” message and wait for
the UE to respond with a “UE TEST LOOP MODE C MBMS PACKET COUNTER RESPONSE” reporting the
received MBMS Packet counter value. Store this counter in the variable Mok.
4. SS shall compute the BLER as the following:
The BLER = (Mtot – Mok) / Mtot
SS controls the number of MBMS packets used per transport block. The formula for BLER would be:
BLER = (Ntot - Nok) / Ntot = ((Mtot / Mmp) – (Mok/ Mmp)) / (Mtot / Mmp) = (Mtot – Mok) / Mtot , where,
Mmp = Number of MBMS packets used by the SS per MCH transport block (on the observed MTCH)
Mtot = Total number of MBMS packets transmitted by the SS on the observed MTCH
Mok = The UE counted successfully received MBMS packets on the observed MTCH
5. If BLER is not greater than the value for the BLER as specified in Table 10.2.5-1 then the number of successful
tests is increased by one. Otherwise, the number of failure tests is increased by one.
6. Repeat steps 2 to 5 until the statistical significance according to Annex to G.4 is achieved.
7. Repeat steps from 1 to 6 for each subtest in Table 10.2.5-1 as appropriate.
ETSI

Table 10.2.5-1: Test

1 10 MHz R.37 TDD OP.4 MBSFN 1x2 low 1 4.3 1-5
TDD channel
2 10 MHz R.38 TDD OP.4 model (Table 12 1-5
TDD B.2.6-1)
3 10 MHz R.39 TDD OP.4 21.0 2-5
TDD
5MHz R.39-1 TDD OP.4 21.4 1
TDD
4 1.4 MHz R.40 TDD OP.4 6.7 1-5
TDD
ETSI
Annex A (normative):
Measurement Channels
A.1 General
A schematic overview of the encoding process for the reference measurement channels is provided in Figure A-1.
Payload CRC
Code blocks
Code block CRC Code block CRC Code block CRC
Rate R turbo code
Coded block Trellis termination (12 bits)
Subblock interleaving
and Rate matching
Other code blocks processed in
the same way
Rate matched block
Transmitted bits in a single subframe
Figure A-1: Schematic overview of the encoding process
The throughput values defined in the measurement channels specified in Annex A, are calculated and are valid per data
stream (codeword). For multi-stream (more than one codeword) transmissions, the throughput referenced in the
minimum requirements is the sum of throughputs of all data streams (codewords).
The UE category entry in the definition of the reference measurement channels in Annex A is only informative and
reveals the UE categories, which can support the corresponding measurement channel. Whether the measurement
channel is used for testing a certain UE category or not is specified in the individual test cases.
ETSI
A.2 UL reference measurement channels
A.2.1 General
A.2.1.1 Applicability and common parameters
The following sections define the UL signal applicable to the Transmitter Characteristics (clause 6) and for the Receiver
Characteristics (clause 7) where the UL signal is relevant.
The Reference channels in this section assume transmission of PUSCH and Demodulation Reference signal only. The
following conditions apply:
• 1 HARQ transmission
• Cyclic Prefix normal
• PUSCH hopping off
• Link adaptation off
• Demodulation Reference signal as per TS 36.211 [8] subclause 5.5.2.1.2.
Where ACK/NACK is transmitted, it is assumed to be multiplexed on PUSCH as per TS 36.212 [9] subclause 5.2.2.6.
• ACK/NACK 1 bit
• ACK/NACK mapping adjacent to Demodulation Reference symbol
• ACK/NACK resources punctured into data
• Max number of resources for ACK/NACK: 4 SC-FDMA symbols per subframe
• No CQI transmitted, no RI transmitted
A.2.1.2 Determination of payload size

The algorithm for determining the payload size A is as follows; given a desired coding rate R and radio block allocation
NRB
1. Calculate the number of channel bits Nch that can be transmitted during the first transmission of a given sub-
frame.
2. Find A such that the resulting coding rate is as close to R as possible, that is,
min R − ( A + 24) / N ch ,
subject to
a) A is a valid TB size according to clause 7.1.7 of TS 36.213 [10] assuming an allocation of NRB resource
blocks.
b) Segmentation is not included in this formula, but should be considered in the TBS calculation.
c) For RMC-s, which at the nominal target coding rate do not cover all the possible UE categories for the
given modulation, reduce the target coding rate gradually (within the same modulation), until the
maximal possible number of UE categories is covered.
3. If there is more than one A that minimises the equation above, then the larger value is chosen per default.
ETSI
A.2.1.3 Overview of UL reference measurement channels

In Table A.2.1.3-1 are listed the UL reference measurement channels specified in annexes A.2.2 and A.2.3 of this
release of TS 36.521-1. This table is informative and serves only to a better overview. The reference for the concrete
reference measurement channels and corresponding implementation’s parameters as to be used for testing are annexes
A.2.2 and A.2.3 as appropriate.
ETSI
Table A.2.1.3-1: Overview of UL reference measurement channels
RB UE
Duple B
Table Name Mod TCR RB Off Cat Notes
x W
set eg
FDD, Full RB allocation, QPSK
FDD Table A.2.2.1.1-1 1,4 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.1.1-1 3 QPSK 1/3 15 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.1.1-1 5 QPSK 1/3 25 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.1.1-1 10 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.1.1-1 15 QPSK 1/5 75 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.1.1-1 20 QPSK 1/6 100 ≥1
FDD, Full RB allocation, 16-QAM
FDD Table A.2.2.1.2-1 1,4 16QAM 3/4 6 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.1.2-1 3 16QAM 1/2 15 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.1.2-1 5 16QAM 1/3 25 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.1.2-1 10 16QAM 3/4 50 ≥2
FDD Table A.2.2.1.2-1 15 16QAM 1/2 75 ≥2
FDD Table A.2.2.1.2-1 20 16QAM 1/3 100 ≥2
FDD, Partial RB allocation, QPSK, 1.4 MHz
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-1 1,4 QPSK 1/3 1 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-1 1,4 QPSK 1/3 2 ≥1 Not yet used in tests
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-1 1,4 QPSK 1/3 5 ≥1
FDD, Partial RB allocation, QPSK, 3 MHz
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-2 3 QPSK 1/3 1 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-2 3 QPSK 1/3 2 ≥1 Not yet used in tests
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-2 3 QPSK 1/3 4 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-3 5 QPSK 1/3 1 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-3 5 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-3 5 QPSK 1/3 8 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-3a 5 QPSK 1/3 10 ≥1 Not yet used in tests
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-3a 5 QPSK 1/3 15 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-3a 5 QPSK 1/3 20 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-4 10 QPSK 1/3 1 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-4 10 QPSK 1/3 2 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-4 10 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-4 10 QPSK 1/3 8 ≥1
ETSI

FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-4a 10 QPSK 1/3 12 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-4a 10 QPSK 1/3 15 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-4a 10 QPSK 1/3 16 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-4a 10 QPSK 1/3 20 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-4b 10 QPSK 1/3 25 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-4b 10 QPSK 1/3 27 ≥1 Not yet used in tests
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-4b 10 QPSK 1/3 30 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-4b 10 QPSK 1/3 36 ≥1 Not yet used in tests
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-4b 10 QPSK 1/3 40 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-4b 10 QPSK 1/3 48 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-5 15 QPSK 1/3 1 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-5 15 QPSK 1/3 8 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-5a 15 QPSK 1/3 16 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-5a 15 QPSK 1/3 20 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-5a 15 QPSK 1/3 25 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-5b 15 QPSK 1/3 40 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-5b 15 QPSK 1/3 48 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-5b 15 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-5b 15 QPSK 1/3 54 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-6 20 QPSK 1/3 1 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-6 20 QPSK 1/3 10 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-6a 20 QPSK 1/3 18 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-6a 20 QPSK 1/3 20 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-6a 20 QPSK 1/3 25 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-6a 20 QPSK 1/3 48 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-6a 20 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.1-6a 20 QPSK 1/5 75 ≥1
FDD, Partial RB allocation, 16-QAM, 1.4 MHz
FDD Table A.2.2.2.2-1 1,4 16QAM 3/4 1 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.2-1 1,4 16QAM 3/4 5 ≥1
ETSI
FDD, Partial RB allocation, 16-QAM, 3 MHz

FDD Table A.2.2.2.2-2 3 16QAM 3/4 1 ≥1 Not yet used in tests
FDD Table A.2.2.2.2-2 3 16QAM 3/4 4 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.2-3 5 16QAM 3/4 8 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.2-4 10 16QAM 3/4 1 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.2-4 10 16QAM 3/4 12 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.2-4 10 16QAM 1/2 16 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.2-4 10 16QAM 3/4 30 ≥2
FDD Table A.2.2.2.2-4 10 16QAM 3/4 36 ≥2
FDD Table A.2.2.2.2-5 15 16QAM 1/2 16 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.2.2-4 20 16QAM 1/2 18 ≥1
FDD, Sustained data rate
FDD Table A.2.2.3-1 R.1-1 FDD 10 QPSK 0.31 40 ≥1
FDD Table A.2.2.3-1 R.1-3A FDD 10 QPSK 0.31 40 ≥1
TDD, Full RB allocation, QPSK
TDD Table A.2.3.1.1-1 1,4 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.1.1-1 3 QPSK 1/3 15 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.1.1-1 5 QPSK 1/3 25 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.1.1-1 10 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.1.1-1 15 QPSK 1/5 75 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.1.1-1 20 QPSK 1/6 100 ≥1
TDD, Full RB allocation, 16-QAM
TDD Table A.2.3.1.2-1 1,4 16QAM 3/4 6 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.1.2-1 3 16QAM 1/2 15 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.1.2-1 5 16QAM 1/3 25 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.1.2-1 10 16QAM 3/4 50 ≥2
TDD Table A.2.3.1.2-1 15 16QAM 1/2 75 ≥2
TDD Table A.2.3.1.2-1 20 16QAM 1/3 100 ≥2
TDD, Partial RB allocation, QPSK, 1.4 MHz
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-1 1,4 QPSK 1/3 1 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-1 1,4 QPSK 1/3 2 ≥1 Not yet used in tests
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-1 1,4 QPSK 1/3 5 ≥1
TDD, Partial RB allocation, QPSK, 3 MHz
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-2 3 QPSK 1/3 1 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-2 3 QPSK 1/3 2 ≥1 Not yet used in tests
ETSI

TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-2 3 QPSK 1/3 4 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-3 5 QPSK 1/3 1 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-3 5 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-3 5 QPSK 1/3 8 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-3a 5 QPSK 1/3 10 ≥1 Not yet used in tests
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-3a 5 QPSK 1/3 20 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-4 10 QPSK 1/3 1 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-4 10 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-4a 10 QPSK 1/3 12 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-4a 10 QPSK 1/3 24 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-4a 10 QPSK 1/3 25 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-4b 10 QPSK 1/3 27 ≥1 Not yet used in tests
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-4b 10 QPSK 1/3 36 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-4b 10 QPSK 1/3 48 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-5 15 QPSK 1/3 1 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-5 15 QPSK 1/3 8 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-5a 15 QPSK 1/3 16 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-5a 15 QPSK 1/3 18 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-5a 15 QPSK 1/3 36 ≥1
ETSI

TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-5b 15 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-6 20 QPSK 1/3 1 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-6 20 QPSK 1/5 10 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-6a 20 QPSK 1/5 18 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-6a 20 QPSK 1/3 25 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-6a 20 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.1-6a 20 QPSK 1/5 75 ≥1
TDD, Partial RB allocation, 16-QAM, 1.4 MHz
TDD Table A.2.3.2.2-1 1,4 16QAM 3/4 1 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.2-1 1,4 16QAM 3/4 5 ≥1
TDD, Partial RB allocation, 16-QAM, 3 MHz
TDD Table A.2.3.2.2-2 3 16QAM 3/4 1 ≥1 Not yet used in tests
TDD Table A.2.3.2.2-2 3 16QAM 3/4 4 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.2-3 5 16QAM 3/4 8 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.2-4 10 16QAM 3/4 1 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.2-4 10 16QAM 3/4 12 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.2-4 10 16QAM 1/3 24 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.2-5 15 16QAM 1/2 16 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.2-5 15 16QAM 3/4 36 ≥2
≥ Table A.2.3.2.2-6 20 16QAM 3/4 1 ≥1 Not yet used in tests
1TDD
TDD Table A.2.3.2.2-6 20 16QAM 1/2 18 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.2.2-6 20 16QAM 3/4 50 ≥2
TDD, Sustained data rate
TDD Table A.2.3.3-1 R.1-1 TDD 10 QPSK 0.43 40 ≥1
TDD Table A.2.3.3-1 R.1-3B TDD 15 QPSK 0.42 60 ≥2
ETSI
A.2.2 Reference measurement channels for FDD

A.2.2.1 Full RB allocation
A.2.2.1.1 QPSK
Table A.2.2.1.1-1: Reference Channels for QPSK with full RB allocation

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 15 25 50 75 100
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub- 12 12 12 12 12 12
Frame
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/5 1/6
Payload size Bits 600 1544 2216 5160 4392 4584
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24 24

Number of code blocks per Sub- 1 1 1 1 1 1
Frame (Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 1728 4320 7200 14400 21600 28800
(Note 1)
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 864 2160 3600 7200 10800 14400
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is
attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
A.2.2.1.2 16-QAM
Table A.2.2.1.2-1: Reference Channels for 16-QAM with full RB allocation

Frame
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM
Frame (Note 1)
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥2 ≥2 ≥2
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to
each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
A.2.2.2 Partial RB allocation

For each channel bandwidth, various partial RB allocations are specified. The number of allocated RBs is chosen
according to values specified in the Tx and Rx requirements. The single allocated RB case is included.
The allocated RBs are contiguous and start from one end of the channel bandwidth. A single allocated RB is at one end
of the channel bandwidth.
ETSI
A.2.2.2.1 QPSK
Table A.2.2.2.1-1: Reference Channels for 1.4MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation
Parameter Unit Value Value Value Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
Allocated resource blocks 1 2 3 4 5
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub- 12 12 12 12 12
Frame
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3
Payload size Bits 72 176 256 392 424
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub- 1 1 1 1 1
Frame (Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 288 576 864 1152 1440
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 288 432 576 720
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached
to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Table A.2.2.2.1-2: Reference Channels for 3MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation
Parameter Unit Value Value Value Value Value Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Allocated resource blocks 1 2 3 4 5 6 10
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub- 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Frame
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3
Payload size Bits 72 176 256 392 424 600 872
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Frame (Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 288 576 864 1152 1440 1728 2880
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 288 432 576 720 864 1440
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block
(otherwise L = 0 Bit)

Channel bandwidth MHz 5 5 5 5 5
Frame
Frame (Note 1)
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
ETSI
Table A.2.2.2.1-3a: Reference Channels for 5MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation

Frame
Frame (Note 1)
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
Parameter Unit Value Value Value Value Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frame
Frame (Note 1)
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each
Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

Frame
Frame (Note 1)
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
ETSI
Table A.2.2.2.1-4b: Reference Channels for 10MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation

Frame
Frame (Note 1)
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1

Frame
Frame (Note 1)
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1

Allocated resource 16 18 20 24 25 27 36
blocks
DFT-OFDM Symbols 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
per Sub-Frame
Number of code blocks 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
per Sub-Frame (Note 1)
Total number of bits per Bits 4608 5184 5760 6912 7200 7776 10368
Sub-Frame
Total symbols per Sub- 2304 2592 2880 3456 3600 3888 5184
Frame
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
ETSI
Parameter Unit Value Value Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 15 15 15 15
Allocated resource blocks 40 48 50 54
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub- 12 12 12 12
Frame
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3
Payload size Bits 4136 4264 5160 4776
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub- 1 1 1 1
Frame (Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 11520 13824 14400 15552
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 5760 6912 7200 7776
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits
is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

Frame
Frame (Note 1)
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1

Allocated resource 18 20 24 25 48 50 75
blocks
DFT-OFDM Symbols per 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Sub-Frame
Total number of bits per Bits 5184 5760 6912 7200 13824 14400 21600
Sub-Frame
Total symbols per Sub- 2592 2880 3456 3600 6912 7200 10800
Frame
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
ETSI
A.2.2.2.2 16-QAM
Table A.2.2.2.2-1: Reference Channels for 1.4MHz 16-QAM with partial RB allocation
Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 1.4
Allocated resource blocks 1 5
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub- 12 12
Frame
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 3/4
Payload size Bits 408 2152
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub- 1 1
Frame (Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 576 2880
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 720
UE Category ≥1 ≥1
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC
sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block
Table A.2.2.2.2-2: Reference Channels for 3MHz 16-QAM with partial RB allocation

Channel bandwidth MHz 3 3
Frame
Frame (Note 1)

Frame
Frame (Note 1)
ETSI

Frame
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM
Frame (Note 1)
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥2 ≥2

Frame
Frame (Note 1)
Parameter Unit Value Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 20 20 20
Allocated resource blocks 1 18 75
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub- 12 12 12
Frame
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 1/2 1/2
Payload size Bits 408 5160 21384
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub- 1 1 4
Frame (Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 576 10368 43200
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 2592 10800
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥2
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
ETSI
A.2.2.3 Reference measurement channels for sustained downlink data rate

provided by lower layers
Table A.2.2.3-1: Uplink Reference Channels for sustained data-rate test (FDD)

Reference Channel R.1-1 R.1-2 R.1-3 R.1-3A R.1-4 FFS
FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD
Channel Bandwidth MHz 10 10 20 10 20
Allocated Resource Blocks 40 40 90 40 90
(Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 3) (Note 2) (Note 3)
Allocated Sub-Frames per Radio-Frame 10 10 10 10 10
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12 12 12 12
Coding Rate 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31
Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame Bits 3496 3496 7992 3496 7992
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1 2 1 2
(Note 1)
Modulation Symbols per Sub-Frame 5760 5760 12960 5760 12960
Binary Channel Bits per Sub-Frame 11520 11520 25920 11520 25920
Max Throughput over 1 Radio-Frame Mbps 3.496 3.496 7.992 3.496 7.992
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥2 ≥1 ≥2
Note 2: RB-s 5-44 allocated with PUSCH.
A.2.3 Reference measurement channels for TDD

For TDD the measurement channel is based on DL/UL configuration ratio of 2DL:2UL.
A.2.3.1 Full RB allocation
A.2.3.1.1 QPSK
Table A.2.3.1.1-1: Reference Channels for QPSK with full RB allocation

Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 1 1 1 1 1 1
2)
Frame
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 600 1544 2216 5160 4392 4584
Frame (Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame
Total symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 864 2160 3600 7200 10800 14400
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [8]
ETSI
A.2.3.1.2 16-QAM
Table A.2.3.1.2-1: Reference Channels for 16-QAM with full RB allocation

2)
Frame
Payload size
Number of code blocks - C 1 1 1 4 4 4
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 864 2160 3600 7200 10800 14400
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
A.2.3.2 Partial RB allocation

For each channel bandwidth, various partial RB allocations are specified. The number of allocated RBs is chosen
according to values specified in the Tx and Rx requirements. The single allocated RB case is included.
The allocated RBs are contiguous and start from one end of the channel bandwidth. A single allocated RB is at one end
of the channel bandwidth.
A.2.3.2.1 QPSK
Table A.2.3.2.1-1: Reference Channels for 1.4MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 1 1 1 1 1
2)
Frame
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 72 176 256 392 424
Frame (Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 288 432 576 720
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
ETSI

Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2)
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub- 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Frame
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 72 176 256 392 424 600 872
Number of code blocks per Sub- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Frame (Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 288 432 576 720 864 1440
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1

2)
Frame
Payload size
Frame (Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 288 576 1440 1728 2304
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 288 720 864 1152
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
ETSI

2)
Frame
Payload size
Frame (Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 2880 4320 5184 5760 6912
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1440 2160 2592 2880 3456
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1

Uplink-Downlink Configuration 1 1 1 1 1 1
Frame
Payload size
Frame (Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 288 720 864 1152 1440
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
ETSI

Frame
Payload size
Frame (Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1728 2304 2592 2880 3456 3600
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1

Uplink-Downlink Configuration 1 1 1 1 1
Frame
Payload size
Frame (Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 3888 4320 5184 5760 6912
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
ETSI

Frame
Payload size
Frame (Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 288 720 864 1152 1440
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1

Uplink-Downlink 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Configuration
Sub-Frame
Payload size
Number of code blocks per 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Sub-Frame (Note 1)
Total number of bits per
Sub-Frame
Total symbols per Sub-
Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 2304 2592 2880 3456 3600 3888 5184
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code
Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
ETSI

Uplink-Downlink Configuration 1 1 1
Frame
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 4136 4264 5160
Frame (Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 5760 6912 7200

2)
Frame
Payload size
Frame (Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 288 720 864 1152 1440
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [
ETSI

Uplink-Downlink 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Configuration (Note 2)
Sub-Frame
Payload size
Total number of bits per
Sub-Frame
Total symbols per Sub-
Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 2592 2880 3456 3600 6912 7200 10800
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211
A.2.3.2.2 16-QAM
Table A.2.3.2.2-1: Reference Channels for 1.4MHz 16-QAM with partial RB allocation

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 1.4
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 1 1
2)
Frame
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 408 2152
Frame (Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 720
ETSI

2)
Frame
Payload size
Frame (Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 576

2)
Frame
Payload size
Frame (Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 1152
ETSI

2)
Frame
Payload size
Frame (Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 1728 2304 3456 4320 5184
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥2 ≥2

Uplink-Downlink Configuration(Note 1 1 1
2)
Frame
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM
Payload size
Frame (Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 2304 5184
ETSI
Parameter Unit Value Value Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 20 20 20 20
Allocated resource blocks 1 18 50 75
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 1 1 1 1
2)
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub- 12 12 12 12
Frame
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 1/2 3/4 1/2
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 408 5160 21384 21384
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub- 1 1 4 4
Frame (Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 576 10368 28800 43200
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 2592 7200 10800
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥2 ≥2
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits
is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
A.2.3.3 Reference measurement channels for sustained downlink data rate

provided by lower layers
Table A.2.3.3-1: Uplink Reference Channels for sustained data-rate test (TDD)

Reference Channel R.1-1 R.1-2 R.1-3 R.1-3B R.1-4 FFS
TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD
Channel Bandwidth MHz 10 10 20 15 20
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) 5 5 5 5 5
Allocated Resource Blocks 40 40 90 60 90
(Note 3) (Note 3) (Note 5) (Note 4) (Note 5)
Allocated Sub-Frames per Radio-Frame 1 1 1 1 1
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12 12 12 12
Coding Rate
For Sub-Frame 2 0.43 0.61 0.49 0.42 0.49
Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame Bits
For Sub-Frame 2 4968 6968 12576 7224 12576
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2 1 2 3 2 3
Modulation Symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2 5760 5760 12960 8640 10240
Binary Channel Bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2 11520 11520 25920 17280 25920
Max Throughput over 1 Radio-Frame Mbps 0.4968 0.6968 1.2576 0.7224 1.2576
UE Category ≥1 ≥2 ≥2 ≥2 ≥2
ETSI
A.3 DL reference measurement channels
A.3.1 General
The number of available channel bits varies across the sub-frames due to PBCH and PSS/SSS overhead. The payload
size per sub-frame is varied in order to keep the code rate constant throughout a frame.
No user data is scheduled on subframes #5 in order to facilitate the transmission of system information blocks (SIB).
The algorithm for determining the payload size A is as follows; given a desired coding rate R and radio block allocation
NRB
1. Calculate the number of channel bits Nch that can be transmitted during the first transmission of a given sub-
frame.
2. Find A such that the resulting coding rate is as close to R as possible, that is,
min R − ( A + 24) / N ch ,
subject to
a) A is a valid TB size (according to TS 36.213 [10] clause 7.1.7) assuming an allocation of NRB resource blocks
b) Segmentation is not included in this formula, but should be considered in the TBS calculation
3. If there is more than one A that minimizes the equation above, then the larger value is chosen per default.
4. For TDD, the measurement channel is based on DL/UL configuration ratio of 2DL+DwPTS (12 OFDM
symbol): 2UL.
A.3.1.1 Overview of DL reference measurement channels

In Table A.3.1.1-1 are listed the DL reference measurement channels specified in annexes A.3.2 to A.3.9 of this release
of TS 36.521-1. This table is informative and serves only to a better overview. The reference for the concrete reference
measurement channels and corresponding implementation’s parameters as to be used for testing are annexes A.3.2 to
A.3.9 as appropriate.
ETSI
Table A.3.1.1-1: Overview of DL reference measurement channels
RB UE
Duple B
x W
set eg
FDD, Receiver requirements
FDD Table A.3.2-1 1,4 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.2-1 3 QPSK 1/3 15 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.2-1 5 QPSK 1/3 25 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.2-1 10 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.2-1 15 QPSK 1/3 75 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.2-1 20 QPSK 1/3 100 ≥1
TDD, Receiver requirements
TDD Table A.3.2-2 1,4 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.2-2 3 QPSK 1/3 15 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.2-2 5 QPSK 1/3 25 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.2-2 10 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.2-2 15 QPSK 1/3 75 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.2-2 20 QPSK 1/3 100 ≥1
FDD, Receiver requirements, Maximum input level for UE Categories 3-5
FDD Table A.3.2-3 1,4 64QAM 3/4 6 -
FDD Table A.3.2-3 3 64QAM 3/4 15 -
FDD Table A.3.2-3 5 64QAM 3/4 25 -
FDD Table A.3.2-3 10 64QAM 3/4 50 -
FDD Table A.3.2-3 15 64QAM 3/4 75 -
FDD Table A.3.2-3 20 64QAM 3/4 100 -
FDD, Receiver requirements, Maximum input level for UE Categories 1
FDD Table A.3.2-3a 1,4 64QAM 3/4 6 -
FDD Table A.3.2-3a 3 64QAM 3/4 15 -
FDD Table A.3.2-3a 5 64QAM 3/4 18 -
FDD Table A.3.2-3a 10 64QAM 3/4 17 -
FDD Table A.3.2-3a 15 64QAM 3/4 17 -
FDD Table A.3.2-3a 20 64QAM 3/4 17 -
FDD, Receiver requirements, Maximum input level for UE Categories 2
FDD Table A.3.2-3b 1,4 64QAM 3/4 6 -
FDD Table A.3.2-3b 3 64QAM 3/4 15 -
FDD Table A.3.2-3b 5 64QAM 3/4 25 -
FDD Table A.3.2-3b 10 64QAM 3/4 50 -
FDD Table A.3.2-3b 15 64QAM 3/4 75 -
FDD Table A.3.2-3b 20 64QAM 3/4 83 -
TDD, Receiver requirements, Maximum input level for UE Categories 3-5
TDD Table A.3.2-4 1,4 64QAM 3/4 6 -
TDD Table A.3.2-4 3 64QAM 3/4 15 -
TDD Table A.3.2-4 5 64QAM 3/4 25 -
TDD Table A.3.2-4 10 64QAM 3/4 50 -
TDD Table A.3.2-4 15 64QAM 3/4 75 -
TDD Table A.3.2-4 20 64QAM 3/4 100 -
TDD, Receiver requirements, Maximum input level for UE Categories 1
TDD Table A.3.2-4a 1,4 64QAM 3/4 6 -
TDD Table A.3.2-4a 3 64QAM 3/4 15 -
ETSI
TDD Table A.3.2-4a 5 64QAM 3/4 18 -

TDD Table A.3.2-4a 10 64QAM 3/4 17 -
TDD Table A.3.2-4a 15 64QAM 3/4 17 -
TDD Table A.3.2-4a 20 64QAM 3/4 17 -
TDD, Receiver requirements, Maximum input level for UE Categories 2
TDD Table A.3.2-4b 1,4 64QAM 3/4 6 -
TDD Table A.3.2-4b 3 64QAM 3/4 15 -
TDD Table A.3.2-4b 5 64QAM 3/4 25 -
TDD Table A.3.2-4b 10 64QAM 3/4 50 -
TDD Table A.3.2-4b 15 64QAM 3/4 75 -
TDD Table A.3.2-4b 20 64QAM 3/4 83 -
FDD, Transmitter requirements
1/8-
FDD Table A.3.2A-1 1,4 QPSK 3 ≥1
1/3
FDD Table A.3.2A-1 3 QPSK 1/3 4 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.2A-1 5 QPSK 1/3 8 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.2A-1 10 QPSK 1/3 16 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.2A-1 15 QPSK 1/3 25 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.2A-1 20 QPSK 1/3 30 ≥1
TDD, Transmitter requirements
1/8-
TDD Table A.3.2A-2 1,4 QPSK 3 ≥1
1/3
TDD Table A.3.2A-2 3 QPSK 1/3 4 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.2A-2 5 QPSK 1/3 8 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.2A-2 10 QPSK 1/3 16 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.2A-2 15 QPSK 1/3 25 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.2A-2 20 QPSK 1/3 30 ≥1
FDD, PDSCH Performance, Single-antenna transmission (CRS)
FDD Table A.3.3.1-1 R.4 FDD 1,4 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.3.1-1 R.42 FDD 20 QPSK 1/3 100 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.3.1-2 R.3-1 FDD 5 16QAM 1/2 25 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.3.1-2 R.3 FDD 10 16QAM 1/2 50 ≥2
FDD Table A.3.3.1-3a R.6-1 FDD 5 64QAM 3/4 18 ≥1
FDD, PDSCH Performance, Single-antenna transmission (CRS), Single PRB (Channel edge)
10
FDD Table A.3.3.1-4 R.1 FDD / 16QAM 1/2 1 ≥1
20
FDD, PDSCH Performance, Single-antenna transmission (CRS), Single PRB (MBSFN Configuration)
FDD, PDSCH Performance, Multi-antenna transmission (CRS), Two antenna ports
ETSI
FDD Table A.3.3.2.1-1 R.10 FDD 10 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1

FDD Table A.3.3.2.1-1 R.11 FDD 10 16QAM 1/2 50 ≥2
FDD Table A.3.3.2.1-1 R.11-2 FDD 5 16QAM 1/2 25 ≥1
FDD, PDSCH Performance, Multi-antenna transmission (CRS), Four antenna ports
FDD Table A.3.3.2.2-1 R.12 FDD 1,4 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.3.2.2-1 R.13 FDD 10 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
TDD, PDSCH Performance, Single-antenna transmission (CRS)
TDD Table A.3.4.1-1 R.4 TDD 1,4 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.4.1-1 R.2 TDD 10 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.4.1-2 R.3-1 TDD 5 16QAM 1/2 25 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.4.1-2 R.3 TDD 10 16QAM 1/2 50 ≥2
TDD Table A.3.4.1-3a R.6-1 TDD 5 64QAM 3/4 18 ≥1
TDD, PDSCH Performance, Single-antenna transmission (CRS), Single PRB (Channel edge)
10
TDD Table A.3.4.1-4 R.1 TDD / 16QAM 1/2 1 ≥1
20
TDD, PDSCH Performance, Single-antenna transmission (CRS), Single PRB (MBSFN Configuration)
TDD, PDSCH Performance, Multi-antenna transmission (CRS), Two antenna ports
TDD Table A.3.4.2.1-1 R.10 TDD 10 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.4.2.1-1 R.11 TDD 10 16QAM 1/2 50 ≥2
TDD Table A.3.4.2.1-1 R.11-1 TDD 10 16QAM 1/2 50 ≥2
TDD, PDSCH Performance, Multi-antenna transmission (CRS), Four antenna ports
TDD Table A.3.4.2.2-1 R.12 TDD 1,4 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
ETSI

TDD, PDSCH Performance, Single antenna port (DRS)
TDD, PDSCH Performance, Two antenna ports (DRS)
TDD Table A.3.4.3.2-1 R.32-1 TDD 5 16QAM 1/2 [25] ≥1
TDD Table A.3.4.3.2-1 R.33-1 TDD 10 64QAM 3/4 [18] ≥1
FDD, PDCCH / PCFICH Performance
FDD Table A.3.5.1-1 R.15 FDD 10 PDCCH
FDD Table A.3.5.1-1 R.16 FDD 1,4 PDCCH
FDD Table A.3.5.1-1 R.17 FDD 10 PDCCH
FDD Table A.3.5.1-1A R.16_1 FDD 10 PDCCH
FDD Table A.3.5.1-1A R.17_1 FDD 5 PDCCH
FDD Table A.3.5.1-2 10 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.5.1-2 1,4 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.5.1-2 10 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
TDD, PDCCH / PCFICH Performance
TDD Table A.3.5.2-1 R.15 TDD 10 PDCCH
TDD Table A.3.5.2-1 R.16 TDD 1,4 PDCCH
TDD Table A.3.5.2-1 R.17 TDD 10 PDCCH
TDD Table A.3.5.2-1A R.16_1 TDD 10 PDCCH
TDD Table A.3.5.2-1A R.17_1 TDD 5 PDCCH
TDD Table A.3.5.2-2 10 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.5.2-2 1,4 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.5.2-2 10 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
FDD / TDD, PHICH Performance
FDD /
Table A.3.6-1 R.18 10 PHICH
TDD
FDD /
Table A.3.6-1 R.19 1,4 PHICH
TDD
FDD /
TDD
FDD /
TDD
FDD /
Table A.3.6-1A R.19_1 10 PHICH
TDD
FDD /
Table A.3.6-1A R.20_1 5 PHICH
TDD
FDD, PMCH Performance
FDD Table A.3.8.1-1 R.40 FDD 1,4 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
FDD Table A.3.8.1-3 R.39-1 FDD 5 64QAM 2/3 25 ≥1
ETSI
TDD, PMCH Performance

TDD Table A.3.8.2-1 R.40 TDD 1,4 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.8.2-1 R.37 TDD 10 QPSK 1/3 50 ≥1
TDD Table A.3.8.2-3 R.39-1 TDD 5 64QAM 2/3 25 ≥1
FDD, Sustained data rate
FDD Table A.3.9.1-1 R.31-1 FDD 10 64QAM 0.40 ≥1
0.59-
FDD Table A.3.9.1-1 R.31-2 FDD 10 64QAM ≥2
-0.64
0.59-
-0.62
0.85-
FDD Table A.3.9.1-1 R.31-3A FDD 10 64QAM ≥2
-0.90
0.87-
-0.90
TDD, Sustained data rate
TDD Table A.3.9.2-1 R.31-1 TDD 10 64QAM 0.40 ≥1
0.59-
TDD Table A.3.9.2-1 R.31-2 TDD 10 64QAM ≥2
-0.64
0.59-
-0.62
0.87-
TDD Table A.3.9.2-1 R.31-3B TDD 10 64QAM ≥2
-0.90
0.87-
-0.90
A.3.2 Reference measurement channel for receiver

characteristics
Tables A.3.2-1 and A.3.2-2 are applicable for measurements on the Receiver Characteristics (clause 7) with the
exception of sub-clause 7.4 (Maximum input level).
Tables A.3.2-3, A.3.2-3a, A.3.2-3b, A3.2-4, A3.2-4a and A.3.2-4b are applicable for sub-clause 7.4 (Maximum input
level).
Tables A.3.2-1 and A.3.2-2 also apply for the modulated interferer used in Clauses 7.5, 7.6 and 7.8 with test specific
bandwidths.
ETSI
Table A.3.2-1: Fixed Reference Channel for Receiver Requirements (FDD)

Subcarriers per resource block 12 12 12 12 12 12
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 10 10 10 10 10 10
Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3
Number of HARQ Processes Processes 8 8 8 8 8 8
Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 1 1 1 1
Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 408 1320 2216 4392 6712 8760
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 152 872 1800 4392 6712 8760
(Note 3)
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 341.61143. 1952. 3952. 6040. 7884
2 8 8 8
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10MHz channel BW. 3 symbols allocated to
PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz. 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Note 2: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [8]
ETSI
Table A.3.2-2: Fixed Reference Channel for Receiver Requirements (TDD)

Channel Bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 6) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) 4 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2
Maximum number of HARQ transmission 1 1 1 1 1 1
Target coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3
For Sub-Frame 4, 9 408 1320 2216 4392 6712 8760
For Sub-Frame 1, 6 n/a 968 1544 3240 4968 6712
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 208 1064 1800 4392 6712 8760
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frame 4, 9 1 1 1 1 2 2
For Sub-Frame 1, 6 n/a 1 1 1 1 2
For Sub-Frame 0 1 1 1 1 2 2
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame Bits
For Sub-Frame 4, 9 1368 3780 6300 13800 20700 27600
For Sub-Frame 1, 6 n/a 3276 5556 11256 16956 22656
For Sub-Frame 0 672 3084 5604 13104 20004 26904
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 102.4 564 932 1965. 3007. 3970.
6 2 4
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
Note 1: For normal subframes(0,4,5,9), 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz
channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH
for 1.4 MHz. For special subframe (1&6), only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH for all BWs.
Note 2: For 1.4MHz, no data shall be scheduled on special subframes (1&6) to avoid problems with
insufficient PDCCH performance
each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).
ETSI
Table A.3.2-3: Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Categories 3-5 (FDD)

For Sub-Frame 0 Bits n/a 6456 12576 28336 45352 61664
(Note 3)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 1 2 3 5 8 11
For Sub-Frame 0 n/a 2 3 5 8 11
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 2387.2 7448.8 12547 27294 42046 55498
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW. 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH
for 5 MHz and 3 MHz. 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Table A.3.2-3a: Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Category 1 (FDD)

Information Bit Payload
(Note 3)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 1 2 2 2 2 2
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 2387.2 7448.8 9079.6 9266.4 9266.4 9266.4
ETSI
Table A.3.2-3b: Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Category 2 (FDD)

(Note 3)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 1 2 3 5 8 9
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 2387.2 7448.8 12547 27294 42046 45922
ETSI
Table A.3.2-4: Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Categories 3-5 (TDD)

Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 4 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 2984 8504 14112 30576 46888 61664
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits n/a 6968 11448 23688 35160 46888
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 1 2 3 5 8 11
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 2 2 4 6 8
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 9828 16668 33768 50868 67968
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 596.8 3791.2 6369.6 13910 20945 27877
Note 1: For normal subframes(0,4,5,9), 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW;
3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For special
subframe (1&6), only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH for all BWs.
Note 2: For 1.4MHz, no data shall be scheduled on special subframes(1&6) to avoid problems with insufficient PDCCH
performance
Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).
ETSI
Table A.3.2-4a: Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Category 1 (TDD)

(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 1 2 2 2 2 2
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 9828 11880 11628 11628 11628
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 596.8 3791.2 4533.6 4584.8 4584.8 4584.8
performance
ETSI
Table A.3.2-4b: Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Category 2 (TDD)

(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 9828 16668 33768 50868 56340
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 596.8 3791.2 6369.6 13910 20945 23154
performance
A.3.2A Downlink Reference measurement channel for TX

characteristics
Tables A.3.2A-1 and A.3.2A-2 describes the reference measurement channels to be used on the downlink during
Transmitter Characteristics (clause 6) for FDD and TDD respectively. The number of allocated resource blocks have
been defined (partial allocation) to allow the transmission of PBCH, PSS/SSS and system information mapped on
PDSCH.
ETSI
Table A.3.2A-1: Fixed DL PDSCH Dedicated Reference Channel for TX Requirements (FDD)

Target Coding Rate (Note 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3
4)
For Sub-Frames 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 Bits 88 328 680 1384 2216 2664
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1 1 1 1 1
Code block CRC size Bits 0 0 0 0 0 0
For Sub-Frames 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 Bits 684 1008 2016 4416 6900 8280
For Sub-Frames 5 540 1008 2016 4416 6900 8280
For Sub-Frames 0 264 1008 2016 4416 6900 8280
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 88 328 680 1384 2216 2664
UE-Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10MHz channel BW. 3 symbols allocated to
PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz. 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Note 3: The PDSCH shall be assigned to the UE under test with a set of allocated localized virtual resource
blocks starting from one end of the channel.
Note 4: To ensure constant transport block size in 1.4MHz, the code rate for subframes varies approx. within
{1/8-1/3}
ETSI
Table A.3.2A-2: Fixed DL PDSCH Dedicated Reference Channel for TX Requirements (TDD)

Channel Bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) 4 4 4 4 4 4
Maximum number of HARQ transmission 1 1 1 1 1 1
Target coding rate (Note 5) 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3
For Sub-Frame 1, 6 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0, 4, 5, 9 88 328 680 1384 2216 2664
Number of Code Blocks 1 1 1 1 1 1
Code block CRC size 0 0 0 0 0 0
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame Bits
For Sub-Frame 1, 6 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 4, 9 684 1008 2016 4416 6900 8280
For Sub-Frame 0 336 1008 2016 4416 6900 8280
For Sub-Frame 5 612 1008 2016 4416 6900 8280
Max. Throughput averaged over one frame kbps 35.2 131.2 272 553.6 886.4 1065.
6
UE-Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1
Note 1: For normal subframes (0,4,5,9), 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW;
Note 2: For simplicity, no data shall be scheduled on special subframes (1&6).
Note 4: The PDSCH shall be assigned to the UE under test with a set of allocated localized virtual resource blocks
starting from one end of the channel.
Note 5: To ensure constant transport block size in 1.4MHz, the code rate for subframes varies approx. within {1/8-1/3}.
ETSI
A.3.3 Reference measurement channel for PDSCH performance

requirements (FDD)
A.3.3.1 Single-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols)
Table A.3.3.1-1: Fixed Reference Channel QPSK R=1/3

Reference channel R.4 R.2
FDD FDD
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 10 10
Modulation QPSK QPSK
Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 408 4392
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 152 4392
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1
(see Note 3)
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 0.342 3.953
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated
to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [8]
ETSI
Table A.3.3.1-2: Fixed Reference Channel 16QAM R=1/2

Reference channel R.3- R.3
1 FDD
FDD
Modulation 16Q 16QAM
AM
6
6
(see Note 3)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 2 3
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 1 3
00
20
8
to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
ETSI

Reference channel R.5 R.6 R.7 R.8 R.9 FDD
FDD FDD FDD FDD
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 10 10 10 10 10
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 8504 14112 30576 46888 61664
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 6456 12576 28336 45352 61664
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame 2 3 5 8 11
(see Note 3)
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 7.449 12.547 27.294 42.046 55.498
UE Category ≥1 ≥2 ≥2 ≥2 ≥3
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to
PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Table A.3.3.1-3a: Fixed Reference Channel 64QAM R=3/4

Reference channel R.6-1 R.7-1 R.8-1 R.9-1 R.9-2
FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD
Allocated resource blocks (Note 3) 18 17 17 17 83
Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 2 2 2 2 9
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 9.266 9.266 9.266 45.922
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥2
Note 3: Localized allocation started from RB #0 is applied.
ETSI
Table A.3.3.1-4: Fixed Reference Channel Single PRB (Channel Edge)

FDD FDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10/20 15 20
(see Note 3)
Table A.3.3.1-5: Fixed Reference Channel Single PRB (MBSFN Configuration)

Reference channel R.29 FDD
(MBSFN)
Channel bandwidth MHz 10
Allocated resource blocks 1
MBSFN Configuration TBD
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 4
Modulation 16QAM
Target Coding Rate 1/2
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 256
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 256
For Sub-Frame 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits 0 (MBSFN)
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame 1
(see Note 3)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 1
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 1
For Sub-Frame 1,2,3,6,7,8 0 (MBSFN)
For Sub-Frame 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits 0 (MBSFN)
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 76.8
UE Category ≥1
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH
allocated as per TS 36.211 [8]
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional
CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code
Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit
ETSI
A.3.3.2 Multi-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols)
A.3.3.2.1 Two antenna ports

Table A.3.3.2.1-1: Fixed Reference Channel two antenna ports

Reference channel R.10 R.11 R.11-2 R.11-3 R.30 R.35
FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD
Modulation QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 64QAM
(Note 3)
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 3.953 11.664 5.086 9.266 22.910 17.712
UE Category ≥1 ≥2 ≥1 ≥1 ≥2 ≥2
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5
MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 8
ETSI
A.3.3.2.2 Four antenna ports

Table A.3.3.2.2-1: Fixed Reference Channel four antenna ports

Reference channel R.12 R.13 R.14 R.14-1 R.14-2 R.36
FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD
Modulation QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QA 64QAM
M
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 408 4392 12960 [1544] [744] 18336
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 152 3624 11448 n/a n/a 18336
(see Note 3)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 1 1 3 1 1 3
For Sub-Frame 0 1 1 2 n/a n/a 3
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 1248 12800 25600 [3072] [1536] 38400
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 480 12032 24064 n/a n/a 36096
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps 0.342 3.876 11.513 [1.235] [0.595] 16.502
frame
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥2 ≥1 ≥1 ≥2
ETSI
A.3.4 Reference measurement channel for PDSCH performance

requirements (TDD)
A.3.4.1 Single-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols)

TDD TDD
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 4) 1 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) 4+2 4+2
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 408 4392
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits n/a 3240
(Note 5)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 1 1
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 1
For Sub-Frame 0 1 1
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits n/a 11256
to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6,
only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH.
Note 2: For BW=1.4 MHz, the information bit payloads of special subframes are set to zero (no scheduling)
to avoid problems with insufficient PDCCH performance at the test point.
ETSI

Reference channel R.3-1 R.3
TDD TDD
(see Note 4)
For Sub-Frame 0 1 3
PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2
OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH.
ETSI

Reference channel R.5 R.6 TDD R.7 R.8 R.9
TDD TDD TDD TDD
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 8504 14112 30576 46888 61664
(see Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 2 3 5 8 11
UE Category ≥1 ≥2 ≥2 ≥2 ≥3
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH
for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2 OFDM symbols
are allocated to PDCCH.
Note 3: As per Table 4.2-2 TS 36.211 [8]
ETSI
Table A.3.4.1-3a: Fixed Reference Channel 64QAM R=3/4

Reference channel R.6-1 R.7-1 R.8-1 R.9-1 R.9-2
TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD
Allocated resource blocks (Note 3) 18 17 17 17 83
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2
(Note 5)
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥2
Note 4: As per Table 4.2-2 TS 36.211 [4]
ETSI
Table A.3.4.1-4: Fixed Reference Channel Single PRB

Reference channel R.0 R.1 TDD
TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10/20 15 20
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frame 0 1 1
ETSI
Table A.3.4.1-5: Fixed Reference Channel Single PRB (MBSFN Configuration)

Reference channel R.29 TDD
(MBSFN)
MBSFN Configuration [TBD]
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) 2+2
Modulation 16QAM
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 0 (MBSFN)
(Note 4)
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 67.2
UE Category ≥1
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as
per TS 36.211 [8]
Note 3: as per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [8]
sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise
L = 0 Bit)
ETSI
A.3.4.2 Multi-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols)
A.3.4.2.1 Two antenna ports

Table A.3.4.2.1-1: Fixed Reference Channel two antenna ports

Reference channel R.10 R.11 R.11-1 R.11-2 R.11-3 R.30 R.35
TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2
(D+S)
Modulation QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 64QAM
Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 4392 12960 12960 5736 10296 25456 19848
For Sub-Frames 1,6 3240 9528 9528 5160 9144 22920 15840
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 4392 12960 n/a 4968 10296 25456 n/a
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 1 3 3 1 2 5 4
For Sub-Frames 1,6 1 2 2 1 2 4 3
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 1 3 n/a 1 2 5 n/a
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 13200 26400 26400 12000 21120 52800 39600
For Sub-Frames 1,6 10656 21312 21312 10512 16992 42912 31968
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 12528 25056 n/a 10656 19776 51456 n/a
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 1.966 5.794 4.498 2.676 4.918 12.221 7.138
UE Category ≥1 ≥2 ≥2 ≥1 ≥1 ≥2 ≥2
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5
MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2 OFDM symbols are
allocated to PDCCH.
ETSI
A.3.4.2.2 Four antenna ports

Table A.3.4.2.2-1: Fixed Reference Channel four antenna ports

Reference channel R.12 R.13 R.14 R.14-1 R.14-2 R.36
TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2
(D+S)
Modulation QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QA 64QAM
M
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 408 4392 12960 [1544] [744] 18336
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits n/a 3240 9528 n/a n/a 15840
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 208 4392 n/a n/a n/a n/a
(Note 5)
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 1 2 n/a n/a 3
For Sub-Frame 0 1 1 n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 1248 12800 25600 [3072] [1536] 38400
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 10256 20512 n/a n/a 30768
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 624 12176 n/a n/a n/a n/a
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps 0.102 1.966 4.498 [0.309] [0.149] 6.835
frame
UE Category ≥1 ≥1 ≥2 ≥1 ≥1 ≥2
Note 2: For BW=1.4 MHz, the information bit payloads of special subframes are set to zero (no scheduling) to
avoid problems with insufficient PDCCH performance at the test point.
A.3.4.3 Reference Measurement Channels for UE-Specific Reference

Symbols
A.3.4.3.1 Single antenna port (Cell Specific)

The reference measurement channels in Table A.3.4.3.1-1 apply for verifying demodulation performance for UE-
specific reference symbols with one cell-specific antenna port.
ETSI
Table A.3.4.3.1-1: Fixed Reference Channel for DRS

Reference channel R.25 R.26 R.26-1 R.27 R.27-1 R.28
4 4 4 4 6
3)
Allocated subframes per Radio 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2
Frame (D+S)
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-
Frame
(see Note 5)
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps 1.825 5.450 2.452 12.466 4.738 0.102
frame
UE Category ≥1 ≥2 ≥1 ≥2 ≥1 ≥1
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [8].
Note 3: as per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [8].
Note 4: For R.25, R.26 and R.27, 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 1–9 and 41 resource blocks (RB0–
RB20 and RB30–RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0. For R.26-1, 25 resource blocks are allocated in sub-
frames 1–9 and 17 resource blocks (RB0–RB7 and RB16–RB24) are allocated in sub-frame 0.
A.3.4.3.2 Two antenna ports (Cell Specific)

The reference measurement channels in Table A.3.4.3.2-1 apply for verifying demodulation performance for CDM-
multiplexed UE specific reference symbols with two cell-specific antenna ports.
ETSI
Table A.3.4.3.2-1: Fixed Reference Channel for CDM-multiplexed DM RS

Reference channel R.31 R.32 R.32-1 R.33 R.33-1 R.34
4 4 4 4 6 4
Allocated resource blocks 50 50 [25 ] 50 [18] 50
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2
(D+S)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 3624 11448 [5736] 27376 [9528] 18336
For Sub-Frames 1,6 2664 7736 [3112] 16992 [7480] 11832
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 2984 9528 [3496] 22152 [9528] 14688
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 12000 24000 [10800] 36000 [12960] 36000
For Sub-Frames 1,6 7872 15744 [6528] 23616 [10368] 23616
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 9840 19680 [7344] 29520 [12960] 29520
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 1.556 4.79 [2.119] 11.089 [4.354] 7.502
UE Category ≥1 ≥2 ≥1 ≥2 ≥1 ≥2
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [8].
Note 3: as per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [8].
Note 4: For R.31, R.32, R.33 and R.34, 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 4,9 and 41 resource blocks
(RB0–RB20 and RB30–RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0 and the DwPTS portion of sub-frames 1,6 . For
R.32-1, 25 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 4, 9 and 17 resource blocks (RB0–RB7 and RB16–
RB24) are allocated in sub-frame 0 and the DwPTS portion of sub-frames 1, 6.
Note 6: Localized allocation started from RB#0 is applied.
A.3.5 Reference measurement channels for PDCCH/PCFICH

performance requirements
A.3.5.1 FDD
Table A.3.5.1-1: Reference Channel FDD

Reference channel R.15 FDD R.16 FDD R.17 FDD
Number of transmitter antennas 1 2 4
Channel bandwidth MHz 10 1.4 10
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH symbols 2 2 2
Aggregation level CCE 8 2 4
DCI Format Format 1 Format 2 Format 2
Cell ID 0 0 0
Payload (without CRC) Bits 31 31 46
ETSI
Table A.3.5.1-1A: Reference Channel FDD

Reference channel R.16_1 FDD R.17_1 FDD
Number of transmitter antennas 2 4
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH symbols 2 2
Aggregation level CCE 4 2
DCI Format Format 2 Format 2
Cell ID 0 0
Payload (without CRC) Bits 43 42
Table A.3.5.1-2: Additional PDSCH Reference Channel FDD

Allocated Resource Blocks 50 6 50
Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3 1/3
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 4392 504 4392
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame0 Bits 4392 256 3624
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 1 1 1
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 1 1 1
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 13800 1584 12800
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 12960 768 12032
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps 3.953 0.429 3.876
frame
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for all BW.
A.3.5.2 TDD
Table A.3.5.2-1: Reference Channel TDD

Reference channel R.15 TDD R.16 TDD R.17 TDD
Number if transmitter antennas 1 2 4
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH symbols 2 2 2
Aggregation level CCE 8 2 4
DCI Format Format 1 Format 2 Format 2
Cell ID 0 0 0
Payload (without CRC) Bits 34 34 49
ETSI
Table A.3.5.2-1A: Reference Channel TDD

Reference channel R.16_1 TDD R.17_1 TDD
Number if transmitter antennas 2 4
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH symbols 2 2
Aggregation level CCE 4 2
DCI Format Format 2 Format 2
Cell ID 0 0
Payload (without CRC) Bits 46 45
Table A.3.5.2-2: Additional PDSCH Reference Channel TDD

Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) 0 0 0
Allocated Resource Blocks 50 6 50
Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3 1/3
For Sub-Frame 1,6 Bits 3240 328 3240
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 4392 256 4392
For Sub-Frame 1,6 1 1 1
For Sub-Frame 0 1 1 1
For Sub-Frame 1,6 Bits 11256 1152 10256
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 13104 936 12176
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps 1.087 0.091 1.164
frame
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for all BW.
A.3.6 Reference measurement channels for PHICH performance

requirements
Table A.3.6-1: Reference Channel FDD/TDD

Reference channel R.18 R.19 R.20 R.24
Number of transmitter antennas 1 2 4 1
Channel bandwidth MHz 10 1.4 10 10
User roles (Note 1) [W I1 I2] [W I1 I2] [W I1 I2] [W I1]
Resource allocation (Note 2) [(0,0) (0,1) (0,4)] [(0,0) (0,1) (0,4)] [(0,0) (0,1) (0,4)] [(0,0) (0,1)]
Power offsets (Note 3) dB [-4 0 -3] [-4 0 -3] [-4 0 -3] [+3 0]
Payload (Note 4) [A R R] [A R R] [A R R] [A R]
Note 1: W=wanted user, I1=interfering user 1, I2=interfering user 2.
Note 2: The resource allocation per user is given as (N_group_PHICH, N_seq_PHICH).
Note 3: The power offsets (per user) represent the difference of the power of BPSK modulated symbol per PHICH
relative to the first interfering user.
Note 4: A=fixed ACK, R=random ACK/NACK.
ETSI
Table A.3.6-1A: Reference Channel FDD/TDD

Reference channel R.19_1 R.20_1
Number of transmitter antennas 2 4
User roles (Note 1) [W I1 I2] [W I1 I2]
Resource allocation (Note 2) [(0,0) (0,1) (0,4)] [(0,0) (0,1) (0,4)]
Power offsets (Note 3) dB [-4 0 -3] [-4 0 -3]
Payload (Note 4) [A R R] [A R R]
Note 1: W=wanted user, I1=interfering user 1, I2=interfering user 2.
Note 2: The resource allocation per user is given as (N_group_PHICH, N_seq_PHICH).
Note 3: The power offsets (per user) represent the difference of the power of BPSK modulated symbol per
PHICH relative to the first interfering user.
Note 4: A=fixed ACK, R=random ACK/NACK.
A.3.7 [FFS]
A.3.8 Reference measurement channels for MBMS performance

requirements
A.3.8.1 FDD
Parameter PMCH
Unit Value
Reference channel R.40 FDD R.37 FDD
(Note 1)
Information Bit Payload (Note 2)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits 408 3624
For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 Bits n/a n/a
Number of Code Blocks per Subframe 1 1
(Note 3)
Binary Channel Bits Per Subframe
MBMS UE Category ≥1 ≥1
Note 1: For FDD mode, up to 6 subframes (#1/2/3/6/7/8) are available for MBMS, in line with TS
36.331.
Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; and reference signal allocated as per TS 36.211.
attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).
ETSI
Parameter PMCH
Unit Value
Reference channel R.38 FDD
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (Note 1) 6
Modulation 16QAM
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits 9912
For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 Bits n/a
Number of Code Blocks per Subframe (Note 3) 2
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits 20400
For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 Bits n/a
MBMS UE Category ≥1
Note 1: For FDD mode, up to 6 subframes (#1/2/3/6/7/8) are available for MBMS, in line with TS
36.331.
Parameter PMCH
Unit Value
Reference channel R.39-1 FDD R.39 FDD
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame(Note1) 6 6
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 3) 2 4
Note 1: For FDD mode, up to 6 subframes (#1/2/3/6/7/8) are available for MBMS, in line with TS 36.331.
Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).
A.3.8.2 TDD
Parameter PMCH
ETSI
Unit Value
Reference channel R.40 TDD R.37 TDD
Uplink-Downlink Configuration(Note 1) 5 5
For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits 408 3624
For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,5,6 Bits n/a n/a
Number of Code Blocks per Subframe 1 1
(Note 3)
Note 1: For TDD mode, in line with TS 36.331, Uplink-Downlink Configuration 5 is proposed, up to 5
subframes (#3/4/7/8/9) are available for MBMS.
Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; reference signal allocated as per TS 36.211.
each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).
Parameter PMCH
Unit Value
Reference channel R.38 TDD
Uplink-Downlink Configuration(Note 1) 5
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 5
Modulation 16QAM
For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits 9912
For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,5,6 Bits n/a
Number of Code Blocks per Subframe (Note 3) 2
For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits 20400
For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,5,6 Bits n/a
MBMS UE Category ≥1
Note 1: For TDD mode, in line with TS 36.331, Uplink-Downlink Configuration 5 is proposed, up to 5
subframes (#3/4/7/8/9) are available for MBMS.
Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; reference signal allocated as per TS 36.211.
Parameter PMCH
ETSI
Unit Value
Reference channel R.39-1 R.39
TDD TDD
Uplink-Downlink Configuration(Note 1) 5 5
(Note 3)
Note 1: For TDD mode, in line with TS 36.331, Uplink-Downlink Configuration 5 is proposed, up
to 5 subframes (#3/4/7/8/9) are available for MBMS.
Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; reference signal allocated as per TS
36.211.
ETSI
A.3.9 Reference measurement channels for sustained downlink

data rate provided by lower layers
A.3.9.1 FDD
Table A.3.9.1-1: Fixed Reference Channel for sustained data-rate test (FDD)

Reference channel R.31-1 R.31-2 R.31-3 R.31-3A R.31-4
FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD
Allocated resource blocks Note 5 Note 6 Note 7 Note 6 Note 7
Coding Rate
For Sub-Frame 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9, 0.40 0.59 0.59 0.85 0.88
For Sub-Frame 5 0.40 0.64 0.62 0.89 0.87
For Sub-Frame 0 0.40 0.63 0.61 0.90 0.90
(Note 3)
For Sub-Frame 5 26100 39744 82080 39744 82080
Number of layers 1 2 2 2 2
UE Category ≥1 ≥2 ≥2 ≥2 ≥3
Note 1: 1 symbol allocated to PDCCH for all tests
Note 4: Resource blocks nPRB = 0..2 are allocated for SIB transmissions in sub-frame 5 for all bandwidths
Note 5: Resource blocks nPRB = 6..14,30..49 are allocated for the user data in all sub-frames
Note 6: Resource blocks nPRB = 3..49 are allocated for the user data in sub-frame 5, and resource blocks
nPRB = 0..49 in sub-frames 0,1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9
Note 7: Resource blocks nPRB = 4..99 are allocated for the user data in sub-frame 5, and resource blocks
nPRB = 0..99 in sub-frames 0,1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9
ETSI
A.3.9.2 TDD
Table A.3.9.2-1: Fixed Reference Channel for sustained data-rate test (TDD)

Reference channel R.31-1 R.31-2 R.31-3 R.31-3B R.31-4
TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD
Allocated resource blocks Note 6 Note 7 Note 8 Note 9 Note 8
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 8+1 8+1 8+1 8+1 8+1
(D+S)
Coding Rate
For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 0.40 0.59 0.59 0.87 0.88
For Sub-Frame 5 0.40 0.64 0.62 0.88 0.87
For Sub-Frame 6 0.40 0.60 0.60 0.88 0.88
For Sub-Frame 0 0.40 0.62 0.61 0.90 0.90
For Sub-Frames 3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 10296 25456 51024 [51024] 75376
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits 10296 25456 51024 [51024] 71112
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 3,4,6,7,8,9 2 5 9 9 13
For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits 26100 43200 86400 [58752] 86400
Number of layers 1 2 2 2 2
UE Category ≥1 ≥2 ≥2 ≥2 ≥3
Note 1: 1 symbol allocated to PDCCH for all tests
Note 5: Resource blocks nPRB = 0..2 are allocated for SIB transmissions in sub-frame 5 for all
bandwidths
Note 6: Resource blocks nPRB = 6..14,30..49 are allocated for the user data in all subframes
Note 7: Resource blocks nPRB = 3..49 are allocated for the user data in sub-frame 5, and resource
blocks nPRB = 0..49 in sub-frames 0,3,4,6,7,8,9
Note 8: Resource blocks nPRB = 4..99 are allocated for the user data in sub-frame 5, and resource
blocks nPRB = 0..99 in sub-frames 0,3,4,6,7,8,9
Note 9: Resource blocks nPRB = 4..71 are allocated for the user data in all sub-frames
A.4 CQI reference measurement channels

This section defines the DL signal applicable to the reporting of channel quality information (Clause 9.2 and 9.3).
In Table A.4-0 are listed the UL/DL reference measurement channels specified in annex A.4 of this release of TS
36.521-1. This table is informative and serves only to a better overview. The reference for the concrete reference
measurement channels and corresponding implementation’s parameters as to be used for testing are the other tables of
this annex as appropriate.
ETSI
Table A.4-0: Overview of CSI reference measurement channels
RB UE
Duple B
x W
set eg
CSI Performance, PDSCH, Full allocation
FDD Table A.4-1 10 CQI CQI 50
TDD Table A.4-2 10 CQI CQI 50
CSI Performance, PDSCH, Partial allocation (6 RB-s)
CSI Performance, PUSCH for PUCCH reporting mode
FDD Table A.4-10 10 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
TDD Table A.4-11 10 QPSK 1/3 6 ≥1
The reference channels in Table A.4-1, A.4-2, A.4-4 and A.4-5 comply with the CQI definition specified in Sec. 7.2.3
of TS 36.213 [10]. Table A.4-3 and A.4-6 specify the transport format corresponding to each CQI for single antenna
transmission. Table A.4-3a specifies the transport format corresponding to each CQI for dual antenna transmission.
Table A.4-1: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) full PRB allocation

Modulation Table Table
A.4-3 A.4-
3a
Target coding rate Table Table
A.4-3 A.4-
3a
Note 2: Only subframes 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead
ETSI
Table A.4-2: Reference channel for CQI requirements (TDD) full PRB allocation

Modulation Table Table
A.4-3 A.4-
3a
Target coding rate Table Table
A.4-3 A.4-
3a
Note 2: UL-DL configuration 2 is used and only subframes 3, 4, 8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and
synchronization signal overhead
Table A.4-3: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 50 PRB allocation single antenna
transmission
CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Binary Actual Code
Bit Payload Channel Bits rate
(Subframes Per Sub-
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9) Frame
(Subframes
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9)
0 out of range out of range DTX - - -
1 QPSK 0.0762 0 1384 12600 0.1117
2 QPSK 0.1172 0 1384 12600 0.1117
3 QPSK 0.1885 2 2216 12600 0.1778
4 QPSK 0.3008 4 3624 12600 0.2895
5 QPSK 0.4385 6 5160 12600 0.4114
6 QPSK 0.5879 8 6968 12600 0.5549
7 16QAM 0.3691 11 8760 25200 0.3486
8 16QAM 0.4785 13 11448 25200 0.4552
9 16QAM 0.6016 16 15264 25200 0.6067
10 64QAM 0.4551 18 16416 37800 0.4349
11 64QAM 0.5537 21 21384 37800 0.5663
12 64QAM 0.6504 23 25456 37800 0.6741
13 64QAM 0.7539 25 28336 37800 0.7503
14 64QAM 0.8525 27 31704 37800 0.8394
15 64QAM 0.9258 28 31704 37800 0.8394
Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement.
ETSI
Table A.4-3a: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 50 PRB allocation dual antenna
transmission
(Subframes Per Sub-
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9) Frame
(Subframes
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9)
1 QPSK 0.0762 0 1384 12000 0.1173
2 QPSK 0.1172 0 1384 12000 0.1173
3 QPSK 0.1885 2 2216 12000 0.1867
4 QPSK 0.3008 4 3624 12000 0.3040
5 QPSK 0.4385 6 5160 12000 0.4320
6 QPSK 0.5879 8 6968 12000 0.5827
7 16QAM 0.3691 11 8760 24000 0.3660
8 16QAM 0.4785 13 11448 24000 0.4780
9 16QAM 0.6016 15 14112 24000 0.5890
10 64QAM 0.4551 18 16416 36000 0.4567
11 64QAM 0.5537 20 19848 36000 0.5520
12 64QAM 0.6504 22 22920 36000 0.6373
13 64QAM 0.7539 24 27376 36000 0.7611
14 64QAM 0.8525 26 30576 36000 0.8500
15 64QAM 0.9258 27 31704 36000 0.8813
Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement. The next subframe (i.e. sub-
frame#1 or #6) shall be used for the retransmission.
Table A.4-4: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) 6 PRB allocation

Modulation Table
A.4-6
Target coding rate Table
A.4-6
Table A.4-5: Reference channel for CQI requirements (TDD) 6 PRB allocation

Modulation Table
A.4-6
A.4-6
synchronization signal overhead
ETSI
Table A.4-6: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 6 PRB allocation
(Subframes Per Sub-
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9) Frame
(Subframes
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9)
1 QPSK 0.0762 0 152 1512 0.1005
2 QPSK 0.1172 0 152 1512 0.1005
3 QPSK 0.1885 2 256 1512 0.1693
4 QPSK 0.3008 4 408 1512 0.2698
5 QPSK 0.4385 6 600 1512 0.3968
6 QPSK 0.5879 8 808 1512 0.5344
7 16QAM 0.3691 11 1032 3024 0.3413
8 16QAM 0.4785 13 1352 3024 0.4471
9 16QAM 0.6016 16 1800 3024 0.5952
10 64QAM 0.4551 19 2152 4536 0.4744
11 64QAM 0.5537 21 2600 4536 0.5732
12 64QAM 0.6504 23 2984 4536 0.6578
13 64QAM 0.7539 25 3496 4536 0.7707
14 64QAM 0.8525 27 3752 4536 0.8272
15 64QAM 0.9258 27 3752 4536 0.8272
Table A.4-7: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) partial PRB allocation

(Note 3)
Subcarriers per resource block 12
Allocated subframes per Radio 8
Frame
Modulation Table A.4-9
Target coding rate Table A.4-9
Number of HARQ processes 8
Maximum number of HARQ 1
transmissions
Note 2: Only subframes 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization
signal overhead
Note 3: Centered within the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (Figure 5.6-1)
ETSI
Table A.4-8: Reference channel for CQI requirements (TDD) partial PRB allocation

(Note 3)
Subcarriers per resource block 12
Allocated subframes per Radio 4
Frame
Modulation Table A.4-9
Target coding rate Table A.4-9
Number of HARQ processes 10
Maximum number of HARQ 1
transmissions
Note 2: UL-DL configuration 2 is used and only subframes 3, 4, 8, and 9 are allocated to avoid
PBCH and synchronization signal overhead
Note 3: Centered within the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (Figure 5.6-1)
(Subframes Per Sub-
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9) Frame
(Subframes
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9)
1 QPSK 0.0762 0 392 3780 0.1037
2 QPSK 0.1172 0 392 3780 0.1037
3 QPSK 0.1885 2 648 3780 0.1714
4 QPSK 0.3008 4 1064 3780 0.2815
5 QPSK 0.4385 6 1544 3780 0.4085
6 QPSK 0.5879 8 2088 3780 0.5524
7 16QAM 0.3691 11 2664 7560 0.3524
8 16QAM 0.4785 13 3368 7560 0.4455
9 16QAM 0.6016 16 4584 7560 0.6063
10 64QAM 0.4551 19 4968 11340 0.4381
11 64QAM 0.5537 21 6456 11340 0.5693
12 64QAM 0.6504 23 7480 11340 0.6596
13 64QAM 0.7539 25 8504 11340 0.7499
14 64QAM 0.8525 27 9528 11340 0.8402
15 64QAM 0.9258 27 9528 11340 0.8402
ETSI
Table A.4-10: Uplink reference channels for transmitting CSI reports on PUSCH,
when being in a PUCCH reporting mode (FDD)

DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12 12
Allocated Sub-Frames (Note 1) 1, 3, 3, 8 0, 1,
5, 7 2, 3,
4, 5,
6, 7,
8,9
Payload size Bits 600 600 600
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1 1
(Note 2)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 1728 1728 1728
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 864 864 864
Note 1: The remaining subframes are not allocated with data. All the allocation details specified in the
reference channel are valid only for the allocated subframes.
Table A.4-11: Uplink reference channels for transmitting CSI reports on PUSCH,
when being in a PUCCH reporting mode (TDD)

Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 1) 2
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12
Modulation QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3
Allocated Sub-Frames (Note 2) 2, 7
Payload size Bits 600
Transport block CRC Bits 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1
(Note 3)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 1728
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 864
UE Category ≥1
Note 2: The remaining subframes are not allocated with data. All the allocation details specified in the
reference channel are valid only for the allocated subframes.
ETSI
Table A.4-12: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) 3 PRB allocation

Modulation Table
A.4-12
A.4-12
Table A.4-13: Reference channel for CQI requirements (TDD) 3 PRB allocation

Modulation Table
A.4-12
A.4-12
Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH.
synchronization signal overhead.
(Subframes Per Sub-
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9) Frame
(Subframes
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9)
1 QPSK 0.0762 0 56 756 0.0741
2 QPSK 0.1172 1 88 756 0.1164
3 QPSK 0.1885 2 144 756 0.1905
4 QPSK 0.3008 5 224 756 0.2963
5 QPSK 0.4385 7 328 756 0.4339
6 QPSK 0.5879 9 456 756 0.6032
7 16QAM 0.3691 12 584 1512 0.3862
8 16QAM 0.4785 13 744 1512 0.4921
9 16QAM 0.6016 16 904 1512 0.5979
10 64QAM 0.4551 19 1064 2268 0.4691
11 64QAM 0.5537 21 1288 2268 0.5679
12 64QAM 0.6504 23 1480 2268 0.6526
13 64QAM 0.7539 25 1736 2268 0.7654
14 64QAM 0.8525 27 1864 2268 0.8219
15 64QAM 0.9258 27 1864 2268 0.8219
ETSI
A.5 OFDMA Channel Noise Generator (OCNG)
A.5.1 OCNG Patterns for FDD

The following OCNG patterns are used for modelling allocations to virtual UEs (which are not under test). The OCNG
pattern for each sub frame specifies the allocations that shall be filled with OCNG, and furthermore, the relative power
level of each such allocation.
In each test case the OCNG is expressed by parameters OCNG_RA and OCNG_RB which together with a relative
power level ( γ ) specifies the PDSCH EPRE-to-RS EPRE ratios in OFDM symbols with and without reference symbols,
respectively. The relative power, which is used for modelling boosting per virtual UE allocation, is expressed by:
γ i = PDSCH i _ RA / OCNG _ RA = PDSCH i _ RB / OCNG _ RB,
where γi denotes the relative power level of the i:th virtual UE. The parameter settings of OCNG_RA, OCNG_RB,
and the set of relative power levels γ are chosen such that when also taking allocations to the UE under test into
account, as given by a PDSCH reference channel, a transmitted power spectral density that is constant on an OFDM
symbol basis is targeted.
Moreover the OCNG pattern is accompanied by a PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH reference channel which specifies the
control region. For any aggregation and PHICH allocation, the PDCCH and any unused PHICH groups are padded with
resource element groups with a power level given respectively by PDCCH_RA/RB and PHICH_RA/RB as specified in
the test case such that a total power spectral density in the control region that is constant on an OFDM symbol basis is
targeted.
A.5.1.1 OCNG FDD pattern 1: One sided dynamic OCNG FDD pattern
This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the DL
sub-frames, when the unallocated area is continuous in frequency domain (one sided).
Table A.5.1.1-1: OP.1 FDD: One sided dynamic OCNG FDD Pattern
Relative power level γ PRB [dB]

Subframe
0 5 1 – 4, 6 – 9
PDSCH
Allocation Data
First unallocated PRB First unallocated PRB First unallocated PRB

– – –
Last unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB
0 0 0 Note 1
pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameter γ PRB is used to scale the
power of PDSCH.
Note 2: If two or more transmit antennas with CRS are used in the test, the OCNG shall be
transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas with CRS according to
transmission mode 2. The parameter γ PRB applies to each antenna port separately, so the
transmit power is equal between all the transmit antennas with CRS used in the test. The
antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS 36.213.
ETSI
A.5.1.2 OCNG FDD pattern 2: Two sided dynamic OCNG FDD pattern
This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the DL
sub-frames, when the unallocated area is discontinuous in frequency domain (divided in two parts by the allocated area –
two sided), starts with PRB 0 and ends with PRB N RB − 1 .
Table A.5.1.2-1: OP.2 FDD: Two sided dynamic OCNG FDD Pattern

Subframe
0 5 1 – 4, 6 – 9
PDSCH
Allocation Data
0 – (First allocated PRB-1) 0 – (First allocated PRB-1) 0 – (First allocated PRB-1)

and and and
(Last allocated PRB+1) – (Last allocated PRB+1) – (Last allocated PRB+1) –
( N RB − 1 ) ( N RB − 1 ) ( N RB − 1 )
0 0 0 Note 1
pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameter γ PRB is used to scale the
power of PDSCH.
Note 2: If two or more transmit antennas with CRS are used in the test, the OCNG shall be
transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas with CRS according to
transmission mode 2. The parameter γ PRB applies to each antenna port separately, so the
transmit power is equal between all the transmit antennas with CRS used in the test. The
antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS 36.213.
A.5.1.3 OCNG FDD pattern 3: 49 RB OCNG allocation with MBSFN in 10

MHz
Table A.5.1.3-1: OP.3 FDD: OCNG FDD Pattern 3
Allocation Relative power level γ PRB [dB] PDSCH PMCH

n PRB Data Data
Subframe
0 5 4, 9 1 – 3, 6 – 8
ETSI
0
(Allocation:
1 – 49 0 0 N/A Note 1 N/A
all empty
PRB-s)
0 – 49 N/A N/A N/A 0 N/A Note 2
Note 1: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with
one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be
uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameter γ PRB is
used to scale the power of PDSCH.
Note 2: Each physical resource block (PRB) is assigned to MBSFN transmission. The data in
each PRB shall be uncorrelated with data in other PRBs over the period of any
measurement. The MBSFN data shall be QPSK modulated. PMCH subframes shall
contain cell-specific Reference Signals only in the first symbol of the first time slot. The
parameter γ PRB is used to scale the power of PMCH.
Note 3: If two or more transmit antennas are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to
the virtual users by all the transmit antennas according to transmission mode 2. The
transmit power shall be equally split between all the transmit antennas used in the test.
The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS 36.213.
N/A: Not Applicable
A.5.2 OCNG Patterns for TDD

The following OCNG patterns are used for modelling allocations to virtual UEs (which are not under test). The OCNG
pattern for each sub frame specifies the allocations that shall be filled with OCNG, and furthermore, the relative power
level of each such allocation.
In each test case the OCNG is expressed by parameters OCNG_RA and OCNG_RB which together with a relative
power level ( γ ) specifies the PDSCH EPRE-to-RS EPRE ratios in OFDM symbols with and without reference symbols,
respectively. The relative power, which is used for modelling boosting per virtual UE allocation, is expressed by:
γ i = PDSCH i _ RA / OCNG _ RA = PDSCH i _ RB / OCNG _ RB,
where γi denotes the relative power level of the i:th virtual UE. The parameter settings of OCNG_RA, OCNG_RB,
and the set of relative power levels γ are chosen such that when also taking allocations to the UE under test into
account, as given by a PDSCH reference channel, a transmitted power spectral density that is constant on an OFDM
symbol basis is targeted.
Moreover the OCNG pattern is accompanied by a PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH reference channel which specifies the
control region. For any aggregation and PHICH allocation, the PDCCH and any unused PHICH groups are padded with
resource element groups with a power level given respectively by PDCCH_RA/RB and PHICH_RA/RB as specified in
the test case such that a total power spectral density in the control region that is constant on an OFDM symbol basis is
targeted.
A.5.2.1 OCNG TDD pattern 1: One sided dynamic OCNG TDD pattern
This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the
subframes available for DL transmission (depending on TDD UL/DL configuration), when the unallocated area is
continuous in frequency domain (one sided).
ETSI
Table A.5.2.1-1: OP.1 TDD: One sided dynamic OCNG TDD Pattern

Subframe (only if available for DL)
3, 4, 7, 8, 9 1
0 5 and 6 (as normal and 6 (as special
subframe)
Note 2
subframe)
Note 2 PDSCH
Data
Allocation
First unallocated PRB First unallocated PRB First unallocated PRB First unallocated PRB
– – – –
Last unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB
0 0 0 0 Note 1
γ
data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameter PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH.
Note 2: Subframes available for DL transmission depends on the Uplink-Downlink configuration in Table 4.2-2
in 3GPP TS 36.211.
Note 3: If two or more transmit antennas with CRS are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the
virtual users by all the transmit antennas with CRS according to transmission mode 2. The
parameter γ PRB applies to each antenna port separately, so the transmit power is equal between all
the transmit antennas with CRS used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in
section 7.1 in 3GPP TS 36.213.
A.5.2.2 OCNG TDD pattern 2: Two sided dynamic OCNG TDD pattern
This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the
subframes available for DL transmission (depending on TDD UL/DL configuration), when the unallocated area is
discontinuous in frequency domain (divided in two parts by the allocated area – two sided), starts with PRB 0 and ends
with PRB N RB − 1 .
ETSI
Table A.5.2.2-1: OP.2 TDD: Two sided dynamic OCNG TDD Pattern
Subframe (only if available for DL)

3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 1,6
0 5 (6 as normal (6 as special
Note 2 Note 2
subframe) subframe)
Allocation PDSCH Data
0– 0– 0– 0–
(First allocated PRB- (First allocated PRB- (First allocated PRB- (First allocated PRB-
1) 1) 1) 1)
and and and and
(Last allocated (Last allocated (Last allocated (Last allocated
PRB+1) – ( N RB − 1 ) PRB+1) – ( N RB − 1 ) PRB+1) – ( N RB − 1 ) PRB+1) – ( N RB − 1 )
[0] [0] [0] [0] Note 1

data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameter γ PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH.
Note 2: Subframes available for DL transmission depends on the Uplink-Downlink configuration in Table 4.2-2
in 3GPP TS 36.211.
Note 3: If two or more transmit antennas with CRS are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the
virtual users by all the transmit antennas with CRS according to transmission mode 2. The
parameter γ PRB applies to each antenna port separately, so the transmit power is equal between all
the transmit antennas with CRS used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in
section 7.1 in 3GPP TS 36.213.
A.5.2.3 OCNG TDD pattern 3: 49 RB OCNG allocation with MBSFN in 10

MHz
Table A.5.2. 3-1: OP.3 TDD: OCNG TDD Pattern 3 for 5ms downlink-to-uplink switch-point periodicity

Allocation
Subframe PDSCH PMCH
n PRB Data Data
Note 2
0 5 4, 9 1, 6
0
1 – 49 0 (Allocation: all N/A 0 Note 1 N/A
empty PRB-s)
N/A Note 3
0 – 49 N/A N/A 0 N/A
modulated. The parameter γ PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH.
Note 2: Subframes available for DL transmission depends on the Uplink-Downlink configuration in Table 4.2-2 in 3GPP
TS 36.211.
Note 3: Each physical resource block (PRB) is assigned to MBSFN transmission. The data in each PRB shall be
uncorrelated with data in other PRBs over the period of any measurement. The MBSFN data shall be QPSK
modulated. PMCH symbols shall not contain cell-specific Reference Signals
Note 4: If two or more transmit antennas are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all
the transmit antennas according to transmission mode 2. The transmit power shall be equally split between all
the transmit antennas used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP
TS 36.213.
N/A: Not Applicable
ETSI
Annex B (normative):
Propagation Conditions
The propagation conditions and channel models for various environments are specified. For each environment a
propagation model is used to evaluate the propagation pathless due to the distance. Channel models are formed by
combining delay profiles with a Doppler spectrum, with the addition of correlation properties in the case of a multi-
antenna scenario.
B.0 No interference
The downlink connection between the System Simulator and the UE is without Additive White Gaussian Noise, and has
no fading or multipath effects.
B.1 Static propagation condition

The downlink connection between the System Simulator and the UE is an Additive White Gaussian Noise (AWGN)
environment with no fading or multipath effects.
For 2 port transmission the channel matrix is defined in the frequency domain by
⎛1 j ⎞
H = ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟
⎝1 − j ⎠
B.1.1 Definition of Additive White Gaussian Noise (AWGN)

Interferer
Note that the AWGN interferer can be used in static propagation conditions, or in conjunction with multi-path fading.
The acceptable uncertainties of the AWGN interferer are defined in Annex F.
B.2 Multi-path fading Propagation Conditions

The multipath propagation conditions consist of several parts:
- A delay profile in the form of a "tapped delay-line", characterized by a number of taps at fixed positions on a
sampling grid. The profile can be further characterized by the r.m.s. delay spread and the maximum delay
spanned by the taps.
- A combination of channel model parameters that include the Delay profile and the Doppler spectrum, that is
characterized by a classical spectrum shape and a maximum Doppler frequency
- A set of correlation matrices defining the correlation between the UE and eNodeB antennas in case of multi-
antenna systems.
B.2.1 Delay profiles

The delay profiles are selected to be representative of low, medium and high delay spread environments. The resulting
model parameters are defined in Table B.2.1-1 and the tapped delay line models are defined in Tables B.2.1-2, B.2.1-3
and B.2.1-4.
ETSI
Table B.2.1-1: Delay profiles for E-UTRA channel models
Model Number of Delay spread Maximum excess

channel taps (r.m.s.) tap delay (span)
Extended Pedestrian A (EPA) 7 45 ns 410 ns
Extended Vehicular A model (EVA) 9 357 ns 2510 ns
Extended Typical Urban model (ETU) 9 991 ns 5000 ns
Table B.2.1-2: Extended Pedestrian A model (EPA)
Excess tap delay Relative power

[ns] [dB]
0 0.0
30 -1.0
70 -2.0
90 -3.0
110 -8.0
190 -17.2
410 -20.8
Table B.2.1-3: Extended Vehicular A model (EVA)

[ns] [dB]
0 0.0
30 -1.5
150 -1.4
310 -3.6
370 -0.6
710 -9.1
1090 -7.0
1730 -12.0
2510 -16.9
Table B.2.1-4: Extended Typical Urban model (ETU)

[ns] [dB]
0 -1.0
50 -1.0
120 -1.0
200 0.0
230 0.0
500 0.0
1600 -3.0
2300 -5.0
5000 -7.0
B.2.2 Combinations of channel model parameters

Table B.2.2-1 shows propagation conditions that are used for the performance measurements in multi-path fading
environment for low, medium and high Doppler frequencies
ETSI
Table B.2.2-1: Channel model parameters
Model Maximum Doppler

frequency
EPA 5Hz 5 Hz
EVA 5Hz 5 Hz
EVA 70Hz 70 Hz
ETU 70Hz 70 Hz
ETU 300Hz 300 Hz
B.2.3 MIMO Channel Correlation Matrices

B.2.3.1 Definition of MIMO Correlation Matrices
Table B.2.3.1-1 defines the correlation matrix for the eNodeB
Table B.2.3.1-1: eNodeB correlation matrix
One antenna Two antennas Four antennas
⎛ 1 4 ⎞
⎜ 1 α 9 α 9 α ⎟
⎜ 1 *
ReNB = 1 ⎛1 α⎞ 1
α 9 1 α 9 α 9
4 ⎟
eNode B Correlation ReNB = ⎜⎜ ∗ ⎟ ⎜
ReNB = 4 * 1 * ⎟
⎝α 1 ⎟⎠ ⎜ ⎟
1
⎜α
9 α 9 1 α 9 ⎟
⎜ 4 * 1 * ⎟
⎝ α α 9 α 9 1
*
⎠
Table B.2.3.1-2 defines the correlation matrix for the UE:
Table B.2.3.1-2: UE correlation matrix
One antenna Two antennas Four antennas

RUE = 1 ⎛ 1 4 ⎞
⎜ 1 β 9 β 9 β ⎟
⎜ 1 * ⎟
⎛1 β⎞ ⎜β 9 1 β
1
9 β
4
9 ⎟
UE Correlation RUE = ⎜⎜ ∗ ⎟
⎟ RUE = ⎜ 4 * 1 * ⎟
⎝ β 1 ⎠ ⎜β 9 β 9 1 β
1
9 ⎟
⎜ 4 * 1 * ⎟
⎜ β* β 9 β 9 1 ⎟
⎝ ⎠
Table B.2.3.1-3 defines the channel spatial correlation matrix Rspat . The parameters, α and β in Table B.2.3.1-3 defines
the spatial correlation between the antennas at the eNodeB and UE.
ETSI
Table B.2.3.1-3: Rspat correlation matrices
1x2 case ⎡ 1 β⎤
Rspat = RUE = ⎢ ⎥
⎣β
*
1⎦
⎡ 1 β α αβ ⎤
⎢
2x2 case ⎡ 1 α⎤ ⎡ 1 β⎤ ⎢
β *
1 αβ * α ⎥⎥
Rspat = ReNB ⊗ RUE = ⎢ ⎥⊗⎢ * ⎥ =
⎣α 1 ⎦ ⎣β ⎢ α α *β 1 β ⎥
* *
1⎦
⎢ * * ⎥
⎣α β α β* 1 ⎦
*
⎡ 1 4
⎤
⎢
1 α 9 α ⎥
9 α
1 * 1 4
⎢α 9 1 α α ⎥ ⎡1
9 9 β⎤
4x2 case R spat = ReNB ⊗ RUE = ⎢ 4 * 1 ⎥⊗⎢ *
⎢α 9 α
1 *
9 1 α 9 ⎥ ⎣β 1 ⎥⎦
⎢ 4 * 1 * ⎥
⎢⎣ α α 9 α 9
*
1 ⎥⎦
⎛ 1 4 ⎞
⎡
1 α
1
9 α
4⎤ ⎜ 1
9 α β 9 β 9 β ⎟
⎢ ⎥ ⎜ 1 * ⎟
1 * 1 4 1 4
⎢α 9 1 α 9 α 9 ⎥ ⎜β 9 1 β 9 β 9 ⎟
4x4 case R spat = ReNB ⊗ RUE = ⎢ 4 * 1 *
1 ⎥ ⊗⎜ 4 * 1 * 1 ⎟
⎢α 9 α 9 1 α 9 ⎥ ⎜β 9 β 9 1 β 9 ⎟
⎢ 4 * 1 * ⎥ ⎜ ⎟
4 * 1 *
⎢⎣ α α 9 α 9
*
1 ⎥⎦ ⎜ β * β 9 β 9 1 ⎟
⎝ ⎠
For cases with more antennas at either eNodeB or UE or both, the channel spatial correlation matrix can still be
expressed as the Kronecker product of ReNB and RUE according to Rspat = ReNB ⊗ RUE .
B.2.3.2 MIMO Correlation Matrices at High, Medium and Low Level

The α and β for different correlation types are given in Table B.2.3.2-1.
Table B.2.3.2-1
Low correlation Medium Correlation High Correlation

α β α β α β
0 0 0.3 0.9 0.9 0.9
The correlation matrices for high, medium and low correlation are defined in Table B.2.3.2-2, B.2.3.2-3 and B.2.3.2-
4,as below.
The values in the Table B.2.3.2-2 table have been adjusted for the 4x2 and 4x4 high correlation cases to insure the
correlation matrix is positive semi-definite after round-off to 4 digit precision. This is done using the equation:
R high = [R spatial + aI n ] /(1 + a )
Where the value “a” is a scaling factor such that the smallest value is used to obtain a positive semi-definite result. For
the 4x2 high correlation case, a=0.00010. For the 4x4 high correlation case, a=0.00012.
The same method is used to adjust the 4x4 medium correlation matrix in Table B.2.3.2-3 to insure the correlation matrix
is positive semi-definite after round-off to 4 digit precision with a = 0.00012.
ETSI
Table B.2.3.2-2: MIMO correlation matrices for high correlation
1x2 case ⎛ 1 0 .9 ⎞
Rhigh = ⎜⎜ ⎟
⎟
⎝ 0.9 1 ⎠
⎛ 1 0.9 0.9 0.81⎞
⎜ ⎟
⎜ 0.9 1 0.81 0.9 ⎟
2x2 case Rhigh = ⎜
0.9 0.81 1 0.9 ⎟
⎜ ⎟
⎜ 0.81 0.9 0.9 1 ⎟
⎝ ⎠
⎡ 1.0000 0.8999 0.9883 0.8894 0.9542 0.8587 0.8999 0.8099⎤
⎢
⎢
0.8999 1.0000 0.8894 0.9883 0.8587 0.9542 0.8099 0.8999⎥⎥
⎢ 0.9883 0.8894 1.0000 0.8999 0.9883 0.8894 0.9542 0.8587 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0.8894 0.9883 0.8999 1.0000 0.8894 0.9883 0.8587 0.9542⎥
4x2 case Rhigh =
⎢ 0.9542 0.8587 0.9883 0.8894 1.0000 0.8999 0.9883 0.8894⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0.8587 0.9542 0.8894 0.9883 0.8999 1.0000 0.8894 0.9883⎥
⎢ 0.8999 0.8099 0.9542 0.8587 0.9883 0.8894 1.0000 0.8999⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢
⎣ 0.8099 0.8999 0.8587 0.9542 0.8894 0.9883 0.8999 1.0000⎥⎦
⎡ 1.0000 0.9882 0.9541 0.8999 0.9882 0.9767 0.9430 0.8894 0.9541 0.9430 0.9105 0.8587 0.8999 0.8894 0.8587 0.8099⎤
⎢
⎢
0.9882 1.0000 0.9882 0.9541 0.9767 0.9882 0.9767 0.9430 0.9430 0.9541 0.9430 0.9105 0.8894 0.8999 0.8894 0.8587⎥⎥
⎢ 0.9541 0.9882 1.0000 0.9882 0.9430 0.9767 0.9882 0.9767 0.9105 0.9430 0.9541 0.9430 0.8587 0.8894 0.8999 0.8894⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0.8999 0.9541 0.9882 1.0000 0.8894 0.9430 0.9767 0.9882 0.8587 0.9105 0.9430 0.9541 0.8099 0.8587 0.8894 0.8999⎥
⎢ 0.9882 0.9767 0.9430 0.8894 1.0000 0.9882 0.9541 0.8999 0.9882 0.9767 0.9430 0.8894 0.9541 0.9430 0.9105 0.8587⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0.9767 0.9882 0.9767 0.9430 0.9882 1.0000 0.9882 0.9541 0.9767 0.9882 0.9767 0.9430 0.9430 0.9541 0.9430 0.9105⎥
⎢ 0.9430 0.9767 0.9882 0.9767 0.9541 0.9882 1.0000 0.9882 0.9430 0.9767 0.9882 0.9767 0.9105 0.9430 0.9541 0.9430⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0.8894 0.9430 0.9767 0.9882 0.8999 0.9541 0.9882 1.0000 0.8894 0.9430 0.9767 0.9882 0.8587 0.9105 0.9430 0.9541⎥
4x4 case Rhigh = ⎢
0.9541 0.9430 0.9105 0.8587 0.9882 0.9767 0.9430 0.8894 1.0000 0.9882 0.9541 0.8999 0.9882 0.9767 0.9430 0.8894⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0.9430 0.9541 0.9430 0.9105 0.9767 0.9882 0.9767 0.9430 0.9882 1.0000 0.9882 0.9541 0.9767 0.9882 0.9767 0.9430⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢
0.9105 0.9430 0.9541 0.9430 0.9430 0.9767 0.9882 0.9767 0.9541 0.9882 1.0000 0.9882 0.9430 0.9767 0.9882 0.9767⎥
⎢ 0.8587 0.9105 0.9430 0.9541 0.8894 0.9430 0.9767 0.9882 0.8999 0.9541 0.9882 1.0000 0.8894 0.9430 0.9767 0.9882⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0.8999 0.8894 0.8587 0.8099 0.9541 0.9430 0.9105 0.8587 0.9882 0.9767 0.9430 0.8894 1.0000 0.9882 0.9541 0.8999⎥
⎢ 0.8894 0.8999 0.8894 0.8587 0.9430 0.9541 0.9430 0.9105 0.9767 0.9882 0.9767 0.9430 0.9882 1.0000 0.9882 0.9541⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0.8587 0.8894 0.8999 0.8894 0.9105 0.9430 0.9541 0.9430 0.9430 0.9767 0.9882 0.9767 0.9541 0.9882 1.0000 0.9882⎥
⎢
⎣ 0.8099 0.8587 0.8894 0.8999 0.8587 0.9105 0.9430 0.9541 0.8894 0.9430 0.9767 0.9882 0.8999 0.9541 0.9882 1.0000⎥⎦
ETSI
Table B.2.3.2-3: MIMO correlation matrices for medium correlation
1x2 N/A
case
⎛ 1 0.9 0.3 0.27 ⎞
⎜ ⎟
2x2 ⎜ 0.9 1 0.27 0.3 ⎟
Rmedium = ⎜
case 0.3 0.27 1 0.9 ⎟
⎜ ⎟
⎜ 0.27 0.3 0.9 1 ⎟
⎝ ⎠
⎛ 1.0000 0.9000 0.8748 0.7873 0.5856 0.5271 0.3000 0.2700 ⎞

⎜ ⎟
⎜ 0.9000 1.0000 0.7873 0.8748 0.5271 0.5856 0.2700 0.3000 ⎟
⎜
0.8748 0.7873 1.0000 0.9000 0.8748 0.7873 0.5856 0.5271 ⎟
⎜ ⎟
4x2 ⎜ 0.7873 0.8748 0.9000 1.0000 0.7873 0.8748 0.5271 0.5856 ⎟
Rmedium = ⎜ ⎟
case 0.5856 0.5271 0.8748 0.7873 1.0000 0.9000 0.8748 0.7873 ⎟
⎜
⎜ 0.5271 0.5856 0.7873 0.8748 0.9000 1.0000 0.7873 0.8748 ⎟
⎜ ⎟
⎜ 0.3000 0.2700 0.5856 0.5271 0.8748 0.7873 1.0000 0.9000 ⎟
⎜ 0.2700 0.3000 0.5271 0.5856 0.7873 0.8748 0.9000 1.0000 ⎟⎠
⎝
4x4 ⎛1.0000 0.9882 0.9541 0.8999 0.8747 0.8645 0.8347 0.7872 0.5855 0.5787 0.5588 0.5270 0.3000 0.2965 0.2862 0.2700 ⎞
⎜ ⎟
case ⎜ 0.9882 1.0000 0.9882 0.9541 0.8645 0.8747 0.8645 0.8347 0.5787 0.5855 0.5787 0.5588 0.2965 0.3000 0.2965 0.2862 ⎟
⎜
0.9541 0.9882 1.0000 0.9882 0.8347 0.8645 0.8747 0.8645 0.5588 0.5787 0.5855 0.5787 0.2862 0.2965 0.3000 0.2965 ⎟
⎜ ⎟
⎜ 0.8999 0.9541 0.9882 1.0000 0.7872 0.8347 0.8645 0.8747 0.5270 0.5588 0.5787 0.5855 0.2700 0.2862 0.2965 0.3000 ⎟
⎜ ⎟
⎜
0.8747 0.8645 0.8347 0.7872 1.0000 0.9882 0.9541 0.8999 0.8747 0.8645 0.8347 0.7872 0.5855 0.5787 0.5588 0.5270 ⎟
⎜ 0.8645 0.8747 0.8645 0.8347 0.9882 1.0000 0.9882 0.9541 0.8645 0.8747 0.8645 0.8347 0.5787 0.5855 0.5787 0.5588 ⎟
⎜ ⎟
⎜ 0.8347 0.8645 0.8747 0.8645 0.9541 0.9882 1.0000 0.9882 0.8347 0.8645 0.8747 0.8645 0.5588 0.5787 0.5855 0.5787 ⎟
⎜ 0.7872 0.8347 0.8645 0.8747 0.8999 0.9541 0.9882 1.0000 0.7872 0.8347 0.8645 0.8747 0.5270 0.5588 0.5787 0.5855 ⎟
Rmedium= ⎜ ⎟
⎜ 0.5855 0.5787 0.5588 0.5270 0.8747 0.8645 0.8347 0.7872 1.0000 0.9882 0.9541 0.8999 0.8747 0.8645 0.8347 0.7872 ⎟
⎜
⎜
0.5787 0.5855 0.5787 0.5588 0.8645 0.8747 0.8645 0.8347 0.9882 1.0000 0.9882 0.9541 0.8645 0.8747 0.8645 0.8347 ⎟⎟
⎜ 0.5588 0.5787 0.5855 0.5787 0.8347 0.8645 0.8747 0.8645 0.9541 0.9882 1.0000 0.9882 0.8347 0.8645 0.8747 0.8645 ⎟
⎜ ⎟
⎜ 0.5270 0.5588 0.5787 0.5855 0.7872 0.8347 0.8645 0.8747 0.8999 0.9541 0.9882 1.0000 0.7872 0.8347 0.8645 0.8747 ⎟
⎜ 0.3000 0.2965 0.2862 0.2700 0.5855 0.5787 0.5588 0.5270 0.8747 0.8645 0.8347 0.7872 1.0000 0.9882 0.9541 0.8999 ⎟
⎜ ⎟
⎜ 0.2965 0.3000 0.2965 0.2862 0.5787 0.5855 0.5787 0.5588 0.8645 0.8747 0.8645 0.8347 0.9882 1.0000 0.9882 0.9541 ⎟
⎜ 0.2862 0.2965 0.3000 0.2965 0.5588 0.5787 0.5855 0.5787 0.8347 0.8645 0.8747 0.8645 0.9541 0.9882 1.0000 0.9882 ⎟
⎜ ⎟
⎜
⎝ 0.2700 0.2862 0.2965 0.3000 0.5270 0.5588 0.5787 0.5855 0.7872 0.8347 0.8645 0.8747 0.8999 0.9541 0.9882 1.0000 ⎟⎠
Table B.2.3.2-4: MIMO correlation matrices for low correlation
1x2 case Rlow = I 2

2x2 case Rlow = I 4
4x2 case Rlow = I 8
4x4 case Rlow = I 16
In Table B.2.3.2-4, I d is the d × d identity matrix.
B.2.4 Propagation conditions for CQI tests

[For Channel Quality Indication (CQI) tests, the following additional multi-path profile is used:
h(t ,τ ) = δ (τ ) + a exp(−i 2πf D t )δ (τ − τ d )
in continuous time (t , τ ) representation, with τ d the delay, a a constant and f D the Doppler frequency.]
ETSI
B.2.5 FFS
B.2.6 MBSFN Propagation Channel Profile

Table B.2.6-1 shows propagation conditions that are used for the MBSFN performance requirements in multi-path
fading environment in an extended delay spread environment.
Table B.2.6-1: Propagation Conditions for Multi-Path Fading Environments for MBSFN Performance
Requirements in an extended delay spread environment
Extended Delay Spread

Maximum Doppler frequency [5Hz]
Relative Delay [ns] Relative Mean Power [dB]
0 0
30 -1.5
150 -1.4
310 -3.6
370 -0.6
1090 -7.0
12490 -10
12520 -11.5
12640 -11.4
12800 -13.6
12860 -10.6
13580 -17.0
27490 -20
27520 -21.5
27640 -21.4
27800 -23.6
27860 -20.6
28580 -27.0
B.3 High speed train scenario

The high speed train condition for the test of the baseband performance is a non fading propagation channel with one
tap. Doppler shift is given by
f s (t ) = f d cos θ (t ) (B.3.1)
where f s (t ) is the Doppler shift and f d is the maximum Doppler frequency. The cosine of angle θ (t ) is given by
Ds 2 − vt
cosθ (t ) = , 0 ≤ t ≤ Ds v (B.3.2)
Dmin 2 + (Ds 2 − vt )2
ETSI
− 1.5 Ds + vt
cosθ (t ) = Ds v < t ≤ 2 Ds v
2 , (B.3.3)
Dmin + (− 1.5 Ds + vt )
2
cosθ (t ) = cosθ (t mod (2 Ds v) ) , t > 2 Ds v (B.3.4)
where D s 2 is the initial distance of the train form eNodeB, and D min is eNodeB Railway track distance, both in
meters; v is the velocity of the train in m/s, t is time in seconds.
Doppler shift and cosine angle are given by equation B.3.1 and B.3.2-B.3.4 respectively, where the required input
parameters listed in table B.3-1 and the resulting Doppler shift is shown in Figure B.3-1 are applied for all frequency
bands.
Table B.3-1: High speed train scenario
Parameter Value
Ds 300 m
D min 2m
v 300 km/h
fd 750 Hz
NOTE 1: Parameters for HST conditions in table B.3-1 including

f d and Doppler shift trajectories presented on
figure B.3-1 were derived for Band7.
800
400
Doppler Shift (Hz)
-400
-800
0 5 10 15 20
Time (sec)
Figure B.3-1: Doppler shift trajectory
B.4 Beamforming Model
B.4.1 Single-layer beamforming (Antenna port 5, 7 or 8)

Single-layer transmission on antenna port 5 or on antenna port 7 or 8 without a simultaneous transmission on the other
antenna port, is defined by using a precoder vector W (i ) of size 2 × 1 randomly selected with the number of layers
υ = 1 from Table 6.3.4.2.3-1 in TS 36.211 [8] as beamforming weights. This precoder takes as an input the
ETSI
signal y ( p ) (i ) , i = 0,1,..., M symb

ap
− 1 , for antenna port p ∈ {5, 7, 8} , with M symb
ap
the number of modulation symbols
including the user-specific reference symbols (DRS), and generates a block of signals ybf (i ) = [ybf (i ) ~ybf (i)]T the
elements of which are to be mapped onto the same physical RE but transmitted on different antenna elements:
⎡ ybf (i )⎤
⎢~ = W (i ) y ( p ) (i)
⎣ ybf (i )⎥⎦
Single-layer transmission on antenna port 7 or 8 with a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port, is defined
by using a pair of precoder vectors W1 (i ) and W2 (i ) each of size 2 × 1 , which are not identical and randomly selected
with the number of layers υ = 1 from Table 6.3.4.2.3-1 in TS 36.211 [8], as beamforming weights, and normalizing
the transmit power as follows:
⎡ ybf
⎢~
(i )⎤
(i )⎥⎦
=
1
(
W1 (i ) y ( 7 ) (i ) + W2 (i ) y (8) (i ) )
⎣ ybf 2
The precoder update granularity is according to Table 8.3.2-1.
B.4.2 Dual-layer beamforming (antenna ports 7 and 8)

Dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 is defined by using a precoder matrix W (i ) of size 2 × 2 randomly
selected with the number of layers υ=2 from Table 6.3.4.2.3-1 in TS 36.211 [8] as beamforming weights. This
precoder takes as an input a block of signals for antenna ports 7 and 8, y (i ) = y ( 7 ) (i ) [ ]T
y ( 8 ) (i ) ,
i = 0,1,..., M symb
ap
− 1 , with M symb
ap
being the number of modulation symbols per antenna port including the user-
~
specific reference symbols, and generates a block of signals y bf (i ) = y bf (i ) T
[ ]
y bf (i ) the elements of which are to be
mapped onto the same physical RE but transmitted on different antenna elements:
⎡ y bf (i ) ⎤ ⎡ y ( 7 ) (i ) ⎤
⎢~ = W (i ) ⎢ (8) ⎥ ,
⎣ y bf (i)⎥⎦ ⎣ y (i ) ⎦
The precoder update granularity is according to Table 8.3.2-1.
ETSI
Annex C (normative):
Downlink Physical Channels
This annex specifies the downlink physical channels that are needed for setting a connection and channels that are
needed during a connection.
C.0 Downlink signal levels

The downlink power settings in Table C.0-1 are used unless otherwise specified in a test case.
If the UE has two Rx antennas, the downlink signal is applied to each one. Both UE Rx antennas shall be connected.
If the UE has one Rx antenna, the downlink signal is applied to it.
Table C.0-1: Default Downlink power levels
Unit Channel bandwidth

Number of RBs 6 15 25 50 75 100
Channel BW Power dBm -66 -62 -60 -57 -55 -54
RS EPRE dBm/15kHz -85 -85 -85 -85 -85 -85
Note 1: The channel bandwidth powers and RB allocations are informative, based on -85dBm/15kHz
RS_EPRE, then scaled according to the number of RBs and rounded to the nearest integer
dBm value. Full RE allocation with no boost or deboost is assumed in this calculation, but
allocation may vary during setup.
Note 2: The power level is specified at each UE Rx antenna.
The default signal level uncertainty is +/-3dB at each test port, for any level specified. If the uncertainty value is critical
for the test purpose, a tighter uncertainty is specified for the related test case in Annex F.
C.1 General
Table C.1-1 describes the mapping of downlink physical channels and signals to physical resources for FDD.
Table C.1-2 describes the mapping of downlink physical channels and signals to physical resources for TDD.
ETSI
Table C.1-1: Mapping of downlink physical channels and signals to physical resources for FDD
Physical Time Domain Location Frequency Domain Location Note

channel
RS Symbols 0, 4 of each subframe Downlink system bandwidth Mapping rule is specified in
for antenna port 0 & 1 dependent. TS36.211 6.10.1.2
Symbol 1 of each subframe for - CELL_ID = 0
antenna port 2 & 3
PBCH Symbols 0 to 3 of slot 1 of Occupies 72 subcarriers centered Mapping rule is specified in

subframe 0 of each radio frame on the DC subcarrier TS36.211 Section 6.6.4 (Note 2)
PSS Symbol 6 of slot 0 and 10 of Occupies 62 subcarriers centered Mapping rule is specified in
each radio frame on the DC subcarrier. Additional 10 TS36.211 Section 6.11.1.2
subcarriers (5 on each side)
adjacent to the centered 62
subcarriers are reserved.
SSS Symbol 5 of slots 0 and 10 of Occupies 62 subcarriers centered Mapping rule is specified in
each radio frame on the DC subcarrier. Additional 10 TS36.211 Section 6.11.2.2
PCFICH Symbol 0 of each subframe Downlink system bandwidth Mapping rule is specified in
dependent. Maps into 4 REGs TS36.211 Section 6.7.4 (Note 1)
uniformly spread in the frequency - CELL_ID = 0
domain over the whole system
bandwidth.
PHICH Symbol 0 of each subframe Downlink system bandwidth Mapping rule is specified in
dependent. Each PHICH group TS36.211 Section 6.9.3 (Note 1)
maps into 3 REGs in the frequency - CELL_ID = 0
domain on the REGs not assigned - Ng = 1
to PCFICH over the whole system - Normal PHICH duration
bandwidth, -Number of PHICH groups =
1(BW=1.4MHz)/2(BW=3MHz)/
4(BW=5MHz)/7(BW=10MHz)/
10(BW=15MHz)/13(BW=20MHz)
PDCCH Symbols 0, 1, 2, 3 of each The remaining REGs not allocated Mapping rule is specified in
subframe for 1.4 MHz to both PCFICH and PHICH are TS36.211 Section 6.8.5 (Note 1)
used for PDCCH
Symbols 0, 1, 2, of each
subframe for 3 and 5 MHz
Symbols 0, 1 of each subframe

for 10, 15 and 20 MHz
PDSCH All remaining OFDM symbols of For Subframe 0, Note that there are reserved
each subframe not allocated to REs not allocated to RS, PSS, SSS REs that are not used for
PDCCH and PBCH, is allocated to PDSCH transmission of any physical
channels (Note 3 ) & (Note 4)
For Subframe 5, which need to be taken into
REs not allocated to RS, PSS and account when allocating REs to
SSS, is allocated to PDSCH PDSCH
For other subframes,

REs not allocated to RS, is
allocated to PDSCH
Note 1: In case a single cell-specific RS is configured, cell-specific RS shall be assume to be present on antenna ports
0 and 1 for the purpose of mapping a symbol-quadruplet to a REG (resource-element group). (See TS
36.211 Section 6.2.4).
Note 2: PBCH is mapped into RE assuming RS from 4 antennas are used at the eNB transmitter, irrespective of the
actual number of Tx antenna. Resource elements assumed to be reserved for RS but not used for
transmission of RS shall not be used for transmission of any physical channel. (See TS 36.211 Section
6.6.4).
Note 3: In slot 0 and slot 10 of each radio frame, there are reserved REs for PSS and SSS that are not used for
transmission of any physical channels. (See TS 36.211 Section 6.11.1.2 & 6.11.2.2).
Note 4: REs used for RS transmission on any of the antenna ports in a slot shall not be used for any transmission on
any other antenna port in the same slot and set to zero. (See TS 36.211 Section 6.10.1.2).
ETSI
Table C.1-2: Mapping of downlink physical channels and signals to physical resources for TDD

channel
RS Symbols 0, 4 of each subframe Downlink system bandwidth Mapping rule is specified in
for antenna port 0 & 1 dependent. TS36.211[8] 6.10.1.2
Symbol 1 of each subframe for - CELL_ID = 0
antenna port 2 & 3
PBCH Symbols 0 to 3 of slot 1 of Occupies 72 subcarriers centered Mapping rule is specified in

subframe 0 of each radio frame on the DC subcarrier TS36.211[8] Section 6.6.4 (Note
3)
PSS Symbol 2 of slot 2 and 12 of Occupies 62 subcarriers centered Mapping rule is specified in
each radio frame on the DC subcarrier. Additional 10 TS36.211[8] Section 6.11.1.2
SSS Symbol 6 of slots 1 and 11 of Occupies 62 subcarriers centered Mapping rule is specified in
each radio frame on the DC subcarrier. Additional 10 TS36.211[8] Section 6.11.2.2
PCFICH Symbol 0 of each subframe and Downlink system bandwidth Mapping rule is specified in
special subframe dependent. Maps into 4 REGs TS36.211[8] Section 6.7.4 (Note
uniformly spread in the frequency 2)
domain over the whole system - CELL_ID = 0
bandwidth.
PHICH Symbol 0 of each subframe and Downlink system bandwidth Mapping rule is specified in
special subframe dependent. Each PHICH group TS36.211[8] Section 6.9.3 (Note
maps into 3 REGs in the frequency 2)
domain on the REGs not assigned - CELL_ID = 0
to PCFICH over the whole system - Ng = 1
bandwidth, - Normal PHICH duration
-Number of PHICH groups =
1(BW=1.4MHz)/2(BW=3MHz)/
4(BW=5MHz)/7(BW=10MHz)/
10(BW=15MHz)/13(BW=20MHz)
PDCCH For normal subframes(0,4,5,9) The remaining REGs not allocated Mapping rule is specified in
Symbols 0, 1, 2, 3 of each to both PCFICH and PHICH are TS36.211[8] Section 6.8.5 (Note
subframe for 1.4 MHz used for PDCCH 2)
Symbols 0, 1, 2, of each
subframe for 3 and 5 MHz
for 10, 15 and 20 MHz
For special subframe (1&6)

for all BWs
PDSCH ,All remaining OFDM symbols of For Subframe 0, Note that there are reserved
each subframe not allocated to REs not allocated to RS, SSS and REs that are not used for
PDCCH with the following PBCH, is allocated to PDSCH transmission of any physical
exception: channels (Note 4 ) & (Note 5)
For 1.4MHz,no data shall be For Subframe 5, which need to be taken into
scheduled on special subframes REs not allocated to RS and SSS, account when allocating REs to
(1&6) to avoid problems with is allocated to PDSCH PDSCH
insufficient PDCCH performance
For Subframe 1 and 6,
REs not allocated to RS, PSS, GP
and UpPTS is allocated to PDSCH
For other downlink subframes,

REs not allocated to RS is allocated
to PDSCH
Note 1: The mapping is based on the default TDD configuration for subframe assignment and special subframe
patterns (see 36.508 [7]subclause 4.6.3)
Note 2: In case a single cell-specific RS is configured, cell-specific RS shall be assume to be present on antenna ports
0 and 1 for the purpose of mapping a symbol-quadruplet to a REG (resource-element group). (See TS
ETSI
36.211[8] Section 6.2.4).

Note 3: PBCH is mapped into RE assuming RS from 4 antennas are used at the eNB transmitter, irrespective of the
actual number of Tx antenna. Resource elements assumed to be reserved for RS but not used for
transmission of RS shall not be used for transmission of any physical channel. (See TS 36.211[8] Section
6.6.4).
Note 4: In slot 1,2,11 and 12 of each radio frame, there are reserved REs for PSS and SSS that are not used for
transmission of any physical channels. (See TS 36.211[8] Section 6.11.1.2 & 6.11.2.2).
Note 5: REs used for RS transmission on any of the antenna ports in a slot shall not be used for any transmission on
any other antenna port in the same slot and set to zero. (See TS 36.211[8] Section 6.10.1.2).
C.2 Set-up
Table C.2-1 describes the downlink Physical Channels that are required for connection set up.
Table C.2-1: Downlink Physical Channels required for connection set-up
Physical Channel EPRE Ratio Note

PBCH PBCH_RA = 0 dB
PBCH_RB = 0 dB
PSS PSS_RA = 0 dB
SSS SSS_RA = 0 dB
PCFICH PCFICH_RB = 0 dB
PDCCH PDCCH_RA = 0 dB
PDCCH_RB = 0 dB
PDSCH PDSCH_RA = 0 dB
PDSCH_RB = 0 dB
PHICH PHICH_RA = 0 dB Note 2
PHICH_RB = 0 dB
Note 1: No boosting is applied.
Note 2: PHICH group power, i.e. the total power of all active PHICH
sequences within a PHICH group.
Table C.2-2 describes the configuration of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement for FDD and Table C.2-3 for TDD.
Table C.2-2: PDSCH and PDCCH configuration for FDD

TB Size with transmitting
MCS Index -
message in 1TTI
Number of HARQ processes Processes 8
Maximum number of HARQ transmission 5
Aggregation level CCE 2 Note 4
DCI Format for PDSCH Format 1A
DCI Format for PUSCH Format 0
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW. 3 symbols allocated to
PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz. 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz.
Note 2: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [8].
Note 3: The PDSCH shall be occupied 6 resource blocks centered on the DC subcarrier.
Note 4: For PDCCH using SI-RNTI, Aggregation level:
a)Tables C.3.0-3, C.3.1-3, and C.3.2-3 for RF tests
b)Table A.2.1-1 of 36.521-3 for RRM tests.
ETSI
Table C.2-3: PDSCH and PDCCH configuration for TDD

TB Size with transmitting
MCS Index 0
message in 1TTI
Number of HARQ processes (Note 1) Processes 7
Maximum number of HARQ transmission 4
Aggregation level CCE 2 Note 5
DCI Format for PDSCH Format 1A
DCI Format for PUSCH Format 0
Note 1: Number of HARQ processes shall be determined by UL/DL configuration, for configuration other than 1,the
process number shall be set per TS 36.213 [10] Table 8-1.
Note 2: For normal downlink subframes, 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel
BW. 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz. 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz.
For special subframe (1&6), only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH for all BWs.
Note 3: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [8].
Note 4: The PDSCH shall be occupied 6 resource blocks centered on the DC subcarrier.
Note 5: For PDCCH using SI-RNTI, Aggregation level:
a)Tables C.3.0-3, C.3.1-3, and C.3.2-3 for RF tests
b)Table A.2.2-1 of 36.521-3 for RRM tests
C.3 Connection
The following clauses describes the downlink Physical Channels that are transmitted during a connection i.e., when
measurements are done.
C.3.0 Measurement of Transmitter Characteristics

Table C.3.0-1 is applicable for measurements on the Transmitter Characteristics (clause 6).
Table C.3.0-1: Downlink Physical Channels transmitted during a connection (FDD and TDD)

PBCH PBCH_RA = 0 dB
PBCH_RB = 0 dB
PSS PSS_RA = 0 dB
SSS SSS_RA = 0 dB
PDCCH_RB = 0 dB
PDSCH_RB = 0 dB
PHICH PHICH_RB = 0 dB Note 1
NOTE 1: No boosting is applied.
Table C.3.0-2: Power allocation for OFDM symbols and reference signals
Parameter Unit Value Note

Transmitted power spectral dBm/15 kHz Test specific 1. I or shall be kept
density I or constant throughout
all OFDM symbols
Cell-specific reference 0 dB
signal power ratio ERS / I or
ETSI
Table C.3.0-3: PDCCH Aggregation Level (in CCE-s)
Bandwidth DCI for DL DCI for DL DCI for UL Notes

(SI-RNTI) (C-RNTI) (C-RNTI)
1.4 MHz 4 1 1 Note 1
3 MHz 4 4 4 Note 1
5 MHz 4 4 4 Note 1
10 MHz 8 8 8 Note 1
15 MHz 8 8 8 Note 1
20 MHz 8 8 8 Note 1
Note 1: No DL data allocated on TDD special subframes
C.3.1 Measurement of Receiver Characteristics

Table C.3.1-1 is applicable for measurements on the Receiver Characteristics (clause 7).

PBCH PBCH_RA = 0 dB
PBCH_RB = 0 dB
PSS PSS_RA = 0 dB
SSS SSS_RA = 0 dB
PDCCH_RB = 0 dB
PDSCH_RB = 0 dB
PHICH PHICH_RB = 0 dB Note 1
OCNG OCNG_RA = 0 dB
OCNG_RB = 0 dB
NOTE 1: No boosting is applied.

Transmitted power spectral dBm/15 kHz Test specific 1. I or shall be kept
density I or constant throughout
all OFDM symbols
Cell-specific reference 0 dB
signal power ratio ERS / I or
Table C.3.1-3: PDCCH Aggregation Level (in CCE-s)

1.4 MHz 4 4 2 Note 1, 2
3 MHz 4 4 2 Note 2
5 MHz 8 8 4 Note 2
10 MHz 8 8 8 Note 2
15 MHz 8 8 8 Note 2
20 MHz 8 8 8 Note 2
Note 2: No DL data allocated on subframe 5
ETSI
C.3.2 Measurement of Performance requirements

Table C.3.2-1 is applicable for measurements in which uniform RS-to-EPRE boosting for all downlink physical
channels.

PBCH PBCH_RA = ρA
PBCH_RB = ρB
PSS PSS_RA = ρA
SSS SSS_RA = ρA
PCFICH PCFICH_RB = ρB
PDCCH PDCCH_RA = ρA
PDCCH_RB = ρB
PDSCH PDSCH_RA = ρA
PDSCH_RB = ρB
PHICH PHICH_RB = ρB Note 1
OCNG OCNG_RA = ρA
OCNG_RB = ρB
NOTE 1: ρA= ρB = 0 dB means no RS boosting.
NOTE 2: ρA denotes the ratio of PDSCH EPRE to cell-specific RS EPRE among PDSCH REs in all the OFDM
symbols not containing cell-specific RS. ρB denotes the ratio of PDSCH EPRE to cell-specific RS EPRE
among PDSCH REs in all the OFDM symbols containing cell-specific RS.

Total transmitted power dBm/15 kHz Test specific 1. I or shall be kept
spectral density I or constant throughout all
OFDM symbols
Cell-specific reference Test specific 1. Applies for antenna

signal power ratio ERS / I or port p
Table C.3.2-3: PDCCH Aggregation Level (in CCE-s) for PDSCH demodulation and PMI performance
tests

1.4 MHz 4 4 2 Note 1, 2
3 MHz 4 4 2 Note 2
5 MHz 8 8 4 Note 2
10 MHz 8 8 8 Note 2
15 MHz 8 8 8 Note 2
20 MHz 8 8 8 Note 2
Note 2: No DL data allocated on subframe 5
ETSI
Table C.3.2-4: PDCCH Aggregation Level for CQI and RI performance tests (in CCE-s)

1.4 MHz
3 MHz
5 MHz
10 MHz 8 8 8 Note 1,2
15 MHz
20 MHz
Note 2: No DL data allocated on subframes 0 and 5 for FDD and 0, 1, 5 and 6 for TDD
ETSI
Annex D (normative):
Characteristics of the Interfering Signal
D.1 General
Some RF performance requirements for the E-UTRA UE receiver are defined with interfering signals present in
addition to the wanted signal. When the wanted channel band width is wider than or equal to 5MHz, a modulated 5MHz
full band width E-UTRA down link signal, and in some cases an additional CW signal, are used. For wanted channel
band widths below 5MHz, the band width of the modulated interferer should be equal to the channel band width of the
wanted signal.
D.2 Interference signals

Table D.2-1 describes the modulated interferer for different channel band width options.
Table D.2-1: Description of modulated E-UTRA interferer
Channel bandwidth
RB 6 15 25 25 25 25
BW Interferer 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz
ETSI
Annex E (normative):
Global In-Channel TX-Test
Editor’s note: This annex is incomplete. The following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:
• An average EVM, comprising 20 individual values, is defined and compared against the test limit. The
other sub-results of the Global In channel TX-Test deliver one value per slot, hence 20 values. It is tbd,
how to compare this individual values against the test limit.
Clauses E.2.2 to E.5.9.3 are descriptions, which exclude any transients due to power on/off or power
change.
When the test runs with exclusions periods, Clause E.7 is applicable
E.1 General
The global in-channel TX test enables the measurement of all relevant parameters that describe the in-channel quality of
the output signal of the TX under test in a single measurement process.
The parameters describing the in-channel quality of a transmitter, however, are not necessarily independent. The
algorithm chosen for description inside this annex places particular emphasis on the exclusion of all interdependencies
among the parameters.
E.2 Signals and results
E.2.1 Basic principle

The process is based on the comparison of the actual output signal of the TX under test, received by an ideal receiver,
with a reference signal, that is generated by the measuring equipment and represents an ideal error free received signal.
All signals are represented as equivalent (generally complex) baseband signals.
The description below uses numbers as examples. These numbers are taken from frame structure 1 with normal CP
length and 20 MHz bandwidth. The application of the text below, however, is not restricted to this frame structure and
bandwidth.
E.2.2 Output signal of the TX under test

The output signal of the TX under test is acquired by the measuring equipment and stored for further processsing. It is
sampled at a sampling rate of 30.72 Msps. In the time domain it comprises at least 10 uplink subframes. The
measurement period is derived by concatenating the correct number of individual uplink slots until the correct
measurement period is reached. The output signal is named z(ν). Each slot is modelled as a signal with the following
parameters: demodulated data content, carrier frequency, amplitude and phase for each subcarrier, timing, carrier
leakage.
NOTE 1: TDD
For frame structure type 2, subframes with special fields (UpPTS) do not undergo any evaluation. Since the uplink
subframes are not continuous, the 20 slots should be extracted from more than 1 continuous radio frame:
Figure E.2.2-1 is an example for uplink-downlink configuration 1 (DSUUDDSUUD) as specified in TS 36.211 [8]
Table 4.2-2,assuming all uplink subframes are active.
ETSI
UL / DL Configuration 1
Power Ramping
………........
Downlink
Special
Uplink
20 power-ramping-free UL slots taken from 3 1/4 radio frames
Figure E.2.2-1: Example of uplink – downlink configuration 1
E.2.3 Reference signal

Two types of reference signal are defined:
The reference signal i1(ν) is constructed by the measuring equipment according to the relevant TX specifications, using
the following parameters: demodulated data content, nominal carrier frequency, nominal amplitude and phase for each
subcarrier, nominal timing, no carrier leakage. It is represented as a sequence of samples at a sampling rate of 30.72
Msps in the time domain.
The reference signal i2(ν) is constructed by the measuring equipment according to the relevant TX specifications, using
the following parameters: restricted data content: nominal reference symbols, (all modulation symbols for user data
symbols are set to 0V) , nominal carrier frequency, nominal amplitude and phase for each applicable subcarrier,
nominal timing, no carrier leakage. It is represented as a sequence of samples at a sampling rate of 30.72 Msps in the
time domain.
NOTE: The PUCCH is off during the time under test.
E.2.4 Measurement results

The measurement results, achieved by the global in channel TX test are the following:
• Carrier Frequency error
• EVM (Error Vector Magnitude)
• Carrier leakage
• Unwanted emissions, falling into non allocated resource blocks.
• EVM equalizer sSpectrum flatness
E.2.5 Measurement points

The unwanted emission falling into non-allocated RB(s) is calculated directly after the FFT as described below. In
contrast to this, the EVM for the allocated RB(s) is calculated after the IDFT. The samples after the TX-RX chain
equalizer are used to calculate EVM equalizer spectrum flatness. Carrier frequency error and carrier leakage is
calculated in the block “RF correction”.
ETSI
DUT Test equipment

Modulated
symbols Tx-Rx chain EVM
DFT IDFT
…
…
…
…
equalizer meas.
TX RF
0 IFFT Front-end Channel FFT
correction
In-band
… emissions
…
…
…
meas.
0
Figure E.2.5-1: EVM measurement points
E.3 Signal processing
E.3.1 Pre FFT minimization process

Before applying the pre-FFT minimization process, z(ν) and i(ν) are portioned into 20 pieces, comprising one slot each.
Each slot is processed separately. Sample timing, Carrier frequency and baseband-I/Q offset (corresponding carrier
leakage in RF) in z(ν) are jointly varied in order to minimise the difference between z(ν) and i(ν). Best fit (minimum
difference) is achieved when the RMS difference value between z(ν) and i(ν) is an absolute minimum.
The carrier frequency variation and the IQ variation are the measurement results: Carrier Frequency Error and Carrier
leakage.
From the acquired samples 20 carrier frequencies and 20 carrier leakages can be derived.
NOTE 1: The minimisation process, to derive carrier leakage and RF error can be supported by Post FFT
operations. However the minimisation process defined in the pre FFT domain comprises all acquired
samples (i.e. it does not exclude the samples in between the FFT widths and it does not exclude the
bandwidth outside the transmission bandwidth configuration
NOTE 2: The algorithm would allow to derive Carrier Frequency error and Sample Frequency error of the TX
under test separately. However there are no requirements for Sample Frequeny error. Hence the algorithm
models the RF and the sample frequency commonly (not independently). It returns one error and does not
distinuish between both.
After this process the samples z(ν) are called z0(ν).
E.3.2 Timing of the FFT window

The FFT window length is 2048 samples per OFDM symbol. 7 FFTs (14336 samples) cover less than the acquired
number of samples (15360 samples) The position in time for FFT must be determined.
In an ideal signal, the FFT may start at any instant within the cyclic prefix without causing an error. The TX filter,
however, reduces the window. The EVM requirements shall be met within a window W<CP. There are three different
instants for FFT:
~ , Δc~ –W/2 and Δc~ +W/2.
Centre of the reduced window, called Δc
The timing of the measured signal is determined in the pre FFT domain as follows, using z0(ν) and i2(ν) :
1. The measured signal is delay spread by the TX filter. Hence the distinct boarders between the OFDM symbols
and between Data and CP are also spread and the timing is not obvious.
2. In the Reference Signal i2(ν) the timing is known.
3. Correlation between (1.) and (2.) will result in a correlation peak. The meaning of the correlation peak is approx.
the “impulse response” of the TX filter. The meaning of “impulse response” assumes that the autocorrelation of
ETSI
the reference signal i2(ν) is a Dirac peak and that the correlation between the reference signal i2(ν) and the data
in the measured signal is 0. The correlation peak, (the highest, or in case of more than one, the earliest) indicates
the timing in the measured signal.
From the acquired samples 20 timings can be derived.
For all calculations, except EVM, the number of samples in z0(ν) is reduced to 7 blocks of samples, comprising 2048
samples (FFT width) and starting with Δc ~ in each OFDM symbol including the demodulation reference signal.
For the EVM calculation the output signal under test is reduced to 14 blocks of samples, comprising 2048 samples (FFT
~ –W/2 and Δc~ +W/2 in each OFDM symbol including the demodulation reference signal.
width) and starting with Δc
The number of samples, used for FFT is reduced compared to z0(ν). This subset of samples is called z’(ν).
~ with respect to the different CP length in a slot is as follows: (Frame structure 1, normal
The timing of the centre Δc
CP length)
Δc~ is on Tf=72 within the CP of length 144 (in OFDM symbol 1 to 6)

Δc~ is on Tf=88 (=160-72) within the CP of length 160 (in OFDM symbol 0)
E.3.3 Post FFT equalisation

Perform 7 FFTs on z’(ν), one for each OFDM symbol in a slot using the timing Δc ~ , including the demodulation
reference symbol. The result is an array of samples, 7 in the time axis t times 2048 in the frequency axis f. The samples
represent the DFT coded data symbols (in OFDM-symbol 0,1,2,4,5and 6 in each slot) and demodulation reference
symbols ( OFDM symbol 3 in each slot) in the allocated RBs and inband emissions in the non allocated RBs within the
transmission BW.
Only the allocated resource blocks in the frequency domain are used for equalisation.
The nominal demodulation reference symbols and nominal DFT coded data symbols are used to equalize the measured
data symbols. (Location for equalization see Figure E.2.5-1)
NOTE: The nomenclature inside this note is local and not valid outside.
The nominal DFT coded data symbols are created by a demodulation process. The location to gain the demodulated
data symbols is “EVM” in Figure E.2.5-1. A demodulation process as follows is recommended:
1. Equalize the measured DFT coded data symbols using the reference symbols for equalisation. Result: Equalized
DFT coded data symbols
2. iDFT transform the equalized DFT coded data symbols: Result: Equalized data symbols
3. Decide for the nearest constellation point: Result: Nominal data symbols
4. DFT transform the nominal data symbols: Result: Nominal DFT coded data symbols
At this stage we have an array of Measured DFT coded data-Symbols and reference-Symbols (MS(f,t))
versus an array of Nominal DFT coded data-Symbols and reference Symbols (NS(f,t))
(complex, the arrays comprise 6 DFT coded data symbols and 1 demodulation reference symbol in the time axis and the
number of allocated subcarriers in the frequency axis.)
MS(f,t) and NS(f,t) are processed with a least square (LS) estimator, to derive one equalizer coefficient per time slot
and per allocated subcarrier. EC(f)
6
∑ NS ( f , t )
t =0
*
NS ( f , t )
EC ( f ) = 6
∑ NS ( f , t )
t =0
*
MS ( f , t )
ETSI
With * denoting complex conjugation.
EC(f) are used to equalize the DFT-coded data symbols. The measured DFT-coded data and the references symbols are
equalized by:
Z’(f,t) = MS(f,t) . EC(f)
With . denoting multiplication.
Z’(f,t), restricted to the data symbol (excluding t=3) is used to calculate EVM, as described in E.4.1.
EC(f) is used in E.4.4 to calculate EVM equalizer spectral flatness.
NOTE: although an exclusion period for EVM may be applicable in E.7, the post FFT minimisation process is
done over 7 symbols (6 DFT-coded data symbols and 1 reference symbol).
The samples of the non allocated resource blocks within the transmission bandwidth configuration in the post FFT
domain are called Y(f,t) (f covering the non allocated subcarriers within the transmission bandwidth configuration, t
covering the OFDM symbols during 1 slot).
E.4 Derivation of the results
E.4.1 EVM
~ –W/2 and Δc~ +W/2” using the equalizer
For EVM create two sets of Z’(f,t)., according to the timing ” Δc
coefficients from E.3.3.
Perform the iDFTs on Z’(f,t). The IDFT-decoding preserves the meaning of t but transforms the variable f (representing
the allocated sub carriers) into an another variable g, covering the same count and representing the demodulated
symbols. The samples in the post IDFT domain are called iZ’(g, t). The equivalent ideal samples are called iI(g,t).
Those samples of Z’(f,t), carrying the reference symbols (=symbol 3) are not iDFT processed.
The EVM is the difference between the ideal waveform and the measured and equalized waveform for the allocated
RB(s)
∑ ∑ iZ ' (g , t ) − iI (g , t )
2
t∈T g∈G
EVM = ,
G ⋅ T ⋅ P0
where
t covers the count of demodulated symbols with the considered modulation scheme being active within the
measurement period, (i.e. symbol 0,1,2,4,5and 6 in each slot, |T|=6 )
g covers the count of demodulated symbols with the considered modulation scheme being active within the allocated
bandwidth. (|G|=12* LCRBs (with LCRBs : number of allocated resource blocks)).
iZ ' (g , t ) are the samples of the signal evaluated for the EVM.
iI ( g , t ) is the ideal signal reconstructed by the measurement equipment, and
P0 is the average power of the ideal signal. For normalized modulation symbols P0 is equal to 1.
~ –W/2 and 20 values for the
From the acquired samples 40 EVM value can be derived, 20 values for the timing Δc
~
timing Δc +W/2
ETSI
E.4.2 Averaged EVM

EVM is averaged over all basic EVM measurements.
The averaging comprises 20 UL slots (for frame structure 2: excluding special fields(UpPTS))
1 20
EVM = ∑ EVM i2
20 i =1
~ –W/2 and Δc~ +W/2 leading to EVM l and

The averaging is done separately for timing¦ Δc EVM h
EVM final = max( EVM l , EVM h ) is compared against the test requirements.
E.4.3 In-band emissions measurement

The in-band emissions are a measure of the interference falling into the non-allocated resources blocks.
Explanatory Note:
The inband emission measurement is only meaningful with allocated RBs next to non allocated RB. The allocated RBs
are necessary but not under test. The non allocated RBs are under test. The RB allocation for this test is as follows: The
allocated RBs are at one end of the channel BW, leaving the other end unallocated. The number of allocated RBs is
smaller than half of the number of RBs, available in the channel BW. This means that the vicinity of the carrier in the
centre is unallocated.
There are 3 types of inband emissions:
1. General
2. IQ image
3. Carrier leakage
Carrier leakage are inband emissions next to the carrier.
IQ image are inband emissions symmetrically (with respect to the carrier) on the other side of the allocated RBs.
General are applied to all unallocated RBs.
For each evaluated RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of PRB - 30 dB and the power sum of all
limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply.
In specific the following combinations:
- Power (General)
- Power (General + Carrier leakage)
- Power (General + IQ Image)
1 and 2 is expressed in terms of power in one non allocated RB under test, normalized to the average power of an
allocated RB (unit dB).
3 is expressed in terms of power in one non allocated RB, normalized to the power of all allocated RBs. (unit dBc).
This is the reason for two formulas Emissions relative

~”
Create one set of Y(t,f) per slot according to the timing “ Δc
For the non-allocated RBs below the in-band emissions are calculated as follows
ETSI
cl + (12⋅Δ RB +11)*Δf
⎧ 1
⎪ T ∑ ∑
2
Y (t , f ) , Δ RB < 0
⎪
Emissions absolute (Δ RB ) = ⎨ s t∈Ts min(
max( f min ,( cl +12⋅Δ RB *Δf ))
f max ,( ch +12⋅Δ RB *Δf ))
⎪1 ∑ ∑
2
Y (t , f ) , Δ RB > 0
⎪⎩ Ts t∈Ts ch +(12⋅Δ RB −11)*Δf
,
where
the upper formula represents the in band emissions below the allocated frequency block and the lower one the in band
emissions above the allocated frequency block.
Ts is a set of Ts SC-FDMA symbols with the considered modulation scheme being active within the measurement
period,
Δ RB is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. Δ RB = 1 for
the first upper or Δ RB = −1 for the first lower adjacent RB),
f min and f max are the lower and upper edge of the UL transmission BW configuration,
cl and c h are the lower and upper edge of the allocated BW,
Δf is 15kHz,and
Y (t , f ) is the frequency domain signal evaluated for in-band emissions as defined in the subsection E.3.3
The allocated RB power per RB and the total allocated RB power are given by:
cl +(12⋅LCRBs −1)*Δf
1
∑ ∑
2
PRB = MS(t , f ) [dBm/180 kHz]
Ts ⋅ LCRBs t∈Ts cl
cl + (12⋅ LCRBs −1)*Δf

1
∑ ∑
2
PAll − RBs = MS(t , f ) [dBm]
Ts t ∈Ts cl
The relative in-band emissions, applicable for General and IQ image, are given by:
Emissionsabsolute (Δ RB )
Emissionsrelative (Δ RB ) = 10 ⋅ log10 ( cl + (12⋅LCRBs −1)*Δf
) [dB]
1
∑ ∑
2
MS(t , f )
= Emissionsabsolute (Δ RB ) [dBm/180 kHz] − PRB [dBm/180 kHz]

where
LCRBs is the number of allocated resource blocks,
and
MS(t, f ) is the frequency domain samples for the allocated bandwidth, as defined in the subsection E.3.3.
The relative in-band emissions, applicable for carrier leakage, is given by:
ETSI
Emissionsabsolute ( RBnextDC)
Emissionsrelative = 10 ⋅ log10 ( cl + (12⋅ LCRBs −1)*Δf ) [dBc]
1
∑ ∑
2
MS(t , f )
Ts t∈Ts cl
= Emissionsabsolute ( RBnextDC) [dBm/180 kHz] − PAll − RBs [dBm]
where RBnextDC means: Resource Block next to the carrier.
This is one RB, namely the central one in case of an odd number of RBs in the channel BW.
This is one pair of RBs, namely the immediately adjacent RBs to the carrier in case of an even number of RBs in the
channel BW.
Although an exclusion period may be applicable in the time domain, when evaluating EVM (clause E.7), the inband
emissions measurement interval is defined over one complete slot in the time domain.
From the acquired samples 20 functions for general in band emissions and IQ image inband emissions can be derived.
20 values or 20 pairs of carrier leakage inband emissions can be derived. They are compared against different limits.
E.4.4 EVM equalizer spectrum flatness

For EVM equalizer spectrum flatness use EC(f) as defined in E.3.3. Note, EC(f) represents equalizer coefficient
f ∈ F ，f is the allocated subcarriers within the transmission bandwidth ((|F|=12* LCRBs )
From the acquired samples 20 functions EC(f) can be derived.
EC(f) is broken down to 2 functions:
EC1 (f ), f ∈ Range 1
EC2 (f ), f ∈ Range 2
Where Range 1 and Range 2 are as defined in Table 6.5.2.4.5-1 for normal condition and Table 6.5.2.4.5-2 for extreme
condition
The following peak to peak ripple is calculated:
RP1 = 20 * log (max (| EC1 (f ) |) / min(| EC1 (f ) |)) ,which denote the maximum ripple in Range 1
RP2 = 20 * log (max (| EC 2 (f ) |) / min(| EC 2 (f ) |)) ,which denote the maximum ripple in Range 2
RP12 = 20 * log (max (| EC1 (f ) |) / min(| EC 2 (f ) |)) ,which denote the maximum ripple between the upper side
of Range 1 and lower side of Range 2
RP21 = 20 * log (max (| EC 2 (f ) |) / min(| EC1 (f ) |)) ,which denote the maximum ripple between the upper side
of Range 2 and lower side of Range 1
E.4.5 Frequency error and Carrier leakage

See E.3.1.
ETSI
E.4.6 EVM of Demodulation reference symbols (EVMDMRS)

For the purpose of EVM DMRS, the steps E.2.2 to E.4.2 are repeated 6 times, constituting 6 EVM DMRS sub-periods. The
only purpose of the repetition is to cover the longer gross measurement period of EVM DMRS (120 time slots) and to
derive the FFT window timing per sub-period.
The bigger of the EVM results in one 20 TS period corresponding to the timing¦ Δc ~ –W/2 or Δc~ +W/2 is compared
against the limit. (Clause E.4.2) This timing is re-used for EVM DMRS in the equivalent EVM DMRS sub-period.
For EVM the demodulation reference symbols are exlcuded, while the data symbols are used. For EVMDMRS the data
symbols are excluded, while the demodulation references symbols are used.This is illustrated in figure E.4.6-1
DUT Test equipment

Tx Rx
Tx-Rx chain IDFT
DFT
……… ……… equalizer
TX RF
0 IFFT Front-end Channel FFT
correction
DMRS
……… ………
Figure E.4.6-1: EVMDMRS measurement points
Re-use the folowing formula from E.3.3:
To calculate EVMDMRS , the data symbol ( t=0,1,2,4,5,6) in Z’(f,t) are excluded and only the reference symbol (t=3) is
used.
The EVM DMRS is the difference between the ideal waveform and the measured and equalized waveform for the
allocated RB(s)
∑ ∑ Z '(f , t )− I ( f , t )
2
t∈T f ∈F
EVM DMRS = ,
T ⋅ P0 ⋅ F
where
t covers the count of demodulation reference symbols (i.e. only symbol 3 in each slot, so count =1)
f covers the count of demodulation reference symbols within the allocated bandwidth. (|F|=12* LCRBs (with LCRBs :
number of allocated resource blocks)).
Z ' ( f , t ) are the samples of the signal evaluated for the EVM DMRS
I ( f , t ) is the ideal signal reconstructed by the measurement equipment, and
20 such results are generated per measurement sub-period.
E.4.6.1 1st average for EVM DMRS

EVM DMRS is averaged over all basic EVM DMRS measurements in one sub-period
ETSI
20
1
1 stEVM DMRS =
20
∑ EVM
i =1
DMRS i
2
The timing is taken from the EVM for the data. 6 of those results are achieved from the samples. In general the timing is
not the same for each result.
E.4.6.2 Final average for EVM DMRS

1 6
finalEVM DMRS = ∑ 1stEVM DMRS i2
6 i =1
E.5 EVM and inband emissions for PUCCH

For the purpose of worst case testing, the PUCCH shall be located on the edges of the Transmission Bandwidth
Configuration (6,15,25,50,75,100 RBs).
The EVM for PUCCH (EVMPUCCH) is averaged over 20 slots. At least 20 TSs shall be transmitted by the UE without
power change. SRS multiplexing shall be avoided during this period. The following transition periods are applicable:
One OFDM symbol on each side of the slot border (instant of band edge alternation).
The description below is generic in the sense that all 6 PUCCH formats are covered. Although the number of OFDM
symbols in one slot is 6 or 7 (depending on the cyclic prefix length), the text below uses 7 without excluding 6.

The basis principle is the same as described in E.2.1

The output signal of the TX under test is processed same as described in E.2.2

The reference signal is defined same as in E.2.3. Same as in E.2.3, i1(ν) is the ideal reference for EVMPUCCH and i2(ν)
is used to estimate the FFT window timing.
Note PUSCH is off during the PUCCH measurement period.

The measurement results are:
- EVMPUCCH
- Inband emissions with the sub-results: General in-band emission, IQ image (according to: 36.101. Annex F.4,
Clause starting with: “At this stage the ….”)

The measurement points are illustrated in the figure below:
ETSI
DUT Test equipment

Modulated Tx Rx
symbo ls in the edge RB Tx-Rx chain EVM
equ alizer
PUCCH.
TX RF
0 IFFT Front-end Chan nel FFT
correction
In-band
emissions
… …… … …… meas.
0
Figure E.5.5-1

The pre FFT minimisation process is the same as describes in clause E.3.1.
NOTE: although an exclusion period for EVMPUCCH is applicable in E.5.9.1, the pre FFT minimisation process is
done over the complete slot.
RF error, and carrier leakage are necessary for best fit of the measured signal towards the ideal signal in the pre FFT
domain. However they are not used to compare them against the limits.

Timing of the FFT window is estimated with the same method as described in E.3.2.

The post FFT equalisation is described separately without reference to E.3.3:
Perform 7 FFTs on z’(ν), one for each OFDM symbol in a slot using the timing Δc ~ , including the demodulation
reference symbol. The result is an array of samples, 7 in the time axis t times 2048 in the frequency axis f. The samples
represent the OFDM symbols (data and reference symbols) in the allocated RBs and inband emissions in the non
allocated RBs within the transmission BW.
Only the allocated resource blocks in the frequency domain are used for equalisation.
The nominal reference symbols and nominal OFDM data symbols are used to equalize the measured data symbols.
Note: (The nomenclature inside this note is local and not valid outside)
The nominal OFDM data symbols are created by a demodulation process. A demodulation process as follows is recommended:
1. Equalize the measured OFDM data symbols using the reference symbols for equalisation. Result: Equalized
OFDM data symbols
2. Decide for the nearest constellation point, however not independent for each subcarrier in the RB. 12 constellation
points are decided dependent, using the applicable CAZAC sequence. Result: Nominal OFDM data symbols
At this stage we have an array of Measured data-Symbols and reference-Symbols (MS(f,t))
versus an array of Nominal data-Symbols and reference Symbols (NS(f,t))
The arrays comprise in sum 7 data and reference symols, depending on the PUCCH format, in the time axis and the
number of allocated sub-carriers in the frequency axis.
MS(f,t) and NS(f,t) are processed with a least square (LS) estimator, to derive one equalizer coefficient per time slot
and per allocated subcarrier. EC(f)
ETSI
∑ NS ( f , t ) *
NS ( f , t )
EC ( f ) = t =0
6
∑ MS ( f , t )
t =0
*
NS ( f , t )
With * denoting complex conjugation.
EC(f) are used to equalize the OFDM data together with the demodulation reference symbols by:
With . denoting multiplication.
Z’(f,t) is used to calculate EVMPUCCH, as described in E.5.9 1
NOTE: although an exclusion period for EVMPUCCH is applicable in E.5.9.1, the post FFT minimisation process is
done over 7 OFDM symbols.
The samples of the non allocated resource blocks within the transmission bandwidth configuration in the post FFT
domain are called Y(f,t) (f covering the non allocated subcarriers within the transmission bandwidth configuration, t
covering the OFDM symbols during 1 slot).
E.5.9 Derivation of the results

E.5.9.1 EVMPUCCH
~ –W/2 and Δc~ +W/2” using the equalizer
For EVMPUCCH create two sets of Z’(f,t)., according to the timing ” Δc
coefficients from E.5.8
The EVMPUCCH is the difference between the ideal waveform and the measured and equalized waveform for the
allocated RB(s)
∑ ∑ Z '(f , t )− I ( f , t )
2
t∈T f ∈F
EVM PUCCH = ,
T ⋅ P0 ⋅ F
where
the OFDM symbols next to slot boarders (instant of band edge alternation) are excluded:
t covers less than the count of demodulated symbols in the slot (|T|= 5)
f covers the count of subcarriers within the allocated bandwidth. (|F|=12)
Z ' ( f , t ) are the samples of the signal evaluated for the EVMPUCCH
I ( f , t ) is the ideal signal reconstructed by the measurement equipment, and
~ –W/2 and 20 values for
From the acquired samples 40 EVMPUCCH value can be derived, 20 values for the timing Δc
~
the timing Δc +W/2
E.5.9.2 Averaged EVMPUCCH

EVMPUCCH is averaged over all basic EVMPUCCH measurements
ETSI
1 20
EVM PUCCH = ∑ EVM PUCCH i2
20 i =1
~ –W/2 and Δc~ +W/2 leading to EVM

The averaging is done separately for timing¦ Δc PUCCH , low and
EVM PUCCH , high
EVM PUCCH , final = max( EVM PUCCH , low , EVM PUCCH , high is compared against the test requirements.
E.5.9.3 In-band emissions measurement

The in-band emissions are a measure of the interference falling into the non-allocated resources blocks
~”
Create one set of Y(t,f) per slot according to the timing “ Δc
For the non-allocated RBs the in-band emissions are calculated as follows
cl + (12⋅Δ RB +11)*Δf
⎧ 1
⎪ T ∑ ∑
2
Y (t , f ) , Δ RB < 0
⎪
Emissions absolute (Δ RB ) = ⎨ s t∈Ts min(
max( f min ,( cl +12⋅Δ RB *Δf ))
f max ,( ch +12⋅Δ RB *Δf )) ,
⎪1 ∑ ∑
2
Y (t , f ) , Δ RB > 0
⎪⎩ Ts t∈Ts ch +(12⋅Δ RB −11)*Δf
where
the upper formula represents the inband emissions below the allocated frequency block and the lower one the inband
emissions above the allocated frequency block.
Ts is a set of Ts OFDM symbols in the measurement period,
Δ RB is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. Δ RB = 1 for
the first upper or Δ RB = −1 for the first lower adjacent RB),
f min and f max are the lower and upper edge of the UL system BW,
cl and c h are the lower and upper edge of the allocated BW,
Δf is 15kHz,and
Y (t , f ) is the frequency domain signal evaluated for in-band emissions as defined in the subsection E.5.8
The relative in-band emissions are, given by
Emissionsabsolute (Δ RB )
Emissionsrelative (Δ RB ) = 10 * log10 c l + (12⋅LCRBs −1)*Δf
[dB]
1
∑ ∑
2
MS(t , f )
where
LCRBs is the number of allocated RBs, which is always 1 in case of PUCCH

and MS(t, f ) is the frequency domain samples for the allocated bandwidth, as defined in the subsection E.5.8
ETSI
Although an exclusion period for EVM is applicable in E.5.9.1, the inband emissions measurement interval is defined
over one complete slot in the time domain.
From the acquired samples 20 functions for inband emissions can be derived.
Since the PUCCH allocation is always on the upper or lower band-edge, the opposite to the allocated one represents the
IQ image, and the remaining inner RBs represent the general inband emissions. They are compared against different
limits.
E.6 EVM for PRACH

The description below is generic in the sense that all 5 PRACH formats are covered. The numbers, used in the text
below are taken from PRACH format#0 without excluding the other formats. The sampling rate for the PUSCH, 30.72
Msps in the time domain, is re-used for the PRACH. The carrier spacing of the PUSCH is 12 (format 0 to 3) and 2
(format 4) times of the PRACH. This results in an oversampling factor of 12 (format 0 to 3) and 2 (format 4), when
acquiring the time samples for the PRACH. The pre-FFT algorithms (clauses E.6.6 and E.6.7) use all time samples,
although oversampled. For the FFT the time samples are decimated by the factor of 12 (format 0 to 3) and 2 (format 4),
resulting in the same FFT size as for the other transmit modulation tests (2048). Decimation requires a decision, which
samples are used and which ones are rejected. The algorithm in E.6.6, Timing of the FFT window, can also be used the
decide about the used samples.

The basis principle is the same as described in E.2.1

The output signal of the TX under test is processed same as described in E.2.2
The measurement period is different:
• 2 PRACH preambles are recorded for format 0and 1,
• 1 PRACH preamble is recorded for format 2 and 3, each containing 1 CP and 2 preamble sequences
• 10 RPRACH preambles are recorded for format 4.

The test description in 6.5.2.1.4.1A is based on non contention based access:
• PRACH configuration index (responsible for Preamble format, System frame number and subframe
number)
• Preamble ID
• Preamble power
signalled to the UE, defines the reference signal unambiguously, such that no demodulation process is necessary to gain
the reference signal.
The reference signal i(ν) is constructed by the measuring equipment according to the relevant TX specifications, using
the following parameters: the applicable Zadoff Chu sequence, nominal carrier frequency, nominal amplitude and
phase for each subcarrier, nominal timing, no carrier leakage. It is represented as a sequence of samples at a sampling
rate of 30.72 Msps in the time domain.
ETSI

The measurement result is:
• EVMPRACH

The measurement points are illustrated in the figure below:
Figure E.6.5-1

The pre-FFT minimization process is applied to each PRACH preamble separately. The time period for the pre- FFT
minimisation process includes the complete CP and Zadoff-Chu sequence (in other words, the power transition period is
per definition outside of this time period) Sample timing, Carrier frequency and I/Q offset in z(ν) are jointly varied in
order to minimise the difference between z(ν) and i(ν). Best fit (minimum difference) is achieved when the RMS
difference value between z(ν) and i(ν) is an absolute minimum.
After this process the samples z(ν) are called z0(ν).
RF error, and carrier leakage are necessary for best fit of the measured signal towards the ideal signal in the pre FFT
domain. However they are not used to compare them against the limits.

The FFT window length is 24576 samples for preamble format 0, however in the measurement period is at least 27744
samples are taken. The position in time for FFT must be determined.
In an ideal signal, the FFT may start at any instant within the cyclic prefix without causing an error. The TX filter,
however, reduces the window. The EVM requirements shall be met within a window W<CP.
The reference instant for the FFT start is the centre of the reduced window, called Δc~ ,
EVM is measured at the following two instants: Δc~ –W/2 and Δc~ +W/2.
The timing of the measured signal z0(ν) with respect to the ideal signal i(ν) is determined in the pre FFT domain as
follows:
Correlation between z0(ν) and i(ν) will result in a correlation peak. The meaning of the correlation peak is approx. the
“impulse response” of the TX filter. The correlation peak, (the highest, or in case of more than one, the earliest)
indicates the timing in the measured signal with respect to the ideal signal.
W is different for different preamble formats and shown in TableE.6.7-1.
ETSI
Table E.6.7-1EVM window length for PRACH
Cyclic EVM window

Preamble prefix Nominal Ratio of W
2 length W in 3
format 1
length N cp FFT size to CP
FFT samples
0 3168 24576 3072 96.7%
1 21024 24576 20928 99.5%
2 6240 49152 6144 98.5%
3 21024 49152 20928 99.5%
4 448 4096 432 96.4%
Note 1: The unit is number of samples, sampling rate of 30.72MHz is
assumed
Note 2: Decimation of time samples by 12(format 0 to 3) and factor 2
(format 4) is assumed, leading to a uniform FFT size of 2048
for all formats.
Note 3: These percentages are informative
The number of samples, used for FFT is reduced compared to z0(ν). This subset of samples is called z’’(ν).
The sample frequency 30.72 MHz is oversampled with respect to the PRACH-subcarrier spacing of 1.25kHz (format 0
to 3) and 7.5kHz (format 4). EVM is based on 2048 samples per PRACH preamble and requires decimation of the time
samples by the factor of 12 (format 0 to 3) and factor 2 (format 4). The final number of samples per PRACH preamble,
used for FFT is reduced compared to z’’(ν) by the factor of 12 (format 0 to 3) and factor 2 (format 4). This subset of
samples is called z’(ν).

Equalisation is not applicable for the PRACH.
E.6.9 Derivation of the results

E.6.9.1 EVMPRACH
Perform FFT on z’(ν) and i(ν) using the FFT timing Δc~ –W/2 and Δc~ +W/2.
For format 2 and 3 the first and the repeated preamble sequence are FFT-converted separately. using the standard FFT
length 0f 2048
The EVMPRACH is the difference between the ideal waveform and the measured and equalized waveform for the
allocated RB(s).
∑Z
f ∈F
( )− I ( f )
' f
2
EVM = ,
N ZC ⋅ P0
PRACH
where
f covers the count of demodulated symbols within the allocated bandwidth.
Z ' ( f ) are the samples of the signal evaluated for the EVMPRACH
I ( f ) is the ideal signal reconstructed by the measurement equipment, and
N ZC is random access preamble sequence length.
ETSI
~
From the acquired samples 4 EVMPRACH value can be derived, 2 values for the timing Δc –W/2 and 2 values for the
~
timing Δc +W/2 (4 and 2 applies for format 0,1,2,3. 20 and 10 applies for format 4).
E.6.9.2 Averaged EVMPRACH

EVMPRACH is averaged over all basic EVMPRACH measurements
1 2
EVM PRACH = ∑
2 i =1
EVM PRACH i2
(i= 2 applies for format 0,1,2,3. i= 10 applies for format 4)
The averaging is done separately for timing¦ Δc~ –W/2 and Δc~ +W/2 leading to EVM PRACH , low and
EVM PRACH , high
EVM PRACH , final = max( EVM PRACH , low , EVM PRACH , high ) is compared against the test requirements.
E.7 EVM with exclusion period
E.7.1 General
EVM with exclusion periods is defined in clause 6.5.2.1.1, third paragraph. For PUCCH entire symbols are excluded, if
applicable. For PUSCH fractions of symbols are excluded, if applicable. The exclusion period for PUSCH is defined at
the air interface, leading to exclusion periods in the EVM domain. The necessary mapping is described in this clause.
E.7.2 The model

The exclusion period in the time domain has corresponding periods in the quasi time domains (Table E.7.2). The
mapping of corresponding periods needs only scaling and cyclic shifting.
The algorithm below uses a sampling frequency 30.72 MHz and FFT-width 2048 for all bandwidths. Bandwidth-
adapted sampling frequencies and FFT-widths are not excluded. Only normal cyclic prefix is mentioned in the model
without excluding the extended CP.
Table. E.7.2: Model for mapping exclusion period in the time domain
TX Channel EVM meter

Operation D i F iD
F F F F
T F T T
T
Meaning Modulation Precoded BB BB Precoded demodula
symbols symbols samples samples symbols ted symbols
No of allocated allocated allocated 2048, allocated allocated
samples Sub subcarriers subcarriers position subcarriers subcarriers
Carriers + + depending
unallocated unallocated on EVM
subcarriers subcarriers window
= +
2048 CP samples
Domain Quasi time Frequency Time domain Time Frequency Quasi time
domain domain domain domain domain
text below 1 2 3 4 7 7 8 9 11
ETSI
1. A sequence of complex valued modulation symbols are Transform-Precoded (DFT) according to 36.211 clause
5.3.3. The size of this transformation is the number of allocated subcarriers.
2. The outcome of (1) is supplemented by 0 for the non allocated subcarriers. In sum 2048 subcarriers.
3. The baseband time signal (without CP) is then calculated by a iFFT according to 36.211 clause 5.6
4. (3) is then supplemented by a cyclic prefix (144 or 160 samples) leading to 2192 or 2208 samples. (144 CP
samples = 144 tail samples from the data field)
5. (4) is transmitted over the channel and sampled by the EVM meter.
6. In case of an exclusion period those samples of (5) are marked, where the exclusion applies. The exclusion
period is an unbroken leading or lagging exclusion period next to a subframe or timeslot boarder.
7.Depending on early or late EVM-window a subset of 2048 samples (out of 2192 or 2208 samples) are the input
for the subsequent FFT . These samples may or may not comprise marked samples. The result are 2048
frequency domain samples.
8. The non allocated subcarriers are removed from the 2048 samples.
9. (8) is then iDFT transformed. The result are demodulated complex valued symbols in the same domain as (1)
10. Step 7, 8 and 9 are modified by an equalizer algorithm.

For the purpose of this clause, the equalizer partly re-does step 4 (CP insertion):
The equalizer algorithm cuts that subset of CP samples, covered by the FFT, from the head and copies it to the
tail of the data field.
11. The result of (10) is: complex valued symbols in the same sequence as in (1) They are compared with (1) symbol
by symbol for EVM. Due to exclusion in the time domain (6) we have marked corresponding symbols, which are
disregarded for EVM.
12. From step 1 to 4 the number of samples is expanded. A subset of expanded samples is marked as excluded.
Form step 6 to step 9 the number of samples is compressed, leading to a non integer number of samples, marked
as excluded. The number of marked samples in this domain is rounded up at the expense of the EVM samples
E.7.3 Illustration
The figures below illustrate the cyclic shift due to the equalizer and scaling.
ETSI
Symbol length 2048 + No of CP samples

Add CP
Leading exclusion
EVM window 2048 samples
Equalizer
leading exlusion effective to FFT
Leading exclusion after equalizer
Sample 2048=0
Sample 0 =2048
Time domain 2048 samples
FFT
Frequency domain 2048 subcarriers
2036 unallocated
12 allocated
Sample 0=12 iDFT Sample 12=0
EVM domain 12 samples
Figure E.7.3-1: leading exclusion period (when number of RBs=1)
ETSI
Symbol length 2048 + No of CP samples

Add CP
Lagging exclusion
EVM window 2048 samples
Equalizer
lagging exlusion effective to FFT
Lagging exclusion after equalizer
Sample 2048=0
Sample 0 =2048
Time domain 2048 samples
FFT
Frequency domain 2048 subcarriers
2036 unallocated
12 allocated
Sample 0=12 iDFT Sample 12=0
EVM domain 12 samples
Figure E.7.3-2: lagging exclusion period (when number of RBs=1)
ETSI
Legend to figure E.7.3-1
The figure contains 6 related subfigures.
The upper 3 triangles illustrate the cyclic shift due to EVM windowing and equalizer.
The lower 3 boxes illustrate the mapping from the time domain, where the exclusion period is defined, into the EVM
domain, where EVM samples are actually excluded.
Cyclic shift
The leading exclusion period covers the entire CP and a part of the data field. The EVM window masks a part of the
exclusion period. For the purpose of this annex, the equalizer re-arranges the time domain samples into the original
order, splitting the exclusion period into two parts.
Mapping
The split exclusion period (after cyclic shift) is copied from above. The frequency domain is derived by Fast Fourier
Transformation from the time domain and represent the frequency domain with 2048 subcarriers, 12 of them are
allocated, the rest is unallocated. The 12 allocated subcarriers are iDFT transformed into the EVM domain comprising
12 samples. Note that all 3 domains are displayed cyclically: the leftmost sample is identical to the rightmost sample.
The two transformations map the time domain into the EVM domain, carrying out a compression of samples 12/2048.
In spite of the compression, there is a correspondence of ranges in the time domain and in the EVM domain. One
sample in the EVM domain comprises a range, which is influenced from (and only from) the equivalent samples in the
time domain vertically above. Note that this correspondence holds irrespective of the position of the 12 allocated
samples in the frequency domain.
Example leading exclusion (figure E.7.3-1)
Sample No in Influence(exclusion) EVM exclusion

the EVM domain from the time
domain
12=0 full excluded
1 partly excluded
2 to 11 none counted
Example lagging exclusion example (figure E.7.3-2)
Sample No in Influence(exclusion) EVM exclusion

the EVM domain from the time
domain
12=0 none counted
1 to 9 none counted
10 partly excluded
11 full excluded
E.7.4 Formula
The exclusion period is defined in µs at the air interface.
Convert the µs’s into No of samples in the time domain.
No of exclusion samples (before EVM windowing and equalizer) is calculated from:
No of exclusion sample = ceil (30.72 * Exclusion μs)
then, EVM windowing and equalizer is applied by 2048 samples based cyclic shift process.
(the upper 3 triangles illustrate in fig. E.7.3-1 and -2.)
ETSI
Determine the indices k, to be excluded in the time domain, according to fig. E.7.3-1 and -2
(after application of EVM windowing and equaliser, original sample order,
k = subset from the set (0 to 2047) )
The indices l in the EVM domain, to be excluded, are:
l = [ round (k*12* LCRBs / 2048)]mod(12*LCRBs)
with LCRBs number of allocated resource blocks
ETSI
Annex F (normative):
Measurement uncertainties and Test Tolerances
F.1 Acceptable uncertainty of Test System (normative)

The maximum acceptable uncertainty of the Test System is specified below for each test, where appropriate. The Test
System shall enable the stimulus signals in the test case to be adjusted to within the specified range, and the equipment
under test to be measured with an uncertainty not exceeding the specified values. All ranges and uncertainties are
absolute values, and are valid for a confidence level of 95 %, unless otherwise stated.
A confidence level of 95 % is the measurement uncertainty tolerance interval for a specific measurement that contains
95 % of the performance of a population of test equipment.
For RF tests it should be noted that the uncertainties in clause F.1 apply to the Test System operating into a nominal 50
ohm load and do not include system effects due to mismatch between the DUT and the Test System.
The downlink signal uncertainties apply at each receiver antenna connector.
F.1.1 Measurement of test environments

The measurement accuracy of the UE test environments defined in TS 36.508 subclause 4.1, Test environments shall
be.
• Pressure ±5 kPa.
• Temperature ±2 degrees.
• Relative Humidity ±5 %.
• DC Voltage ±1,0 %.
• AC Voltage ±1,5 %.
• Vibration 10 %.
• Vibration frequency 0,1 Hz.
The above values shall apply unless the test environment is otherwise controlled and the specification for the control of
the test environment specifies the uncertainty for the parameter.
ETSI
F.1.2 Measurement of transmitter

Table F.1.2-1: Maximum Test System Uncertainty for transmitter tests
Subclause Maximum Test System Uncertainty Derivation of Test System

Uncertainty
6.2.2. UE Maximum Output ±0.7 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz
Power ±1.0 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
6.2.3 Maximum Power ±0.7 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz
Reduction ±1.0 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
6.2.4 UE Maximum Output ±0.7 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz
Power with additional ±1.0 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
requirements
6.2.5 Configured UE ±0.7 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz
transmitted Output Power ±1.0 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
6.3.2 Minimum Output ±1.0 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz
6.3.3 Transmission ON/OFF Transmission OFF Power: ±1.5 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz
6.3.4.1 General ON/OFF Transmission ON/OFF Power: ±1.5 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz
time mask ±1.8 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
6.3.4.2 PRACH and SRS Transmission ON/OFF Power: ±1.5 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz
time mask ±1.8 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
6.3.5.1 Power Control ±1.0 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz Overall system uncertainty
Absolute power tolerance ±1.4 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz comprises two quantities:
1. Downlink signal level uncert
2. Uplink level measurement
uncertainty
Items 1 and 2 are assumed to
be uncorrelated so can be root
sum squared.
Test System uncertainty =
2
[SQRT (DL level uncert + UL
2
measurement uncert )]
f ≤ 3.0GHz
DL signal level uncert ± 0.7dB
UL meas’t uncert ± 0.7dB
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz

DL signal level uncert ± 1.0dB
UL meas’t uncert ± 1.0dB
6.3.5.2 Power Control ±0.7 dB
Relative power tolerance
6.3.5.3 Aggregate power ±0.7 dB
control tolerance
6.5.1 Frequency Error ±15 Hz
DL Signal level: ±0.7 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz
DL Signal level: ±1.0 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
6.5.2.1 Error Vector PUSCH : ± 2.5%
Magnitude PUCCH: ± 2.5%
PRACH: ± 2.5%
6.5.2.1A PUSCH-EVM PUSCH : ± 2.5%
with exclusion period
ETSI
6.5.2.2 Carrier leakage ±0.8dB

6.5.2.3 In-band emissions for ±0.8dB
non allocated RB
6.5.2.4 EVM equalizer ±1.4dB
Spectrum flatness
6.6.1 Occupied bandwidth
1.4MHz, 3MHz: 30kHz
5MHz, 10MHz: 100kHz
15MHz, 20MHz: 300kHz
6.6.2.1 Spectrum Emission ±1.5 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz
Mask ±1.8 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
6.6.2.2 Additional Spectrum ±1.5 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz
Emission Mask ±1.8 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
6.6.2.3 Adjacent Channel ±0.8 dB
Leakage power Ratio
6.6.2.4 Additional ACLR ±0.8 dB
requirements
6.6.3.1 Transmitter Spurious 9kHz < f ≤ 4 GHz: ± 2.0 dB
emissions 4 GHz < f ≤ 19 GHz: ± 4.0 dB
6.6.3.2 Spurious emission ± 2.0 dB for results > -60 dBm, f ≤ 3.0GHz
band UE co-existence
±2.5 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
± 3.0 dB for results ≤ -60 dBm, f ≤ 3.0GHz
±3.6 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
6.6.3.2_1 Spurious emission ± 2.0 dB for results > -60 dBm
band UE co-existence ± 3.0 dB for results ≤ -60 dBm
(Release 9 and forward)
6.6.3.3 Additional spurious 9kHz < f ≤ 4 GHz: ± 2.0 dB
emissions
NS-07
769 ≤ f ≤ 775 MHz: ± 1.5 dB
ETSI
6.7 Transmit intermodulation ± 2.6 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz Overall system uncertainty

comprises four quantities:
±3.6 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
1. Wanted signal setting error
2. CW Interferer level error
3. Wanted signal meas. error
4. Intermodulation product
measurement error
The relative level of the wanted

signal and the CW interferer has
2 x effect on the intermodulation
product.
Items 1, 2, 3 and 4 are

assumed to be uncorrelated so
can be root sum squared to
provide the combined effect.

SQRT [(2 x SQRT (Wanted
2
setting_error +
2 2
CW_level_error ) +
2
Wanted_level_meas error +
Intermodulation product
2
measurement error ]
f ≤ 3.0GHz
Wanted signal setting ± 0.7dB
CW Interferer level ± 1.0dB
Wanted signal meas ± 0.7dB
measurement error ± 0.7dB
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz

Wanted signal setting ± 1.0dB
Wanted signal meas ± 1.0dB
measurement error ± 1.0dB
ETSI
F.1.3 Measurement of receiver

Table F.1.3-1: Maximum Test System Uncertainty for receiver tests
1
Subclause Maximum Test System Uncertainty Derivation of Test System
Uncertainty
7.3.1 Reference sensitivity Downlink power ±0.7 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz
power level; Minimum ±1.0 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
requirements (QPSK)
7.4 Maximum input level Downlink power ±0.7 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz
±1.0 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
Uplink power measurement ±0.7 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz
±1.0 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
7.5 Adjacent Channel ACS value ±1.1 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz Overall ACS uncertainty
Selectivity (ACS) ±1.5 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz comprises three quantities:
±1.0 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz 1. Wanted signal level error
2. Interferer signal level error
3. Additional impact of
interferer ACLR

be uncorrelated so can be
root sum squared to provide
the ratio error of the two
signals. The interferer ACLR
effect is systematic, and is
added aritmetically.

2
[SQRT (wanted_level_error +
2
interferer_level_error )] +
ACLR effect.
f ≤ 3.0GHz
Wanted signal level ± 0.7dB
Interferer signal level ± 0.7dB
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
f ≤ 4.2GHz
Impact of interferer ACLR
0.1dB
ETSI
7.6.1 In-band blocking Blocking ±1.4 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz Overall blockinguncertainty

±1.8 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz can have these contributions:
±1.0 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz 1. Wanted signal level error
2. Interferer signal level error
3. Interferer ACLR
4. Interferer broadband noise

be uncorrelated so can be
the ratio error of the two
signals. The Interferer ACLR
or Broadband noise effect is
systematic, and is added
aritmetically.

2
[SQRT (wanted_level_error +
2
interferer_level_error )] +
ACLR effect + Broadband
noise effect.
In-band blocking, using

modulated interferer:
f ≤ 3.0GHz
Interferer signal level:
± 0.7dB
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
f ≤ 4.2GHz
Interferer ACLR 0.4dB
Broadband noise not
applicable
7.6.2 Out of-band blocking Wanted signal f ≤ 3.0GHz Out of band blocking, using
Blocking, 1MHz < finterferer ≤ 3 GHz: ±1.3 dB CW interferer:
Blocking, 3 GHz < finterferer ≤ 12.75 GHz: ±3.2 dB f ≤ 3.0GHz
Uplink power measurement ±0.7 dB Wanted signal level ± 0.7dB
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
Wanted signal 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz Wanted signal level ± 1.0dB
Blocking, 1MHz < finterferer ≤ 3 GHz: ±1.5 dB Interferer signal level:
Blocking, 3 GHz < finterferer ≤ 12.75 GHz: ±3.3 dB ± 1.0dB up to 3GHz
Uplink power measurement ±1.0 dB ± 3.0dB up to 12.75GHz
Interferer ACLR not applicable
Impact of interferer
Broadband noise 0.1dB
Figures are combined to give
Test System uncertainty,
using formula given for 7.6.1
7.6.3 Narrow band Blocking ±1.3 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz Narrow band blocking, using
blocking ±1.8 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz CW interferer:
Uplink power measurement ±0.7 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz Wanted signal level ± 0.7dB
±1.0 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz Interferer signal level:
± 1.0dB
Interferer ACLR not applicable
Impact of interferer
Broadband noise 0.1dB
Figures are combined to give
Test System uncertainty,
using formula given for 7.6.1
7.7 Spurious response Same as 7.6.2 Same as 7.6.2.
ETSI
7.8.1 Wide band Intermodulation ±1.4 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz Overall

intermodulation ±2.6 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz intermodulationuncertainty
Uplink power measurement ±0.7 dB, f ≤ 3.0GHz comprises three quantities:
±1.0 dB, 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
1. Wanted signal level error
2. CW Interferer level error
3. Modulated Interferer level
error
Effect of interferer ACLR has

not been included as
modulated interferer has
larger frequency offset
The effect of the closer CW

signal has twice the effect.
Items 1, 2 and 3 are assumed

to be uncorrelated so can be
the combined effect of the
three signals.

2
SQRT [(2 x CW_level_error)
2
+(mod interferer_level_error)
2
+(wanted signal_level_error) ]
f ≤ 3.0GHz
Mod Interferer level ± 0.7dB
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
Mod Interferer level ± 1.0dB
7.9 Spurious emissions 30MHz ≤ f ≤ 4.0GHz: ± 2.0 dB
4 GHz < f ≤ 19 GHz: ± 4.0 dB
Note 1: Unless otherwise noted, only the Test System stimulus error is considered here. The effect of errors in the
throughput measurements due to finite test duration is not considered.
ETSI
F.1.4 Measurement of performance requirements

Table F.1.4-1: Maximum Test System Uncertainty for Performance Requirements
Subclause Maximum Test Derivation of Test System Uncertainty

1
System Uncertainty
8.2.1.1.1 Multiple PRBs ± 0.8 dB Overall system uncertainty for fading
- Propagation Condition EVA5 conditions comprises three quantities:
- Propagation Condition ETU70
- Propagation Condition ETU300 1. Signal-to-noise ratio uncertainty
2. Fading profile power uncertainty
3. Effect of AWGN flatness and signal flatness
Items 1, 2 and 3 are assumed to be

uncorrelated so can be root sum squared:
AWGN flatness and signal flatness has x 0.25

effect on the required SNR, so use sensitivity
factor of x 0.25 for the uncertainty contribution.
Test System uncertainty = SQRT (Signal-to-

noise ratio uncertainty 2 + Fading profile
2
power uncertainty + (0.25 x AWGN flatness
2
and signal flatness) )
Signal-to-noise ratio uncertainty ±0.3 dB

Fading profile power uncertainty ±0.5 dB for
single Tx
AWGN flatness and signal flatness ±2.0 dB
8.2.1.1.1 Multiple PRBs ± 0.6 dB Overall system uncertainty for HST condition
- Propagation Condition HST comprises two quantities:
1. Signal-to-noise ratio uncertainty
Items 1 and 2 are assumed to be uncorrelated

so can be root sum squared:


noise ratio uncertainty 2 + (0.25 x AWGN
2
flatness and signal flatness) )

ETSI
8.2.1.1.1 Single PRB ± 0.8 dB Overall system uncertainty for fading condition
- Propagation Condition ETU70 comprises three quantities:
1. Average Signal-to-noise ratio
uncertainty
2. Signal-to noise ratio variation for single PRB

Test System uncertainty = SQRT (Average

signal-to-noise ratio uncertainty 2 + Signal-
to-noise ratio variation2 + Fading profile
2
power uncertainty )

Signal-to-noise ratio variation ±0.5 dB
single Tx
8.2.1.1.2 Single PRB ± 0.8 dB Same as 8.2.1.1.1 Single PRB
8.2.1.2.1 ± 0.9 dB Overall system uncertainty for fading



2
2

Tx Diversity
8.2.1.2.1 ± 0.6 dB Overall system uncertainty for HST condition



2

8.2.1.2.2 ± 0.9 dB Same as 8.2.1.2.1 Propagation Condition
EVA5
ETSI

conditions comprises three quantities:



2
2

MIMO
8.2.1.3.2 ± 0.9 dB Same as 8.2.1.3.1
8.2.1.4.1 ± 0.9 dB Same as 8.2.1.3.1
8.2.1.4.2 ± 0.9 dB Same as 8.2.1.3.1
8.2.2.1.1 Multiple PRBs ± 0.8 dB Overall system uncertainty for fading
- Propagation Condition ETU70
- Propagation Condition ETU300 1. Signal-to-noise ratio uncertainty



2
2

single Tx
ETSI
8.2.2.1.1 Multiple PRBs ± 0.6 dB Overall system uncertainty for HST condition



2

8.2.2.1.1 Single PRB ± 0.8 dB Overall system uncertainty for fading condition
- Propagation Condition ETU70 comprises three quantities:
1. Average Signal-to-noise ratio
uncertainty
2. Signal-to noise ratio variation for single PRB

Test System uncertainty = SQRT (Average

signal-to-noise ratio uncertainty 2 + Signal-
to-noise ratio variation2 + Fading profile
2
power uncertainty )

Signal-to-noise ratio variation ±0.5 dB
single Tx
8.2.2.1.2 Single PRB ± 0.8 dB Same as 8.2.2.1.1 Single PRB



2
2

Tx Diversity
ETSI
8.2.2.2.1 ± 0.6 dB Overall system uncertainty for HST condition




2

8.2.2.2.2 ± 0.9 dB Same as 8.2.2.2.1 Propagation Condition
EVA5



2
2

MIMO
8.2.2.3.2 ± 0.9 dB Same as 8.2.2.3.1
8.2.2.4.1 ± 0.9 dB Same as 8.2.2.3.1
8.2.2.4.2 ± 0.9 dB Same as 8.2.2.3.1
ETSI




2
2

Tx Diversity
8.3.2.1.1_1 ± 0.9 dB Same as 8.3.2.1.1
8.3.2.1.2 ± 0.9 dB Same as 8.2.2.3.1
8.3.2.1.3 ± 0.9 dB Same as 8.2.2.3.1
8.3.2.2.1 ± 0.9 dB Same as 8.2.2.3.1
8.4.1.1 ± 0.8 dB Overall system uncertainty for fading
conditions comprises four quantities:
4. Result variation due to finite test time
Items 1, 2, 3 and 4 are assumed to be



2
2
and signal flatness) + variation due to finite
2
test time )

single Tx
Result variation due to finite test time ±0.2 dB
ETSI




2
2
2
test time )

Tx Diversity



2
2
2
test time )

MIMO
ETSI




2
2
2
test time )

single Tx



2
2
2
test time )

Tx Diversity
ETSI




2
2
2
test time )

MIMO



2
2
2
test time )

single Tx
ETSI




2
2
2
test time )

Tx Diversity



2
2
2
test time )

MIMO
ETSI




2
2
2
test time )

single Tx



2
2
2
test time )

Tx Diversity
ETSI




2
2
2
test time )

MIMO
8.7.1 FDD sustained data rate Downlink absolute 3% EVM is equivalent to a Test system
performance power uncertainty, downlink SNR of 30.5dB. The noise from the
averaged over BW Config Test system is then sufficiently below that
±1.0 dB required for the UE to demodulate the signal
with the required % success rate. Under these
Downlink EVM ≤ 3% conditions the UE throughput is limited by the
Reference measurement channel and the UE
capability, and not by the Test system EVM.
8.7.2 TDD sustained data rate Same as 8.7.1 Same as 8.7.1
performance
10.1 ± 0.9 dB Overall system uncertainty for fading



2
2

Tx Diversity
10.2 ± 0.9 dB Same as 10.1
[Other tests FFS]
In addition, the following Test System uncertainties and related constraints apply:
AWGN Bandwidth ≥ 1.08MHz, 2.7MHz, 4.5MHz, 9MHz,
13.5MHz, 18MHz;
NRB x 180kHz according to BW Config
ETSI
AWGN absolute power uncertainty, averaged over BW Config ±3 dB
AWGN flatness and signal flatness, max deviation for any Resource ±2 dB
Block, relative to average over BW Config
AWGN peak to average ratio ≥10 dB @0.001%
Signal-to noise ratio uncertainty, averaged over downlink ±0.3 dB
transmission Bandwidth
Signal-to noise ratio variation for any resource block, relative to ±0.5 dB
average over downlink transmission Bandwidth
Fading profile power uncertainty Test-specific
Fading profile delay uncertainty, relative to frame timing ±5 ns (excludes absolute errors related to
baseband timing)
Note 1: Only the overall stimulus error is considered here. The effect of errors in the throughput measurements
due to finite test duration is not considered.
Note 2: The AWGN parameters apply to all test cases except 8.7.1 and 8.7.2. The fading parameters apply to test
cases using fading
ETSI
F.1.5 Measurement of Channel State Information reporting

Table F.1.5-1: Maximum Test System Uncertainty for Channel State Information reporting
Subclause Maximum Test Derivation of Test System Uncertainty

1
System Uncertainty
9.2.1.1 FDD CQI Reporting under AWGN ± 0.3 dB Signal-to-noise ratio uncertainty ±0.3 dB
conditions – PUCCH 1-0
not expected to have any significant effect
AWGN absolute power uncertainty ±3.0 dB

9.2.1.2 TDD CQI Reporting under AWGN ± 0.3 dB Same as 9.2.1.1
9.2.2.1 FDD CQI Reporting under AWGN ± 0.3 dB Signal-to-noise ratio uncertainty ±0.3 dB

9.2.2.2 TDD CQI Reporting under AWGN ± 0.3 dB Same as 9.2.1.1
9.3.1.1.1 FDD CQI Reporting under fading ± 0.6 dB Overall system uncertainty for fading
conditions – PUSCH 3-0 conditions comprises two quantities:
1. Signal-to-noise ratio uncertainty ±0.3 dB
2. Fading profile power uncertainty ±0.5 dB

2
noise ratio uncertainty + Fading profile power
2
uncertainty )

9.3.1.1.2 TDD CQI Reporting under fading ± 0.6 dB Same as 9.3.1.1.1
conditions – PUSCH 3-0
conditions – PUCCH 1-0 conditions comprises two quantities:

2
2
uncertainty )

ETSI
conditions and frequency-selective conditions comprises two quantities:
interference – PUSCH 3-0
1. Ior/Iot ratio uncertainty ±1.0 dB

Test System uncertainty = SQRT (Ior/Iot ratio
2
uncertainty + Fading profile power
2
uncertainty )
Ior absolute power uncertainty ±3.0 dB not
expected to have any significant effect
conditions and frequency-selective
interference – PUSCH 3-0
conditions – PUSCH 2-0 conditions comprises two quantities:

2
2
uncertainty )

9.3.4.2.1 FDD CQI Reporting under fading ± 0.6 dB Same as 9.3.4.1.1
9.4.1.1.1 FDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 3- ± 0.6 dB Overall system uncertainty for fading
1 (Single PMI) conditions comprises two quantities:

2
2
uncertainty )

9.4.1.1.2 TDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 3- ± 0.6 dB Same as 9.4.1.1.1
1 (Single PMI)
ETSI
9.4.1.2.1 FDD PMI Reporting – PUCCH 2- ± 0.6 dB Overall system uncertainty for fading
1 (Single PMI) conditions comprises two quantities:

2
2
uncertainty )

9.4.1.2.2 TDD PMI Reporting – PUCCH 2- ± 0.6 dB Same as 9.4.1.2.1
1 (Single PMI)
9.4.2.1.1 FDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 1- ± 0.6 dB Overall system uncertainty for fading
2 (Multiple PMI) conditions comprises two quantities:

2
2
uncertainty )

9.4.2.1.1_1 FDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH ± 0.6 dB Overall system uncertainty for fading
1-2 (Multiple PMI) conditions comprises two quantities:

2
2
uncertainty )


2 (Multiple PMI)
9.4.2.1.2_1 TDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH ± 0.6 dB Same as 9.4.2.1.1
1-2 (Multiple PMI)
9.4.2.2.1 FDD PMI Reporting – PUSCH 2- ± 0.6 dB Same as 9.4.2.1.1
2 (Multiple PMI)
2 (Multiple PMI)
ETSI
9.5.1.1 FDD RI Reporting– PUCCH 1-1 ± 0.6 dB Overall system uncertainty for fading
conditions comprises two quantities:

2
2
uncertainty )

9.5.1.2 TDD RI Reporting– PUSCH 3-1 ± 0.6 dB Same as 9.5.1.1
In addition, the following Test System uncertainties and related constraints apply:
AWGN Bandwidth ≥ 1.08MHz, 2.7MHz, 4.5MHz, 9MHz,
13.5MHz, 18MHz;
NRB x 180kHz according to BW Config
AWGN absolute power uncertainty, averaged over BW Config ±3 dB
AWGN flatness and signal flatness, max deviation for any Resource ±2 dB
Block, relative to average over BW Config
AWGN peak to average ratio ≥10 dB @0.001%
Signal-to noise ratio uncertainty, averaged over downlink ±0.3 dB
transmission Bandwidth
Signal-to noise ratio variation for any resource block, relative to ±0.5 dB
average over downlink transmission Bandwidth
Fading profile power uncertainty Test-specific
Fading profile delay uncertainty, relative to frame timing ±5 ns (excludes absolute errors related to
baseband timing)
Note 1: Only the overall stimulus error is considered here. The effect of errors in the throughput measurements
due to finite test duration is not considered.
Note 2: The AWGN parameters apply to all test cases except 9.3.3.1.1 and 9.3.3.1.2. The fading parameters
apply to test cases using fading
F.2 Interpretation of measurement results (normative)

The measurement results returned by the Test System are compared – without any modification – against the Test
Requirements as defined by the shared risk principle.
The Shared Risk principle is defined in ETR 273-1-2 clause 6.5.
The actual measurement uncertainty of the Test System for the measurement of each parameter shall be included in the
test report.
The recorded value for the Test System uncertainty shall be, for each measurement, equal to or lower than the
appropriate figure in clause F.1 of the present document.
If the Test System for a test is known to have a measurement uncertainty greater than that specified in clause F.1, it is
still permitted to use this apparatus provided that an adjustment is made value as follows:
Any additional uncertainty in the Test System over and above that specified in clause F.1 shall be used to tighten the
Test Requirement, making the test harder to pass. For some tests, for example receiver tests, this may require
modification of stimulus signals. This procedure will ensure that a Test System not compliant with clause F.1does not
increase the chance of passing a device under test where that device would otherwise have failed the test if a Test
System compliant with clause F.1 had been used.
ETSI
F.3 Test Tolerance and Derivation of Test Requirements

(informative)
The Test Requirements in the present document have been calculated by relaxing the Minimum Requirements of the
core specification using the Test Tolerances defined in this clause. When the Test Tolerance is zero, the Test
Requirement will be the same as the Minimum Requirement. When the Test Tolerance is non-zero, the Test
Requirements will differ from the Minimum Requirements, and the formula used for the relaxation is given in this
clause.
The Test Tolerances are derived from Test System uncertainties, regulatory requirements and criticality to system
performance. As a result, the Test Tolerances may sometimes be set to zero.
The test tolerances should not be modified for any reason e.g. to take account of commonly known test system errors
(such as mismatch, cable loss, etc.).
The downlink Test Tolerances apply at each receiver antenna connector.
F.3.1 Measurement of test environments

The UE test environments are set to the values defined in TS 36.508 subclause 4.1, without any relaxation. The applied
Test Tolerance is therfore zero.
ETSI
F.3.2 Measurement of transmitter

Table F.3.2-1: Derivation of Test Requirements (Transmitter tests)
Test Minimum Requirement in TS Test Test Requirement in TS 36.521-1

36.101 Tolerance
(TT)
6.2.2 UE Maximum Output Formula:
Power Upper limit + TT, Lower limit - TT
f ≤ 3.0GHz
Power class 1: [FFS] 0.7 dB Power class 1: [FFS]
Power class 3: 23dBm ±2 dB 0.7 dB Power class 3: 23dBm ±2.7 dB
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz

Power class 3: 23dBm +2/-3 dB 1.0 dB Power class 3: 23dBm +3.0/-4.0 dB
6.2.3 Maximum Power Power class 3 Formula:
Reduction Upper limit + TT,
Lower limit – MPR – TT
Power class 3:
f ≤ 3.0GHz
QPSK: MPR ≤ 1dB 0.7 dB QPSK: 23dBm +2.7 / - 3.7dB
16QAM: MPR ≤ 1dB 0.7 dB 16QAM: 23dBm +2.7 / - 3.7dB
1
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz
QPSK: MPR ≤ 1dB 1.0 dB QPSK: 23dBm +3.0 / - 5.0dB
ETSI
6.2.4 UE Maximum Output For the UE maximum output 0.7 dB Formula:

Power with additional power modified by MPR and A- Upper limit + TT,
requirements MPR, the power limits specified A: Lower limit – TT,
in TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.2.5 B: (UE Maximum Output Power from
apply. 6.2.2) - T(PCMAX) – MPR – TT,
C: (UE Maximum Output Power from
For transmission configurations 6.2.2) - T(PCMAX) – A-MPR – TT,
(Figure 5.4.2-1) confined within D: (UE Maximum Output Power from
FUL_low and FUL_low + 4 MHz 6.2.2) - T(PCMAX) – A-MPR – MPR –
or FUL_high – 4 MHz and TT
FUL_high, the power
requirement is relaxed by
reducing the lower tolerance limit
by 1.5 dB.
Power class 3: Power class 3:
QPSK: MPR ≤ 1dB Test Requirement Configuration ID

versus Formula Above
16QAM: Depending on the
number RB allocated:
16QAM: MPR ≤ 1dB
16QAM: MPR ≤ 2dB
Network signalled value NS_03:
For network signalled value
NS_03 , NS_04 (5MHz only), [A]: 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25
NS_05, to NS_06: A-MPR ≤ 1dB [B]: 1, 3, 7
[C]:9, 14, 19, 24
For network signalled value [D]:4, 6, 8, 11, 12, 13, 16, 17, 18, 21,
NS-04; Depending on the 22, 23, 26, 27
RB_start and RB allocation
(10MHz, 15MHz and 20MHz): Network signalled value NS_04 (5,
10, 15, 20MHz):
For 10MHz
Region A with RB_start=0 – 12: [A] 3
A-MPR ≤ 3dB. [B] 10, 11, 19, 20, 28, 29
[C] 2, 6, 7, 14, 15, 16, 23, 24, 25, 32
Region B with RB_start=13 – [D] 1, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21, 22,
36 : A-MPR ≤ 2dB. 26, 27, 30, 31
Region C with RB_start=37 – Network signalled value NS_05:

49 : A-MPR ≤ 3dB.
[A]: 1, 3, 4, 7, 8, 11, 12
[B]: 2, 5, 9, 13
For 15MHz [C]:None
[D]:6, 10, 14
Region A with RB_start=0 – 18:
A-MPR ≤ 3dB. Network signalled value NS_06:
Region B with RB_start=19 – [A]: 2, 5, 8, 11, 14, 17

55 : A-MPR ≤ 2dB. [B]: 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16,
18
Region C with RB_start=56 – [C]:None
74 : A-MPR ≤ 3dB. [D]:None
For 20MHz [A]:3, 8, 12

Region A with RB_start=0 – 24: [B]: 7, 9
A-MPR ≤ 3dB. [C]:1, 2, 5, 13, 15
[D]:4, 6, 10, 11, 14, 16
Region B with RB_start=25 –
74 : A-MPR ≤ 2dB. Network signalled value NS_08:
Region C with RB_start=75 – [A]:1, 2, 4, 5, 11, 12

99 : A-MPR ≤ 3dB. [B]: 3, 6, 13
[C]:None
[D]:7, 8, 9, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17

ETSI [A]:5c, 6b
[B]: 8b
6.2.5 Configured UE Formula:

transmitted Output Power Upper limit + TT, Lower limit – TT
f ≤ 3.0GHz
13 ≤ PCMAX < 18 ± 5.0 0.7 dB 13 ≤ PCMAX < 18 ± 5.7
8 ≤ PCMAX < 13 ± 6.0 0.7 dB 8 ≤ PCMAX < 13 ± 6.7
-40 ≤ PCMAX < 8 ± 7.0 0.7 dB -40 ≤ PCMAX < 8 ± 7.7
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz

13 ≤ PCMAX < 18 ± 5.0 1.0 dB 13 ≤ PCMAX < 18 ± 6.0
8 ≤ PCMAX < 13 ± 6.0 1.0 dB 8 ≤ PCMAX < 13 ± 7.0
-40 ≤ PCMAX < 8 ± 7.0 1.0 dB -40 ≤ PCMAX < 8 ± 8.0
6.3.2 Minimum Output Formula:
Power f ≤ 3.0GHz Minimum Requirement + TT
-40 dBm 1.0 dB UE min. ouput power =–39 dBm
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz

-40 dBm 1.3 dB UE min. ouput power =–38.7 dBm
6.3.3 Transmission Formula:
ON/OFF Power f ≤ 3.0GHz Minimum Requirement + TT
≤ -50 dBm 1.5 dB UE OFF Power ≤ -48.5 dBm
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz

≤ -50 dBm 1.8 dB UE OFF Power ≤ -48.2 dBm
6.3.4.1 General ON/OFF Formulae:
time mask OFF Power Minimum Req’t + TT
ON Power Upper limit + TT, Lower
limit – TT
f ≤ 3.0GHz
OFF Power ≤ -50 dBm 1.5 dB UE OFF Power ≤ -48.5 dBm
ON Power BW dependent 1.5 dB UE ON Power: Test value ± 7.5 dB
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz

Transmission ON Power value

depends on the test parameters.
In the particular test case
parameters the ON power
measurement has minimum
requirements of ±6.0 dB
6.3.4.2 PRACH and SRS Formulae:
time mask OFF Power Minimum Req’t + TT
ON Power Upper limit + TT, Lower
limit – TT
f ≤ 3.0GHz
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz

Transmission ON Power value

depends on the test parameters.
In the particular test case
parameters the ON power
measurement has minimum
requirements of ±6.0 dB
6.3.5.1 Power Control Formula:
Absolute power tolerance Upper limit + TT, Lower limit – TT
f ≤ 3.0GHz
Normal conditions ± 9.0 dB 1.0 dB Normal conditions ± 10.0 dB
Extreme conditions ± 12.0 dB 1.0 dB Extreme conditions ± 13.0 dB
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz

Normal conditions ± 9.0 dB 1.4 dB Normal conditions ± 10.4 dB
Extreme conditions ± 12.0 dB 1.4 dB Extreme conditions ± 13.4 dB
ETSI
6.3.5.2 Power Control TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.3.5.1 0.7 dB Formula:

Relative power tolerance Upper limit + TT, Lower limit – TT
All combinations of PUSCH and All combinations of PUSCH and
PUCCH transitions: PUCCH transitions:
ΔP < 2; ±2.5 dB ΔP < 2; ±3.2 dB

2 ≤ ΔP < 3; ±3.0 dB 2 ≤ ΔP < 3; ±3.7 dB
3 ≤ ΔP < 4; ±3.5 dB 3 ≤ ΔP < 4; ±4.2 dB
4 ≤ ΔP ≤ 10; ±4.0 dB 4 ≤ ΔP < 10; ±4.7 dB
10 ≤ ΔP < 15; ±5.0 dB 10 ≤ ΔP < 15; ±5.7 dB
15 ≤ ΔP; ±6.0 dB 15 ≤ ΔP; ±6.7 dB
6.3.5.3 Aggregate power Aggregate power control 0.7 dB Formula:
control tolerance tolerance within 21 ms: Upper limit + TT, Lower limit - TT
PUCCH = ±3.2 dB
PUCCH = ±2.5 dB PUSCH = ±4.2 dB
PUSCH = ±3.5 dB
6.5.1 Frequency Error Formulae:
Modulated carrier frequency: Upper
limit + TT, Lower limit – TT
DL power: Refsens + TT
Modulated carrier, f ≤ 4.2GHz
Within ±0.1 ppm compared to the 15 Hz Modulated carrier frequency error =
received carrier frequency ±(0.1 ppm + 15 Hz)
f ≤ 3.0GHz
DL power: Refsens 0.7 dB Refsens +0.7dB
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz

DL power: Refsens 1.0 dB Refsens +1.0dB
6.5.2.1 Error Vector EVM limit: 0% Formula:
Magnitude BPSK :17.5 % Minimum Requirement + TT
QPSK: 17.5 %
16QAM: 12.5 %
6.5.2.1A PUSCH-EVM EVM limit: 0% Formula:
with exclusion period QPSK: 17.5 % Minimum Requirement + TT
16QAM: 12.5 %
6.5.2.2 Carrier leakage For Output power >0 dBm 0.8dB Formula:
-25dBc Minimum Requirement + TT
For -30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤0

dBm
-20dBc
For -40 dBm ≤ Output power < -

30 dBm
-10dBc
ETSI
6.5.2.3 In-band For general emissions: 0.8dB Formula:

emissions for non allocated max { − 25 − 10 ⋅ log 10 ( N RB / LCRB Minimum Requirement + TT
RB
20 ⋅ log 10 EVM − 3 − 5 ⋅ ( Δ RB − 1)
− 57 dBm / 180 kHz − PRB }
For IQ image:
-25dB
For Carrier leakage:
Output power >0 dBm

-25dBc
-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤0 dBm

-20dBc
-40 dBm ≤ Output power < -30

dBm
-10dBc
For each evaluated RB, the test
requirement is calculated as the
higher of PRB – 30 dB and the
power sum of all limit values
(General, IQ Image or Carrier
leakage)
6.5.2.4 EVM equalizer Normal conditions. 1.4dB Formula:
Spectrum flatness Minimum Requirement + TT
If (F-FUL_low ≥
[3MHz])&(FUL_high-F≥ [3MHz])
4 dB
else
8 dB
maximum coefficient in Range 1

- the minimum coefficient in
Range 2
5 dB
the maximum coefficient in
Range 2 - the minimum
coefficient in Range
7 dB
Extreme conditions:
If (F-FUL_low ≥
[5MHz])&(FUL_high-F≥ [5MHz])
4 dB
else
12 dB
maximum coefficient in Range 1

- the minimum coefficient in
Range 2
6 dB
the maximum coefficient in
Range 2 - the minimum
coefficient in Range
10 dB
ETSI
6.6.1 Occupied bandwidth For 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth: 0kHz Formula:
Occupied channel bandwidth = Minimum Requirement + TT
1.4 MHz
For 3.0 MHz channel bandwidth:

Occupied channel bandwidth =
3.0 MHz
For 5 MHz channel bandwidth:

5 MHz

10 MHz

15 MHz

20 MHz
6.6.2.1 Spectrum Emission For 1.4 MHz BW: All cases: Formula:
Mask -10 dBm / 30kHz Minimum Requirement + TT
-25dBm to -10dBm / 1MHz f ≤ 3.0GHz
For 3 MHz BW: 1.5dB Note: The Test Tolerance would be
-13 dBm / 30kHz 0dB for ΔfOOB ≥ 2 x Channel
-25dBm to -10dBm / 1MHz 3.0GHz < f Bandwidth, but taking into account the
For 5 MHz BW: ≤ 4.2GHz filter position, the Test requirements
-15dBm / 30kHz 1.8dB specified all have ΔfOOB < 2 x Channel
-25dBm to -10dBm / 1MHz Bandwidth
For 10 MHz BW:
-18dBm / 30kHz
-25dBm to -10dBm / 1MHz
For 15 MHz BW:
-20dBm / 30kHz
For 20 MHz BW:
-21dBm / 30kHz
ETSI
6.6.2.2 Additional Spectrum For 1.4 MHz BW: All cases: Formula:
Emission Mask NS_03, NS_04 Minimum Requirement + TT
-10 dBm / 30 kHz f ≤ 3.0GHz
-25 dBm to -13 dBm / 1MHz 1.5dB Note: The Test Tolerance would be
0dB for ΔfOOB ≥ 2 x Channel
NS_06 or NS_07 3.0GHz < f Bandwidth, but taking into account the
-13 dBm / 30 kHz ≤ 4.2GHz filter position, the Test requirements
-13 dBm / 100 kHz 1.8dB specified all have ΔfOOB < 2 x Channel
-25 dBm to -13 dBm / 1MHz Bandwidth
For 3 MHz BW:

NS_03, NS_04
-13 dBm / 30 kHz
-25 dBm to -13 dBm / 1 MHz
NS_06 or NS_07
-13 dBm / 30 kHz
-13 dBm / 100kHz
For 5 MHz BW:

NS_03, NS_04
-15 dBm / 30 kHz
NS_06 or NS_07
-15 dBm / 30 kHz
-13 dBm / 100 kHz
For 10 MHz BW:

NS_03, NS_04,
-18 dBm / 30 kHz
-25 dBm to - 13dBm / 1 MHz
NS_06 or NS_07
-18 dBm / 30 kHz
-13 dBm / 100 kHz
-25 dBm to - 13dBm / 1 MHz
For 15 MHz BW:

NS_03, NS_04
-20 dBm / 30kHz
For 20 MHz BW:

NS_03, NS_04
-21 dBm / 30 kHz
6.6.2.3 Adjacent Channel If the adjacent channel power is 0 dB Formula:
Leakage power Ratio greater than –50 dBm then the ACLR Minimum Requirement + TT
ACLR shall be higher than the
values specified below. Formula:
ACLR Minimum Requirement - TT
E-UTRA ACLR: E-UTRA ACLR:
30 dB 0.8 dB 29.2 dB
UTRA ACLR: UTRA ACLR:

33 dB for UTRA ACLR 1 0.8 dB 32.2 dB for UTRA ACLR 1
36 dB for UTRA ACLR 2 0.8 dB 35.2 dB for UTRA ACLR 2
ETSI
6.6.2.4 Additional ACLR If the adjacent channel power is 0 dB Formula:

requirements greater than –50 dBm then the ACLR Minimum Requirement + TT
ACLR shall be higher than the
values specified below.
Formula:
ACLR Minimum Requirement – TT
E-UTRA ACLR:
E-UTRA ACLR: 0.8 dB 42.2 dB for UTRA ACLR 2
43 dB for UTRA ACLR 2
6.6.3.1 Transmitter 9 kHz ≤ f < 150 kHz: 0 dB Formula:
Spurious emissions -36dBm / 1kHz Minimum Requirement + TT
150 kHz ≤ f < 30 MHz:
-36dBm / 10kHz
30 MHz ≤ f < 1 GHz:
-36dBm / 100kHz
1 GHz ≤ f < 12.75 GHz:
-30dBm / 1MHz
12.75 GHz ≤ f < 19 GHz:
-30dBm / 1MHz
6.6.3.2 Spurious emission -35 dBm / 6.25kHz 0 dB Formula:
band UE co-existence Minimum Requirement + TT
-36 dBm / 100kHz
-41 dBm / 300kHz
-37 dBm / 1MHz

-40 dBm / 1MHz
-50 dBm / 1MHz
Frequencies as detailed in core

requirement
6.6.3.2_1 Spurious -35 dBm / 6.25kHz 0 dB Formula:
emission band UE co- Minimum Requirement + TT
existence (Release 9 and -36 dBm / 100kHz
forward)
-41 dBm / 300kHz
-37 dBm / 1MHz

-40 dBm / 1MHz
-50 dBm / 1MHz
Frequencies as detailed in core

requirement
6.6.3.3 Additional spurious NS_05 Formula:
emissions 1884.5MHz ≤ f ≤ 1919.6MHz: Minimum Requirement + TT
-41dBm / 300kHz 0 dB -41dBm / 300kHz
1884.5MHz ≤ f ≤ 1915.7MHz:
-41dBm / 300kHz 0 dB -41dBm / 300kHz
NS_07
769MHz ≤ f ≤ 775MHz
-57dBm / 6.25kHz TT -57+TTdBm / 6.25kHz
NS_08
860MHz ≤ f ≤ 895MHz 0 dB
-40dBm / 1MHz -40dBm / 1MHz
NS_09
1475.9MHz ≤ f ≤ 1510.9MHz 0 dB
-35dBm / 1MHz -35dBm / 1MHz
6.7 Transmit Intermodulation Product 0 dB Formula: CW interferer Minimum
intermodulation 5MHz -29 dBc Requirement– TT
10MHz -35 dBc
CW Interferer level = -40 dBc Intermod Products limits remain
unchanged.
CW interferer level = -40 dBc
ETSI
NOTE: Section 6.6.3.3 in the table shall be reviewed after June 2012 because of PHS band operation change
ETSI
F.3.3 Measurement of receiver

Table F.3.3-1: Derivation of Test Requirements (Receiver tests)

36.101 Tolerance
(TT)
7.3.1 Reference sensitivity Reference sensitivity power All cases: Formula: Reference sensitivity power
power level; Minimum level: level + TT
requirements (QPSK) f ≤ 3.0GHz
For 1.4MHz 0.7dB T-put limit unchanged
-102.2dBm
-103.2dBm
-105.2dBm 3.0GHz < f
-106.2dBm ≤ 4.2GHz
1.0 dB
For 3MHz
-99.2dBm
-100.2dBm
-102.2dBm
For 5MHz
-97dBm
-98dBm
-99dBm
-100dBm
-96.5dBm Band 9 with Multi band
For 10MHz
-94dBm
-95dBm
-96dBm
-97dBm
For 15MHz
-92.2dBm
-93.2dBm
-94.2dBm
-95.2dBm
For 20MHz
-91dBm
-92dBm
-93dBm
-94dBm
T-put limit = 95% of maximum for

the Ref Meas channel
7.4 Maximum input level f ≤ 3.0GHz Formula: Maximum input level - TT
Signal level -25dBm Signal level -25.7 dBm
0.7 dB3.0G
T-put limit = 95% of maximum for Hz < f ≤ T-put limit unchanged
the Ref Meas channel 4.2GHz
1.0 dB
Uplink power Uplink power measurement window
0dB, -3.4dB comprises four quantities:
1. UE power step size 1dB
2. UE Power step tolerance ±1dB
ETSI
3. Test system power measurement

at top of window ±0.7 dB
4. Test system power measurement
at bottom of window ±0.7 dB
Items 1 to 4 are added arithmetically:

Overall UL power window size =
(1dB+1dB+0.7dB+0.7dB) =3.4dB
Top of window is aligned to UL power

requirement, hence +0dB, -3.4dB
7.5 Adjacent Channel Case 1: 0 dB Formula:
Selectivity (ACS) Wanted signal power, all BWs: Wanted signal power + TT
(REFSENS + 14 dB)
Interferer signal power Interferer signal power unchanged

For 1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10
MHz BW: T-put limit unchanged
(REFSENS + 45.5 dB)
For 15 MHz BW: Uplink power measurement window
(REFSENS + 42.5 dB) same as 7.4
For 20 MHz BW:
(REFSENS + 39.5 dB)
Case 2:
Wanted signal power
For 1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10
MHz BW: -56.5 dBm
For 15 MHz BW: -53.5 dBm
For 20 MHz BW: -50.5 dBm
Interferer signal power, all BWs:

-25 dBm

Uplink power 0dB, -3.4dB

7.6.1 In-band blocking Wanted signal power: 0 dB Formula:
(REFSENS + BW dependent Wanted signal power + TT
value)
Interferer signal power unchanged
Interferer signal power:
-56dBm or -44dBm T-put limit unchanged
T-put limit = 95% of maximum for Uplink power measurement window
the Ref Meas channel same as 7.4
0dB, -3.4dB
Uplink power
7.6.2 Out of-band blocking Wanted signal power: 0 dB Formula:
value)
-44dBm, -30dBm or -15dBm T-put limit unchanged
0dB, -3.4dB
Uplink power
7.6.3 Narrow band Wanted signal power,: 0 dB Formula:
blocking (REFSENS + BW dependent Wanted signal power + TT
value)
Interferer signal power: Interferer signal power unchanged
-55dBm
T-put limit unchanged
the Ref Meas channel Uplink power measurement window
ETSI
same as 7.4
7.7 Spurious response Wanted signal power: 0 dB Formula:
value)
-44dBm T-put limit unchanged
0dB, -3.4dB
Uplink power
7.8.1 Wide band Wanted signal power: 0 dB Formula:
intermodulation For 1.4 MHz BW: Wanted signal power +TT
(REFSENS + 12 dB)
For 3 MHz BW: CW Interferer signal power
(REFSENS + 8 dB) unchanged
For 5 MHz and 10MHz BW:
(REFSENS + 6 dB) Modulated Interferer signal power
For 15 MHz BW: unchanged
(REFSENS + 7 dB)
For 20 MHz BW: T-put limit unchanged
(REFSENS + 9 dB)
Uplink power measurement window
CW Interferer power, aall BWs: same as 7.4
-46 dBm
Modulated Interferer power:, aall

BWs:
-46 dBm


7.9 Spurious emissions 30MHz ≤ f < 1GHz: 0 dB Formula:
-57dBm / 100kHz Minimum Requirement + TT
1GHz ≤ f ≤ 12.75 GHz:
-47dBm / 1MHz
12.75GHz ≤ f ≤ 19 GHz:
-47dBm / 1MHz
ETSI
F.3.4 Measurement of performance requirements

Table F.3.4-1: Derivation of Test Requirements (performance tests)

36.133 Tolerance
(TT)
8.2.1.1.1 Multiple PRBs SNRs as specified 0.8dB Formula: SNR + TT
- Prop’n Condition EVA5
- Prop’n Condition ETU70 T-put limit unchanged
- Prop’n Condition ETU300
8.2.1.1.1 Multiple PRBs SNR as specified 0.6dB Formula: SNR + TT
- Prop’n Condition HST
8.2.1.1.1 Single PRB SNRs as specified 0.8dB Formula: SNR + TT
8.2.1.1.2 Single PRB SNR as specified 0.8dB Formula: SNR + TT
8.2.1.2.1 SNR as specified 0.9 dB Formula: SNR + TT
8.2.1.4.1 SNRs as specified 0.9 dB Formula: SNR + TT
8.2.2.1.1 Multiple PRBs SNRs as specified 0.8dB Formula: SNR + TT
- Prop’n Condition ETU70 T-put limit unchanged
8.2.2.1.1 Multiple PRBs SNR as specified 0.6dB Formula: SNR + TT
8.2.2.1.1 Single PRB SNRs as specified 0.8dB Formula: SNR + TT
8.2.2.1.2 Single PRB SNR as specified 0.8dB Formula: SNR + TT
ETSI

8.3.2.1.1_1 SNRs as specified 0.9 dB Formula: SNR + TT
8.4.1.1 SNR as specified 0.8 dB Formula: SNR + TT
8.4.2.1 SNR as specified 0.8 dB Formula: SNR + TT
8.5.1.1 SNRs as specified 0.9 dB Formula: SNR + TT
8.5.2.1 SNRs as specified 0.9 dB Formula: SNR + TT
ETSI
8.7.1 FDD sustained data Downlink power -85dBm/15kHz 0 dB Formula: Downlink power + TT
rate performance T-put limit unchanged
8.7.2 TDD sustained data Same as 8.7.1 Same as Same as 8.7.1
rate performance 8.7.1
10.1 SNR as specified 0.9dB Formula: SNR + TT
10.2 SNR as specified 0.9dB Formula: SNR + TT
[Other tests FFS]
ETSI
F.3.5 Measurement of Channel State Information reporting

Table F.3.5-1: Derivation of Test Requirements (Channel State Information reporting tests)

36.101 Tolerance
(TT)
9.2.1.1 FDD CQI Reporting SNRs as specified No test SNR and limits unchanged
under AWGN conditions – Limits as in the Test Procedure tolerances
PUCCH 1-0 applied
9.2.1.2 TDD CQI Reporting SNRs as specified No test SNR and limits unchanged
PUCCH 1-0 applied
9.2.2.1 FDD CQI Reporting SNRs as specified No test SNR and limits unchanged
PUCCH 1-1 applied
9.2.2.2 TDD CQI Reporting SNRs as specified No test SNR and limits unchanged
PUCCH 1-1 applied
9.3.1.1.1 FDD CQI SNRs as specified SNR 0dB SNR unchanged
Reporting under fading α 2% α 0% α limit unchanged
conditions – PUSCH 3-0 β 55% β 0% β limit unchanged
γ 1.10 γ 0.01 γ 1.09 as per Table G.5.4-1
BLER 0.05 BLER 0 BLER limit unchanged
9.3.1.1.2 TDD CQI Same as 9.3.1.1.1 Same as Same as 9.3.1.1.1
Reporting under fading 9.3.1.1.1
9.3.2.1.1 FDD CQI SNRs as specified SNR 0dB SNR and α, BLER limits unchanged
Reporting under fading α 20% α 0% α limit unchanged
conditions – PUCCH 1-0 γ 1.05 γ 0.01 γ 1.04 as per Table G.5.4-1
BLER 0.02 BLER 0 BLER limit unchanged
9.3.3.1.1 FDD CQI Ior and Iot as specified Ior, Iot 0dB Ior and Iot unchanged
Reporting under fading α 60% α 20% α 40%, Formula: Min Req’t – Test Tol
conditions and frequency- γ 1.60 γ 0.10 γ 1.50, Formula: Min Req’t – Test Tol
selective interference –
PUSCH 3-0 The effect of AWGN flatness and
signal flatness on the α requirement
was derived by simulation.
AWGN flatness / signal flatness and
the statistical effect of a finite test time
both affect the T-put result. The Test
Tolerance comprises two quantities:
1. Effect of AWGN flatness and signal
flatness, derived by simulation
2. Statistical effect as per Table
G.5.4-1
Items 1 and 2 are assumed to be
uncorrelated so can be root sum
squared
T-put requirement Test Tol = SQRT
(AWGN flatness and signal flatness
2 2
effect + Statistical effect )
AWGN flatness and signal flatness
effect 0.1, Statistical effect 0.01,
giving overall effect 0.10
ETSI

conditions and frequency-
selective interference –
PUSCH 3-0
9.3.4.1.1 FDD CQI SNRs as specified SNR unchanged
Reporting under fading Limits as in the Test Procedure
conditions – PUSCH 2-0 γ 0.01 γ 1.19 as per Table G.5.4-1
γ 1.2
9.3.4.2.1 FDD CQI SNRs as specified SNR unchanged
Reporting under fading Limits as in the Test Procedure
conditions – PUCCH 2-0 γ 0.01 γ 1.14 as per Table G.5.4-1
γ 1.15
9.4.1.1.1 FDD PMI γ 1.10 γ 0.01 γ 1.09 as per Table G.5.4-1
Reporting – PUSCH 3-1
(Single PMI)
9.4.1.1.2 TDD PMI Same as 9.4.1.1.1 Same as Same as 9.4.1.1.1
Reporting – PUSCH 3-1 9.4.1.1.1
(Single PMI)
9.4.1.2.1 FDD PMI Noc as specified in test Noc unchanged
Reporting – PUCCH 2-1 prodecedure Ior/ Noc=SNRrnd is a result of an
(Single PMI) approach according to G.5.2 and is
reused unchanged as setting in
procedure step 3.
γ 1.2 γ 1.19 as per Table G.5.4-1
γ 0.01
Reporting – PUCCH 2-1 9.4.1.2.1
(Single PMI)
9.4.2.1.1 FDD PMI Noc as specified in test γ 0.01 Noc unchanged
Reporting – PUSCH 1-2 prodecedure
(Multiple PMI) Ior/ Noc=SNRrnd is a result of an
approach according to G.5.2 and is
γ 1.20 procedure step 3.
γ 1.19 as per Table G.5.4-1
9.4.2.1.1_1 FDD PMI Same as 9.4.2.1.1 Same as Same as 9.4.2.1.1
(Multiple PMI)
(Multiple PMI)
9.4.2.1.2_1 TDD PMI Same as in 9.4.2.1.1 Same as in Same as in 9.4.2.1.1
(Multiple PMI)
9.4.2.2.1 FDD PMI Same as in 9.4.2.1.1 Same as in Same as in 9.4.2.1.1
(Multiple PMI)
9.4.2.2.2 TDD PMI Noc as specified in test Noc unchanged
Reporting – PUSCH 2-2 prodecedure
(Multiple PMI) Ior/ Noc=SNRrnd is a result of an
approach according to G.5.2 and is
procedure step 3.
γ 1.15 γ 0.01 γ 1.14 as per Table G.5.4-1
9.5.1.1 FDD RI Reporting– SNRs as specified SNR 0dB SNR unchanged
PUCCH 1-1 Test 1: γ2 1.00 γ2 0.01 γ2 0.99 as per Table G.5.4-1
Test 2: γ1 1.05 γ1 0.01 γ1 1.04 as per Table G.5.4-1
Test 3: γ2 1.10 γ2 0.01 γ2 1.09 as per Table G.5.4-1
ETSI
9.5.1.2 TDD RI Reporting– Same as 9.5.1.1 Same as Same as 9.5.1.1

PUSCH 3-1 9.5.1.1
ETSI
Annex G (normative):
Statistical Testing
G.1 General
FFS.
G.2 Statistical testing of receiver characteristics
G.2.1 General
The test of receiver characteristics is two fold.
1. A signal or a combination of signals is offered to the RX port(s) of the receiver.
2. The ability of the receiver to demodulate /decode this signal is verified by measuring the throughput.
In (2) is the statistical aspect of the test and is treated here.
The minimum requirement for all receiver tests is >95% of the maximum throughput.
All receiver tests are performed in static propagation conditions. No fading conditions are applied.
G.2.2 Mapping throughput to error ratio

a) The measured information bit throughput R is defined as the sum (in kilobits) of the information bit payloads
successfully received during the test interval, divided by the duration of the test interval (in seconds).
b) In measurement practice the UE indicates successfully received information bit payload by signalling an ACK to
the SS.
If payload is received, but damaged and cannot be decoded, the UE signals a NACK.
c) Only the ACK and NACK signals, not the data bits received, are accessible to the SS.
The number of bits is known in the SS from knowledge of what payload was sent.
d) For the reference measurement channel, applied for testing, the number of bits is different in different subframes,
however in a radio frame it is fixed during one test.
e) The time in the measurement interval is composed of successfully received subframes (ACK), unsuccessfully
received subframes (NACK) and no reception at all (DTX-subframes).
f) DTX-subframes may occur regularly according the appliccable reference measurment channel (regDTX).
In real live networks this is the time when other UEs are served. In TDD these are the UL and special subframes.
regDTX vary from test to test but are fixed within the test.
g) Additional DTX-subframes occur statistically when the UE is not responding ACK or NACK where it should.
(statDTX)
This may happen when the UE was not expecting data or decided that the data were not intended for it.
The pass / fail decision is done by observing the:
- number of NACKs
- number of ACKs and
- number of statDTXs (regDTX is implicitly known to the SS)
ETSI
The ratio (NACK + statDTX)/(NACK+ statDTX + ACK)is the Error Ratio (ER). Taking into account the time
consumed by the ACK, NACK, and DTX-TTIs (regular and statistical), ER can be mapped unambiguously to
throughput for any single reference measurement channel test.
G.2.3 Design of the test

The test is defined by the following design principles (see clause G.x, Theory….):
1. The early decision concept is applied.
2. A second limit is introduced: Bad DUT factor M>1
3. To decide the test pass:
Supplier risk is applied based on the Bad DUT quality
To decide the test fail
Cusomer Risk is applied based on the specified DUT quality
The test is defined by the following parameters:
1. Limit ER = 0.05 (Throughput limit = 95%)
2. Bad DUT factor M=1.5 (selectivity)
3. Confidence level CL = 95% (for specified DUT and Bad DUT-quality)
G.2.4 Numerical definition of the pass fail limits

Table G.2.4-1: pass fail limits
ne nsp nsf ne nsp nsf ne nsp nsf ne nsp nsf

0 67 NA 39 763 500 78 1366 1148 117 1951 1828
1 95 NA 40 778 516 79 1381 1166 118 1965 1845
2 119 2 41 794 532 80 1396 1183 119 1980 1863
3 141 7 42 810 548 81 1412 1200 120 1995 1881
4 162 14 43 826 564 82 1427 1217 121 2010 1899
5 183 22 44 842 580 83 1442 1234 122 2025 1916
6 202 32 45 858 596 84 1457 1252 123 2039 1934
7 222 42 46 873 612 85 1472 1269 124 2054 1952
8 241 53 47 889 629 86 1487 1286 125 2069 1969
9 259 64 48 905 645 87 1502 1303 126 2084 1987
10 278 76 49 920 661 88 1517 1321 127 2099 2005
11 296 88 50 936 678 89 1532 1338 128 2113 2023
12 314 100 51 952 694 90 1547 1355 129 2128 2040
13 332 113 52 967 711 91 1562 1373 130 2143 2058
14 349 126 53 983 727 92 1577 1390 131 2158 2076
15 367 140 54 998 744 93 1592 1407 132 2172 2094
16 384 153 55 1014 760 94 1607 1425 133 2187 2111
17 401 167 56 1029 777 95 1623 1442 134 2202 2129
18 418 181 57 1045 793 96 1637 1459 135 2217 2147
19 435 195 58 1060 810 97 1652 1477 136 2231 2165
20 452 209 59 1076 827 98 1667 1494 137 2246 2183
21 469 224 60 1091 844 99 1682 1512 138 2261 2201
22 486 238 61 1106 860 100 1697 1529 139 2275 2218
23 503 253 62 1122 877 101 1712 1547 140 2290 2236
24 519 268 63 1137 894 102 1727 1564 141 2305 2254
ETSI
25 536 283 64 1153 911 103 1742 1582 142 2320 2272
26 552 298 65 1168 928 104 1757 1599 143 2334 2290
27 569 313 66 1183 944 105 1772 1617 144 2349 2308
28 585 328 67 1199 961 106 1787 1634 145 2364 2326
29 602 343 68 1214 978 107 1802 1652 146 2378 2344
30 618 359 69 1229 995 108 1817 1669 147 2393 2361
31 634 374 70 1244 1012 109 1832 1687 148 2408 2379
32 650 389 71 1260 1029 110 1847 1704 149 2422 2397
33 667 405 72 1275 1046 111 1861 1722 150 2437 2415
34 683 421 73 1290 1063 112 1876 1740 151 2452 2433
35 699 436 74 1305 1080 113 1891 1757 152 2466 2451
36 715 452 75 1321 1097 114 1906 1775 153*) NA 2469
37 731 468 76 1336 1114 115 1921 1793
38 747 484 77 1351 1131 116 1936 1810 *) note 2 in G.2.5
NOTE 1: The first column is the number of errors (ne = number of NACK + statDTX)
NOTE 2: The second column is the number of samples for the pass limit (nsp , ns=Number of Samples= number of
NACK + statDTX + ACK )
NOTE 3: The third column is the number of samples for the fail limit (nsf)
G.2.5 Pass fail decision rules

The pass fail decision rules apply for a single test, comprising one component in the test vector. The over all Pass /Fail
conditions are defined in clause G.2.1.5.
Having observed 0 errors, pass the test at 67+ samples, otherwise continue
Having observed 1 error, pass the test at 95+ otherwise continue
Having observed 2 errors, pass the test at 119+ samples, fail the test at 2- samples, otherwise continue
Etc. etc.
Having observed 151 errors, pass the test at 2452+ samples, fail the test at 2433- samples, otherwise continue
Having observed 152 errors, pass the test at 2466+ samples, fail the test at 2451- samples.
Where x+ means: x or more, x- means x or less
NOTE 1: an ideal DUT passes after 67 samples. The maximum test time is 2466 samples.
NOTE 2: It is allowed to deviate from the early decision concept by postponing the decision (pass/fail or
continue). Postponing the decision to or beyond the end of table Table G.2.4-1 requires a pass fail
decision against the test limit: pass the DUT for ER<0.0618, otherwise fail.
ETSI
G.2.6 Test conditions for receiver tests

Table G.2.6-1: Test conditions for receiver tests
Test Statistical independence Number of Over all Pass/Fail condition

components
in the test
vector, as
specified in
the test
requirements
and initial
conditions of
the applicable
test
7.3 Reference Yes: the inherent receiver noise tbd To pass 7.3 each component in the
sensitivity level is assumed to be AWGN test vector must pass
7.4 Maximum input Unclear: in case, clipping causes tbd To pass 7.4 each component in the
level errors, errors are data dependent. test vector must pass
Statistical independence is
assumed.
7.5 Adjacent Unclear: errors are data tbd To pass 7.5 each component in the
Channel Selectivity dependent on the interferers data. test vector must pass
(ACS) Statistical independence is
assumed.
7.6.1 In-band Unclear: errors are data tbd To pass 7.6.1 each component in
blocking dependent on the interferers data. the test vector must pass
assumed.
7.6.2 Out of-band yes: it is assumed that the CW tbd To pass 7.6.2, all except [tbd]
blocking interferer causes errors, which components in the test vector must
are independent and time pass
invariant.
7.6.3 Narrow band yes: it is assumed that the CW tbd To pass 7.6.3 each component in
blocking interferer causes errors, which the test vector must pass
are independent and time
invariant.
7.7 Spurious yes: it is assumed that the CW tbd To pass 7.7 each component in the
response interferer causes errors, which test vector must pass
are independent and time
invariant.
7.8.1 Wide band Unclear: errors are dependent on tbd To pass 7.8.1 each component in
Intermodulation the data content of the interferer. the test vector must pass
assumed.
G.3 Statistical testing of Performance Requirements with

throughput
G.3.1 General
The test of receiver performance characteristics is two fold.
2. The ability of the receiver to demodulate /decode this signal is verified by measuring the throughput.
The minimum requirement for all receiver performance tests is either 70% or 30% of the maximum throughput.
ETSI
All receiver performance tests are performed in fading conditions. In addition to the statistical considerations, this
requires the definition of a minimum test time.
G.3.2 Mapping throughput to error ratio

G.2.2 applies

The test is defined by the following design principles (see clause G.x, Theory….):
1. The standard concept is applied. (not the early decision concept)
2. A second limit is introduced: The second limit is different, whether 30% or 70% throughput is tested.
To decide the test fail:
The test is defined by the following parameters:
1a) Limit Error Ratio = 0.3 (in case 70% Throughput is tested) or
1b) Limit Througput = 0.3 (in case 30% Throughput is tested)
2a) Bad DUT factor M=1.378 (selectivity)
2b) Bad DUT factor m=0.692 (selectivity)
justification see: TS 34.121 Clause F.6.3.3
3) Confidence level CL = 95% (for specified DUT and Bad DUT-quality)
G.3.4 Pass Fail limit

Testing Throughput = 30%, then the test limit is
Number of successes (ACK) / number of samples ≥ 59 / 233
Testing Throughput = 70% then the test limit is
Number of fails (NACK and statDTX) / number of samples ≤ 66 / 184
We have to distinguish 3 cases:
a) The duration for the number of samples (233 or 184) is greater than the minimum test time:
Then the number of samples (233 or 184) is predefined and the decision is done according to the number of
events (59 successes or 66 fails)
b) Since subframe 0 and 5 contain less bits than the remaining subframes, it is allowed to predefine a number of
samples contained in an integer number of frames In this case test-limit-ratio applies.
c) The minimum test time is greater than the duration for the number of samples:
The minimum testtime is predefined and the decision is done comparing the measured ratio at that instant
against the test-limit-ratio.
NOTE: The test time for most of the tests is governed by the Minimum Test Time
ETSI
G.3.5 Minimum Test time

If a pass fail decision in G.3.4 can be achieved earlier than the minimum test time, then the test shall not be decided, but
continued until the minimum test time is elapsed.
The tables below contain the minimum number of subframes for FDD and TDD.
By simulations the minimum number of active subframes (carrying DL payload) was derived (MNAS),
then adding incative subframes to the active ones (e.g. subframe 5 contains no DL payload. For TDD additional
subframes contain no DL payload)
then rounding up to full thousand and
then adding a bias of 1000 (BMNSF).
Simulation method to derive minimum test time:
With a level, corresponding a throughput at the test limit (here 30% or 70% of the max. throughput) the preliminary
throughput versus time converges towards the final throughput. The allowance of ± 0.2 dB around the above mentioned
level is predefined by RAN5 to find the minimum test time. The allowance of ±0.2 dB maps through the function “final
throughput versus level” into a throughput corridor. The minimum test time is achieved when the preliminary
throughput escapes the corridor the last time. The two functions “final throughput versus level” and “preliminary
throughput versus time” are simulation results, which are done individual for each demodulation scenario. HST-
scenarios and scenarios with MNAS ≥ 50000 are derived differently.
final throughput preliminary

versus level throughput versus time
Last escape
from the
corridor final
throughput
for test limit

e.g. 70%
Level in dB time
Allowance: Level for 70% Result:
±0.2dB throughput Mimimum
test time
Fig. G.3.5-1: Simulation method to derive minimum test time
ETSI
Table G.3.5-1: Minimum Test time for PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance
Test Demod. Demodulation scenario Minimum Minimum Number of Biased

No scenario plain text: Number of Subframes (MNS) to Minimum Number of
Active reach the corridor SubFrames
RMC (Bandwidth, Subframes (BMNSF)
allocated RBs, (MNAS) to (MNS = active and
modulation, coding) reach the inactive BMNSF=
Antenna (configuration, corridor subframes) 1000 * ⎡1000
MNS
⎤ +1000
correlation)
Propagation condition, (Simulation, (Calculation, info only)
Doppler info only) (mandatory)
[additional parameters, FDD TDD FDD TDD
if applicable]
(info only)
1 [1.1] R.2 38 764 43 072 77 528 45 000 79 000
(10 MHz, full, QPSK, 1/3)
(1x2 Low)
EVA,5
2 [1.2] R.2 2 764 3 072 5 528 5 000 7 000
(1x2 Low)
ETU,70
3 [1.3] R.2 1 424 1 583 2 848 3 000 4 000
(1x2 Low)
ETU,300
4 [1.4] R.2 28 800 NA NA 28 800 57 600
(10 MHz , full, QPSK, 1/3)
(1x2 Low)
HST
5 [2.1] R.4 44 354 49 283 147 847 51 000 149 000
(1.4 MHz, full, QPSK, 1/3)
(1x2 Low)
EVA,5
6 [1.5] R.3 39 020 43 356 78 040 45 000 80 000
(10 MHz, full, 16QAM, ½)
(1x2 Low)
EVA,5
7 [1.6] R.3 1 366 1 518 2 732 3 000 4 000
(1x2 Low)
ETU,70
8 [1.7] R.3 3 189 3 544 6 378 5 000 8 000
(1x2 High)
ETU,300
9 [2.2] R.5 50 000 55 556 100 000 57 000 101 000
(3 MHz, full, 64QAM, ¾)
(1x2 Low)
EVA,5
10 [2.3] R.6 48 847 54 275 97 694 56 000 99 000
(5 MHz, full, 64QAM, 3/4)
(1x2 Low)
EVA,5
11 [1.8] R.7 46 524 51 694 93 048 53 000 95 000
(1x2 Low)
EVA,5
12 [1.9] R.7 4 722 5 247 9 444 7 000 11 000
(1x2 Low)
ETU,70
13 [1.10] R.7 100 000 111 112 200 000 113 000 201 000
(10 MHz, full, 64 QAM,
3/4) (1x2High)
EVA,5
ETSI
14 [2.4] R.8 48 434 53 816 96 868 55 000 98 000

(1x2 Low)
EVA,5
15 [2.5] R.9 100 000 111 112 200 000 113 000 201 000
(20 MHz, full, 64QAM,3/4)
(1x2 Low)
EVA,5
16 [3.1] R.0 5 710 6 345 11 420 8 000 13 000
(3 MHz, 1PRB,16QAM,½)
(1x2 Low)
ETU,70
17 [3.2] R.1 9 234 10 260 18 468 12 000 20 000
(10MHz,1PRB,16QAM,½)
(1x2 Low)
ETU,70
18 [3.3] R.1 13 373 14 859 26 746 16 000 28 000
(1x2 Low)
ETU,70
Table G.3.5-2: Minimum Test time for PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance with 1 PRB
Test Demod. Demodulation scenario MNAS MNS MNSF (Min No Sub

No scenario (info only) (Simulation) (Calculation) Frames, mandatory)
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1 [3.4] R.29 5 246 17 487 17 487 19 000 19 000
(1x2 Low)
ETU,70
[MBFSN]
Table G.3.5-3: Minimum Test time for PDSCH Transmit diversity 2x2

FDD TDD FDD TDD
1 [7.1] R11 50 000 55 556 100 000 57 000 101 000
(10MHz, full, 16QAM ½)
(2x2 Med)
EVA,5
[SFBC, Space Frequency
Block Code]
2 [7.2] R.10 28 800 NA NA 28 800 57 600
(10MHz, Full, QPSK, 1/3)
(2x2 low)
HST
[SFBC]
Table G.3.5-4: Minimum Test time for PDSCH Transmit diversity 4x2

FDD TDD FDD TDD
1 [7.3] R.12 150 000 166 667 300 000 168 000 301 000
(1.4MHz, full, QPSK 1/3)
(4x2 med)
EPA,5
[SFBC-FSTD, SFBC-
Frequency Shifted
Transmit Diversity]
ETSI
Table G.3.5-5: Minimum Test time for PDSCH Open Loop Spacial Multiplexing 2x2

FDD TDD FDD TDD
1 [6.1] R.11 7 600 8 445 19 000 10 000 20 000
(10MHz, Full, 16QAM, ½)
(2x2 Low)
EVA,70
[LD-CDD, Large Delay-
Cyclic Delay Diversity]
Table G.3.5-6: Minimum Test time for PDSCH Open Loop Spacial Multiplexing 4x2

FDD TDD FDD TDD
1 [6.2] R.14 4 860 5 400 12 150 7 000 14 000
(10MHz, full, 16 QAM, ½)
(4x2 low)
EVA,70
[LD-CDD]
Table G.3.5-7: Minimum Test time for PDSCH Closed LoopSingle/Multilayer Spacial Multiplexing 2x2

FDD TDD FDD TDD
1 [4.1] R.10 49 140 54 600 98 280 56 000 100 000
(10MHz,6PRB,QPSK,1/3)
(2x2 Low)
EVA,5
[SCW, Single CodeWord]
2 [4.2] R.10 50 000 55 556 100 000 57 000 101 000
(10MHz, Full, QPSK, 1/3)
(2x2 High)
EPA,5
[SCW]
3 [5.1] R.11 34 266 38 074 85 665 40 000 87 000
(10MHz,full, 16QAM ½)
(2x2Low)
EVA,5
[MCW, Multiple Code
Word]
4 [5.2] R.11 2 736 3 040 6 840 5 000 8 000
(2x2Low)
ETU,70
[MCW]
ETSI
Table G.3.5-8: Minimum Test time for PDSCH Closed LoopSingle/Multilayer Spacial Multiplexing 4x2

FDD TDD FDD TDD
1 [4.3] R.13 [26 528] 29 476 53 056 31 000 55 000
(10 MHz,6PRB,QPSK1/3)
(4x2 Low)
EVA,5
[SCW]
2 [5.3] R.14 26 066 28 963 65 165 30 000 67 000
(10MHz,6PRB,16QAM ½)
(4x2low)
EVA5
[MCW]
Table G.3.5-9: Minimum Test time for PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 5

FDD TDD FDD TDD
1 [11.1] R.25 38 879 43 199 77 758 45 000 79 000
(10 MHz, full, QPSK 1/3)
(1x2 Low)
EPA,5
2 [11.2] R.26 47 781 53 090 95 562 55 000 97 000
(1x2 Low)
EPA5
3 [11.3] R.27 48 685 54 095 97 370 56 000 99 000
(10MHz, full, 64QAM 3/4)
(1x2 Low)
EPA,5
4 [11.4] R.28 100 000 111 112 200 000 113 000 201 000
(10MHz, 1PRB, 16QAM
½)
(1x2 Low)
EPA,5
ETSI
Table G.3.5-10: Minimum Test time for PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 5
Test Demod. Demodulation scenario MNAS MNSF (Min No Sub Frames,

No scenario (info only) (Simulation) mandatory)
FDD TDD
1
NA
2 [ . ] R.26 Note: 55 000 97 000
(5MHz, full, 16QAM ½) MNAS is not simulated.
(2x2 Low) Because of same
EPA5 demodulation scenario
except for antenna
configuration, MNSF is
reused from Table
G.3.5-9, Test 2
3 [ .] R.27 Note: 56 000 99 000

(10MHz, part, 64QAM MNAS is not simulated.
3/4) Because of same
(2x2 Low) demodulation scenario
EPA,5 except for antenna
configuration, MNSF is
reused from Table
G.3.5-9, Test 3
4
NA
Table G.3.5-11: Minimum Test time for PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 7 or 8
without simultaneous transmission
Test Demod. Demodulation scenario MNAS MNSF (Min No Sub

No scenario (info only) (Simulation) Frames, mandatory)
FDD TDD
1 [ .] R.31 Note: 45 000 79 000
(10 MHz, full, QPSK 1/3) MNAS is not simulated. Because of
(2x2 Low) same demodulation scenario except
EVA,5 for RMC, antenna configuration, MNSF
is reused from Table G.3.5-9, Test 1
2 [ .] R.32 Note: 55 000 97 000
(10MHz, full, 16QAM ½) MNAS is not simulated. Because of
(2x2 Medium) same demodulation scenario except
EPA5 for RMC, antenna configuration, MNSF
R.32-1 Note:
EPA5 for RMC, channel BW, antenna
configuration, MNSF is reused from
Table G.3.5-9, Test 2
3 [ .] R.33 Note: 56 000 99 000
(10MHz, full, 64QAM 3/4) MNAS is not simulated. Because of
EPA,5 for RMC, antenna configuration, MNSF
R.33-1 Note:
(10MHz, part, 64QAM MNAS is not simulated. Because of
3/4) same demodulation scenario except
(2x2 Low) for RMC, allocation, antenna
EPA5 configuration, MNSF is reused from
Table G.3.5-9, Test 3
ETSI
Table G.3.5-12: Minimum Test time for PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 7 or
8 with a simultaneous transmission
Test Demod. Demodulation scenario MNAS MNSF (Min No Sub

No scenario (info only) (Simulation) Frames, mandatory)
FDD TDD
4 [ .] R.32 Note: 55 000 97 000
5 R.33 Note: 56 000 99 000
(10MHz, full, 64QAM 1/2) MNAS is not simulated. Because of
Table G.3.5-13: Minimum Test time for PDSCH Dual-layer Spatial Multiplexing
Test Demod. Demodulation scenario MNAS MNSF (Min No Sub Frames,

No scenario (info only) (Simulation) mandatory)
FDD TDD
1 [ .] R.31 Note: [45 000] [79 000]
(10 MHz, full, QPSK 1/3) MNAS is not
(2x2 Low) simulated. Because
EVA,5 of same
demodulation
scenario except for
RMC, antenna
configuration, MNSF
is reused from Table
G.3.5-9, Test 1
2 [ .] R.32 Note: [55 000] [97 000]

(10MHz, full, 16QAM ½) MNAS is not
(2x2 Medium) simulated. Because
EPA5 of same
demodulation
scenario except for
RMC, antenna
configuration, MNSF
is reused from Table
G.3.5-9, Test 2
G.3.6 Test conditions for receiver performance tests

Table G.3.6: Test conditions for receiver performance tests
ETSI
Table G.3.6-1: Single Antenna Port Performance (Cell-specific Reference Symbols) for test case
8.2.1.1 and 8.2.2.1 demodulation of PDSCH
Test Statistical Number of components in the Over all Pass/Fail

independence test vector, as specified in the condition
test requirements and initial
conditions of the applicable test
8.2.1.1 subframes are CAT 1 2 3-5 To pass 8.2.1.1
FDD independent and 8.2.2.1each
PDSCH component in the
Single test vector must
Antenna pass
QPSK 5 5 5
Port
Performance For UEs,
(Cell- supporting multiple
Specific E_UTRA-bands
Reference 16QAM 0 3 3 (number of bands
Symbols) =B), the number of
repetitions must be
multiplied by B.
8.2.1.2 subframes are 64 1 6 7
TDD independent QAM If a test is defined
PDSCH over a BW>(BW of
Single the E_UTRA band),
Antenna the test is not
Port applicable and
Performance reduces the
(Cell- 1PRB 4 4 4 number of
Specific repetitions.
Reference
Symbols) If a test is defined
over a BW, which is
not supported in
the E_UTRAN
Σ 10 18 19 band, the test is not
applicable and
reduces the
number of
repetitions.
ETSI
Table G.3.6-2: Transmit Diversity Performance (Cell-specific Reference Symbols) for test case 8.2.1.2
and 8.2.2.2 demodulation of PDSCH

independent and 8.2.2.2 each
FDD component in the
PDSCH test vector must
Transmit pass
Diversity QPSK 2 2 2
Performance For UEs,
(Cell- supporting multiple
Specific E_UTRA-bands
Reference (number of bands
Symbols) =B), the number of
8.2.2.2 subframes are 16QAM 0 1 1 repetitions must be
independent multiplied by B.
TDD
PDSCH If a test is defined
Transmit over a BW, which is
Diversity Σ 2 3 3 not supported in
Performance the E_UTRAN
(Cell- band, the test is not
Specific applicable and
Reference reduces the
Symbols) number of
repetitions.
Table G.3.6-3: Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-specific Reference Symbols) for
test case 8.2.1.3 and 8.2.2.3 demodulation of PDSCH

Open Loop pass
Spatial 16QAM 0 2 2
Multiplexing
Performance
(Cell-
Specific
Reference
Symbols)
8.2.2.3 subframes are Σ 0 2 2
independent
TDD
PDSCH
Open Loop
Spatial
Multiplexing
Performance
(Cell-
Specific
Reference
Symbols)
ETSI
Table G.3.6-4: Closed Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-specific Reference Symbols) for
test case 8.2.1.4 and 8.2.2.4 demodulation of PDSCH
Test Statistical Number of components in the test Over all Pass/Fail

independence vector, as specified in the test condition
requirements and initial
Closed Loop pass
Spatial Single 3 3 3
Multiplexing layer
Performance QPSK
(Cell-
Specific
Reference
Symbols)
8.2.2.4 subframes are Multi 0 3 3
independent layer
TDD 16QAM
PDSCH
Closed Loop
Spatial
Multiplexing
Performance Σ 3 6 6
(Cell-
Specific
Reference
Symbols)
Table G.3.6-5: TDD PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 5 (Release 8 and
forward)

8.3.2.1.1 subframes are CAT 1 2 3-5 To pass 8.3.2.1
independent each component in
TDD PDSCH QPSK 1 1 1 the test vector must
Single-layer pass
Spatial 16QAM 1 2 2
Multiplexing
on antenna 64 QAM 0 1 1
port 5
(Release 8 Σ 2 4 4
and forward)
ETSI
Table G.3.6-6: TDD PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 5 (Release 9 and
forward)

8.3.2.1.1_1 subframes are CAT 1 2 3-5 To pass
independent 8.3.2.1.1_1 each
TDD PDSCH 16QAM 1 0 0 component in the
Single-layer test vector must
Spatial 64 QAM 1 0 0 pass
Multiplexing
on antenna Σ 2 0 0
port 5
(Release 9
and forward)
Table G.3.6-7: TDD PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 7 or 8 without a

8.3.2.1.2 subframes are CAT 1 2-5 To pass 8.3.2.1.2
TDD PDSCH independent each component in
Single-layer QPSK 1 1 the test vector must
Spatial pass
Multiplexing 16QAM 1 1
on antenna
port 7 or 8 64 QAM 1 1
without a
simultaneous Σ 3 3
transmission
Table G.3.6-8: TDD PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing on antenna port 7 or 8 with a

independence test vector, as specified in the test condition
8.3.2.1.3 subframes are CAT 1 2-5 To pass 8.3.2.1.3
TDD PDSCH 16QAM 0 1 the test vector must
Single-layer pass
Spatial 64 QAM 0 1
Multiplexing
on antenna Σ 0 2
port 7 or 8
with a
simultaneous
transmission
ETSI
Table G.3.6-9: TDD PDSCH Dual-layer Spatial Multiplexing

independence test vector, as specified in the test condition
8.3.2.2.1 subframes are CAT 1 2 3-5 To pass 8.3.2.2.1
TDD PDSCH QPSK 1 1 1 the test vector must
Dual-layer pass
Spatial 16QAM 1 2 2
Multiplexing
64 QAM 0 1 1
Σ 2 4 4
G.4 Statistical testing of Performance Requirements with

probability of misdetection
G.4.1 General
The test of receiver performance characteristics is two fold.
2. The ability of the receiver to demodulate /decode this signal is verified by analyzing the reaction of the UE to this
signal.
The minimum requirement for those receiver performance tests are 1% or 0.1% misdetection probability
All receiver performance tests are performed in fading conditions. In addition to the statistical considerations, this
requires the definition of a minimum test time.
NOTE: all demodulation performance tests (state from version 9.5.0) require a minimum test time, which exceeds
the maximum test time in tables G.4.4. Under this circumstances only the test limit at the end of tables
G.4.4.-1 resp. G.4.4.-2 is applicable.
G.4.2 Mapping the UE reaction to error ratio

The UE can not indicate the detection or misdetection of the physical channel under test directly. Indirect methods are
described in the procedure of the applicable test.

G.2.3 applies, exception:
Limit ER = 0.01 and ER = 0.001
ETSI
G.4.4 Numerical definition of the pass fail limits

Table G.4.4-1 pass fail limits for ER = 0.01

0 344 NA 40 3929 2553 80 7033 5874 120 10036 9354
1 485 NA 41 4009 2632 81 7109 5960 121 10110 9442
2 607 10 42 4089 2712 82 7185 6046 122 10184 9530
3 719 33 43 4168 2792 83 7261 6131 123 10259 9619
4 826 66 44 4247 2873 84 7336 6217 124 10333 9707
5 929 107 45 4327 2953 85 7412 6303 125 10407 9796
6 1029 152 46 4406 3034 86 7488 6389 126 10481 9884
7 1127 202 47 4484 3115 87 7564 6475 127 10555 9972
8 1223 255 48 4563 3196 88 7639 6561 128 10629 10061
9 1317 311 49 4642 3278 89 7715 6648 129 10703 10150
10 1409 370 50 4720 3359 90 7790 6734 130 10777 10238
11 1501 430 51 4799 3441 91 7866 6820 131 10851 10327
12 1592 492 52 4877 3523 92 7941 6907 132 10925 10416
13 1681 555 53 4955 3605 93 8017 6993 133 10999 10504
14 1770 620 54 5033 3688 94 8092 7080 134 11073 10593
15 1858 686 55 5111 3770 95 8167 7167 135 11147 10682
16 1946 754 56 5189 3853 96 8242 7253 136 11221 10771
17 2032 822 57 5267 3935 97 8317 7340 137 11295 10860
18 2119 891 58 5344 4018 98 8393 7427 138 11369 10949
19 2204 961 59 5422 4101 99 8468 7514 139 11442 11038
20 2290 1032 60 5499 4185 100 8543 7601 140 11516 11127
21 2374 1103 61 5577 4268 101 8618 7688 141 11590 11216
22 2459 1175 62 5654 4352 102 8693 7775 142 11664 11305
23 2543 1248 63 5731 4435 103 8768 7863 143 11737 11394
24 2627 1321 64 5809 4519 104 8843 7950 144 11811 11483
25 2710 1395 65 5886 4603 105 8917 8037 145 11885 11573
26 2793 1470 66 5963 4687 106 8992 8125 146 11958 11662
27 2876 1544 67 6039 4771 107 9067 8212 147 12032 11751
28 2958 1620 68 6116 4855 108 9142 8300 148 12105 11840
29 3040 1696 69 6193 4940 109 9216 8387 149 12179 11930
30 3122 1772 70 6270 5024 110 9291 8475 150 12252 12019
31 3204 1848 71 6346 5109 111 9366 8562 151 12326 12109
32 3285 1925 72 6423 5193 112 9440 8650 152 12399 12198
33 3366 2003 73 6499 5278 113 9515 8738 153 12473 12288
34 3447 2080 74 6576 5363 114 9589 8826 154 12546 12377
35 3528 2158 75 6652 5448 115 9664 8914 155 12620 12467
36 3609 2237 76 6728 5533 116 9738 9002 156 12693 12556
37 3689 2315 77 6805 5618 117 9813 9090 157 12767 12646
38 3769 2394 78 6881 5704 118 9887 9178 158 12840 12736
39 3850 2473 79 6957 5789 119 9962 9266 159 12913 12826
160 NA 12915
Test limit = 1.2352E-2
ETSI
Table G.4.4-2 pass fail limits for ER = 0.001

0 3463 NA 41 40174 26265 82 71961 60368 123 102723 96075
1 4874 4 42 40971 27063 83 72720 61225 124 103465 96958
2 6096 99 43 41766 27863 84 73479 62083 125 104208 97842
3 7226 329 44 42559 28666 85 74237 62941 126 104949 98726
4 8298 658 45 43352 29471 86 74995 63801 127 105691 99610
5 9330 1059 46 44142 30279 87 75752 64661 128 106432 100495
6 10332 1513 47 44932 31088 88 76509 65522 129 107173 101380
7 11310 2009 48 45720 31899 89 77265 66383 130 107914 102266
8 12269 2539 49 46507 32713 90 78020 67246 131 108655 103152
9 13212 3096 50 47293 33528 91 78776 68109 132 109395 104039
10 14141 3677 51 48078 34345 92 79530 68973 133 110135 104926
11 15058 4278 52 48861 35164 93 80285 69838 134 110875 105813
12 15965 4896 53 49644 35984 94 81038 70704 135 111614 106701
13 16863 5530 54 50425 36807 95 81792 71570 136 112353 107589
14 17753 6177 55 51205 37631 96 82544 72437 137 113092 108478
15 18635 6836 56 51985 38456 97 83297 73305 138 113830 109367
16 19511 7507 57 52763 39283 98 84049 74173 139 114569 110257
17 20380 8188 58 53541 40112 99 84800 75042 140 115307 111146
18 21244 8878 59 54317 40942 100 85551 75911 141 116045 112037
19 22103 9576 60 55092 41773 101 86302 76782 142 116782 112927
20 22957 10282 61 55867 42606 102 87052 77653 143 117520 113818
21 23806 10995 62 56641 43440 103 87802 78524 144 118257 114710
22 24652 11715 63 57414 44276 104 88552 79396 145 118994 115602
23 25493 12441 64 58186 45113 105 89301 80269 146 119730 116494
24 26331 13173 65 58957 45951 106 90050 81143 147 120466 117386
25 27166 13911 66 59728 46790 107 90798 82017 148 121203 118279
26 27997 14654 67 60497 47631 108 91546 82891 149 121939 119173
27 28826 15401 68 61266 48472 109 92293 83766 150 122674 120066
28 29651 16154 69 62035 49315 110 93041 84642 151 123410 120960
29 30474 16910 70 62802 50159 111 93787 85518 152 124145 121855
30 31294 17671 71 63569 51004 112 94534 86395 153 124880 122749
31 32111 18436 72 64335 51851 113 95280 87273 154 125615 123644
32 32927 19204 73 65100 52698 114 96026 88151 155 126349 124540
33 33740 19976 74 65865 53546 115 96771 89029 156 127083 125435
34 34551 20752 75 66629 54396 116 97516 89908 157 127818 126332
35 35360 21531 76 67393 55246 117 98261 90788 158 128551 127228
36 36166 22312 77 68156 56097 118 99005 91668 159 129285 128125
37 36971 23097 78 68918 56950 119 99750 92548 160 130019 129022
38 37775 23885 79 69679 57803 120 100493 93429 161 130752 129919
39 38576 24676 80 70440 58657 121 101237 94311 162 NA 130817
40 39376 25469 81 71201 59512 122 101980 95193 Test limit = 1.2345E-3
NOTE 1: The first column is the number of errors (ne = number of misdetections)
NOTE 2: The second column is the number of samples for the pass limit (nsp , ns=Number of Samples= number
misdetections + number of detections )
NOTE 3: The third column is the number of samples for the fail limit (nsf)
NOTE 4: The test limit at the end of the table is applicable, when the minimum test time in clause 3.5 governs the
test. Pass the test for ER ≤ Test limit, otherwise fail.
G.4.5 Pass fail decision rules

G.2.5 applies
NOTE: For ER=0.01 an ideal DUT passes after 344 samples. The maximum test time is 12913 samples. .For
ER=0.001 an ideal DUT passes after 3463 samples. The maximum test time is 130752 samples.
ETSI
G.4.6 Minimum Test time

Table G.4.6-1: Minimum Test time for Demodulation of PCFICH/PDCCH
Test Demod. Demodulation MNAS MNS MNSF (Min No Sub

No Scenario scenario (Simulation) (Calculation) Frames,
(info only) mandatory)
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1 [8.1] R.15 200 000 222 222 400 000 224 000 401 000
(10 MHz, 8CCE, full,
QPSK 1/3)
(1x2 Low)
ETU70
1 [8.2] R.16 200 000 222 222 400 000 224 000 401 000
(1.4MHz, 2CCE, full,
QPSK 1/3)
(2x2 Low)
EPA5
1 [ ] R.16-1 200 000 222 222 400 000 224 000 401 000
Rel 9 … (10MHz, 4CCE, full,
QPSK 1/3)
(2x2 Low)
EVA70
1 [8.3] R.17 200 000 222 222 400 000 224 000 401 000
(10MHz, 4CCE, full,
QPSK 1/3)
(4x2 Medium)
EVA5
1 [ ] R.17-1 200 000 222 222 400 000 224 000 401 000
Rel 9 … (5MHz, 2CCE, full,
QPSK 1/3)
(4x2 Medium)
EPA5
Note: Simulation method to derive MNAS is based on finite test time and its effect on test system uncertainty
specified in clause F.1.4.
ETSI
Table G.4.6-2: Minimum Test time for Demodulation of PHICH
Test Demod. Demodulation MNAS MNS MNSF (Min No Sub

No scenario scenario (Simulation) (Calculation) Frames, mandatory)
(info only) FDD TDD FDD TDD
1 [9.1] R.18 200 000 200 000 500 000 200 000 500 000
(10 MHz, full, QPSK
1/3)
(1x2 Low)
ETU70
2 [9.4] R.24 200 000 200 000 500 000 200 000 500 000
(10MHz, full, 16QAM
½)
(1x2 Low)
ETU70
1 [9.2] R.19 200 000 200 000 500 000 200 000 500 000
(1.4MHz, full, 64QAM
3/4)
(2x2 Low)
EPA5
1 [ ] R.19-1 200 000 200 000 500 000 200 000 500 000
Rel. (10MHz, full, 64QAM
9… 3/4)
(2x2 Low)
EVA70
1 [9.3] R.20 200 000 200 000 500 000 200 000 500 000
(10MHz, 1PRB,
16QAM ½)
(4x2 Medium)
EVA5
1 [ ] R.20-1 200 000 200 000 500 000 200 000 500 000
Rel. (5MHz, 1PRB, 16QAM R.20 has
9… ½) 5MHz BW
(4x2 Medium) Scenario 9.3.
EPA5 has EVA5
Note: Simulation method to derive MNAS is based on finite test time and its effect on test system uncertainty
specified in clause F.1.4.
ETSI
G.4.7 Test conditions for receiver performance tests

Table G.4.7: Test conditions for receiver performance tests
Test Statistical Number of Over all Pass/Fail

independence components condition
in the test Restrictions and
vector, as extensions see
specified in Table G.3.6-1
the test
requirements
and initial
conditions of
the
applicable
test
8.4.1.1 A misdetection is an 1 NA
FDD independent event
PCFICH/PDCCH
Single-antenna
Port
Performance
8.4.1.2 FDD A misdetection is an 2 To pass 8.4.1.2 each
PCFICH/PDCCH independent event component in the
Transmit test vector must
Diversity pass
Performance
8.4.2.1 A misdetection is an 1 NA
TDD independent event
PCFICH/PDCCH
Single-antenna
Port
Performance
8.4.2.2 A misdetection is an 2 To pass 8.4.2.2 each
TDD independent event component in the
PCFICH/PDCCH test vector must
Transmit pass
Diversity
Performance
8.5.1.1 A misdetection is an 2 To pass 8.5.1.1 each
FDD PHICH independent event component in the
Single-antenna test vector must
Port pass
Performance
8.5.1.2 FDD A misdetection is an 2 To pass 8.5.1.2 each
PHICH Transmit independent event component in the
Diversity test vector must
Performance pass
8.5.2.1 TDD A misdetection is an 2 To pass 8.5.2.1 each
PHICH Single- independent event component in the
antenna Port test vector must
Performance pass
8.5.2.2 TDD A misdetection is an 2 To pass 8.5.2.2 each
PHICH Transmit independent event component in the
Diversity test vector must
Performance pass
ETSI
G.5 Measuring throughput ratio
G.5.1 General
Annex G.5 is applicable for clauses 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5. Common to those clauses is, that a throughput ratio γ is measured.
These clauses are tested exclusively with “slow” multipath fading profiles. Hence the test time is governed by test time
due to fading, and number of samples due to statistical significance is not applicable.
t ue
The test requirements in clause 9.4 are a ratio of 2 throughput tests according to γ = . The denominator must be
t rnd
established by an approach, resulting in the denominator throughput t rnd and the reference SNRrnd , the latter is reused
to measure the nominator throughput.
t subband , t
The test requirements in clauses 9.3 and 9.5 are a ratio of 2 throughput tests according to γ = γ = reported etc.
t median t fix
Nominator and denominator are ordinary throughput tests
tue, trnd , treported, tfix , tsubband, tmedian, t wideband are throughputs, derived under different conditions and are defined in clause
s 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.
SNRrnd is the signal noise ratio, derived together with trnd and is defined in clause 9.4.
G.5.2 Establishing t rnd
Adjust SNR such that the measured throughput is 58% ≤ t rnd ≤ 62%.
The resulting SNR is declared SNRrnd

To achieve statistical significance the final throughput measurement must be done with MNS samples, given table
G.5.4-1
The approach, leading to t rnd and SNRrnd is not specified.
G.5.3 Measuring T-put

To achieve statistical significance the final throughput measurement must be done with MNS samples, given in
table.G.5.4 -1. Number of samples due to statistical significance is not applicable.
For measuring tsubband, twideband, treported and tfix, the SS collects ACK, NACK and statDTX from the UE and records the
time, elapsed from the beginning of the test. The payload size, received by the UE and acknowledged towards the SS,
may vary within a test versus time (e.g. due to subband changes upon a UE report) Throughput is calculated in the SS
by summing up the payload, associated to each ACK, from the start of the test and dividing the accumulated payload in
kilobits by the time in seconds, elapsed from the beginning of the test. This is similar but not same as in G.2.2. (Main
difference in bullet d, where the payload size is constant).
For measuring tmedian, tue, and trnd, the SS collects ACK, NACK and statDTX from the UE and records the time, elapsed
from the beginning of the test. The payload size, received by the UE and acknowledged towards the SS, is constant.
Throughput can be calculated in the SS by multiplying the payload size with the number of ACKs and dividing the
accumulated payload in kilobits by the time in seconds, elapsed from the beginning of the test, being associated to the
following ratio: ACK/ (ACK+NACK + DTX).
G.5.4 Number of samples for throughput ratios

TT for γ and MNS are based on theoretical estimations.
ETSI
Table G.5.4-1: Test time for testing throughput ratios
Test Demodulatio Γ Minimum Number of Γ inclu- BLER

n scenario: Subframes (MNS) ding TT
RMC (MNS = active and inactive

(Bandwidth, Subframes,
allocated more details in Annex G.3.5
and table G.3.5-1)
RBs,
modulation, FDD TDD
coding)
[Antenna
configuration
, correlation]
Propagation
condition,
Doppler
9.3.1.1.1 (10 MHz, 6, 1.1 100000 170000 γ =1.09 BLER=0.05,
9.3.1.1.2 variable For For no TT
modulation denominator- denominator- No of
and coding) and and samples:
[1x2, full] nominator- nominator- subset of
Special measuremen measuremen ACKs and
propagation t each t each NACKs in
according to the MNS for
clause B.4.2, throughput.
5Hz
9.3.2.1.1 (10 MHz, full, 1.05 100000 170000 γ =1.04 BLER=0.02,
9.3.2.1.2 variable For For no TT
modulation denominator- denominator- No of
and coding) and and samples for
[1x2, high] nominator- nominator- FDD: subset
EPA5 measuremen measuremen of ACKs and
t each t each NACKs in
the MNS for
throughput.
No of
samples for
TDD: subset
of filtered
ACKs and
NACKs in
the MNS for
throughput.
9.3.3.1.1 10 MHz, 1.6 100000 170000 1.50
9.3.3.1.2 full(however For For
unequal denominator- denominator-
SNR), and and
variable nominator- nominator-
modulation measuremen measuremen
and coding) t each t each
[1x2, full]
Special:
propagation
according to
clause B. 2.4,
5Hz
9.3.4.1.1 Same as 1.2 100000 170000 1.19
9.3.4.1.2 9.3.3
9.3.4.2.1 Same as 1.15 100000 170000 1.14
9.3.4.2.1 9.3.3
9.4.1.1.1 R. 10 1.1 100000 170000 γ =1.09
9.4.1.1.2 (10 MHz, full,
QPSK, 1/3)
(2x2 Low)
EVA,5
9.4.1.2.1 R.14 1.2 100000 170000 1.19
9.4.1.2.2 (10 MHz, full,
ETSI
QPSK, 1/3)
(4x2 Low)
EVA,5
9.4.2.1.1 R.30 1.2 100000 170000 γ =1.19
9.4.2.1.2 (20 MHz, full,
16QAM, 1/2)
(2x2 Low)
EPA5
9.4.2.1.1 R.11-3 1.2 100000 170000 γ =1.19
_1 (10 MHz, full,
9.4.2.1.2 16QAM, 1/2)
_1 (2x2 Low)
EPA5
9.4.2.2.1 R.14-2 FDD 1.2 100000 170000 1.19
(10MHz, 3, 16
QAM, ½,
4x2low,
EVA5)
9.4.2.2.2 R.14-2 TDD 1.15 100000 170000 1.14
(10MHz, 3,
16QAM, ½,
4x2low,
EVA5)
9.5.1.1 (10MHz, full, Test 100000 170000 Test2γ1=
9.5.1.2 variable 2γ1=1 1.04
modulation .05 Test1γ2=
and coding) Test 0.99
(2x2, low or 1γ2=1 Test3γ2=
high Test 1.09
according to 3γ2=1
test) .1
(2x2, EPA5)
G.X Theory to derive the numbers in Table G.2.1.3-1

(Informative)
Editor’s note: this section of the Annex G is for information only and it described the background theory and
information to derive the entries in the table G.2.1.3-1.
G.X.1 Error Ratio (ER)

The Error Ratio (ER) is defined as the ratio of number of errors (ne) to all results, number of samples (ns).
(1-ER is the success ratio).
G.X.2 Test Design

A statistical test is characterised by:
Test-time, Selectivity and Confidence level.
G.X.3 Confidence level

The outcome of a statistical test is a decision. This decision may be correct or in-correct. The Confidence Level CL
describes the probability that the decision is a correct one. The complepement is the wrong decision probability (risk) D
= 1-CL
ETSI
G.X.4 Introduction: Supplier Risk versus Customer Risk

There are two targets of decision:
1. (a) A measurement on the pass-limit shows, that the DUT has the specified quality or is better with
probability CL (CL e.g.95%) This shall lead to a “pass decision”
The pass-limit is on the good side of the specified DUT-quality. A more stringent CL (CL e.g.99%) shifts
the pass-limit farer into the the good direction. Given the quality of the DUTs is distributed, a greater CL
passes less and better DUTs.
A measurement on the bad side of the pass-limit is simply “not pass” (undecided or artificial fail).
(aa) Complementary:
A measurement on the fail-limit shows, that the DUT is worse than the specified quality with probability
CL.
The fail-limit is on the bad side of the specified DUT-quality. A more stringent CL shifts the fail-limit
farer into the the bad direction. Given the quality of the DUTs is distributed, a greater CL fails less and
worse DUTs.
A measurement on the good side of the fail-limit is simply “not fail”.
2. (b) A DUT, known to have the specified quality, shall be measured and decided pass with probability CL.
This leads to the test limit.
For CL e.g. 95%, the test limit is on the bad side of the specified DUT-quality. CL e.g.99% shifts the pass-
limit farer into the the bad direction. Given the DUT-quality is distributed, a greater CL passes more and
worse DUTs.
(bb) A DUT, known to be an (ε 0) beyond the specified quality, shall be measured and decided fail with
probability CL.
For CL e.g.95%, the test limit is on the good side of the specified DUT-quality.
NOTE 1: the different sense for CL in (a), (aa) versus (b), (bb)
NOTE 2: for constant CL in all 4 bullets (a) is equivalent to (bb) and (aa) is equivalent to (b)
G.X.5 Supplier Risk versus Customer Risk

The table below summarizes the different targets of decision.
Table G.X.5-1 Equivalent statements
Equivalent statements, using different cause-to-effect-

directions,
and assuming CL = constant >1/2
cause-to-effect- Known measurement result Known DUT’s quality
directions estimation of the DUT’s quality estimation of the measurement’s
outcome
Supplier Risk A measurement on the pass-limit A DUT, known to have an (ε 0)
shows, that the DUT has the beyond the specified DUT-
specified quality or is better (a) quality, shall be measured and
decided fail (bb)
Customer Risk A measurement on the fail-limit A DUT, known to have the
shall shows, that the DUT is specified quality, shall be
worse than the specified quality measured and decided pass
(aa) (b)
The shaded area shown the direct interpretation of Supplier Risk and Customer Risk.
The same statements can be based on other DUT-quality-definitions.
ETSI
G.X.6 Introduction: Standard test versus early decision concept

In standard statistical tests, a certain number of results (ns) is predefined in advance to the test. After ns results the
number of bad results (ne) is counted and the error ratio (ER) is calculated by ne/ns.
Applying statistical theory, a decision limit can be designed, against which the calculated ER is compared to derive the
decision. Such a limit is one decision point and is characterised by:
- D: the wrong decision probability (a predefined parameter)
- ns: the number of results (a fixed predefined parameter)
- ne: the number of bad results (the limit based on just ns)
In the formula for the limit, D and ns can be understood as variable parameter and variable. However the standard test
execution requires fixed ns and D. The property of such a test is: It discriminate between two states only, depending on
the test design:
- pass (with CL) / undecided (undecided in the sense: finally undecided)
- fail (with CL) / undecided (undecided in the sense: finally undecided)
- pass(with CL) / fail (with CL) (however against two limits).
In contrast to the standard statistical tests, the early decision concept predefines a set of (ne,ns) co-ordinates,
representing the limit-curve for decision. After each result a preliminary ER is calculated and compared against the
limit-curve. After each result one may make the decision or not (undecided for later decision) The parameters and
variables in the limit-curve for the early decision concept have a similar but not equal meaning:
- D: the wrong decision probability (a predefined parameter)
- ns: the number of results (a variable parameter)
- ne: the number of bad results (the limit. It varies together with ns)
To avoid a “final undecided” in the standard test, a second limit must be introduced and the single decision co-ordinate
(ne,ns) needs a high ne, leading to a fixed (high) test time. In the early decision concept, having the same selectivity and
the same confidence level an “undecided” need not to be avoided, as it can be decided later. A perfect DUT will hit the
decision coordinate (ne,ns) with ne=0. This test time is short.
G.X.7 Standard test versus early decision concept

For Supplier Risk:
The wrong decision probability D in the standard test is the probability, to decide a DUT in-correct in the single
decision point. In the early decision concept there is a probability of in-correct decisions d at each point of the limit-
curve. The sum of all those wrong decision probabilities accumulate to D. Hence d<D
For Customer Risk:
The correct decision probability CL in the standard test is the probability, to decide a DUT correct in the single decision
point. In the early decision concept there is a probability of correct decisions cl at each point of the limit-curve. The sum
of all those correct decision probabilities accumulate to CL. Hence cl<CL or d>D
G.X.8 Selectivity
There is no statistical test which can discriminate between a limit DUT and a DUT which is an (ε 0) apart from the
limit in finite time and high confidence level CL. Either the test discriminates against one limit with the results pass
(with CL)/undecided or fail (with CL)/undecided, or the test ends in a result pass (with CL)/fail (with CL) but this
requires a second limit.
For CL>1/2, a (measurement-result = specified-DUT-quality), generates undecided in test “supplier risk against pass
limit” (a, from above) and also in the test “customer risk against the fail limit “ (aa)
ETSI
For CL>1/2, a DUT, known to be on the limit, will be decided pass for the test “customer risk against pass limit” (b)
and also “supplier risk against fail limit” (bb).
This overlap or undecided area is not a fault or a contradiction, however it can be avoided by introducing a Bad or a
Good DUT quality according to:
- Bad DUT quality: specified DUT-quality * M (M>1)
- Good DUT quality: specified DUT-qualityt * m (m<1)
Using e.g M>1 and CL=95% the test for different DUT qualities yield different pass probabilities:
100%
95%
Pass- A
Proba-
bility
50%
B
5%
0%
0 specified quality M* specified quality DUT quality in ER
Figure G.X.8-1: Pass probability versus DUT quality
G.X.9 Design of the test

The receiver characteristic test are defined by the following design principles:
1. The early decision concept is applied.
2. A second limit is introduced: Bad DUT factor M>1
To decide the test fail
The receiver characteristic test are defined by the following parameters:
1. Limit ER = 0.05
2. Bad DUT factor M=1.5 (selectivity)
3. Confidence level CL = 95% (for specified DUT and Bad DUT-quality)
This has the following consequences:
1. A measurement on the fail limit is connected with 2 equivalent statements:
ETSI
A measurement on the fail-limit shows, that the A DUT, known have the specified quality,
DUT is worse than the specified DUT-quality shall be measured and decided pass
2. A measurement on the pass limit is connected with the complementary statements:
A measurement on the pass limit shows, that the A DUT, known to have the Bad DUT quality,
DUT is better than the Bad DUT-quality. shall be measured and decided fail
The left comumn is used to decide the measurement.
The right column is used to verify the design of the test by simulation.
The simulation is based on the two fulcrums A and B only in Figure G.x.8-1
3. Test time
The minimum and maximum test time is fixed.
The average test time is a function of the DUT’s quality.
The individual test time is not predictable.
4. The number of decision co-ordinates (ne,ns) in the early decision concept is responsible for the selectivity of the
test and the maximum test time. Having fixed the number of decision co-ordinates there is still freedom to select
the individual decision co-ordinates in many combinations, all leading to the same confidence level.
G.X.10 Simulation to derive the pass fail limits in Table G.2.1.3-1

There is freedom to design the decision co-ordinates (ne,ns).
The binomial distribution and its inverse is used to design the pass and fail limits. Note that this method is not unique
and that other methods exist.
ne
( )
fail ne , df :=
( ne + qnbinomd
( f , ne , ER) )
ne
(
passne , clp, M := )
( ne + qnbinomcl
( p, ne , ER⋅M) )
Where
- fail(..) is the error ratio for the fail limit
- pass(..) is the error ratio for the pass limit
- ER is the specified error ratio 0.05
- ne is the number of bad results. This is the variable in both equations
- M is the Bad DUT factor M=1.5
- df is the wrong decision probability of a single (ne,ns) co-ordinate for the fail limit.
It is found by simulation to be df = 0.004
- clp is the confidence level of a single (ne,ns) co-ordinate for the pass limit.
It is found by simulation to be clp = 0.9975
- qnbinom(..): The inverse cumulative function of the negative binomial distribution
The simulation works as follows:
- A large population of limit DUTs with true ER = 0.05 is decided against the pass and fail limits.
ETSI
- clp and df are tuned such that CL (95%) of the population passes and D (5%) of the population fails.
- A population of Bad DUTs with true ER = M*0.05 is decided against the same pass and fail limits.
- clp and df are tuned such that CL (95%) of the population fails and D (5%) of the population passes.
- This procedure and the relationship to the measurement is justified in clause G.x.9. The number of DUTs
decrease during the simulation, as the decided DUTs leave the population. That number decreases with an
approximately exponential characteristics. After 169 bad results all DUTs of the population are decided.
NOTE: The exponential decrease of the population is an optimal design goal for the decision co-ordinates (ne,ns),
which can be achieved with other formulas or methods as well.
ETSI
Annex H (normative):
Uplink Physical Channels
H.0 Uplink Signal Levels

Editor’s note: The configuration of SRS is FFS
Unless otherwise specified in the test case, the uplink power settings result from the default configuration of the UE
described in 3GPP TS 36.508 [7].
H.1 General
This annex specifies the uplink physical channels that are needed for setting a connection and channels that are needed
during a connection. Table H.1-1 describes the mapping of uplink physical channels and signals to physical resources
for FDD. Table H.1-2 describes the mapping of uplink physical channels and signals to physical resources for TDD.
Table H.1-1: Mapping of uplink physical channels and signals to physical resources for FDD

channel
PRACH Allowed for the parameter prach- [Allowed for the parameter prach- Mapping rule is specified in
Configuration Index provided by FrequencyOffset provided by higher TS36.211 Section 5.7.1
higher layers layers]
DMRS For PUCCH: Uplink system bandwidth Mapping rule of DMRS for
Symbols 2 to 4 of each slot dependent. PUCCH is specified in
(PUCCH format: 1, 1a, 1b) TS36.211 5.5.2.2.2
Symbol 1 and 5 of each slot Mapping rule of DMRS for

(PUCCH format: 2, 2a, 2b) PUSCH is specified in
TS36.211 5.5.2.1.2
For PUSCH:
Symbol 3 of each slot
PUCCH Slot 0 and 1 of each subframe [Each 12 subcarriers of both ends of Mapping rule is specified in
the bandwidth] TS36.211 Section 5.4.3
PUSCH All remaining SC-FDMA symbols RBs allocated according to Mapping rule is specified in
of each subframe not allocated to Reference Measurement channel in TS36.211 Section 5.4.2
DMRS Annex A.2
ETSI
Table H.1-2: Mapping of uplink physical channels and signals to physical resources for TDD

channel
PRACH Allowed for the parameters For format 0-3, the frequency Mapping rule is specified in
0 1 2 location allowed is by prach- TS36.211 Section 5.7.1
(t , t , t ) in prach-
RA RA RA
Configuration Index provided by FrequencyOffset and ( f RA ) in
higher layers prach-Configration Index provided
by higher layers. Preamble format 4
is mapped only on UpPTS, where
the frequency location allowed is
only by ( f RA ) in prach-
Configration Index provided by
higher layers.
DMRS For PUCCH: Uplink system bandwidth Mapping rule of DMRS for
Symbols 2 to 4 of each slot dependent. PUCCH is specified in
(PUCCH format: 1, 1a, 1b) TS36.211 5.5.2.2.2
Symbol 1 and 5 of each slot Mapping rule of DMRS for

(PUCCH format: 2, 2a, 2b) PUSCH is specified in
TS36.211 5.5.2.1.2
For PUSCH:
Symbol 3 of each slot
PUCCH Slot 0 and 1 of each subframe [Each 12 subcarriers of both ends of Mapping rule is specified in
the bandwidth] TS36.211 Section 5.4.3
PUSCH All remaining SC-FDMA symbols RBs allocated according to Mapping rule is specified in
of each subframe not allocated to Reference Measurement channel in TS36.211 Section 5.4.2
DMRS Annex A.2
NOTE: PUSCH, PUCCH, DMRS are not present in UpPTS for TDD.
H.2 Set-up
Table H.2-1 describes the uplink physical channels that are required for connection set up.
Table H.2-1: Uplink Physical Channels required for connection set-up
Physical Channel
PRACH
DMRS
PUCCH
PUSCH
H.3 Connection
The following clauses describes the uplink physical channels that are transmitted during a connection i.e., when
measurements are done.
Table H.3-1: Uplink Physical Channels required during a connection
[Table contents FFS]
H.3.0 Measurement of Transmitter Characteristics

[FFS]
ETSI
H.3.1 Measurement of Receiver Characteristics

[FFS]
H.3.2 Measurement of Performance Requirements

[FFS]
ETSI
Annex I (informative):
Handling of different releases
This annex gives guidance on how different minimum requirements between releases in 3GPP TS 36.101 [2] are
handled in specification 3GPP TS 36.521-1.
I.1 Mapping of minimum requirements to conformance

tests
Basic principles of deriving and specifying conformance tests in 3GPP TS 36.521-1 from minimum requirements in
3GPP TS 36.101 [2]:
a. reuse as far as possible the already specified tests even for later releases (if applicable)
b. avoid repeating and redundant test standardization
c. minimize the maintenance work
The application of these principles results in the following conformance test drafting strategy:
d. if minimum requirements are specified only in one release of 3GPP TS 36.101 [2], then also the equivalent
test in 3GPP TS 36.521-1 is specified only for that release.
e. if minimum requirements are specified in multiple releases of 3GPP TS 36.101 [2], then the specification
structure for the derived tests in 3GPP TS 36.521-1, depends on the similarity (intersection) of the
minimum requirements set between different releases of 3GPP TS 36.101 [2].
This is described graphically in the following figure:
ETSI
Figure I.1-1: Mapping of minimum requirements to conformance tests,

when minimum requirements are specified in multiple releases
I.2 Structure and numbering of subclauses

a. The general effort is to keep the numbering and structure of conformance tests in 3GPP TS 36.521-1 as similar
as possible with the corresponding minimum requirements in 3GPP TS 36.101 [2].
b. In case of multiple conformance tests due to difference of minimum requirements between releases (as per
Figure X.1-1), the "additional" inserted tests are numbered using the number of the "original" test extended by
an Arabic numeral preceded by an underscore ("_"). Using an underscore instead of a full-stop keeps the
subclause level of the “additional” test the same as of the “original” test. In order to avoid tests with the same
title, the titles of “additional” tests are extended with the release applicability of the tests put in brackets.
Example:
Minimum requirements in 3GPP TS 36.101[2]: 1.2.3,

1.2.3A,
1.2.4
Conformance tests in 3GPP TS 36.521-1: 1.2.3, 1.2.3_1, 1.2.3_2, …

1.2.3A, 1.2.3A_1, 1.2.3A_2, ….
1.2.4, 1.2.4_1, 1.2.4_2, …
Titles: “Test X”
“Test X (Release 9 and forward)”
ETSI
I.3 Specification of the additional tests

In case when the additional conformance tests are procedurally very similar to the original tests, in order to reduce the
standardization and maintenance work (as per Annex I.1), the content of subclauses of the additional tests may be
reduced to a minimum by referencing to the analogue subclauses of the original tests (provided they are similar), and
specifying the exceptions (requirement-tables, test parameter tables etc). This method is to apply very carefully, in order
to make sure that possible differences in the core functionality of different E-UTRAN releases remain considered.
ETSI
Annex J (informative):
Change history
Change history
Date TSG # TSG Doc. CR R Subject/Comment Old New
ev
2007-08 RAN5 #36 R5-072185 Skeleton proposed for RAN5#36Athens 0.0.1
2007-08 RAN5 #36 R5-072419 Update the skeleton base on R4-071234_TR36.803.0.4.0.doc 0.0.1 0.0.2
2007-08 RAN5 #36 R5-072424 Update with editorial changes 0.0.2 0.0.3
2007-11 RAN5 #37 R5-073043 Update document with some info as following: 0.0.3 0.0.4
Section 5: Frequency band information
Section 6.2: Maximum output power
Section 6.5: Output RF spectrum emissions
Section 6.5.1: Occupied bandwidth
Section 6.5.2: Out of band emission
Section 6.5.3: Spurious emissions
2007-11 RAN5 #37 R5-073360 Editorial change to split MOP and UE Power classes 0.0.4 0.0.5
2008-03 RAN5 #38 R5-080069 Editorial changes to sync up with 36.101 v1.0.0 as much as 0.0.5 0.0.6
feasible for the moment:
Update definitions, symbols and abbreviations
Update frequency bands, channel bandwidth, channel
numbers information.
Restructure document to move “frequency error” sub-section
inside Transmit signal quality.
Add “additional spectrum Emission Mask” sub-test (mask
A,B,C) section to address the regulatory requirements that are
not met with the general mask (OOB and spurious emission).
Add “Additional ACLR requirements” to address additional
requirements that the network might indicate to the UE via
signalling for a specific deployment scenario (in terms of
additional requirements for UTRA/ACLR2
Restructure “Spurious Emission” to indicate we need to have 3
test cases to address: “E-UTRA Spurious Emission”
requirements , “Spurious Emission band UE co-existence”
requirements, and “Additional spurious emissions”
requirements
Separate wide band and narrow band intermodulation in the
intermodulation characteristics
2008-03 RAN5 #38 R5-080408 LTE Reference Sensitivity test Text proposal 0.0.7
2008-03 RAN5 #38 R5-080409 LTE Maximum Rx input level test Text proposal 0.0.7
2008-03 RAN5 #38 R5-080410 LTE Adjacent Channel Selectivity test Text proposal 0.0.7
2008-03 RAN5 #38 R5-080064 LTE RF Receiver tests, General section Text proposal 0.0.7
2008-03 RAN5 #38 R5-080412 LTE RF: transmission modulation initial EVM test proposal 0.0.7
2008-03 RAN5 R5w0800027 Modify styles and formats of tables and others according to 0.0.9
Workshop- drafting rules.
UE LTE Test Add some definitions and abbreviations
(9-11 April) Modified section 6.2 structure to be aligned with 36.101 v8.1.0
Modify tables of requirements to remove 1.6 MHz and 3.2MHz
channel bandwidth according to new requirements 36.101
v8.1.0
2008-03 RAN5 R5w0800028 Following TPs have been included: 0.0.9 0.1.0
Workshop- R5w080013r1
UE LTE Test R5w080014r1
(9-11 April) R5w080008r2
R5w080009r2
R5w080040r1
R5w080015r1
R5w080016r1
R5w080017r1
R5w080018r2
2008-05 RAN5#39 R5-081046 36-521-1 alignment of measurement state for test cases 0.1.0 0.1.1
2008-05 RAN5#39 R5-081042 Following approved TPs have been included: 0.1.1 0.2.0
R5-081040 36.521-1 after April LTE-RF workshop
R5-081415 36-521-1 alignment of measurement state for test
cases – also the measurement state for each test cases has
been updated according to R5-081404
R5-081416 Cover for LTE E-UTRAN RRC_IDLE State
Mobility text proposal
R5-081417 Cover for LTE E-UTRAN RRC_CONNECTED
State Mobility text proposal
R5-081404 LTE Rx Intermodulation test case text proposal
ETSI
R5-081409 Annex structure for Measurement uncertainty &

Test Tools
R5-081405 Text Proposal for TS36.521-1 TC7.6 Blocking
Characteristics
R5-081406 Text Proposal for TS36.521-1 TC7.7 Spurious
Response
R5-081403 Text Proposal for TS36.521-1 TC7.9 Spurious
Emissions
R5-081410 Uncertainties and Test Tools for subset of UE
tests
R5-081331 Clarification of diversity characteristics section for
multiple UE antennas
R5-081335 36-521-1 update of nominal and additional
channel bandwidths
2008-06 RAN5 R5-082029 Following approved TPs have been included: 0.2.0 0.3.0
#39bis R5-082129: Restructure of TS 36.521-1 and RRM proposal
(Split of RRM from 36.521-1 v0.2.0 in its own specification
36.521-3.)
R5-082166: Text Proposal for Annex C Downlink Physical
Channels
R5-082130: Text Proposal for Chan bandwidths in TS 36.521-
1
R5-082155: Text Proposal for LTE Tx Minimum Output Power
R5-082027: Text Proposal for Occupied bandwidth in TS
36.521-1
R5-082171: Text Proposal for LTE Adjacent Channel Leakage
power Ratio
R5-082134: Text Proposal for LTE Tx Spurious Emissions
R5-082135: Text Proposal for LTE UE Maximum Output
Power
R5-082136: Text Proposal for LTE Spectrum Emission Mask
R5-082138: UE Spurious Emissions Measurement
uncertainty & Test Tolerances
R5-082169: LTE Spectrum Emission Mask test uncertainties
and TTs
R5-082151: LTE UE Max Power and ACLR tests uncertainties
and TTs
R5-082152: Text proposal for LTE Transmit OFF Power
R5-082153: LTE UE Max Rx Input and ACS test cases update
R5-082082: LTE Rx Intermodulation test case uncertainties
and TTs
R5-082093: Text Proposal for TS36.521-1 TC7.6 Blocking
Characteristics
R5-082154: Text Proposal for TS36.521-1 TC7.7 Spurious
Response
R5-082167: OBW Measurement uncertainty & Test
Tolerances
R5-082158: Cover for LTE Performance Requirement text
proposal
R5-082159: Text Proposal for LTE Demodulation of
PCFICH/PDCCH and PHICH
R5-082156: Text proposal for LTE Tx Minimum Output Power
Uncertainty
R5-082157: Text proposal for LTE Tx Minimum Output Power
Tolerance
R5-082164: Statistical testing of receiver characteristics
R5-082170: Cover for LTE Propagation Conditions Text
Proposal
Editorial changes to align tables and figures numbering with
R5-082025
2008-08 RAN5 #40 R5-083163 Following approved TPs have been included: 0.3.0 1.0.0
R5-083804: LTE Demodulation Performance text proposal
R5-083159: LTE-RF Occupied bandwidth test case /
measurement uncertainty and TT text proposal
R5-083160: Transmission OFF power: TP, measurement
uncertainty and test tolerances proposal
R5-083805: Frequency Error test case / measurement
uncertainty and TT test proposal
R5-083162: Propagation conditions correction text proposal
R5-083220:Text Proposal for LTE Tx Minimum Output Power
R5-083806: TP of section 8 for E-UTRAN TDD in 36.521-1
R5-083344: Test Tolerance and System uncertainty for OBW
test
R5-083848:Test Tolerance and System uncertainty for
Reference sensitivity test
R5-083840: Test Tolerances for Spectrum Emission Mask
R5-083808: Reference Measurement Channel for LTE UE
ETSI
Receiver tests
R5-083350: Test Tolerance and System uncertainty for
Blocking and Spurious response
R5-083366: Text Proposal for LTE Reporting of CQI/PMI
R5-083810: LTE PBCH Demodulation Performance
Requirements
R5-083482: LTE-RF TP for Test Case 7.6 Blocking
Characteristics
R5-083809: LTE-RF TP for Test Case 7.7 Spurious Response
R5-083484: LTE-RF TP for Test Case 7.9 Spurious Emissions
R5-083811: Annex E Global In-Channel TX-Test
R5-083163: TS 36.521-1 after RAN5#40
2008-10 RAN5 R5-084072 Following approved TPs have been included: 1.0.0 1.1.0
#40Bis R5-084072 TS 36.521-1 after RAN5#40Bis
R5-084300 LTE-RF TP for Definitions Symbols and
Abbreviations
R5-084304 LTE-RF-TP for general section
R5-084036 Test Tolerances for additional SEM
R5-084303 LTE-RF TP for Channel bandwidths and frequency
range
R5-084305 LTE-RF TP for new Absolute Power Tolerance test
case
R5-084067 LTE-RF TP for Transmission OFF test case
R5-084318 LTE-RF TP for Transmission Modulation test
cases
R5-084069 LTE-RF Investigation of E-UTRA-TDD Frequency
Error test case applicability
R5-084319 LTE-RF TP for Frequency Error test case
R5-084309 Text Proposal for LTE Tx Spurious Emissions
R5-084111 Text Proposal for LTE Adjacent Channel Leakage
power Ratio
R5-084320 Text Proposal for LTE Additional Spectrum
Emission Mask
R5-084310 Test Tolerances for additional spurious emission
R5-084311 Text Proposal for Occupied bandwidth
R5-084321 Text Proposal for LTE Spectrum Emission Mask
R5-084060 Modification to section 7.2 Diversity characteristics
R5-084312 References in 36.521-1 tests initial conditions
R5-084148 Update of Reference Measurement Channel for
LTE UE Rx tests
R5-084167 LTE-RF TP for TC7.9 Spurious Emissions
R5-084075 LTE DL Reference Measurement Channel for
PDSCH (FDD) text proposal
R5-084077 LTE Measurement of Performance Requirements
text proposal
R5-084313 LTE Demodulation of PDSCH Test Requirements
text proposal
R5-084147 Specification of DL propagation conditions for LTE
UE tests
R5-084315 Text Proposal for LTE Demodulation of
PCFICH/PDCCH
R5-084323 Text Proposal for Annex E Global In-Channel
2008-12 RAN#42 RP-080863 Approval of version 2.0.0 at RAN#42, then put to version 8.0.0. 2.0.0 8.0.0
2008-01 Editorial corrections. 8.0.0 8.0.1
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086011 0001 - TP for In-band emissions 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086012 0002 - TP for Spectrum flatness 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086013 0003 - TP for IQ-component 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086064 0004 - LTE-RF: UE max output power 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086093 0005 - Clarification of measurement period in minimum output power 8.0.1 8.1.0
test procedure
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086094 0006 - Clarification of measurement period in transmit OFF power 8.0.1 8.1.0
test procedure
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086120 0007 - Update of Max.input level test 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086125 0008 - Addition of UL Reference Measurement Channels in Annex A2 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086160 0009 - correction for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086167 0010 - LTE-RF: TDD applicability and CR for Blocking Characteristics 8.0.1 8.1.0
and Spurious Response
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086168 0011 - LTE-RF: TDD applicability and CR for Spurious Emissions 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086239 0012 - Update of Symbols 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086401 0013 - LTE-RF: TX-RX channel freq separation 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086405 0014 - Update of 6.7 Transmit intermodulation test 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086406 0015 - Update of initial conditions for Tx and Rx test cases 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086408 0016 - Update of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086409 0017 - Removal of [ ] from Clause 7 Receiver Characteristics 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086413 0018 - Updates to Demodulation of PCFICH/PDCCH test case 8.0.1 8.1.0
ETSI
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086414 0019 - Text proposal for Reporting of Channel State Information 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086415 0020 - Correction of RS_EPRE powers for default DL signal levels 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086416 0021 - Update of DL Reference Measurement Channels in Annex A3 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086417 0022 - Update to Annex E 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086425 0023 - Update of General text in clause 6 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086426 0024 - Clarification of measurement bandwidth in spectrum emission 8.0.1 8.1.0
mask test
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086428 0025 - Demodulation of TDD PHICH test requirements text proposal 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-086429 0026 - Demodulation of TDD PCFICH/PDCCH test requirements text 8.0.1 8.1.0
proposal
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-090306 0027 - New Annex H for Uplink Physical Channels 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-090403 0029 - CR to 36.521-1: Update of Spurious Emissions test cases 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-090404 0030 - CR to 36.521-1: Update of ACLR test case 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-090443 0031 - LTE-RF: Correction to 36.521-1 Frequency error test case 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-090488 0032 - LTE TDD applicability for Transmit intermodulation test case 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091002 0033 - LTE Demodulation of PDSCH Test Requirements text 8.0.1 8.1.0
proposal
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091004 0034 - LTE-RF: CR for UE max power test case 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091007 0035 - LTE-RF: TDD Applicability and CR for Spectrum Emission 8.0.1 8.1.0
Mask and Additional Spectrum Emission Mask
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091008 0036 - LTE-RF Investigation of E-UTRA-TDD for Occupied bandwidth 8.0.1 8.1.0
test case applicability
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091009 0037 - LTE-RF: Investigation of E-UTRA-TDD for Adjacent Channel 8.0.1 8.1.0
Leakage power Ratio test case applicability
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091011 0038 - LTE-RF: TDD applicability and CR for Maximum Input Level 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091012 0039 - LTE-RF: TDD applicability and CR for Adjacent Channel 8.0.1 8.1.0
Selectivity (ACS)
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091017 0040 - Removal of Rx Narrowband Intermod 7.8.2 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091019 0041 - Relocation of 36.521-1 Annex C DL mapping 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091020 0042 - Removal of "Out-of-synchronization handling of output power" 8.0.1 8.1.0
heading
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091023 0043 - Test requirements of TDD PDSCH demodulation performance 8.0.1 8.1.0
with user-specific reference symbols
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091024 0044 - CR to 36.521-1: Update of Annex F.3.2 Measurement of 8.0.1 8.1.0
transmitter
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091025 0045 - CR to 36.521-1: Update of SEM and Additional SEM test 8.0.1 8.1.0
cases
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091077 0046 - CR to 36.521-1: Addition of test combinations for test cases 8.0.1 8.1.0
with MPR application
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091082 0047 - Spurious emission requirements on PHS band including the 8.0.1 8.1.0
future plan in Japan
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091101 0048 - LTE-RF: CR for MPR test case 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091106 0049 - Update of Reference sensitivity test in 7.3 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-03 RAN#43 R5-091111 0050 1 Update of initial conditions for Rx tests 8.0.1 8.1.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092144 0051 - LTE-RF: Resubmission of R5-086424 UE output power 8.1.0 8.2.0
dynamics 36.521-1 v8.1.0 (re-submit no changes)
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092146 0052 - LTE-RF: CR for UE configured UE transmitted output power 8.1.0 8.2.0
test case (re-submit no changes)
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092147 0053 - LTE-RF: CR for UE minimum output power test case (re- 8.1.0 8.2.0
submit no change)
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092149 0054 - LTE-RF: CR for Power Control Absolute power tolerance test 8.1.0 8.2.0
case (re-submit no changes)
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092150 0055 - LTE-RF: CR for Power Control Relative power tolerance test 8.1.0 8.2.0
case (re-submit no changes)
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092151 0056 - LTE-RF: New test case for Aggregate power control tolerance 8.1.0 8.2.0
(re-submit no changes)
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092264 0058 - Propagation conditions for CQI tests 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092265 0059 - Correction to Demodulation of PDCCH/PCFICH test cases 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092273 0060 - Mapping of downlink physical channels for TDD 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092277 0061 - Annex A RMC updates 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092369 0062 - Update of A.3.4.3 for RMC with UE-specific RS 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092372 0063 - Maintenance on Initial configurations for Perf TCs 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092436 0064 - CR to 36.521-1: Update of ACLR test case 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092442 0065 - CR to 36.521-1: Update of Spurious Emissions test case 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092467 0066 - LTE-RF: Transmit OFF Power update 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092473 0067 - LTE_RF - Update on TC 7.7 Spurious Response (re-submit 8.1.0 8.2.0
with no changes)
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092474 0068 - LTE_RF - Update on TC 7.9 Spurious Emissions (re-submit 8.1.0 8.2.0
with no changes)
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092527 0069 - Update of TDD PDSCH test cases 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092602 0070 - LTE-RF: CR for Maximum Power Reduction test case (re- 8.1.0 8.2.0
ETSI
submit no changes)
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092603 0071 - TP for Demodulation of TDD PDCCH/PCFICH 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092605 0072 - Mapping of uplink physical channels for FDD 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092606 0073 - Update of Annex C 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092607 0074 - CR to 36.521-1: Update of test parameters for Demodulation 8.1.0 8.2.0
of PDSCH (FDD) tests
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092614 0075 - Update of SEM test case 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092642 0076 - Update of transmit quality test cases 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092643 0077 - Text proposal for TDD part of CQI Reporting under Fading 8.1.0 8.2.0
conditions
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092644 0078 - Text proposal for TDD part of CQI Reporting under AWGN 8.1.0 8.2.0
conditions
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092645 0079 - LTE-RF: Update of Additional Spectrum Emission mask Test 8.1.0 8.2.0
case with TDD Uplink Test configuration
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092649 0080 - LTE-RF: CR for TDD DL RMC to be used in TX test cases 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092653 0081 - LTE-RF: CR for Additional Maximum Power Reduction test 8.1.0 8.2.0
case
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092661 0082 - RMC update for PDCCH/PCFICH performance requirement 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 RP-090444 1161 - Test frequencies for Additional Spurious Emission test case 8.6.0 8.7.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092366 0084 - Update of 7.3.1 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092440 0085 - LTE-RF: CR for UE max output power test case 8.1.0 8.2.0
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092472 0086 - LTE_RF - Update on TC 7.6 Blocking Characteristics (re- 8.1.0 8.2.0
submit with changes)
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092636 0087 - CR to 36.521-1 Addition of frequencies for band 18 and band 8.1.0 8.2.0
19
2009-05 RAN#44 R5-092652 0088 2 Improved stability of TC 7.8.5 Power Control in the DL fro F- 8.1.0 8.2.0
DPCH to HSUPA TC 5.2D and 5.13.2B
- - - - - Editorial corrections 8.2.0 8.2.1
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094032 0089 - Correction CR to 36.521-1: Update of Requirements for 8.2.1 8.3.0
Demodulation of PDSCH (FDD) tests
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094034 0090 - Correction CR to 36.521-1: Update of General Requirements 8.2.1 8.3.0
for Demodulation tests
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094214 0091 - Update of In-band emissions 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094215 0092 - TDD Initial downlink channel setting 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094216 0093 - Correction to Annex B 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094248 0094 - CR to 36.521-1: Update to ACLR test case 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094250 0095 - CR to 36.521-1: Update to UE max output power test case 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094281 0096 - Mapping of uplink physical channels for TDD 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094282 0097 - LTE-RF: CR for notes in TDD DL RMC to be used in TX test 8.2.1 8.3.0
cases
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094283 0098 - LTE-RF: message update to keep Tx power constant for some 8.2.1 8.3.0
Rx test cases
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094313 0099 - LTE-RF: CR to test case for Aggregate power control 8.2.1 8.3.0
tolerance
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094317 0100 - LTE-RF: CR for UE minimum output power test case for TDD 8.2.1 8.3.0
case
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094319 0102 - In band emission for non-allocated RB 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094320 0103 - LTE RF: correction for subclause 6.6.2.2.5 (A-SEM) supported 8.2.1 8.3.0
band list
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094362 0104 - Correction of RMCs (36.521 Annex A) 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094363 0105 - Usage of the Global In-Channels TX-Test across different 8.2.1 8.3.0
Signal Quality tests.
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094365 0106 - LTE TX: 1to2 RX antenna 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094367 0107 - Correction to 6.6.2.2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094370 0108 - Correction to 6.6.2.3 ACLR 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094371 0109 - Correction to 6.7 TX Intermodulation 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094374 0110 - Correction to 7.6.1 In-Band Blocking 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094375 0111 - UE category (36.521 clause 8) 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094378 0112 - Completion of Global in-Channel TX-Test (36.521 Annex E) 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094379 0113 - Completion of Global in-Channel TX-Test with PRACH (36.521 8.2.1 8.3.0
Annex E)
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094380 0114 - Completion of Statistical testing (36.521 Annex G) 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094385 0115 - Correction to Annex D.2 Interference signals 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094439 0116 - Update for ACS 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094661 0117 - LTE RF - Core update on TC7.6.2 Out-of-band Blocking 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094663 0118 - LTE RF - Symbols Update on UL transmission configurations 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094665 0119 - LTE RF - Clarification for Test Configurations in General 8.2.1 8.3.0
Section
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094668 0120 - LTE RF - Applicability of 6.2.3 MPR 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094671 0121 - LTE RF - Verification of UE Output Power in Out of Band 8.2.1 8.3.0
Emission tests
ETSI
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094686 0123 - LTE-RF CR to 36.521-1: Update the E-UTRA channel 8.2.1 8.3.0
numbers
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094687 0124 - LTE-RF: CR for UE maximum power reduction(MPR) test case 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094699 0125 - Update to SEM and spurious emissions TC 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094706 0126 - Resubmission-Update to the Requirements for frequency- 8.2.1 8.3.0
selective fading test
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094717 0127 - Update of SEM 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094718 0128 - Update of initial conditions with Annex references 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094721 0129 - Update of 6.7 Tx Inter Mod 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094725 0130 - Correction to E-UTRA channel numbers for Band 2 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094726 0131 - Correction to Tx spurious emissions 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094757 0132 - Update of TDD PHICH test cases 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094874 0133 - Correction to Demodulation of PDCCH/PCFICH test cases 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094902 0134 - Addition of 15 MHz and 20 MHz bandwidths and 8.2.1 8.3.0
corresponding sensitivity requirements into band 38
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094903 0135 - Correction CR to 36.521-1: Update of Transmitter tests 8.2.1 8.3.0
network signalled parameter value
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094905 0136 - Update of TDD PDSCH test cases 8.2.1 8.3.0
case
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094909 0138 - Update to Output Power dynamics test cases 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094913 0139 - Clarification for downlink signal setting in RX tests 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094914 0140 - UL RB allocation for receiver tests 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094915 0141 - Update of TDD PCFICH/PDCCH test cases 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094921 0142 - Correction to CQI performance test case 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094922 0143 - Test description for CQI test cases under AWGN conditions 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094923 0144 - Resubmission - Requirements for PMI reporting ( Single and 8.2.1 8.3.0
Multiple PMI)
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094966 0145 - CR to 36.521-1: Addition of A-MPR for band 19 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094976 0146 - Without loop back: 6.2.2 UE maximum output power 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094977 0147 - Without loop back: 6.3.2 Minimum output power 8.2.1 8.3.0
test case
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094980 0149 - CR to 36.521-1: Definition of Maximum Power state in TX/RX 8.2.1 8.3.0
test cases
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094982 0150 1 Correction of Tx general description 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094986 0151 - Update of 6.6.1OBW 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094989 0152 - Correction to 1PRB tests in Demodulation of PDSCH 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094995 0153 - Correction CR to 36.521-1: Update of Requirements for 8.2.1 8.3.0
Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) test
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094996 0154 - Correction to Demodulation of PHICH test cases 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-094997 0155 - EVM TC update 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-095300 0156 - LTE-RF: test description update 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-095301 0157 - Correction CR to 36.521-1: Addition of measurement 8.2.1 8.3.0
uncertainty and test tolerances for A-MPR
2009-09 RAN#45 R5-095304 0158 - Sorting out Demodulation of PDSCH for FDD 8.2.1 8.3.0
2009-09 - - - - TOC update and Annexes' titles formattings 8.3.0 8.3.1
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-095515 0159 - Correction CR to 36.521-1: Additional Spectrum Emission 8.3.1 8.4.0
Mask test need to be updated to include the network signalled
value "NS_07ö message contents exceptions
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-095589 0160 - Update for test period description in the general section 8.3.1 8.4.0
case
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-095661 0162 - LTE-RF: CR for UE minimum output power test case 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-095735 0163 - Corrections to Annex A.4 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-095766 0164 - LTE-RF: CR for In band emission for non-allocated RB 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-095790 0165 - Completion of Statistical testing (36.521 Annex G) 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-095791 0166 - Corrections to Annex E 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096058 0167 - Removal of [ ] from 7.6.1, 7.8.1, and 7.5 of Annex F3.3 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096096 0168 - Update on 8.2.1 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096105 0169 - LTE RF: Symbols Update on Configured UE Transmitted 8.3.1 8.4.0
Power
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096204 0170 - LTE-RF: CR to Transmission signal quality 8.3.1 8.4.0
case
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096210 0172 - LTE-RF: CR to ON/OFF Time mask test cases 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096211 0173 - Measurement period for TX-Tests 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096213 0174 - CR to 36.521-1: Update to Spurious Emissions test cases 8.3.1 8.4.0
test case
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096222 0177 - Test description for CQI test cases under AWGN conditions 8.3.1 8.4.0
ETSI
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096223 0178 - LTE RF: Blocking Characteristics update 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096224 0179 - LTE RF: Spurious Response Update 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096228 0180 - LTE-RF: CR for MPR test case 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096229 0204 2 CR to 36.521-1: Update to A-MPR test case 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096230 0181 - LTE RF: Applicability of 6.2.4 A-MPR 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096231 0182 - Correction to Demodulation of PHICH test cases 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096235 0183 - Introduction of CQI reporting test with frequency-selective 8.3.1 8.4.0
interference
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096239 0184 - Update to the test procedure and message contents of TDD 8.3.1 8.4.0
PMI reporting test cases
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096240 0205 - CR to 36.521-1: Update to Derivation of Test Requirements for 8.3.1 8.4.0
A-MPR
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096241 0185 - Measurement uncertainties and Test Tolerances for transmit 8.3.1 8.4.0
quality test cases
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096242 0186 - Update for 36.521-1 Annex A 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096289 0187 - CR on 36.521-1, 'Introduction of clause 8.2.1.1 test case 8.3.1 8.4.0
uncertainties and Test Tolerances'
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096306 0188 - Update to the test procedure of SEM test cases of 36.521-1 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096311 0189 - Update of 6.6.1 OBW 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096312 0190 - Correction to SEM 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096313 0191 - Update of 6.7 Transmit intermodulation 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096316 0193 - CR to 36.521-1: Update to Additional Spurious Emissions test 8.3.1 8.4.0
case
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096317 0194 - CR to TDD PHICH demodulation test cases 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096318 0195 - Correction to FDD PMI reporting test cases 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096320 0196 - Tx power range and core update for Receiver tests 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096322 0197 - Update on 7.4, 7.5, and 7.8.1 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096323 0198 - Introduction of RI reporting test 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096333 0199 - Update to 6.5 Transmit signal quality test cases 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096334 0200 - LTE-RF: CR for Aggregate power control tolerance test case 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096335 0201 - Correction CR to 36.521-1: Update for Demodulation of 8.3.1 8.4.0
PDSCH (FDD) tests to correct CR merges results from
RAN5#44
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096336 0206 1 Update TDD PDSCH test cases 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096338 0202 - Number of used HARQ processes in DL Performance tests 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096342 0207 2 Minimum test time for performance tests 8.3.1 8.4.0
2009-12 RAN#46 R5-096718 0203 - LTE RF: A-SEM update and A-MPR verification 8.3.1 8.4.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100353 0208 - LTE-RF CR to 36.521-1:TIME MASK test case updated 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100354 0209 - LTE-RF: CR for A-MPR notation in NS_07 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100403 0210 - LTE-RF: CR for Tx Intermodulation test case 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100404 0211 - LTE-RF: CR for OBW measurement period alignment 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100408 0212 - Reporting mode, Reporting Interval and Editorial corrections 8.4.0 8.5.0
for demodulation
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100456 0213 - Misc update on MAC padding in Rx and performance sections 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100566 0214 - Missing Test limits in 36.521-1 Annex G 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100567 0215 - Wrong references from 36.521-1 clauses 8.4 and 8.5 into 8.4.0 8.5.0
Annex G
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100569 0216 - Typos in 36.521-1, Annex E 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100571 0217 - Minimum test time for performance tests 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100572 0218 - Correction to 6.6.3.3 Additional spurious emissions 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100790 0219 - DL-RMC-s for transmitter tests: Corrections 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100800 0220 - Update of Test environment for RF test 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100803 0221 - Spectrum emission mask: Correction to uplink configuration 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100807 0222 - Performance tests: Scheduling of retransmissions 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100810 0223 - UL-RMC-s: Corrections and completion 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100814 0224 - Corrections to Cl 5.4.2.1 of TS 36.521-1 8.4.0 8.5.0
test case
case
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100822 0227 - CR to 36.521-1: Update to Maximum output power 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100825 0229 - CR to 36.521-1: Update to Additional Tx spurious emissions 8.4.0 8.5.0
test case
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100826 0230 - RMC-s and OCNG patterns: Update according 36.101 8.8.0 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100827 0231 - Receiver and performance tests: Update use of OCNG 8.4.0 8.5.0
according 36.101 8.8.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100828 0232 - Update of PDSCH Demodulation Tests 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100831 0233 - Introduction of clause 8.2.1.2, 8.2.1.3, 8.2.1.4 test case 8.4.0 8.5.0
uncertainties and Test Tolerances
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100832 0234 - Clarifications on DRS performance test case 8.4.0 8.5.0
ETSI
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100833 0235 - Misc update on MAC padding in PDCCH, CSI test 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100834 0236 - Updates to the TDD portion of CQI reporting test cases under 8.4.0 8.5.0
AWGN
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100838 0237 - Editorial Correction to 8.2.1.3 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100839 0238 - Update on Annex C for 36.521-1 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100840 0239 - Update on MAC padding in TDD PMI test case 9.4 of 36.521- 8.4.0 8.5.0
1.
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100841 0240 - Correction to CQI test cases under AWGN conditions 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100842 0241 - Correction to CQI test cases under fading conditions 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100843 0242 - Correction to PMI reporting test cases 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100845 0243 - CSI: Corrections to tests titles and RI clause structure 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100848 0244 - CR to 36.521-1: Update LTE RF test cases with test 8.4.0 8.5.0
requirements for extended LTE1500MHz
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100886 0245 - Transmitter characteristics: UE Categories and other 8.4.0 8.5.0
corrections
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100887 0246 - CR to 36.521-1: Update to Tx spurious emissions and 8.4.0 8.5.0
Spurious emission band UE co-existence
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100888 0247 - Clarification on notes in Max Power 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100889 0248 - Maximum input level: Corrections w.r.t. UE categories 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100891 0249 - Correction to PDCCH demodulation test cases 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100892 0250 - Correction to PHICH demodulation test cases 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100907 0251 - Update of RI reporting test case 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 R5-100909 0252 - Correction to set UL power in Rx TCs 8.4.0 8.5.0
2010-03 RAN#47 - - - Moved to v9.0.0 with no change 8.5.0 9.0.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103102 0253 - CR to 36.521-1: Update of EARFCN for band 21 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103103 0254 - CR to 36.521-1: Update of A-MPR test case with band 21 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103104 0255 - CR to 36.521-1: Update of Additional Spurious test case with 9.0.0 9.1.0
band 21
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103108 0257 - CR to 36.521-1: Update of Reference sensitivity level test case 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103226 0258 - CR to 36.521-1: Update of UE RF requirements for LTE, Band 9.0.0 9.1.0
20
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103263 0259 - LTE-RF:Updates of PDCCH demodulation test cases (FDD 9.0.0 9.1.0
and TDD)
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103265 0260 - LTE-RF:CR for TDD ACK/NACK feedback mode in CQI BLER 9.0.0 9.1.0
test cases
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103288 0261 - PDCCH Aggregation level for RF tests 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103291 0262 - Update and correction to UE maximum output power 9.0.0 9.1.0
requirements
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103293 0263 - Editorial correction in In-band blocking test 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103296 0264 - Correction to additional spectrum emission mask test 9.0.0 9.1.0
configuration
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103300 0265 - Corrections to Uplink RMC-s 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103450 0266 - LTE-RF: editorial CR for TC 7.6.2 and 7.7 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103471 0267 - Minimum test time for performance tests 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103476 0268 - EVM with exclusion period (annex) 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103521 0269 - CR on 36.521-1 for updating the "Reporting of Channel State 9.0.0 9.1.0
Information"
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103525 0270 - CR on 36.521-1 for corrections in UE RF requirements 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103598 0271 - Correction to notes in Max Power 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103602 0272 - Clarification of measurement conditions for Rx spurious 9.0.0 9.1.0
emission
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103726 0273 - CR to 36.521-1: Update of Spurious emission band UE co- 9.0.0 9.1.0
existence test case
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103727 0274 - LTE-RF: CR for Prach time mask test case 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103728 0275 - LTE-RF: CR for General ON/OFF time mask test case 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103729 0276 - LTE-RF: Update to spectrum flatness test case and relevant 9.0.0 9.1.0
annexes
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103730 0277 - LTE-RF:CR for test case of In-band emissions 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103731 0278 - EVM with exclusion period (test) 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103732 0279 - CR to 36.521-1 on Correction to Demodulation Requirements 9.0.0 9.1.0
for PDSCH
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103733 0280 - CR to 36.521-1: Update PDCCH DCI Formats for Open Loop 9.0.0 9.1.0
and Closed Loop Spatial Multiplexing Test Cases
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103751 0281 - Misc update in CSI tests 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103752 0282 - Correction of the statistical part in PMI and RI tests 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103753 0283 - LTE-RF:CR to downlink RMCs for TX characteristics 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103754 0284 - LTE-RF: Update of annex C 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103756 0285 - Measuring throughput ratios (Annex G) 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103763 0286 - LTE-RF: CR for Minimum output power test case 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103764 0287 - Performance, CSI reporting and uncertainties for UEs with 9.0.0 9.1.0
multiple Rx antennas
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103771 0288 - Introduction of clause 8.4.1 and 8.5.1 test case uncertainties 9.0.0 9.1.0
ETSI
and Test Tolerances

2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103778 0291 - Uplink power for receiver tests 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103780 0292 1 Addition of the exceptional message for In-band emissions 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103781 0289 - Correction to 6.5.2.1 EVM 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-06 RAN#48 R5-103782 0290 - Correction to CQI reporting 9.0.0 9.1.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104090 0294 - Corrections to Spectrum emission mask test regarding UE 9.1.0 9.2.0
category
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104091 0295 - Missing note in Additional spurious emission test with NS_07 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104095 0296 - PDCCH Aggregation level for CSI tests 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104096 0297 - Default initial and connection Uplink power for RF tests 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104212 0298 - Limits on Uplink power for Receiver tests 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104244 0299 - Correction to Demodulation Requirements 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104461 0300 - CR to 36.521-1: Editorial Corrections for Closed Loop Spatial 9.1.0 9.2.0
Multiplexing Test Cases
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104478 0301 - Correction to Test requirements in 6.5.2.2 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104482 0302 - Correction to 8.2.1.1 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104520 0303 - 36521-1 General update of sections 00 to 08: missing 9.1.0 9.2.0
Introduction references formatting
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104583 0304 - No necessity to apply - consecutive time slots for EVM 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104584 0305 - Correction to E.4.4 EVM equalizer spectrum flatness 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104630 0306 - Correction of table reference in In-band emissions test 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104808 0307 - CR to 36.521-1: Update to Additional Spectrum Emission 9.1.0 9.2.0
Mask test case
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104809 0308 - CR to 36.521-1: Update to Spurious emission band UE co- 9.1.0 9.2.0
existence test case
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104810 0309 - LTE-RF: CR for Max Output Power 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104811 0310 - LTE-RF: CR for Freq Error 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104812 0311 - Introduction of exclusion period for PUCCH-EVM test in clause 9.1.0 9.2.0
6.5.3
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104813 0312 - Correction to Demodulation UE-Specific Reference Symbols 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104814 0313 - Uncertainties and Test Tolerances for CSI Test cases 9.2.1.1 9.1.0 9.2.0
and 9.2.1.2
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104815 0314 - Uncertainties and Test Tolerances for CSI Test cases 9.2.2.1 9.1.0 9.2.0
and 9.2.2.2
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104816 0315 - UE applicability for CSI test cases 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104817 0316 - Update of CQI reporting TCs under fading conditions 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104818 0317 - Update of Reporting of Precoding Matrix Indicator TCs 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104819 0318 - Correction of the statistical part 9.3.1.1.1 (CQI Reporting under 9.1.0 9.2.0
fading conditions)
fading conditions)
fading conditions)
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104822 0321 - Update and new RMC-s for CQI tests 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104823 0322 - Correction of EVM calculation in annex 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104824 0323 - Introduction of exclusion period for PUCCH-EVM test in Annex 9.1.0 9.2.0
E
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104844 0324 - Pcmax changes to Configured UE Transmitted Output Power 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104845 0325 - Clarification on the frequency range with net work signal in 9.1.0 9.2.0
6.6.3.2
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104846 0326 - Update of editor's notes 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104847 0327 - Removal of Extreme Conditions in 6.2.3 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104850 0328 - Corrections to Test procedure loop in CSI tests 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104851 0329 - Introduction of TDD CQI Reporting under fading conditions 9.1.0 9.2.0
and frequency-selective interference test case
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104852 0330 - Introduction of TDD RI Reporting test case 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104853 0331 - Update of CQI reporting TCs under AWGN conditions 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104854 0332 - Update of FDD RI Reporting TC 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104857 0333 - CR to 36.521-1 LTE UE Tx_RX test cases band 20 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104861 0334 - Corrections to Test requirements for MPR test 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104863 0335 - Clarification on notes in Max Power 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104872 0336 - Correction to 6.3.5.2 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104873 0337 - Numbering and alignment of TDD PHICH demod test cases 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104874 0338 - Correction to test numbering for exceptional messages in 9.1.0 9.2.0
8.2.x.x
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104875 0339 - Correction to 9.2.2 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104876 0340 - Correction to the test procedures of 9.3.x 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104877 0341 - Correction to 9.4.x 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104878 0342 - The new reference of connection diagram for 9.3.3 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104879 0343 - Correction to 6.3.4.1 and 6.3.5.1 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-104888 0344 - Update of Annex C.2 for AG level 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-105055 0345 - Introduction of a new RF test case (8.7) to verify downlink 9.1.0 9.2.0
ETSI
sustained data rate performance

2010-09 RAN#49 R5-105061 0347 - CR to 36.521-1: Modification to Additional Maximum Power 9.1.0 9.2.0
Reduction Test Case
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-105062 0348 - Modification to Additional Spectrum Emission Mask 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-105063 0349 - Modification to Additional Spurious Emissions 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-105064 0350 - Modification to Maximum Power Reduction 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 R5-105065 0351 - Modification to Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-09 RAN#49 RP-100987 0352 - Correction of status for RF performance test case 9.1.0 9.2.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106073 0353 - Corrections to receiver spurious emissions test 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106074 0354 - Update of downlink power for receiver tests 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106076 0355 - CQI: Side condition when CQI median equals min or max CQI- 9.2.0 9.3.0
values
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106077 0356 - Update of the throughput-definition for multi-data stream 9.2.0 9.3.0
transmission
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106078 0357 - Update of RF OCNG patterns 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106092 0358 - Correction of DCI format used in PDSCH performance test 9.2.0 9.3.0
8.2.1.4.2
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106249 0359 - CR to 36.521-1: Correction to Spurious emission band UE co- 9.2.0 9.3.0
existence test case
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106250 0360 - CR to 36.521-1: Correction to Additional Tx spurious 9.2.0 9.3.0
emissions test case
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106374 0361 - Correction of FDD CQI reporting test under AWGN - PUCCH 9.2.0 9.3.0
1-1
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106394 0362 - Correction of clause 9.3.1 and 9.3.3 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106399 0363 - "Correction of G.2.5 Pass fail decision rules" 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106420 0364 - Introduction of test uncertainties and tolerances for TDD 9.2.0 9.3.0
PDSCH DRS test cases
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106440 0365 - Correction to unsigned numbers in Annex F.1.2 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106443 0366 - Correction to the exceptional messages in 9.4 Reporting of 9.2.0 9.3.0
PMI TCs
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106491 0367 - CR to 36.521-1: Correction to Table Numbering Error in TDD 9.2.0 9.3.0
PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing
2x2
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106512 0368 - Transport format table clarification in CSI test cases 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106801 0369 - HARQ scheduling in TDD performance tests using special 9.2.0 9.3.0
subframes
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106803 0370 - Correction to Fading Profiles in TCs 8.4 and 8.5 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106816 0372 - CR to 36.521-1: Modification to Spectrum Emissions Mask 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106817 0373 - Introduction of test uncertainties and tolerances for TDD 9.2.0 9.3.0
PCFICH/PDCCH and PHICH test cases
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106818 0374 - Update of TDD PDSCH CRS Demodulation test cases 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106821 0375 - PUSCH-EVM with exclusion period 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106822 0376 - Maintenance of Band 20 for receiver tests 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106823 0377 - Completion of clause 9.3.1 and 9.3.2 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106824 0378 - Update of FDD RI Reporting TC 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106825 0379 - Correction to 9.2.2 CQI TCs 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106826 0380 - G.3.5 on PDCCH&PHICH Minimum Test Times 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106827 0381 - Completion of test time and ╬│-TT for clauses 9.3 to 9.5 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106828 0382 - EVM window length for PRACH 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106842 0383 - Modification of TC 8.3.2.1 - TDD PDSCH Single-layer SM 9.2.0 9.3.0
Performance (UE-Specific Reference Symbols)
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106843 0384 - Power control relative power tolerance: Missing band edge 9.2.0 9.3.0
relaxation
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106844 0385 - SRS time mask test procedure update 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106845 0386 - Correction of TC General ON/OFF time mask 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106846 0387 - Update of TDD CQI reporting test under frequency selective 9.2.0 9.3.0
interference conditions
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106847 0388 - Update of TDD RI reporting test 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106848 0389 - Iot setting in CQI test clarification 9.2.0 9.3.0
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106850 0390 - Correction of Test Uncertainties and Test Tolerances for 9.2.0 9.3.0
Reference Sensitivity-Band 4
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106855 0391 - Correction to DL and UL RMC configurations in 6.5.1 9.2.0 9.3.0
Frequency Error
2010-12 RAN#50 R5-106858 0392 - CR to 36.521-1: Update LTE RF test cases with test 9.2.0 9.3.0
requirements for EUTRA TDD LTE band 41.
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110138 0393 - Spurious emission band co-existence test: Remaining old test 9.3.0 9.4.0
requirement table
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110139 0394 - Transmit intermodulation test: Interferer offset for Band 20, 9.3.0 9.4.0
Bandwidth 20 MHz
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110141 0395 - PMI Performance tests: Corrections to test settings 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110143 0396 - PDCCH Performance test: Correction to TDD DL RMC-s 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110144 0397 - OCNG for RF tests: Updates 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110158 0398 - CQI Performance tests: Clarification on subbands used in the 9.3.0 9.4.0
ETSI
test
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110302 0399 - LTE RF: PCFICH/PDCCH Transmit Diversity Performance 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110349 0401 - Correction of OFF power measurements in 6.3.4 ON/OFF 9.3.0 9.4.0
time mask
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110354 0402 - Correction of Annex E (Global In-Channel TX-Test) 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110506 0403 - Addition of 3500 MHz TDD bands into chapter 5 of 36.521-1 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110747 0404 - Updates to section 8.7 DL sustained data rate test case 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110850 0405 - Sustained data rate: Definition of UL RMC-s 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110860 0400 - Update measurement period from test procedure of 6.2.2 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110861 0428 - A-MPR Test requirement update 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110862 0437 - Measuring throughput with different payload size. 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110900 0406 - Correction to SNR reference in FDD PCFICH/PDCCH Single 9.3.0 9.4.0
Antenna Port Performance Test
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110901 0407 - CR to 36.521-1: Correction of Additional Maximum Power 9.3.0 9.4.0
Reduction (A-MPR) test case
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110915 0408 - Uncertainties and Test Tolerances for CSI Test cases 9.3.0 9.4.0
9.3.1.1.x and 9.3.2.1.x
9.3.3.1.x
9.4.1.1.x and 9.4.2.1.x
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110918 0411 - Uncertainties and Test Tolerances for CSI Test cases 9.5.1.x 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110919 0412 - Editorial errors in CSI test cases 9.2.1.x Test procedure 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110933 0413 - Handling of different releases in RAN5 LTE RF specification 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110938 0414 - PRACH Time mask and EVM tests: TDD Special subframe 9.3.0 9.4.0
configuration
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110939 0415 - Update on PRACH time mask for TDD 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110940 0416 - Correction of the connection diagram reference in the initial 9.3.0 9.4.0
conditions for Transmitter Characteristics
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110941 0417 - Update of the reference sensitivity requirement for the 1.4MHz 9.3.0 9.4.0
and 3MHz bandwidths and note correction for Band 3 and
Band 9
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110942 0418 - CR Removing brackets of band 41 reference sensitivity in 9.3.0 9.4.0
36.521-1
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110949 0419 - PDCCH and PHICH performance tests: Updates and 9.3.0 9.4.0
corrections
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110950 0420 - Addition of CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap for Multi-Layer 9.3.0 9.4.0
Spatial Multiplexing
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110951 0421 - Addition of exceptional message in 8.4.1.2.2 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110952 0422 - CQI test 9.2.2.2: Update acc TS 36.101 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110953 0423 - Maximum input level test: Correction to DL-RMC 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110954 0424 - Correction of E.7, EVM with exclusion period 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110967 0425 - Updates to Additional Spurious emissions and Spurious 9.3.0 9.4.0
emission band UE co-existence test
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110970 0426 - LTE RF: references to state 3A in 36.521-1 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110973 0429 - RI Performance tests: Corrections 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110975 0430 - Completion of annex G.3.5 (Minimum test time, performance 9.3.0 9.4.0
tests)
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110978 0431 - Correction to Band 12 frequency range 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110979 0432 - Additional in-band blocking requirement for Band 12 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110989 0433 - Completion of annex G.3.6 (test conditions, performance tests) 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110990 0434 - Addition of test cases of TDD PDSCH Single-layer and Dual- 9.3.0 9.4.0
layer Spatial Multiplexing Performance
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110991 0435 - Correction to Times Mask and Power Control tests 9.3.0 9.4.0
2011-03 RAN#51 R5-110992 0436 - Add requirement of QPSK with partial RB allocation into test 9.3.0 9.4.0
requirement of 6.2.3
2011-04 - - - - Added approved R5-110967 which was missing. 9.4.0 9.4.1
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112148 0438 - ON/OFF time mask for PRACH: PRACH configuration index 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112149 0439 - CQI tests with frequency selective scheduling mode: Random 9.4.1 9.5.0
selection of Sub-Bands
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112150 0440 - DL-RMC for receiver tests: Obsolete editors note 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112211 0441 - Adding Band 24 to TS 36.521-1 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112311 0442 - Correction to the sustained data rate tests 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112312 0443 - Correction to the multi-antenna transmission tests 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112349 0444 - Update Annex G.3.6 for spatial multiplexing test cases 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112412 0445 - Correction to DL RMC for Max input for UE category 2 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112459 0446 - EVM window length for PRACH 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112460 0447 - Removal of square brackets in Annex G.5.4 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112462 0448 - Test tolerances for EVM with exclusion period 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112808 0449 - LTE RF - UEs Demodulation and CSI Band applicability 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112810 0450 - Correction on test requirement of test case 6.5.2.3 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112811 0451 - LTE RF - TC6.3.5.2 Change in Minimum Requirements 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112812 0452 - Removable of NS values for TDD 9.4.1 9.5.0
ETSI
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112813 0453 - Correction on initial condition for test cases of 9.3.3 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112814 0454 - Correction to 9.4 PMI test cases 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112816 0455 - Test procedure change on Tx spurious emissions test cases 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112850 0456 - Update of Initial conditions according to table 7.3.3-2 for the 9.4.1 9.5.0
5MHz and 10MHz bandwidths
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112851 0457 - Iot modelling in frequency-selective interference CQI tests 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112852 0458 - Correction to test procedure in 9.5.1 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112859 0459 - Introduction of additional PDCCH test cases for Rel-9 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112860 0460 - Introduction of additional PHICH test cases for Rel-9 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112861 0461 - Introducing UE-selected subband CQI tests for Rel-9 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112862 0462 - Introduction of new PMI test cases for UE-selected sub-band 9.4.1 9.5.0
reporting for Rel-9
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112863 0463 - Addition of a new TC for FDD MBMS performance 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112864 0464 - Addition of a new TC for TDD MBMS performance 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112866 0465 - Addition of UE category 1 coverage for single-layer spatial 9.4.1 9.5.0
multiplexing transmission on antenna port 7 or 8
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112870 0466 - Removal of square brackets in annex G.3.5 (Minimum test 9.4.1 9.5.0
time, performance tests)
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112871 0467 - Update minimum requirements and test requirements for 9.4.1 9.5.0
spatial multiplexing test cases
2011-06 RAN#52 R5-112873 0468 - Test procedure change on few Rx test cases 9.4.1 9.5.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113178 0506 - RF TC 8.7.2: Correction of the ACK/NACK feedback mode 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113179 0469 - RF TC-s 9.3.4: Updates to minimum requirements and 9.5.0 9.6.0
corrections to test procedures
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113180 0470 - RF: New UL RMC for 10 MHz 15RB-s 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113181 0471 - RF: Use of State 3A-RF 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113233 0472 - LTE RF: EVM Annex E correction 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113238 0473 - RF TC 6.3.4.2.2: Correction to SRS configuration 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113368 0474 - Correction in test cases of 8.2.2.1.2 and 8.5.1 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113369 0475 - Correction in test cases of 9.5 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113380 0476 - Update of minimum test time for PCFICH/PDCCH and PHICH 9.5.0 9.6.0
tests
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113383 0477 - Correction of Table G.3.5-1 (minimum test time) 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113419 0478 - Correction for spurious emission band UE co-existence limits 9.5.0 9.6.0
of Band 3
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113454 0479 - Correction to test procedure in 6.5.1 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113455 0480 - Correction to Minimum requirement in 6.6.2.2 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113456 0481 - Correction to RMC for PDCCH/PCFICH performance 9.5.0 9.6.0
requirements
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113458 0482 - Correction to CSI TCs 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113541 0483 - Introduction of Expanded 1900MHz Band (Band 25) into 9.5.0 9.6.0
section 5 of 36.521-1
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-113596 0506 - Abbreviation update and Editorial corrections in TS36.521-1 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114000 0484 - Correction in 6.3.5.2 Power Control Relative power tolerance 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114001 0485 - Correction in 6.3.4.2.2 SRS time mask 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114002 0486 - Addition of PDSCH TDD performance tests for Low UE 9.5.0 9.6.0
categories
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114003 0487 - Additional FDD scenarios 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114004 0488 - Addition of RMC-s for PDSCH performance tests for low UE 9.5.0 9.6.0
categories
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114033 0490 - Correction on TDD MBMS performance requirements for 9.5.0 9.6.0
64QAM mode
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114034 0491 - Correction on FDD MDMS performance requirements for 9.5.0 9.6.0
64QAM mode
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114038 0492 - RF TC 6.3.5.2: Consideration of band edge relaxation in test 9.5.0 9.6.0
requirements
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114039 0493 - Band 19 A-MPR refinement 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114040 0494 - Test system uncertainty and TT for 6.6.3.3 additional spurious 9.5.0 9.6.0
emissions NS_07
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114041 0495 - Correction to Additional Maximum Power Reduction 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114042 0496 - Correction to 6.3.4.2.1 PRACH time mask 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114043 0497 - Correction to Receiver Characteristics Minimum Requirements 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114044 0498 - Addition of PDSCH FDD performance tests for Low UE 9.5.0 9.6.0
categories
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114045 0499 - Additional Rel-9 TDD scenarios 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114046 0500 - Update of CQI/PMI test cases 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114047 0501 - Update of RI test cases 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114048 0502 - Release dependent RMCs in PCFICH/PDCCH and PHICH 9.5.0 9.6.0
tests
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114049 0503 - Addition of tests scenarios in Annex 9.5.0 9.6.0
ETSI
2011-09 RAN#53 R5-114091 0505 - Correction to test cases 10.1 and 10.2 9.5.0 9.6.0
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115112 0507 - RF: Coverage of MPR and A-MPR requirements in emissions 9.6.0 9.7.0
tests
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115113 0508 - RF: Update to names of some RMC-s used in different 9.6.0 9.7.0
releases
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115114 0509 - RF TC 6.2.4, 6.6.2.2, 6.6.3.3: Corrections to A-MPR related 9.6.0 9.7.0
tests
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115115 0510 - RF TC-s 9: Corrections to UL allocation for some CQI tests 9.6.0 9.7.0
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115116 0511 - RF TC 6.3.5.2: Missing extreme conditions in test 9.6.0 9.7.0
requirements
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115117 0512 - RF TC 6.2.3: Missing test requirements for band 25 9.6.0 9.7.0
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115118 0513 - RF TC 6.5.2.1: Redundand conflicting IE-s in message 9.6.0 9.7.0
contents
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115119 0514 - RF TC 6.6.3.1: Correction of reference to the connection 9.6.0 9.7.0
diagram
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115324 0517 - LTE RF: CSI test case update 9.6.0 9.7.0
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115472 0518 - Corrections to the dual-layer beamforming demodulation 9.6.0 9.7.0
requirements
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115475 0519 - Correction to Code Block Numbers 9.6.0 9.7.0
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115800 0522 - Delete note in PUSCH-EVM 9.6.0 9.7.0
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115812 0526 - RF: Corrections to tests with release dependent requirements 9.6.0 9.7.0
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115815 0527 - Test Frequency for Relative Power Tolerance 9.6.0 9.7.0
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115821 0531 - RF: General review of the reference measurement channels 9.6.0 9.7.0
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115822 0532 - Corretion for codebook subset restriction insingle-layer closed 9.6.0 9.7.0
loop spatial multiplexing test
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115830 0533 - Uncertainties and Test Tolerances for 3000MHz to 4200MHz, 9.6.0 9.7.0
Tx Test cases
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115831 0534 - Uncertainties and Test Tolerances for 3000MHz to 4200MHz, 9.6.0 9.7.0
Rx Test cases
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115832 0535 - Support for band 22, 42 and 43 9.6.0 9.7.0
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115837 0536 - Update LTE RF test cases with test requirements for FDD LTE 9.6.0 9.7.0
Band 23 in 36.521-1
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115875 0537 - Correction on FDD and TDD MBMS conformance 9.6.0 9.7.0
requirements
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115877 0538 - Introduction of test system uncertainties and TT to new TCs in 9.6.0 9.7.0
clauses 9.3.4 to 9.4.2.2.2
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115879 0539 - Uncertainties and Test Tolerances for Sustained data rate test 9.6.0 9.7.0
cases
2011-12 RAN#54 R5-115891 0540 - Requirement change in UE spurious emissions for Band 7 and 9.6.0 9.7.0
38 co-existence (Rel-8 only)
ETSI
History
Document history
V9.0.0 June 2010 Publication
V9.1.0 June 2010 Publication
V9.2.0 November 2010 Publication
V9.3.0 January 2011 Publication
V9.4.1 July 2011 Publication
V9.5.0 September 2011 Publication
V9.6.0 January 2012 Publication
V9.7.0 February 2012 Publication
ETSI

Ts 13652101v090700p

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ts 13652101v090700p

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ts 13652101v090700p

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ETSI TS 136 521-1 V9.7.

650 Route des Lucioles

Tel.: +33 4 92 94 42 00 Fax: +33 4 93 65 47 16

Siret N° 348 623 562 00017 - NAF 742 C

Individual copies of the present document can be downloaded from:

No part may be reproduced except as authorized by written permission.

© European Telecommunications Standards Institute 2012.

Intellectual Property Rights

6.2.4.5 Test requirements .................................................................................................................................. 52

6.5.1.1 Test purpose ........................................................................................................................................ 105

6.6.2.3 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio ............................................................................................. 143

7.4.4.3 Message contents ................................................................................................................................ 184

7.9.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements ..................................................................................................... 206

8.3.2.1.1.4.2 Test procedure .................................................................................................................... 272

8.4.2 TDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 294

9.3.4 UE-selected subband CQI ......................................................................................................................... 379

Annex A (normative): Measurement Channels ...............................................................................438

A.2.2.1.1 QPSK .................................................................................................................................................. 446

Annex B (normative): Propagation Conditions...............................................................................515

B.2.2 Combinations of channel model parameters .................................................................................................. 516

Annex C (normative): Downlink Physical Channels.......................................................................524

Annex D (normative): Characteristics of the Interfering Signal ..............................................................532

E.5.9 Derivation of the results ................................................................................................................................. 544

Annex F (normative): Measurement uncertainties and Test Tolerances .....................................555

Annex G (normative): Statistical Testing .........................................................................................598

G.4.3 Design of the test ............................................................................................................................................ 614

Annex H (normative): Uplink Physical Channels ...........................................................................628

Annex I (informative): Handling of different releases .....................................................................631

x the first digit:

1 presented to TSG for information;

2 presented to TSG for approval;

3 or greater indicates TSG approved document under change control.

• For a specific reference, subsequent revisions do not apply.

[1] 3GPP TR 21.905: "Vocabulary for 3GPP Specifications".

[2] 3GPP TS 36.101: "E-UTRA UE radio transmission and reception".

[3] ITU-R Recommendation SM.329-10, "Unwanted emissions in the spurious domain"

[6] 3GPP TS 36.304: "E-UTRA UE procedures in idle mode".

[8] 3GPP TS 36.211: "Physical Channels and Modulation".

[9] 3GPP TS 36.212: "E-UTRA Multiplexing and channel coding".

[10] 3GPP TS 36.213: "E-UTRA Physical layer procedures".

3 Definitions, symbols and abbreviations

Reference bandwidth: The bandwidth in which an emission level is specified.

BWChannel Channel bandwidth

ACLR Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio

• Generic Connection Setup Procedures,

• System Information (SI),

• Type 1, applicable to FDD,

• Type 2, applicable to TDD.

5 Frequency bands and channel arrangement

5.2 Operating bands

Table 5.2-1: E-UTRA operating bands

E-UTRA Uplink (UL) Downlink (DL) Duplex

5.3 TX–RX frequency separation

Table 5.3-1: Default UE TX-RX frequency separation

E-UTRA Operating Band TX - RX

E-UTRA Operating Band TX - RX

5.4 Channel arrangement

Nominal Channel spacing = (BWChannel(1) + BWChannel(2))/2

5.4.2 Channel bandwidth